Gildersleeve Syntax of Classical Greek

P.
-,
367
C-38
Southern Branch
of the
University
of California
Los
Anf
eles
Form L-l
"TA
a
COG.
E.
I
.
LOS
ANGEi_Eii.
CAD/-
SYNTAX
OF
CLASSICAL GREEK
FROM HOMER TO DEMOSTHENES
FIRST PART
THE SYNTAX OF THE SIMPLE SENTENCE
EMBRACING THE DOCTRINE OF
THE MOODS AND TENSES
BASIL LANNEAU GILDERSLEEVE
WITH THK CO-OPERATION OK
CHARLES WILLIAM EMIL MILLER
OF THE
JOHNS
HOPKINS UNIVERSITY
61904
NEW YORK : CINCINNATI : CHICAGO
A M E R I C A N BOOK COMPANY
3735^
Copyright,
i
ooo, by
B. L. (JII.DKKSLEKVE.
Entered at Stationers'
Hall, London.
Greek
Syntax.
\\. V-
3
1-ivliFAC
Ix
compliance
with the wishes of
many
of
my
former
pupils,
I have determined to
publish my
Greek
Syntax
in
parts.
The
framework was
planned many years ago,
and
corresponds
in its
structure to the scheme of
my
Latin
Grammar,
the first edition
of which was
published
in
1867.
In
fact,
the Latin
Syntax
was
based on the MS of the Greek. Doubtless the
syntactician
of
(4 to-day
will find
ample opportunity
to criticise the
arrangement,
f} but to refashion the book would
require
more time than the
t
speeding years
will allow me to
presume
on. Nor will I under-
^
take in this
place
a vindication of the
principles
that have
.
guided
me in
my syntactical
studies. A
word, however,
as to the
order of the
examples may
be deemed
appropriate.
A catena
^
of
syntactical usage
would be a memorable achievement, and
^;
I do not
deny
that at one time I
thought
it
possible
to
organize
t4 such a
work,
for which a
large
staff of
helpers
would have been
^
needed;
but I have learned to renounce this ambitious scheme,
and even the
present
far more modest
undertaking
would have
been
impossible
unless I had associated with
myself
a scholar who
is
acquainted
with
every
detail of
my syntactical
work,
publish-
ed and
unpublished,
and who has
brought
to the task not
only
a
hearty sympathy
with
my
views and
methods,
but a clearness
of
judgment
and an
accuracy
in details that have been of
great
service to me in
my
own researches. In
completing
the list of
examples,
and in
filling up
the
gaps
in the
presentation,
I have
availed
myself freely
of his
help,
and we have worked side
by
side in the collection and the
scrutiny
of the
passages
cited;
and
to this
pupil, colleague, friend,
Professor C. W. K. Ml 1. 1.
MR,
the
iv PKEFACE
completion
of the work has been
committed,
in case the
privilege
should be denied me of
putting
the last hand to the labor of
many years.
Like
myself,
Professor MILLER is
thoroughly
imbued with the
conviction that the
study
of
syntax
is of the utmost
importance
for the
appreciation
of
literary
form,
and we both believe that
the
presentation
of the
phenomena
under the rubrics of the
different
departments
of literature will be found useful for in-
struction and even more so for
suggestion. Taking
the Attic
Orators as the standard of conventional
Greek,
we have worked
backward
through philosophy
and
history
to
tragic, lyric,
and
epic poetry, comedy being
the
bridge
which
spans
the
syntax
of
the
agora
and the
syntax
of Parnassus. Individual
syntax
we
have not been able to set forth with
any fulness,
but the differ-
ent
departments
have been
represented
to the best of our
ability
and
judgment.
The
plan
has saved us from
giving
the usual
medley
of
examples,
it has forced us to
rely largely
on our own
collections and to examine the texts for
ourselves,
and it will
enable those who come after us to fill
up
these outlines with
greater
ease.
BASIL L. GILDERSLEEVE.
THE
JOHNS
HOI-KINS
UNIVERSITY,
BALTIMORE.
CONTENTS OF PART I
Simple
Sentence, 1-467.
Nominative Case,
3-13.
As
Subject, 3-4.
In Titles,
Inscrip-
tions, etc.,
5.
In Citations, Enumerations, and Indefinite
Predications,
6-9.
In
Suspense,
10. In Exclamations, n.
For the
Vocative,
12. In
Apposition
with
Vocative,
13.
Vocative
Case,
14-25.
J> with
Vocative,
15.
Position of
w,
16-18.
Repetition
of <L,
19.
Omission of w,
20. Position of
Vocative,
21-23.
Vocative in
Exclamations, 24.
Predicate
Vocative.
25.
Forms of the
Subject, 26-59. Adjectives
used
Substantively, 28-39.
Masculine and Feminine
Adjectives
used
Substantively, 28-30.
GLKIJP, yvvri, avOponros, expressed, 31. Ellipsis
of Masculine Substan-
tives.
32. Ellipsis
of Feminine Substantives,
33-35.
Neuter Ad-
jectives
used
Substantively, 36.
Neuter Plural of
Adjectives
and
Verbals,
37. Ellipsis
of Neuter Substantives,
38.
Possessive Pro-
noun or Genitive with Substantivized
Adjectives
and
Participles, 39.
XRT)H-
a and
-irpd-yjAa Expressed, 40.
Abstract Noun used as a
Concrete,
41.
Plural of Abstracts used
Distributive!}', 42.
The Distributive
Singular, 43.
Plural of Abstract Nouns used
Concretely.
Plural
of
Proper
Nouns,
44-46. Divergent
Plural
Expressions, 47.
Plural
of Feminine Names of Towns and of Parts of the Human
Rody,
48-50
Name of Inhabitants as Name of
City, 51.
Pluralis Maie-
statis,
52.
Plural of Courtliness and
Reserve,
53.
First Person
Plural for First Person
Singular, 54.
Gender of the
same,
55.
Singular
in Collective
Sense,
56-58.
elirs,
<{>'pe, aye,
etc.,
of more than
one,
59.
Copula, 60-67.
Periphrases
with
yty
vo
;
iat
- 61.
Copula
as the Predi-
cate,
62. Forms of elvcu at head of Sentence,
63. Copulative
Verbs,
64
Passive Verbs as
Copulative
Verbs,
65.
tlvan. combined with
Copulative
Verb. 66. Previous Condition.
67.
Omission of the
Subject,
68-82. Personal Pronoun
Expressed,
68.
Unemphatic ly<*
and
rv,
69.
Omission of
Subject
of Third
Person,
70.
Even when there is a Sudden
Change
of
Subject.
VI CONTEXTS
71. Subject
contained in
Verb,
72.
tta
pâra, 73.
Divine
Agent Expressed, 74-75. Impersonal
Verbs, 76.
Subject
an
Infinitive or
Sentence,
77.
Indefinite
Subject
to be
Supplied
from Context,
78 Ellipses
of
Time, Circumstances,
and the like,
79.
"One,"
how
expressed,
80-81. Indefinite
Subject
of the
Third Person Plural
Omitted,
82.
Omission of the
Copula, 83-86.
rri and
eUri,
84.
Other
Forms,
85.
In
Dependent
Clauses,
86.
Omission of the Verbal
Predicate, 87.
Concord of
Predicate,
88-136.
Verbal
Predicate,
88.
Adjective
Predi-
cate,
89.
Concord when
Subject
is an
Infinitive,
or a
Sentence,
or
when the Verb is
Impersonal, 90. Agreement
of Predicate with
Subject
of
Leading
Verb,
91.
Predicate Vocative for
Nominative,
92.
Substantive
Predicate,
93.
Substantiva
Mobilia,
96.
General
Exceptions, 97-118.
Neuter Plural with
Singular
Verb,
97-98. Adjective
Predicate of Neuter Plural
Subject, 99.
Neuter
Dual
Subject,
100. Plural Accusative Absolute with
Singular
Participial
Predicate,
101. Neuter Plural with Plural
Verb,
102.
Neuter Plural
Subject Comprising Duality
with Dual Verb,
103.
"With
Singular, 104.
Dual
Subject
with Plural
Predicate,
105-
109.
Of First
Person,
105.
Of Second or Third
Person,
106. With
Plural
Participial
Attribute,
107.
Dual Genitive Absolute with
Plural
Participle,
108. Dual
Subject
and Plural
Predicate Ad-
jective, 109.
Plural
Subject
and Dual
Predicate,
i lo-i
14.
Plural
the
Rule,
in. Plural Verb with Dual
Participle,
112. Dual
Verb with
Complementary
Plural Predicate
Participle, 113.
Dual
Adjective
Predicate with Verb of First Person
Plural, 114.
Transition from Dual Verb to Plural
Verb,
or vice
versa,
in
Same
Sentence,
115.
Dual
Number, 116. Plural
Subject
and
Singular
Verb, 117-118. 2ocn;
JLa
ITivSapiKov,
118.
Special Exceptions,
1
19-136.
Nouns of
Multitude,
120.
Organ-
ized
Number,
121.
Agreement
in
Sense, 122.
Periphrastic
Sub-
ject, 123. Agreement
of
Copula
with
Predicate, 124.
Agree-
ment of Verb with
Appositivc, 125.
Neuter
Adjective
as Sub-
stantive
Predicate,
126. Demonstrative Attracted to Gender of
Predicate, 127-128.
Demonstrative not
Attracted,
129.
Differ-
ence between ri and TIS in
Predicate,
130-131.
TI instead of riva.
132.
Tiva.
133.
Attraction of
Superlative
Predicate.
134. Super-
lative Predicate
Agreeing
with Genitive,
135.
Masculine Re-
ferring
to Indefinite
Subject
known to be a
Woman,
136.
Forms of the Verbal
Predicate,
137-467.
Voices of the
Verb,
137-182.
Active
Voice,
138-144.
Transitive and Intransitive
Verbs,
139.
CONTEXTS
Vll
Transitive Verbs without Outer
Object, 140. Periphrases
with
YtyvoiMu,
1
4
1 ' Transitive Verbs used
Intransitively, 142.
Infinitive Active
apparently
as
Passive,
143.
Causative
Active, 144.
Middle
Voice,
145-156.
Direct Reflexive
Middle, 146.
In-
direct
Middle, 147.
Active for the Indirect
Middle, 148.
Reciprocal
Middle,
149.
Causative
Middle,
150.
Active
and
Reflexive,
151.
av-ros
lavrov,
152.
Middle with Reflex-
ive Forms,
153-154.
Middle and Accusative of the Part
Affected,
155.
Details of Difference between the Active
and the
Middle,
156.
Passive
Voice,
157-178.
Instrument, Means,
or
Cause,
158.
Agent, 159-165. Interchange
of Instrument and
Agent,
166. Permissive
Passive, 167.
Future Middle in Passive
Sense,
168. Aorist Passive for Aorist
Middle,
169.
Passive
of Middle
Verbs, 170.
Active
Serving
as
Passive, 171-172.
Passives of Intransitive
Verbs,
173.
Passive of Verbs that
take Genitive or
Dative,
174-175. Impersonal
Passive of
Verbs
Governing
an
Oblique
Case, 176. Deponent
Verbs,
177.
Passive of
Deponents expressed by Periphrasis, 178.
Reciprocal Expressions, 179-182. dXXTjXuv, 179. Reciprocal
Reflexives,
180.
Reciprocal
and Reflexive in
Contrast, 181.
Repetition
of
Cognates,
182.
Mood Defined,
183.
Tenses of the
Verb, 184-360.
Present
Tense,
189-204. Specific
Present. Universal
Present,
189-190.
Present
Participle
combined with
Copula, 191.
Conative Present. Present of
Endeavor,
192-193.
Present
Anticipating
Future. Praesens
Prophcticum, 194. elfii,
195-197.
Present in Passionate
Questions, 198.
Historical
Present,
199-200.
Annalistic or Note-Book
Present,
201.
Present of
Unity
of Time,
202. Perfect of
Unity
of
Time,
203.
Present for
Perfect, 204.
Imperfect
Tense,
205-225.
With Adverb of
Rapidity,
206.
Descriptive Imperfect,
207. Imperfect
with Definite Num-
bers,
208-210.
Imperfect
and Aorist Interwoven,
21 1. Inter-
change
of
Imperfect
and
Aorist,
212.
Imperfect
of Endeavor.
213.
The Same combined with Aorist of Attainment,
214.
fptXXov
with
Infinitive,
215. Negative Imperfect,
216.
Imper-
fect of Past
Impressions. 217-220.
In
Description
of Sce-
nery. 217.
Of Points Assumed,
218. Of Former Views,
219.
Of Sudden
Appreciation
of Real State of Affairs.
Imperfect
for Present,
220.
Origin
of Modal
eSci,
<xpn
v
-
rtr --'
I"M
)cr
'
CONTENTS
feet of
Unity
of
Time,
222-223. Imperfect apparently
used
as a
Pluperfect, 224.
Of
TJKttv
and
otxr6ai
used Aoristi-
cally, 225.
Perfect Tense,
226-234.
Perfect of Maintenance of
Result,
228. Intensive Perfect,
229-232.
Perfect of an Action that
is
Dated,
233.
For Future
Perfect,
234.
Gnomic
Perfect;
257. Periphrastic
Perfect, 286-288.
Pluperfect
Tense,
235-237.
Of
Rapid
Relative
Completion,
236.
As
Imperfect, 237.
Aonst Tense,
238-264. Ingressive, 239-242.
Of Actions of
Long
Duration,
Complexive
Aorist,
243-244.
Of Total
Negation, 245-246.
Present used in
Negation, 247.
Aorist
for
Perfect,
248-252.
Translated
by Pluperfect, 253-254.
Gnomic Aorist,
255.
Aorist of
Comparison, 256.
Gnomic
Perfect and
Future,
257-258. Empirical
Aorist,
259.
Aorist
in General
Descriptions,
260. In Passionate
Questions,
261.
Where
English
uses
Present, 262. Of the
Future,
263.
Imperfect,
Aorist,
and
Pluperfect
Side
by
Side, 264.
Future
Tense,
265-278.
Modal Nature
of, 267.
In Delibera-
tive
Questions,
268.
Imperative
Use
of,
269. |xi]
and the
Future Indicative in Prohibitions,
270.
oi with Future In-
dicative in
Questions
as
Imperative. 271. Periphrastic
Future with
(j.e'X\o>, 272-276. pe'XXw
with Future Infinitive,
273.
With Present
Infinitive, 274.
With Piesent and
Future,
275.
With
Aorist,
276. pe'XXa),
I
postpone,
277-278.
With
Present, 277.
With
Aorist, 278.
Gnomic
Future,
257-258.
Future Perfect
Tense,
279-284.
Future Perfect
Active,
280.
Future Perfect Middle used
Passively,
281. Future Perfect
in
Imperative
Sense,
282. As a
Future,
283. Periphrastic
Future Perfect
Middle,
284.
Periphrastic
Tenses,
285-296. Periphrases
with Perfect Parti-
ciple, 286-290.
Perfect
Participle
with
titjv
av,
288. Perfect
Participle
Parallel with an
Adjective, 289.
As Predicate of
Participle
of
dpi, 290. Periphrases
with Present
Participle,
291-292.
Present
Participle
Parallel with an
Adjective, 292.
Periphrases
with Aorist
Participle, 293-295.
Aorist Parti-
ciple
with forms of
<j>aivo;jLai, 294.
With
f\o>, 295.
Peri-
phrastic
Perfect
Participle
with
?x<, 296.
Epistolary
Tenses,
297- 298.
Tenses of the
Moods,
299 360.
Of
Imperative, 303.
Of Sub-
junctive,
304.
Of Pure
Optative. 305.
Of
Optative
with av,
306.
Tenses of
Optative
as
Representative
of
Indicative,
307-312.
CONTENTS
ix
Present,
307.
Aorist,
308.
Perfect.
309.
Future,
310.
Re-
tention of
Imperfect
and
Pluperfect
Indicative in Oratio
Obliqua, 311.
Present
Optative representing Imperfect
Indicative,
312.
Tenses of the Infinitive,
313-328.
Infinitive as a Verbal
Noun,
313-326.
As
Subject, 314-319.
As
Object, 320-326.
Future
Infinitive as
Object
of Verbs of
Creation,
326.
Infinitive as
Representative
of
Indicative,
327-328.
Anarthrous,
327.
Articular,
328.
Tenses of the
Participle, 329-360.
Of
Participle
as Verbal
Adjective, 329-353.
Present,
330-338.
Of
Contemporane-
ous
Action,
330-336.
Prior
Action,
337. Subsequent
Action,
338.
Aorist,
339-347-
Perfect,
348-353.
Of
Participle
as
Representative
of the
Indicative,
354-360.
Present,
355-357.
Aorist,
358.
Perfect,
359.
Future,
360.
Moods,
361-467.
Indicative Mood,
361-368. Expression
of
Possibility,
Power,
Obligation,
and
Necessity, 363-364.
cSct,
^xP'i*''
etc.,
of
Present,
364.
In Generic Sentences,
365.
Non-use of
Certain Tenses of Indicative with
Temporal
Particles,
366.
Indicative in Wishes,
367.
In other than
Simple
Sen-
tences,
368.
Subjunctive
Mood,
369-387.
Name,
370. Theory, 371.
Im-
perative Subjunctive, 3/2-375. Imperative
of First Person,
373-374. Imperative Subjunctive
of Second Person,
375.
Aorist
Subjunctive
in Prohibitions,
3/6-377.
Present Sub-
junctive
Third Person as
Negative Imperative, 378.
Sub-
junctive Questions,
Deliberative
Subjunctive, 379-384.
First
Person,
380.
Second Person,
381.
Third Person,
382.
Sub-
stitutes for the Deliberative
Subjunctive, 383. Tiird0a>;
384.
Subjunctive
in
tIalf-Questions, 385.
Homeric
Subjunctive,
386. Subjunctive
in
Dependent
Clauses,
387.
Optative
Mood,
388-400.
In
Wishes,
388.
Potential
Optative.
389. Optative
in
Questions, 390.
Tenses of Pure
Optative.
391-393. Imperative Optative, 394. Optative
with
ei0c,
t
Optative
and
Infinitive, 400.
Imperative
Mood, 401-422.
Tenses of
Imperative,
402-409.
Present,
403.
Aorist,
404.
Additional Remarks,
405.
Per-
fect Active.
40(1.
Perfect Mitldle.
407.
Perfect Passive.
408 409.
Third
Person, 408.
Second
Person,
409. aye, !9i,
CONTENTS
c,
with
Imperative, 410-413. Negative Imperative, 414-
419.
Difference between Present and Aorist in
Prohibitions,
415. Examples
of
Present, 416. Aorist,
417-418.
Third
Person, 417.
Second
Person,
418. Perfect,
419. Equiva-
lents of
Imperative,
420. Representatives
of
Imperative
in
Oratio
Obliqua, 421.
Imperative
in
Dependent
and in In-
terrogative
Sentences, 422.
Particle
av,
423-467.
Distinctions in Use of
av, 424. Shifting
from Definite to
Indefinite,
425.
KCV
KC), K<X, 426.
Etymology
of av.
Indicative with
av,
428-433.
Unreal Indicative with
av,
429.
As Potential of
Past,
430.
Of Intermittent
Action,
431.
av with Future Indicative and its
Representatives, 432.
Non-
use of av with Present and Perfect
Indicative,
433.
Optative
with
av,
434-450.
Potential
Optative, 434.
Time and
Tenses of Potential
Optative, 435-440.
Present,
436-437.
Aorist,
438-439.
Perfect,
440.
av with Future
Optative, 441.
Translation of
Optative
with
av,
442. Imperative
Use of av
with
Optative, 443.
Combined with
Indicative,
444.
In
Questions, 445.
iru>s av with
Optative
to
Express Wish,
446.
Optative
with av in
Dependent
Discourse, 447. Adherescent
av,
448. lav, orav, etc.,
with
Optative, 449.
Omission of av
with
Optative.
Pure
Optative
as a
Potential,
450.
Subjunctive
with
av,
451-456.
As a Form of
Independent
Statement,
452-455.
Omission of av in
Subjunctive
De-
pendent
Clauses,
456.
Other Uses of
av,
457-458.
av with other
Moods,
457.
av
without a
Verb,
458.
Position of av and
K(V),
459-467.
After
Verb,
460.
With
Negatives, 461.
With
Interrogatives, 462.
After
Participle,
463.
With
any Leading
Modifier,
464.
With Verbs of
Say-
ingor Thinking,465.
Rare Position in Relative
Subjunctive
Sentences, 466. Repetition
of av and
KC(V), 467.
GREEK SYNTAX
1. SYNTAX treats of the formation and combination of sen-
tences.
A sentence is the
expression
of
thought
in words. It is a
\6yos
The
necessary parts
of the sentence are the
subject
and the
predicate.
The
predicate
is that which is said of the
subject.
The
subject
is that of which the
predicate
is said.
avBponros )iavOdvci,
PLATO,
Soph.
262
C;
Man /earns.
avOpwiros
is the
subject;
navOdvei
is the
predicate.
See also
2, 27,
and 68-82.
Sentences are divided into
simple
and
compound.
A
simple
sentence is one in which the
necessary parts
of the
sentence occur but
once,
as above, av9pu>u-os pavddvcu
For the
compound
sentence,
see Index.
SYNTAX OF THE SIMPLE SENTENCE
2. The most
simple
form of the sentence is the finite verb :
el-|,
/ am
; 8i8u>-s, thou
givest
; <H-^
he savs.
Here the form contains in itself all the
necessary
elements, the
subject
being
indicated
by
the
ending.
Nominative Case
3. SUBJECT.
The
subject
of the finite verb is
always
in the
nominative
case,
or so considered.
Kovwv . . .
tviKT)o-e,
DIN. i,
75
;
Konon
gained
the
victory.
4.
The
subject
of the infinitive is in the accusative case,
or so con-
sidered. See
Infinitive.
2 GREEK SYNTAX
dSvvarov . . .
avOpwirov
iravra icaXws
iroiciv, XEX.
Cyr.
8, 2,
5
;
For-a man
to do all
tilings
well is
impossible.
For the nominative with the
infinitive,
see Index.
5.
NOMINATIVE IN
TITLES, INSCRIPTIONS,
ETC. -T The
nominative is used as in
English,
not
only
as the
subject
of the
verb,
but in
titles, inscriptions,
and the
like,
which
imply
action
or character.
i, Clouds
; 2<j>tJKs, Wasps
; Elpijvr),
Peace
; Bdrpaxoi,
frog's
;
nXovros, Plutus,
etc.
KaXXierroj
NiiccxfuXov 'AyytXtjOev,
CIA.
II, 1682.
npoKXeiStjs
4>iXo-
, CIA. II, 1686. CIA.
II,
1689. 1690. 1691. 1692.
etc.
6. NOMINATIVE IN
CITATIONS, ENUMERATIONS,
AND IN-
DEFINITE PREDICATIONS. Under the former head more
prop-
erly belongs
also the use of tlie so-called nominative absolute
in the citation of
names,
in.
enumerations,
and in indefinite
predications.
oivf)p
8
-yev6(ivos irpocriXT)<{> TTJV
riv
TrovTjpwv KOIVTJV eircovvfuav
<rv
KO<J>O.VTT]S,
AKSCHIX.
2,
99;
When /ie became a
man,
he received the common surname
of
scoundrels,
i. e.
sycophant (informer).
7.
Norn, in Citations
of
Names :
AKSCHIX.
2,
99
(see above).
PLATO,
Legg. 956
C :
StaiT^rai
ftiKaa-Tcav
rnvvnpa fj.a\\ov TrptTrov f-^nvrfy.
Soph.
2l8 E : oiov
a(T7ra\ifVTT]
s.
Theag. 124
D : riva
yap iiXXriv (sc.
fVwi'u-
fj.iav),
. .
.,
ir\r']v ye %p rj
a
/JL
10 So t
;
Ibid,
124
E.
XEX.
Cyr. 3, 3, 58: TTdpr/y-yvn
6
Kvpos crvv8rnj.a
Zfvs (r v
p. p.
a
x
n s K(il
r/yf-
/xco
/. Oec. 6,
14
TOVS
fôvras
TO
rrfp.vov ovofia
TOVTO ro KaXos re
Kay
ad us.
AR.
Vesp. 1185
:
p.vs
urn
yX^ /xAXfty \eyav
(so R).
EUR. Tr.
1233
(but Kirchhoff
puts
a comma after
t'arpos).
Soi'H. Ant.
567
: <]XX'
fj8f îvrtn p.rj Xe'y(e).
8. Norn, in Enumerations :
DEM.
23, 207
: ra fie
rf/s
7T<)Xfa)9
otKoSo/iijjuara
. . . rniai/Trt
(sc.
npa\
. .
.,
irpo-
rrvXaid T
uvTd, vfuxrotKoi,
IT r o a
/, tit
tpaif
v s.
PLATO,
Soph.
266 D :
r/^/it
8vo
&LXU i"""?T"c^j fi'ftf;
Seta
fjifv
KOI
(ivdpo)-
TT
IVT)
KT.
AESCHYL, Pers.
33 sqq.
: JXXouy 8' 6 . . , NftXoj
eVf/i\^f
v
'Sovtria-Ka.vrjs,
Ilr]y(tcrT<iy<jL)v
A I
y
u ITT
oy
e
vr\
f,
o Tf
TTJS itpas Mf'î0tSos ilpûtf
Acre.,
And
others Nile
sent, Susiskanes,
etc,
KOM1\AT1\'JK CASE
3
This use of the nominative abounds in
inscriptions:
CIA. I,
37 (=
Hicks, No.
47).
Ibid.
170-3
(=
Hicks. No.
50):
T<iflr
irapf-
$OCT(lt> . . .
(TTf(paiH)S
. .
.,
(ptliXllL
. . .,
KUptJ
. .
.,
K O I T
'/
. . .
ACT*'.,
KT. Ibid.
259
(= Hicks,
No.
48), etc.,
etc. See Msth.,
Or. d. Alt. Inschr.-' 82,
3 dj.
g.
Nom. in
Indefinite
Predications :
HOM. Od.
I,
51 v]<Tos 8fvf>pt)f<T(ra,
dfii 8' (v
ft(i>fjuiTa
vaid,
A wooded isl-
and, and in it a
goddess
Jiath her abode. II.
6,
395~6
:
p.fya\ffropos
'llfriwos,
'HtTicov 6f fftitfv. Ibid.
10,437. 547-
For the free and
frequent
use of this nom. in
inscriptions,
see Msth.'
J
82,
3
a-c.
CIA. II,
809
C,
I54~55 (3
2
5/j24
B.C.):
lino
rf/s TfTfit'ipovs
'.\i>v<T(a>s,
'\vri?iu>-
pov ffjyov,
1'roin the
quadrireine Anysis,
the work
of
Antidonts. So often
in the same
inscription.
Ibid.
I,
179, 7
sqq. (433 B.C.)
:
irap(8o<Tai>
. . .
rpfls
KU\
10. NOMINATIVK IX SusPKNSE. The nominative is some-
times left in
suspense
(ttominativiis
pcndcns,
anacolntlion,
want
of
sequence),
an
equivalent
construction
being
substituted.
SiaXc-yopevo?
avru
ISo^c fioi, PLATO,
Apol.
21
C;
Talking
with him
it seemed to me.
ISOC.
4, IO7-8:
)(OVT(S
. . .
K(KTTJp.(VOl
. . .
KpdTOVVTfS
. . . I > 6 T ( S
. . .
OflOlS
OV&(V TOVTOiV
T)p.US (TT']p(.
12,
I I 8.
ANDOC. I,
1 6. Ibid.
29-30:
Km
yap
ol
Xoyoi
TUIV
KOTtjyoptov
. . . rovrtav ovv
ffjioi
ran/
\(iyu>i>
. . . TI
Trpt)(rr']Kfi
; Ibid.
95.
PLATO,
Apol.
21 C
(see above).
Crat.
403
A
(bis).
Ibid.
404
C : **
ppt-
<paTTa
8c,
TroXXoi
p.(v
Kilt TOVTO
<po(3ovVTai
To
oj/o/ia.
Ibid.
4'
2 B-C.
4'9
IS-
XKX. An. 2,
5. 4'
:
Ilpo^fvos
8t KH\ Ntvtav . . .
Trt'/iâre
UVTOVS
Stvpo.
Cf.
3. 3,
1 6.
7.6,37.
Hiero,
4,
6. Cf.
6,
15.
HDT. i,
134.
EUK. H. F.
185.
Phoen.
283-5.
AESCHYL. Cho.
520-1.
HOM. II.
2,
350-3.
11. NOMINATIVK IN EXCLAMATIONS. In
exclamations,
the
nominative
characterises,
the vocative
addresses,
the accusative
implies
an
object of
emotion,
and the
genitive
the source or
sphere
of
emotion.
PLATO,
Phaedr.
227
C : &
ytwatot,
tWf
ypcfytuv
u>s xrt.
Au. Kan.
652
:
livdptawot itpiit.
PI.
23
:
Xrjpoy, Stuff
and nonsense!
Euk. Med. 61 : o>
/xo>/>ov,
O
foolish
woman that she is!
GREEK SYNTAX
SOPH. El.
1354.
Ph.
254:
o> TroXX'
ryco p.o^0rjpos,
co
iriKpos
Seals. Tr,
1046 sq.
HOM. Od. 2O,
194: dva-fjLopos.
II.
I,
231
:
dr)p.ol36pos
i3a<ri\evs,
tirtl ovri8avoi(Tiv
avdaaeis,
Folk-devour-
ing king
that thou art, etc. 2,
38
:
i^n-tor. 5, 403
:
o-^f'rXtor.
Ibid.
406
:
VTJTTIOS.
Ibid.
787
: m'Scor.
9,630: o-êVXtor.
Ibid.
632: vrjXfjs. 13,95:
atdcos.
16,422:
id.
17,236: VIJTTI.OI.
22,86:
o-ê'rXtoj.
For the Vocative,
see
24.
For the Accusative in Exclamations,
see Index.
For the Genitive in Exclamations, see Index.
12.
NOMINATIVE FOR THE VOCATIVE. In the absence of a
vocative form,
the nominative is used as a vocative. When the
vocative
exists,
the use of the nominative as a vocative has
often a
perceptible
difference of tone. It is
graver
and more
respectful,
because it
appeals
to
character,
though
sometimes
metrical considerations come into
play.
In
Homer,
the nom-
inative of
proper
nouns is
frequently
substituted for the voca-
tive because of certain
irregularities
of metre.
e-yoj
. .
.,
w
YH
K("
*i^
l *"< '
O'vveo-is
. . .
(3|3oT]0T]Ka,
AESCHIN.
3,
260.
AESCHIX.
3,
260
(see above).
PLATO,
Hipp.
Mai. 281 A : 'Imrius o KH\OS re xal
cro<pos,
cos 5m
^pcii/ou i]p.~iv
Karffpds
els TUS
'.\dt]vas.
AR. Nub.
264-5
: <o ^'O-TTOT' ava ...
| \a/j.7rpt')s
T alff
fip.
1
1168.
EUR. Hel.
1399
: 2) K\eivos
i]p.1v
no a is.
Suppl. 277
: o>
<pi\os,
o> 8 OKI
p.
co-
raro r 'EXXafli.
SOPH. Ai.
525
:
Ainr,
and so
regularly
in
Sophocles. (See
Ellendt, Lex.
Soph.).
AESCHVL. P. V.
88-90:
co Stor
aldrjp
K(ii
ra^vTrrtpoi
TTI/OO/, |
iroTap.cav
re
Tfriya\
irovriwv
Tt
Kvp.nru>v | <ivt)piupoi> yeXcHTfJia, irofifiTiTop
Te
yrj.
Ibui.
545
w
(p[\os,
ft77f. Fr.
207
N
J
:
rf>dyns, ytvfiov apa TrevOiicreis
a"v
ye.
H()M. Od. I,
301
: <m
(TV,
(j>i\os, fj.d\a ydp
(r(e)
Kre.
IJ, 415
:
8t>s,
(pi\s.
19, 406
:
yap.j3pos
efj.i>s Bvyartp
re,
riflfcrff
wop.
UTTI Ktv ftTrco.
II.
3, 276 sq.
: Zev
TTurtp "lF>jj6ei> p-eSf'tov
KvSicrTf
peyicrrt \
'He'Xios
1
$' or
TTUVT'
e'fpopas.
For the occasional use of the Nom.
Adj.
with a Voc. Subst. or of a
Voc.
Adj.
with a Nom.
Subst.,
see Index.
1
This is a curious coincidence with the Yedic rule
(Delbruck, Synt.
Forsch. V.
66| which
prohibits copulation
of two vocatives
by
ca
(r<),
but
requires
the word
connected
by
ca to be
put
in the nominative instead of in the vocative.
VOCATIVE CASE
5
13.
NOMINATIVE IN APPOSITION WITH THE VOCATIVE.
The nominative with the article is sometimes in
apposition
with an
expressed
or
unexpressed
vocative which is identical
with the
subject
of the verb.
Similarly
the
pronoun
OVTOS is
often used in
calling
to a
person.
&
irats,
atcoXouOci
Stvpo,
AK. Ran.
521
;
You
boy,follow
this
way
I OVTOS,
TI iroifis ;
Ibid. Nub.
723
: You
there,
w/iat are
you doing
?
PLATO, Conv.
172
A : *Q X
;; p
t v
s,
((prj,
o VTOS 'ArroXX
o5o>p
or,
ov
irepi-
ft(
vt i s ;
(C(iyo)
enicrTiis
ir(piip.iva-
KU\
oy,
'ATruXXcJSwpf
,
(prj
KT(.
(note
difference
between nom. and voc.). Ibid. 218 H : ol be oiKfrai KH\ d rty uXXo? tort
&it1r)-
\os . . ., Tri'Xas . . . rots UHFIV (ntdfcrde.
Protag. 337
C : o>
tlvftpfs, (<}]>
oi
irapi>i>T(
v.
XEN. An. I,
5.
l6:
n/xifi/f
KU\ oi XXoi ol
TrapovTt s"E\\rjvfs,
OVK lcr-e
on
iroif'tTf,
Proxenus and the rest
ofyou
Greeks that are
present, you
do not
know wltat
you
are
doing. Cyr.
4, 5. '7
: '$'
M
(l/ <) ^" (Tl
''
*'0'/> irpftrtivTaTas,
icdi lu>t> Ttiirra
Xt'yf.
Ibid.
4, 5>
22 "^ ^
*0'?'
" r^t/
'Ypxavitav npx&v, virofjitivov.
Ibid.
5. 3- 43
'
fiftfif\(tr&f
. . . oi rt
upôvrfs
Km irt'ivrts (5 oi cr u>
<f) p
o v o v v-
rfs. Ibid. 6,
3, 33
: crv 8e 6
(7/jôai'
. . . (KTUTTOV. Ibid.
8,
7,
28 : icl niivrt s
8 ot
irapovTfS
Ka\ ol airovTts
<^)i'Xoi jâipfTt,
Mem.
3- '4. 4-'
jropan^pfiT*j
(^)r;,
roGroj/,
f> i
Tr\rj
(r iov.
Al<. Ach.
242
:
irpuiff
e? ro
TTpoadtv uXtyov, T)
Kavrffpopof.
Nub.
723 (see
above).
Vesp.
I :
ovror,
ri
-rrda-^fis
;
Ibid.
1364:
o>
oilror, ovror. Av.
665-
6:
f) HpoKvr), \
fxpaivf. Lys. 437
:
(odo-as, OVTOS ;
Ran.
521 (see
above).
EUR. Ale.
773
OVTOS,
ri
(Tfîvov
. . .
ft\(ir(is ;
Med.
922
:
UVTT),
TI
x\(apms
KaKpvois rtyytis Kopas
;
Or.
1567:
OVTOS
a~v,
. . .
p.r] \âv(rr}S
(<ru
expressed
with the
OUTOJ).
SoPH. Ai.
71-2
:
OVTOS,
<re . . .
|
... K<I\O>. Ibid.
89:
u>
OVTOS, \ias,
8tvT(-
pov
o~f
Trpoo'KdXia.
AKSCHYL. Pers.
155-6:
oj 8advu>vu>i> avao-a-a . . .
\ H?IT(p t] A('pov yt-
patd, X
ll
'
l
P
f -
HOM. Od.
3, 427
: ol aXXot. Cf.
9, 172
: XXot
p.tv
vvv
fj.ip.vfT
1
eûil fpiijpfs
fTaipoi.
II.
3, 94
: oi aXXot.
19, 83
: id. Cf. ibid.
190
: aXXot.
Vocative Case
14.
The Vocative
(the
case of direct address)
is not affected
by
the structure of the
sentence,
and does not enter as an ele-
ment into
syntax, except
in the matter of concord.
15.
i WITH THE VOCATIVE. S> is
commonly prefixed
to the
vocative.
6 GREEK' SYNTAX
<3
avSpes 'AOrivatoi,
DEM.
I,
I
;
Gentlemen
of
Athens, at!
opoios ,
w'
AoSupe,
PLATO, Conv.
1730;
You are
always
alike,
Apollodorus.
DK.M.
i,
i : &>
uvftpt
$
'A$^<uoi,
and so hundreds of times in the same au-
thor.
19.4:
o>
<iv8p(s
SiKaarai,
and the same
phrase
hundreds of times in
the same author.
AKSCHIX.
i,
122.
PLATO, Conv.
173
D
(see above).
In the Conv. there are about
70
ex-
amples
of the use of
Z> with the vocative of
proper
names,
and
only
8 in-
stances of the vocative of
proper
names without i.
(See
Hug
on Plat.
Conv.
/////.).
Protag.
: All of about a hundred vocatives of
proper
names
seem to have the w.
(See
Hug
/.
c.).
XKN". Anab. : w with the vocative occurs about
40 times;
1
e.g.
i, 7, 3.
THUC. : About
40 times;*
e.g.
i,
32,
i.
HDT.
7,
1 60. 161.
AK.
Eq. 1194.
Nub.
793. 794. Vesp. 136.
EUR. Hel.
744.
SOPH. Ant.
49. 572.
AESCHYL.
Sept. 203. 255.
HOM. Od.
i,
45
et
saepe.
II.
i,
74
et
saepe.
16.
POSITION OF <5. 5
regularly precedes
the vocative or
the vocative and its attribute. In
poetry
it is sometimes in-
terjected
between the vocative and its attribute.
17.
Normal Position:
DEM.
i,
r
(see 15). 19, 4 (see 15).
PLATO,
Phaedr.
227
A: &
(pi\t #ai8pe.
Ibid. D: 2)
pAriore
Zw/cparf?.
Soph. 230
C : 2) mil
(/>iAe.
AR.
Eq.
108.
SOPH. El. 86. Ph. 1128.
1 8.
Exceptional
Position:
EUR. Cf. El.
167.
Hel.
1451.
Or.
1246: MvKrjviSa
&
<pt\itu,
SOPH. Ai.
395.
PlN I). P. 2,
I :
/if-yaAoTToXifr
&>
SupaKocrai.
HOM. Od. 8, 408
:
x
f
"/
;f
>
TiiTtp
<L flvf.
II.
4, 189: r/WAoy
2) Mfyf'Aae.
17, 716.
19.
RKPKTITION OF i. ** is
occasionally
used with both sub-
stantive and attribute.
SoPH. Ph.
799-
** TtK-vw 2>
ytvvaiov.
HOM. II.
6,
55
k" 7rf7r"i/ k> MfWA</f.
1
Cf.
K<x:kel,
Ue Allocutionis
Usu,
Konigsberg, 1884, p.
8. 1. c.
p. 5 sq.
I'OCATIVE CASE
7
20. OMISSION OF *. The omission of * in
prose
is
passion-
ate or late.
XTHHIT', 'AOri vaioi, DEM. 8,
31
;
You are
talking
nonsense, Athenians.
DEM. 8,
31 (see above), tivdpts 'A&ji/mot,
as for
example
in
8,
35,
is
rare
by
the side of 2i
"wbpts 'AGtjvaioi. i*t>8pfs
SiKaarui,
as for
example
in
18,
196,
is rare
by
the side of 
"ivSpts
fiiKumai.
18,
243: </i^P"
l/T
'?
T>
>
f ^Ta
vvv
\tyfis;
Ibid.
290
:
dteotitis,
Alcrîvr);
PLATO,
Conv.
172
A.
173
E.
175
A.
(bts}.
Gorg. 518
C:
nvBpwnt,
(iraifit ov8fi>
irfp\ yvfJLvaa-TiKtjs.
Lach.
197
E. Phileb. II A.
Soph.
22O D.
Theaet.
143
C.
XEN. An.
i,
5,
16
(see 13). Cyr.
2. 2, 7
;
avdpunf,
ri noif'is
; Mem.
2, 8,
i.
THUC. 2. ii, i.
4,
126, i.
5, 9,
i.
HDT. i,
8
(bis). 9.
11.
7,158.
162.
AR. Ach.
1097. 1098. 1099.
uoi,etc.
EUR. Hel.
858.
SOPH. Ai.
36
et
saepe.
Ant. u.
223.
AESCHVL. Pr. V.
3. 144. 635.
SIMON. C.
145 Bgk.
4
HOM. Od.
i,
i. 60. 62.
64. 158. 337. 346,
etc.
II. i,
i.
17.
26.
37. 59.
106. 122.
131,
etc.
21. POSITION OF THE VOCATIVE. In
quiet passages
the
vocative does not
begin
the sentence. When it heads the sen-
tence,
the omission of &>
heightens
the excitement still further.
22. Vocative
Postpositive:
DEM. more than a thousand
times, as in 1
8,
5. 21,1. 23,
i.
30,
i.
AESCHIN. I,
122 :
avrrj p.(v
fanv,
2>
Ti/iap^f| ili>8pbs dyadov
. . .
ajroXoyia,
and so in the other orators.
PLATO,
Conv.
173
D. 212 B.
Gorg. 518
E. Phileb. n A
(-?')
XEN. An. 1,6,
6
(s). 7.
8.
9.
THUC.
Postposition
is the rule for Thuc. as in
I,
75,
i.
I, 76,
I.
HUT.
i,
9 (s).
u
(s).
AR. Ach.
1099(5). 1136.
Nub.
794.
EUK. Hel.
744.
SOI-H. Ant. 1 1
(s). 49.
AKSCHYL. P. V.
144 (s). 307 (s). 319 (s). 635 (s).
HOM. Od.
i,
i
(s).
II.
I,
26
(s).
131 (s).
158.
1
In this section and the
following,
u is used in all those
passages
which arc not
followed
by
an s siitf.
8 GREEK SYNTAX
23.
Vocative
Prepositive:
DIN.
i,
72 (once
in
67 times).
1
DEM.
rare,
as in
8,
35 (s).
20,
i
(s). 32,
i
(5).
AESCHIN.
i,\2\ (s) (only
once,
and that a
quotation).
ISAE.
3.
I
(s).
PLATO, Conv.
173
E.
Crito,
46
B.
Euthyphr. 3
C.
XEX. An.
i,
5,
16
(s). 7, 3. 3,
i, 27
THUC.
2,
n
(s). 71 (s}. 4,
10
(s). 95. 5, 9 (*). 7,
61
(j).
HDT.
i,
8
(s, to). 7, 158 (s).
160. 161. 162
(j).
AR. Ach.
432. Eq. 1194. Vesp. 136.
EUR. Hel.
858 (s).
SOPH. Ant.
223 (s). 572.
AESCHYL. P. V.
3 (s). Sept. 203. 255.
HOM Od.
1,45. 64 (s).
Si.
158(5). 337 (*) 346 (j). 384(5). 389(5).
400 (s).
II.
i,
17 CO. 59 CO- 74- 106(5). 122(5). 442.
24.
VOCATIVE IN EXCLAMATIONS. The vocative
may
be
used in exclamations.
'HpaicXeis,
DEM.
9, 31 ;
Herakles!
DEM.
9, 31 (see above). 19, 308: 'HpuicXeiy.
21,
66: id.
22, 78;
&>
yij
*ai $foi.
24,
1 86 ; id.
39,
21 : id.
40, 5
: id.
PLATO,
Prot.
310
D : a> ZfO ! <9eo/.
XEN. Mem.
i,
3,
12: a>
'Hp<Xft$-.
AR. Nub.
153:
a) ZeC
fiaa-iXtv.
Ibid.
184:
w
'Hp/cXfty. Vesp. 143:
ai/^
Il()(Tfi8oi' Ibid. l6l :
w
A7roXXof
anoTpHTrau.
Ibid.
420: 'HpaxXeis.
PI.
374
: &
'Hpd.K\fis.
EUR. Med.
764
: w Ztv
AIKT)
rf
Zrjvbs
'HXi'ou rt
(pats.
SOPH. El.
1466:
3>Zei. O. C. 221.
532.
O.R.i
198.
AESCHYL.
Ag. 1257
ororoi,
Avxet' "ATroXXoi/,
ot
fyu> (yea.
ALCMAN,
fr.
29, Bgk.
4
: Zev
Trarep,
at
yiip f/j.os
TTI'HTIS
(1^.
HOM. Od.
4, 341
: ZeO re
Trarep
/cal
'\6rjvair]
KU'I "AnoXXov
(not
real
prayers).
II.
2,
371
: id.
25.
PREDICATE VOCATIVE. The
vocative,
not
being
a case
proper,
cannot take a
predicate,
but the
predicate (nom.) adjec-
tive is
occasionally
attracted into the vocative. Clear cases are
late :
di/ri
yap ocX/^s- "ipfipaaf Hapdfviov,
CALLIM. fr.
213,
T/lOlt wast called
(hnbrasus),
O
Imbrasits, instead
of
Parthenius.
oXfiif Kovpt, yivmo,
TlIEOCR.
17,
66
;
Uaf>f)y
laddie,
mayst
thou
prove
(so).
1
Rockel,
/. c.
,
pp. 49-50.
VOCATIVE CASE
g
In the classical
period
the
examples
are
only apparent,
or,
at most, the
predicate may
be
picked
out from the attribute which
precedes
the verb.
AR. Av.
627
. o>
(piXrar' f'p.oi
no\v
npt(r;JvTi>
f
t^difTTov fifTtmiirro)!/.
EUR. Tr.
1221-3
(TV T tit nor' oScra tcaXXiviKt
p-vpiutv \ p.fjT(p rpinraitav,
*ETopoy <f)i\ov
<r<icor,
| o~rf(pavov.
SOPH. Ai.
695-6'
o> llui> II(ic X i
n\ay
KTJ, KuXXoviac
\iovnKTvnov |
nt-
rpains
OTTO
ftdpnSos (piii"]6\
to 0(a>i>
ôpojrot
<u/. Ph.
759~^
'
'<* '<**
8va"n]vf
(TV,
| 8v<TTt)l>( ftr)T(l
fita TTOVIUl' irdjTfl)!'
(pdVflS.
AESCHYL. Pers.
674
7roXi>cXavrf dai/o>f Sufuara.
26. FORMS OF THE
SUBJECT.
The
expressed subject
of the
finite verb
may
be in the form of a
substantive,
a
pronoun,
or
some word or
phrase
used as a substantive.
K6vwv . . .
^viKTjo-e,
DIN. i.
75
, Conon
gained
the
victory.
troXXiiv
XPIH^-
TWV TO
xP
T
l"
r * v Ivat
Xvo-iTcXeoTfpov
iari,
Dt.M.
36, 52.
OWTOS
fyrjiw,
DEM.
[46],
21
,
This man
got
married.
DIN. i,
75
(see above).
DEM.
36, 52 (see above). [46],
21
(id.).
LYS. i, 1 1 TO TraiSioj/
(,36a,
The
baby
was
bawling.
13, 85
'
ft
p.ev
TO
PLATO,
Ale.
I,
Il6 C. ra
dyada (rvfji<p(pti f)
ov ,
Rpb. 372
E;
o\â arrrp
KOI ol vvv f
\ovcr
t.
XEN. Cf. Hell.
4,
2,
21 OVK dntdavov avTiai>
irXrjv
ft ris KTf.
(Part. gen.
as
subj.)
Til L'C. 1
,
1 26.
9
ol . . .
fjifTa
TOV K.v\d)vos
3,
1
08,
2 o ( Kara TO 8 e iov
Kfpas
tviKtov TO and' e'auToi/r
4- 33>
' ' ^*
TTfpi
TOI>
'
ETrtrudav.
HDT. 1,62
oi
dfji(p\ lI(t<rio-TpuTov. 3. 76 9, 69.
27.
Even
prepositional phrases
like ds
uKTUKaiftfiea, etc.,
without the
article,
may
be treated as the
subject.
cl
Karaaxa^MiT]
TUV
Ttix
<** v T(*)V
'
|iaKpuv
ciri S c K a (rrdSia
cKartpov,
LYS.
13,
8.
(Strictly speaking,
TWJ/
Tfi\5>v
is the
partitive genitive dependent
on
KaTa<TKn(p(ir]
and ori fif'cn ordSia is an adverbial modifier.)
LYS.
13.
8
(see
above).
XEN. An.
3, 4. 5 C
400'
t\fi<f>0t)trav
fls <'>KT uncai <5f
<,
About 1 8 tuere
taken alive. Ibiif. 6,
4. 23
tis
oitr\t\iovs dvdpvmws
Hell. 6,
5,
10
((pvyov
. . 7T (
p
I O KTaKOCT IOVS.
TlIUC.
3,
2O,
2 fs 8(
uvopas
oiuKoaiavv K a\ tiKOtrt
/luXioru
tvi-
fjLtivav Tr/
tuf)u> (6f\ovrai.
Hl)T.
5.64.
Ktii
<r<f)(u>v
tiff (TOV
vntp
T ( IT cr t
p
duo VTCI
ilvopds.
And
of
them there
fell
above
40
men.
6,
1 1
7
dntdavov . . KUT <i
iaKi<r\i\iovs.
28. ADIIX
rivi:s USED SUUSTANTIVEI.Y. Masculine and
10 GREEK SYNTAX
feminine
adjectives
and
participles
are used as
personal
substan-
tives
freely
with the article in both
numbers,
less
freely
without
the article in standard
prose.
29.
a. With the article. :
DEM.
I,
I . TO/
ftov\op.evo)v. 3- I?'
TOVS aiTiovs. Ibid. 21 : TOV
op.cavvfj.ov.
4, 44
: Tt^v
\(yovT<av.
2O,
74
: TOVS KcoXvrrorro?.
29,44:
oi 8iK<iovT(s.
ISOC.
5, 24:
ro'ts
tirmjo'fiois
roTs
tp.ols.
ANT.
5.
18: rots
(fiois Trpoo~rjKov(Tiv
PLAT. Ale. I,
I
13
A: 6
(pdiruiv
. . . 6
dTTOKpivo/jifvos. 125
B : TOVS
dyadovs.
134
B: oi KCIKOI. Conv.
178
E: TOV
epapfvov.
181 B '. oi
<pav\oi,. 204
D:
6
f'pfav.
Lach. 1 80 D
;
01
17X1x01 eyo. Legg.
868 A : ro>
KiKTrj^fvcf. Rpb. 409
C : 6
fx<av.
Theaet.
147
D : TW <rc3
ofjuovvfup.
XEN.
Apol.
2O: TO'IS
yfivap.evois. 2J
: TOIS
e'/xoly
tvvois. Hell.
5,
2,
33;
roif
vp.tT(pots 8vcrfi(Vf(ri.
Mem.
I, I,
I : oi
ypa^d^fvoi.
THUG.
3, 4, 4
: T<av . . .
8iafia\\6vTu>v
.
5> 3
2
>
' TOVS
f)j3a>VTas.
HDT. I,
120: TOVS
ydvafifvovs. 3,65:
rutv . . .
oiKrjioraTuiv.
AR. Eccl. 1126:
Ttjs ffjir/s KfKTr)n(VT)s.
PI.
495
: TOVS
dyadavs.
EUR. Ale.
167 .' avriav
rj TfKovcr(a).
El.
335
o r' (Kfivov Tfxav.
Hipp. 413
;
ras
crd>(t)povas.
Or.
51.
o Kfivov
yfvofjLfvos.
SOPH. Ai.
456: ô)
KO.KOS TOV
Kpfltrcrova.
Ant.
5
20 :
^X Xptjo-Tos
rc5
KOK(f XdXf'lV
10-OS. fr.
321
N
2
: TOV
0VTJTOV.
AESCHYL.
Suppl 951
: TO'LS
apo-eaiv.
THEOGN. 1026: T&V
dyaGSw.
Ho.M. Od.
15,324-.
TOIS
dyadoivi.
IJ,
218: TOV
opo'iav (bis).
20,
133:
TOV
. . .
dpeiov(a).
224
: TOV
8vo~Tr]vov.
II.
3, 255
: TW . . .
viKt']o-avTi.
6,
435
: ot
apurroi,
8,
342
-=2 1
1,
178
; TOV OTTI-
O-TCITOV. IO,
237:
TOV
dpfLOl.
II,
658'.
OI
OplOTOl.
I
3, 2791
TOV . . . KOKOV
TpfTTfTdl \pUlS.
I
6,
53
'
fOV
OfJ.olov.
21,
2OJ
'. TOV
lipKTTOV. 2$, 663
1 6
ViKTjdfiS.
30.
/;. Without the article:
DEM. I 8,
JO',
Z>
XeycOJ/ fV^tp&S
o TI av
j3ov\rj6r}S.
Ax'i'iPH.
3 ft
12 : n^XtwTfiTO) Si/o
(ace.).
PLAT. Ale. I,
119
C;
o>
<"/KO-rf.
Conv.
194
B. voi)v
eôi/ri oXt'yoi eî-
(f)p<iv(S
TToXXuv
d(pi>('>v<av (poftpo>Tpoi. Legg. 795
^-
8ia(f)fpti
. . .
p.a6u>v
p.f] p.a0i'>vTos.
Phaedr.
239
A :
(pa>p.(vu>.
Tim.
29
E:
dyada>.
XEN. Hell.
5.
'.
'9
'""' ^roXXar vavs
KfKTr)p.evovs.
AR. Nub.
518;
a)
dtojfjifvoi. Pax, 384
: o>
nnvtjpoi.
EtJR.
Hipp.
682: w
7rayK(iKi<TTT].
I. A.
1244:
fV
VTJTTIOIS.
SOPH. O. R.
334
o> KUKO>V KIIKKTT(. Ibid.
1397:
K<JK KIIKIOV. O. C.
1384:
KOKIOV K(IKIO~T(. PH.
384
<"< KUKWV. Ibid.
9^4
^> <UKO}V KUKIO~T( Kill
ToX/ir}-
O"TT. Ibid.
1371
: KCIKOVS.
AE.SCIIYI..
Ag.
861,
1231
:
apo-ci/oi-. Suppl. 393, 644
dpvivtav.
I'OCATIl'E CASE n
THEOGN.
1025.
duXm'.
HOM. Od.
3.74.
d\\oftanol<rt.
4,
822
Sw^tix'ty
. . . TroXXoi. 6,
184-
&V(TfJi(V(t(T<riV. 17,217
KdKOf KlIKtlf.
II.
3, 48
<iXXo5(i7Toi<rt.
3, 51 tovtrpevitriv.
10.
238
:
^tipov(a).
31.
Of course
i>ijp, ywr),
and
tiv^purros
are often
expressed, dvi]p
is at
once more
poetic
and more
homely
than the article.
DEM.
15, 23
.
jjuppupov "ivdpwirov (fem.). 19, 196
. '0\vv6iav
yvvaiKn.
ANT.
1,14. dvfjp
KII\US T( Kill
ayados.
2, 8,
5
:
Ofpft-bv
KHI
dvSpdov avftpumnv.
J, 72
oil
yiip
(<mv o TI iiv
opytfofuvos tivdpuiiros
tv
yvotiy.
PLATO,
Ale.
I,
125
B: TOVS
dyadovs avftpas. Gorg. 470
C:
(piXov "ii/ftpa.
Legg. 846
D.
dvftpos eirt^taplov.
Menex.
247
D
OVTJTO) dv8pi. 335
K: TOU
fiiKaiov
f!>Spos.
Prot.
316
C ivov
avbpa. 316
D: TOJJ/ TraXatwv
dvSpStv. K[jb.
33'
C .
<f>i\ov dvdpos.
PlNO. P.
4,
I .
irap' dvSpt (pi\a>.
THEOG.
3'~2
'
KaKolffi 5
^tr) TTpocrop.i\fi I dv8pd(Tiv
a\\ aid ru>v
dyn0a>v
(\fo.
43
ft
siif/n:
Ho.M. II.
3-
108
oirXoTfpoav dvftpu>v. <), 3-
f'
dfpyos (it]p. 13. 278:
6
. . . 8fiXof
avi'tp. 23, 704
dvftpl
8(
viKt]0ivTi.
32.
ELLIPSIS OF AlAscri.iNK SUHSTANTIVKS. When
per-
sons are not meant a substantive is understood.
Ellipses
of
masculine substantives are rare but clear.
6
KviKi]vos
(sr.
o-To.Tt]pi,
T/ic Cvziccnc
(a coin).
Lvs. i 2,
I I
TtTpciKocriovs KVÎKTJVOVS
(sc.
trrarrfpay),
but
32,
6.
Tptaxovra
THUC. i .
47,
2, and elsewhere . 6
rrffrs
(sc.
a-rptiTt'i
s) (but
o TTC
fos crrpT<ir,
4,
8, 2). 3. IO7,
I . TOI/
>
A^.7T/KJ*Cl*COl'
(SC. KoXTTOv).
6,
j.
' : T<>V luVlOV ( SC.
coXTToi/). 34, 4
:
(/</.).
Hl)T.
3, 25.
TOI/
Trtôi/. 4,
128' o
TTffiis
and TOI/ n(w (/v'.v)
(but
1.80.
TOJ/
TTfÔC ITTpllTltli).
Ak. Acb.
1229: uKpiiTw
(sc. olvov}.
Eq. 105: uieparov
. . . rm\vv. Ibiti.
I 1
87
'
t"^*
fii Trifir
KtKptifj.fvov rpta
KUI f>vi>.
COM. Fk. Mc-in.
3,462, 13-4.
<V
mrrt)pi
(sc. o('i/oi>).
4, 563:
npu
TOV nitiv ritv
ttKptiTov i^^v. 4-35-- 4-
o: " ifu\vs
ilxpaTos <Xiy uvuy-
K.U&I (\)j>wt\v.
Much iiiiikt-s vonr senses crooked,
ifyou
/<//v //
stttiight.
KL'k.
Cycl. 5^
J
9
: wrris
<
TTI;/
TroXui'
(sc. oicof),
//"</.
573-
Ho.M. II.
9, 2(J3
:
wpuTf puv
(sc. otvir?)
fit
jct'/jiuf,
Don't i/f,iu> it too
mild.
33.
Mucli more common are
ellipses
of feminine substantives, such as
12 GREEK SYNTAX
DEM.
18,
281 : OVK e'rri
TTJS avrr]S (sc.
dyKvpas) 6pfj.fl.
rols
TroXXoty,
He does
not ride
at,
depend
on,
the same anchor as the
people.
21,
84
:
fj Kvpia (sc.
Tj/j.('pa)
. . . fls
TTJV voTepaiav
(sc. fjfj.fpav^).
24, 7-
2><pXe ^tXtas (SC.
5pa-
Xpds). 27,34- Tpia
raXavra *at
îX/as (sc. 8p
a
^ /i
a
$)
etXêpcira,
Three talents
and a thousand drachmae.
ISOC.
[l], 43
:
{] 7TfTTp<ji>fJ.evr) (SC.
p.olpa).
PLATO,
Apol.
l8 C:
fp^^v (SC.
5 IK
77 1/)
/car^yopoCi'Ter. Gorg. 465
B:
TJ7
larplKr)
(SC.
Tf)(VT]), TJ OÔTTOUKT], Trj yvp.vacmKfi, i] KOfip-tariKr'].
Ibid.
465
C : <ro-
(picrTiKt], vofjiodfTiKi), prjTopiKij.
Ibid.
$12
E '.
Ti]v flfiapfifvr)v
(sc.
p.olpai>).
Lach.
184
D :
r/}i/
evavrtav
(sc.
-^/-rjôv)
. . . tdfro.
Legg.
862 A: ei
17 -y' e/^f) (sc.
yvajprj) viKq.
Phileb.
13
D: iiviuvT(s fls ras
opaias
(SC.
Xa/3ay).
Ibid.
41
B:
Kara
yf TJ^V C'/XT})/ (sc. yvu>^rjv). Soph. 231
C ."
o/>$;) yup ry Traooiut'a,
TO ray
aTratrns
(sc. Xa/3(if) /ijj pa8iov
tivai
8ia(p(vyfiv.
XEN. An.
3, 4, 37
:
TI/ ixrTtpaia
(SC.
f]fj.fpq)
. . .
ry rpirj)
. . .
TIJ
re
ruprrj.
Ibid.
3,4,46: Tjjf \omrjv (sc.
Trope
i av ?)
Tropfvcropeda.
Ibid.
4,
6,
1 2 :
?} rpa^tla
(SC.
yr)
or
^copa)
rots' Trotrli/
aâ^fl
iov(riv
vp.(Vf(TT(pa f] rj 6/zaXi) (sc.
y /}
Of
^copa)
T9
KftpaXas jSaXXo/ieVotP.
Ibid.
5.
8,
12 : TOVTOV . . .
dvixpayov
a>s
oXt'yas
(sc. 7rX>;ys)
iraitrfifv. Ibid.
7,
8,
20:
T^ vcrTtpaiq.
Hell.
4, 4, 13
:
iyyt r)i/
Vi
Me'yapa
(SC.
oSoi/
)
and
T^V
fVl
.\aK($aip.ova untxuipfi. Ibid."], 2,
13: r/)i/
(rvvrofjiov (sc. ofiov).
. .
d(f)iK.ecrdai
and tcvro
r/yy
TT a
p
a TO Te
tôs.
Hiero,
2,
8: 8ta
TroXe/iias (SC. y^s
Of
^copas).
THUC.
5,
26,
5
:
(pfvyeiv rljv fpavrov (sc. y^v).
Ibid.
6,
54, 5
:
fiKo<rrf)v (sc.
fjifpida)
. . .
Trpao'a'ofJ.fvoi
TU>V
yiyvofJ,evaiV.
HDT.
3, 64:
Kaipirj
(sc.
TrXiyyj)
f'8o^t Ttrvfydai.
Ibid.
5, 17
:
(rvi>Tnp.os (SC.
6Sos).
7^/Vf. 8,
27
:
t) SfKurrj (sc. /iolpa).
Ak. Ran.
685:
K*W/ to-ai
(SC.
-^^(poi) yivtavrai.
Ibid.
1096: TUTrro/iei/o?
Tulai TrXaTfiais
(sc.
j^tpcriv).
EUR. Ale.
784: T^J/ avpiov p.fX\ovcrav (sc.
f)p.fpav),
SOPH. Ant.
1308-9:
dvrai'av
(sc.
TrXayav)
eiraurfv. O. T. 810: oi
/^}
lo-r;^ (sc. 8(Ki;v?) y'
frurtv. Phil.
139^
:
8f^*as (sc.
êipo?) f/i^S fftydiv.
AKSCHYL. Cho.
639-40: i<pos \
buivraiav
(SC. TrXayav)
. . . oira.
TV'RT.
15 I^g^-
4
: Xaia
(sc.
êtpi) /j.tV
truv
irpofidXfardt.
MOM. Od.
4, 588
:
efSf/cTr;
Tf
(sc.
ê'pjj) SuwSfKarq
T.
9, 42 (= 549=
II.
ii,
[75])
:
uTtufiufjifvos
. . .
i'o-;;? (
sc.
p.oipr)s?).
ii,
594
:
<*[i<poTpflO'iv (sc.
Xepo-tv).
II.
10,
542: Seî/;
(SC.
xfipi).
34.
There is often no conscious,
or at all events no
definite,
ellipsis
(cf.
Lobeck,
Paralipp. pp. 329-388).
So in the
examples
of the
preceding
.sections the exact
ellipsis
is often doubtful.
DEM.
14.
6 : an
IOTJS.
XEN. Hicro, 6,
8 : oi
yap
( tvavrias
fju'ivov
uXXa *cai Triivrodtv.
TllUC. i,
i
5.
2 : ow8' . . . diri>
TTJS i<rr)s
KOIVUS
(rrpaTtiat
iiroiovvro. i,
27,
I I
NEUTER
ADJECTIVES 13
irl
T7) i<TT)
Kai
ofioiq. 4- 33-
' an^
35- 3
' tvavrlas.
4, IOJ,
2 :
rrjt iirrjs
tat
6/iOiOS fjLfTi'xoira p.(vnv.
HOT.
I,
lOQt
TO TTOio'lOl/
KtKO<T[JiT)fJL(VOl>
T
1}
V ( 7T I $ttMITa>.
3- ''9-
*
>
^7
-
f T
f)
l
TTi pavuTb).
5-7-- KUTtSrjcrav TT)V
tw\ 6 nviiTU).
7-62: rrjvnvr^vTavTr^v
rcrraXfjLfi'oi. J, 84- TJ)V avrijv rcTJCCvaoyM'pot.
8, 6 : tic . . .
TTJS dvriTjs irpos-
TT\ffll> OV K<i)
<T<J)l
fboK(.
PlND.
O.7.82:
uXXav
(vtKav?)
fir' "i\\a.
HoM. II.
2,
379
: (S
ye fj-iav (,lov\ i]
v
.') ftnv\(
v<jofj.fv.
35.
So the feminine
adjective
is often used
adverbially
for
locality,
distance,
direction.
Regularly
in the case of
fy/xoeria,
I8ia,
KOIVI/, irf&i,
for
examples
of which see the dictionaries.
KM.
4- -3" ^.'/""'"f^f"' dvuyKt)
. . .
Ti)i> irpuiTTjv.
1
8,
36
'. ri ovv
<rvvtf$ij
pera
ravr tvdvs,
OVK fls
p.
a K
p
a v ;
PLAT.
Legg. 683
C:
naicpav
(sc. 6fioi>?)
i/
f\0otfjn fyvyt.
Theaet. 200
A:
fiaicpav 7T(pi(\6ovTts.
XEN
T
. An.
3,4, I7
: Itvrfs
paitpdv.
Ibid.'j,
8, 20: OTTU>S ort
p.aKpordrT]v
t\dot. Hell.
4, 5-^
:
iJKfw rf/v Tuxicrrijv.
Mem.
3,
6,
10:
TTJV Trpu>rr]i>.
THUG.
6,
98, 3
:
diroo'itiBvao'dai
paKportpa
v.
AK. R.
434 fjStv paKpair dniXdris.
EUR.
Phoen.9o6:
ov
p.aKpuv
airtam.
36.
Neuter
Adjectives
and
Participles
are
freely employed
as substantives in almost
any
relations,
but Homer's
range
is
limited,
and the boldness of
Thucydides
is to be
noticed,
nor is
poetry
ever
very
free.
TO
Trap\Tj\v86s
... TO
p.c'XXov
... TO
irapov,
Ol'.M. 1 8,
192
; The
/><is/
. . . the
future
. . . the
present,
av tv
f\
8u' OO-TCI'
tiirwo-iv, Ibid.
23,
206;
If
they
say
one or two dewier
things.
DEM. 18,
192 (see above). 19, 151
: 8vmi>
xpn
(Tl
^
niv- 20- -&' *' v & v-
23. 51
: &vo
ftr)\ol
Sinaia
(sc.
6
vftos).
The law sets
forth
two lines
of legal
procedure.
23,
120: -nuvr
ffv 'A\(at>8pos. 23,
206
(see
above).
[6iJ,
6:
b~VOlV TOtll (CaXX / (TTOIV.
AF.SCHIN.
3, 165
: TO 8'
(cr6p.f
vov.
3,218: dpKt
I
yap ^101 \j.
i K
p
a
Kaifjifi-
6v<i)v
aiffxpws
OVK
(iridv^w.
ISAE. I,
22 : bvo'iv TO'IV (vavriuiTaToiv.
ISOC.
[i], 29:
TO
fJL(\\OV. 31
: TO ...
ilKdlpOV. 34:
10 . . .
<J0Uf
fS fK TOU
diavtpoi. 40: ^tytiTTov
tv
t'Xaîo'Ta). 3> '9
: tv T<
f
toiovri.
4- 4-
(v
p.(<T(i> Ti)t
'KXXaSor.
4> 54-
^roXii . . .
TT/KJ
riav
TpuiKtav
. . . Kai
/jUKpuv npo
.
4, 189: îryuXa
. . .
piKpd. 11,43-
^l"Jlt> TOIV n i IT
%
i ifToi v.
ANTIPHON, 6,
3'
^^ rt')
ptyitrTw
KUI
i(r\vf>oTdri^.
PLATO,
Charm.
158
A: TU
bpwptva TIJS
ioY<u-. Conv. 186 I); tim 5<
14
GREEK SYNTAX
f^dia-Ta
TCI
tvavTitoTciTa,
fyvxpov 6epp.oi, TriKpbv y\vKf~i, r)pbv vypco.
Ibid.
195
B:
opoiov 6/iO('o)
dtl irf\dei. Ibid. 22O C: e' eaidivov.
Euthyd.
282 C: OTTO
TavTOfjuirov.
Ibtd.
34
B ro (TTTJ.VLOV.
Euthyph. 5
D : TO Ofriov
. . . Kcil TO avocriov . . . TOV
p.fv
6o~iov TTIIVTOS . . . TO ucriov KOI TO dvoaiov . . .
TO iJCTlOV. Ibid. 6 D : TO ScTiOV . . . (V Tl
fj
8llO . . . TU>V 7TO\Xo)l/ 6 (T I O> V
. . . TTlivTa Til OCTta . . . Til Tf dl>l)O~la . . . KCU Til OCTICI. Ibid. 6 E : TO
/JLeV
TO(?
dfois
TTpocrcpiXes
. . . TO 8e
p.f] npocrcpiXe
s.
Gorg. 449
C: ev
fipaxvTfpois.
Ibid.
473
1^ : To
oihjjQfS-
Ibid.
488
D : TO
KpeiTTov
KCU TO
j3(\Tiov
Km TO
Icr^vpi'i-
Ttpov.
Ibid.
488
E: TO 'ivov
f'xfLv. Legg. 642
A:
Trepl <rp.iK.pnv
TroXXa.
Ibid.
731
E:
Tv(p\ovTai Trtpl
TO
(p
i X o v
fj.
f v o v 6
(f)i\iav.
Ibid.
791
E: irav . . .
TO
yfvv<ap.evov.
Ibid.
796
E: eis KOIVOV. Ibid. 816 D E : avfv
yap ytXoiuv
TI'I o-TrouSaia KOI iravratv TU>I> evavritav TII fvavria
padflv
. . . ov SVVCITOV.
Ibid.
829
C:
i>iKr]Ti']pia.
Ibid.
875
A: TO
/xej/
/> oivbv . . . TO 8e i8iov. Ibid.
885
A: els KOIVUV. Ibid.
932
A:
i^fxp-
f&v
eV;
(iTtui/ TOO
/3tou. Lys. 214
B:
TO
0/j.oiov
Tea
ofjtoiof dvdynr)
del
0tXov
etVat. Ib.'d. :
irtpl
. . . TOV oXou.
Meno,
89
A: TO
di(pi\ifj.ov.
Parm.
145
Bl TO
ye îaov
'i(rov TU>V
ecrârcai' aTTfêt.
7^/</. 1 66 B: TroXXa. Phaedo,
90
C: irdvTa TCI OVTCI. Ibid.
92
D: Sta TQJV
etAciiTwi'. Ibid. loo D: TO> KaXw vrai/Ta TO. caXc
yiyvfTai
KaXa. Ibid. 112 B:
TO
vypbv
TOVTO. Phaedr.
230
C: TO tvuvovv TOV TOTTOV. Phileb.
56
A: TO
p.'} cra(pis
... TO
/3e/3atoj/. Rpb. 338
D : TO
lipxov.
Ibid.
410
E : TO
fjfifpov.
Ibid.
433
A: 8ui TravTos. Ibid. C: TO
vTro\fi(pd(v
eKfivcav,
fl T
rpia tvpoi-
p.ev
. . .
TTtpl
Seii/cof Tf KOI
pi].
Theaet.
184
B : TCI \fVKii Kill
/j.i\ava
. . . TU
oêa
Kin
ftapea.
Ibid.
187
E :
(rp-iKpbi>
ev . . . TTO\V
fit)
iKavms
Trtpdvai.
XEN.
Ag.
I,
15.
ITTTTIKOV OVK
ft^fv.
An. 2,
5. 3$'
*ty
fTrfjKoov.
Ibid.
3,
i,
21 : tv
/is'o-<u.
Ibid.
3, 3, 9:
<K TToXXoO. Ibid.
3. 3, 17:
Vi
(Spaû.
7^/V/.
4,
7, 3
: ei? KuXt>i>. Ibid.
7, 6,
8 : eV
eVj/Kow.
Conv.
3. 3
: ets
p.(a-ov. Cyr. 1,3,
18 :
J/Tl ToO
illKT
iXlKOV TO TV
paw
If. O V. Ibid. 1,6,
14:
T<1 TKTK. /(^/C/.
1,6,
35
: fV
fpvfj.vq>.
Il>id. I, 6,
38
: eV TOIS
p-ovcriKols (neut.).
Ibid. 2,
3,
8 : ev KOIVO>.
Ibid.
3, 3,
28: ev TTf
p
IT(
Tafpptv p.i
v GI
p.tv, KiiTiifpd
ve i fie ... fv
d(pavf-
o-TaT<u.
Cyr. 4, 3,
2 : T TrXeiWou Ai-ta
(including
males and females)
. . . T<Z
(f)i\THTn (including
males and
females).
Ibid.
5, 3, 37
: ToC
ftapvTi'iTov
. . . TU
BiiTTOv IUVTU. Ibid.
6, I,
29:
T TW
(f>ai>(pa> al(T\pd
. . . TII ev
TU
dcf)(ivf't.
Ibid.
8, I,
34: TToXf/xiKaii'.
Ibid. 8, 2,
12:
/ieyiiXa
. . . turn
p.iKpa>v.
Hell. 2, 1,2:
eK ToG
eptpavovs.
Ibid. 2, I,
25
: o^/c tV
KaXtji ^r;
IIVTOVS
oppdv.
lin'd.
2,2, 1 6 :
Tpflj fj.r)vus
Kal n-Xf i w. /$/</.
2,
3, 29
: TO
dcpuvts
and TOU
(pavtpov.
Ibid.
4, 5, 15:
6t\- Ta
yvp.vd.
Ibid.
5, 4, 54: Ttpbs
iii'tivTfs.
Ibid.
6, I,
15:
TU
fj.u\uKii.
/bid.
6, 2.
29
: eVi TrXtdv . . . eK TOV
6fjM\ov, d~j)' v^rj\OTfpov.
Ibid. 6,
4.
21 : TII
btovra. Ibid.
6,
5, 24:
em Tins
eiffpooroficorarotf.
//'/(/.
7-
'
-9
<7rt
rrTtviiv
Ttjs
otiov. Iliero, 8,
5:
TOIS K TOU to-ou
fjp.lv
iwcri. Mem. I, I,
10: ev
To>
(pt;v(pa>.
Ibid. 2, i,6: tv
vTraiQpta.
Ibid. 2, 6, 16 :
e^ eToi/jiov.
Ibid.
2, 6,
23 _
fix TO
peTii p.e\i]<r
u
p.e
voi>. Ibid.
3, 5.
I^ : <V Tots i/v 'tKoiy. Ibid.
3.
1.
5
rt>
/xe y
uX
onpe
ne x Tt KUI
f\tv6fpiov
Kill TO Tairfivui> Tf Kill ai/eXt vQt
pui>
KUI
A'EL'TEA'
ADJECTIl'KS 15
TO
(T(i)(f)pOl>T)TlKnv
Tt KOt
(^pOVlfiOV
Kill TO V
f$
p
I (T T I K It V T( KOI H IT f t
p
It K a X O V.
Ibid.
3, 10,9:
rh
btoptva
(TKf'irijs.
Ibid.
4, 5.
6 : TO
\t\pov
uvr\ TOV
fttXrio-
vos. Ibid.
4, 5. 7
: "*rri Ttov
cot^f
\ovt>To>v TH
/3
X (I jj-Toy TII. Ibid.
4.
6,
15
; 8MI
TO)
/tciXtora 6/ioXoyov/i*
vitiv
iiroptvtro.
/foV/.
4, 7, 5:
7rr>XXo>/ K<JC
w^>fXi'â>i/.
Oec.
7.
8: TO>V
îfino-Ko/xfVcof.
//'/</.
14,
2: TO>V o'ffTTroo-uftoi'.
Hipparch. 4, 17:
a*i
pivroi
Tto
l(T\vpoTt pu>
TO dcrdt vt (TTf
pov
(sc.
Xf>'}) drjpuv.
R.
Kq. 7, 3:
'c TOW 8(i<0)v . . .
dvairqdnv
. . . nut ft(iots TOV
trwparos
. . . rots
dpitrTfpo'it
. . . rots
dpKTTfpols
rols 8fioij.
THUC.
1,3, 3:
TToXXoi . . .
v<TT(pnv
. . . TU>I>
'Ypu>iKu>v. 1,4:
vavriKuv
tKTT](TaTO.
1,6,6:
TO TToXfllOJ' *E X X
tj
V I K . 1,
13, 5:
TO
\flO~riKov.
I,
1
8,
I : Vt TroXi'. I,
1
8,
I : f< rraXatororou. I,
36, 3: Tî'a
. . .
pavriKH.
i.77> 5-
To
7rf"''
/
' 1,80,
4
: f Koii/ai. i
,
9.
- : TO
fjov\6[i.(vov
KU\
VITOTTTOV
ri]s yvutfjLrjs.
I, 142, 9
: TO vavriKov. 2,
I
5. 4
: Tti
apâu'tTfpa
bioviXTia.
2, 21,
2: fv TW
(p.<pav(l.
2,
59- 3-
To
opyiôfitvov Ttjs yv<aprjs nptis
TO
r}wta>-
Ttpov
KOI
abf(<TT(pov.
2, 62,
5-
<V TO)
aTTiipa).
2,
63. 3:
TO
jiirpaypov
. . .
fJL(T(l
TOV
SplKTTrjplOV.
2,
64, 5
*'' Tf
f TfapOVTl
. . . fTTl TToXt'.
3-
' '
3
T'%l K
P
t
'
t
~
TKTTa.
3-
l8, 4
*7T' TUV
KdpTf p)V. 3'
- '
4
^l>
oXl'yOW. 3- 4'
' : T" IIKOIXTIHV.
3, 43, 3:
<Vc TOV
irpofpavovs. 3- 7
2
'
3
T'*
p-(Tfo)pa. 3,
82,
6: TO
vyytvis
TOV
(TaipiKov a\\orpi(>)T(pov f'yevfTo.
3-
82,
7
awo ToO
npcxpavovs. 3, 83,
I : TO
tvrjdfs
... TO
yfvi/aZoi/.
4, 32, 4:
(*c TroXXoO.
4, 36,
2 : TW
OÔK^TO). 4,
6l,
5
:
TO
dvdptoiTdov,
8ia
irnvTus,
TOU (iKninos,
TO fVtcii'.
4- 63.
I TO f\\irrts
y f's diftiov.
4, 63,
2 : f icrov.
5>
'6,
I : TO ditlvSvvov-
5-
^
3
T0 St'ov.
5- ^9-
- f K
^roXXor,
8t"
oXt'yoi;.
6, 2,
5
: TU
pi
era.
6,
34, 4
: ^"' T"
vvT)0(S tjcrvxof f/Kicrr'
tiv
<|<a)f
irfiOoicrdf. 6,
89, 4:
Tray TO tvnvTinv
JJL(
vov. 6,
92, 4
: TO
(^jiXoTroXt.
"
3^-
^
is
o\iyov,
7 75< 7
O7rXtricc5
irpo<T(\ovras /uaXXov f/
I/OVTIKO).
8,95,
2: Ei/-
i'i(Hii
aiToiE . . . 7rdi/Ta
J/v.
HDT. 1,8:
T /caXii. I,
1 1 : T
Xeyo/ifi/n.
I,
13
: *f Taii'Td. I, 18: TO
!jp.oiov.
I,
2O:
TT^JOf
TO
TTflpfOf.
I,
22: (S TO
ffr^dTOV
KUKOV. I,
jO
1
TTCJPTd,
T('l TTlJCTtt.
1,30:
TO
Xf^&V. l,3~:
TO dflov. 2,2:
<7XX
/Z<IT<KM
7roXX(i.
3.2:
rii H(
pvimv
rti
pit p.ii. 4, 5: f/xoi
ot 7rto"Ta
XfyovTfs.
5-^
: T(>> ^* utTTiKTov
aytvvis itctKpi-
T(ii).
6,
I :
(BatVjjM^f
... TO
ytyoi/di-.
"
5-
7roXX KUKU. 8,
3:
TO vavriKov.
9,
2 : TCI <r.
AK.
Eq. 187:
offov TTfTTnvdas
dyadov.
Nub. 26: TOVT TO KdAcdi'.
X'csp.
3:
tca/coi/ . . .
piy'i-
Pax,
272:
V ftf'ovTi. Thesm.
23: trpus
TOIS
dyudolc
TOI/-
TOKTIV. Av.
382
:
fjuidoi yiif>
tit' Tit KNTTO TCOC
t%6pu>v (rof/xir.
Ran. I : Ta)t<
((b)d<)T(i)l/. ////V/.
421:
K(JO-T<1/
(
SC.
'ApXtSlflOs)
Til
TTptoTtl Tt]*
t K(\
^<>\0t)pi(lt.
Plut. 2 : TII
tfi\Ti(TTa.
COM. 2.
3
(M):
OIK fCTTlf OIKf'lV ItlxillV *IVfV K(IKI>1'. ?,
9:
TO)!' K (I K O)
<
TT(IJ>-
oî'^fj.
4, 13:
TH
7T/jti
Toif tTAXourtf . . . KaKii.
4,
2J:
Xeycn'rrt
trtivra
fna\\H>i f)
ri
TuyiiBt'iv.
4, 39:
nui>Tu>v
dcfropfjif)
TU>V KuXau-
tvpicrKtrm,
4> 4
I: T"
7r'"'/>u>-
IJifVOV
. . .
ti(f>(VKTl'll>
(ITTIV.
4, 44:
TO \VTTQVV TT\<ll>V
f)
TO
O'wfoi'.
EUk. Ale.
199: f)
irnv <rrtvdti. Toifrifi'
*i\$(Jit)Tos
KHKU'IV. Aiulr.
184:
KUKUV
yt
6i/tjTnlt
TO vtuv. liucch. 216:
i/fo^^(i
. . . KIIKU. LI.
431
: To-ov
t/>î.
16 GREEK SYNTAX
Hec. I2O: TO ... crbv . . .
ayaOov.
Hel.
271
:
/zelfoi/ rfjs dXrjddas
KOKOV.
Heracl.
57
"
1 : r
')
s Tf
v*}* ev^v^j'as |
<a\ rov SIKOLOV
(eVcrm).
Here. F.
509:
ovo/tacrra
Trpucrcreoi'. Hipp. 379:
ra
XP'?
"
1
"'
tifurrdfuarBa,
I. A.
408:
e'y KOI-
vov
dXyeii'
TOIJ
f/uXotfri xpi] 0iXouf.
I. F.
559
: KUKOV diKaiov
fiVfTTpdâro.
Ion,
969:
TII
dvrjTa. TOLUVT(II).
Med.
33 fpwre?
. . . KCIKOV
/xf'ya.
Or.
397:
(ro(f)6i>
TO: TO
(ra<p(S,
ov TO
p.fj (ra(pis.
Phoen.
597
:
0tXoûôj/
AcaKov.
Suppl. 435
: vifca 5' 6
fj.eiu>v
TOV
peyav
bLuai
t\<av.
Tro.
489: dpiyicos
dd\iu>v
KdKutv. fr. 21,
3
^' : "^ "V
ytvoiro ^co/jis
faOXa Kal KciKii. So :
^)fi) 0eti,
TU
^leyaXa /ityaXa
KI
7rao~êt
/ca/cd.
236:
trw
nvpioicri
ru Ka\a
yiyvtTtu
TTOVOIS.
275,4:
K*/
o-/iiKp' 6^17
Tts,
êydX' fêtf ô/itfe'Ta).
SOPH. Ai.
1003
: W,
fKKi'i\v\l/ov,
tos ISa TO -rrav KCIKOV.
Antig. 77
: T<J TCOV
6eS>v
ei>Tip.((i}.
El.
333- Xyd>
TTI TOIS
Trapovcriv.
Ibid.
384:
eV KaXw
(frpavf'tv.
O.C.77I:
TO
o-uyyeref
TOUT(O).
O. T. IIO-I: TO 8t
^r/rov p,fvov
iiXcoTov,
epfvyei
5
Ta/n.fXou/xei/or'.
Ibid. 800:
TaX^ês- e'êpw.
Ph.
446:
ovSev TTCO
xaKov
y'
aTrooXfTo. Ibid.
674~5
TO ... i/oo~oi}v. Ibid.
9'9
: o"*^""" 1 /caAcov.
Tr.
196:
TO iroQovv. Trach.
474:
TTUV croi
(p<icra> TaX^^f's.
fr. 100 N
3
: TO
(caXcos
TTtfpvKos.
fr.
321
N'"' :
(frpovflv
. . . i<ra. fr.
326
N
2
: Ta
^fv^rj \iyeiv.
AESCHYL.
Ag. 79:
TO 0"
vnepyrjpo)v.
Cho. 212:
ti'ôv
TII Xonrd. Eum.
276: SiSa^^ftS
1
fv KiiKols. Pers. 228 : eKTfXotTO
S/)
TU
^prjcrrd.
P. V. 26 : TOV
irapovros d^dr]8u>v
KCIKOV. S. C. Til. I :
xpfj Xtytw
TO.
Kaipia. Suppl,
77
TO
8iKaiov idovTfs. fr.
39
-^ 2; o
XP'l*
71
^
eiSeos,
oi^
6 TroXX' eiSwy
o~o0or. 39^
N
2
:
fj.avda.veiv
(ro(f)ti.
TRAD. fr.
adesp. 31
N
2
: ou/c
a^tco /j.iKpu>v
o~e,
/xeydXa
8' OVK
fX
w- Ibid.
513,
2 N
2
I
Tfi/ia yp
KaXaJy
e^ft.
PlN'I).
(not
overcommon).
O. I,
31
: arravra . . . TO.
/x? iXtâ.
//;/>/. 2,
36:
tzTeipel
o-wi/
dya^w.
Ibid.
2,
62: otSfj/ TO
/zeXXoi/.
/(^/c/.
9,
28: uiiracrav TCI
Tfprrv(d).
Ibid.
9, 94:
K<iXXto-Ta . . .
petals.
Ibid.
If),
55
: T0
fa(f>aves.
Ibid. 12,
9:
To/ 8e
p.f\\(')VTu>v Tfruf/>Xcoi/Tat 0pa8ai.
7<5/V/.
13, 103:
TU T'
((rcrdufva
TOT' av
(j)air]v crafyis.
Ibid.
14, 5-6
: (riiv
yap vfj.fj.iv
... TO
y\vne
avfrai TrdvTci
fipoTms.
P.
I,
86:
/JLTJ 7rapl.fi
Ka\d. N.
II, 4
2 *v
a]Atf$OVTl.
BACCHVL.
fr.
I,
I :
^riipnv
. . . KCI\>V.
SIMON ID. C. fr.
37, 13
: TO
ye
Stivdv.
SAPPH. fr.
51
:
dpdcravro
be
trd^Tvnv
eaXa
|
TW
ydfj.j3p(a.
Soi.OX,
fr.
4, 32
: KdKii TrXfio-Ta Trd\d
8v<Ti>ofj.ia napf^fi.
ALCAK. fr.
35,
i : <w
xpn
^dKoiai
Gvôv firiTpfinjv.
AKCM. fr. 20: (cXmco ra Quaicav,
ov TU
Mayi'ijTcoi/
KUKI'I.
HYMN. HOM.
4, 44
: Kt'ov' flftviav.
Hr.S. O. et D.
40:
oo-a> Tr\iov
rjfjucrv
Travros. Ibid.
91
:
aTfp
rr KaKuiv
Kru
ttTtp âXfTroio
TTOVOIO. Ibid.
116-7:
f'o-$Xa f)e TTUVTCI
|
TO'KTIV
trfv. Theog.
28:
d.\rjd(n yrjpvcracroai.
HoM. Od. I,
f
1
40] =4, 56
=
7,
1
76
=10,
[372] =15. [139] =17.95
:
irapfdvrtav.
1,274:
(m
o-(j)(Tfpn
triciSvaa-Oat.
1,428:
xtovii lov'ia. 2,
231
:
atcrtfia
fifiwr.
2,
369:
Vi crolcrt
tcadrip-fvos. 3,
I
15
: Trei/Taerff
yf
*cm e'ufTff.
3,
I l8 : eivdfTfS.
NEUTER
ADJECTIVES 17
3t 247
:
aXrjdf's. 3, 277
:
0'Xa
*t5oT*r.
4,460:
oXo0<uia
fiflwr.
4,695
=
22,
319: (vtpyiuv. 4, 696
and
7''
:
irtirvvptva
tl8t.
4, 837:
dvf
/loiXid #u-
ftv.
5-
'82: OVK
dno<p<ii\ia
t(Sa>f.
5-476:
*V
irtpi<paivop.fi><a. 7
', 166: tvftov
fovrtav.
7>3
IO: a i
trip,
a 7rui/T<j. 8,66
=
473: /xt'crcra).
8, 262: t'r
picrov.
8,
405:
TroXfos
1
.
8,
584
:
Kfâpitrfitva
tifttas.
9- '89: ddtp-iarrta jydct. 9.474:
Kfpropioicriv.
II,
43- XuypH
tdvia.
13. 45 f}
nia o&tv.
14,
12: TO
/if'\<ii/
fipuor. I4-9
1 VfttrBai tn\
<r<p(T( p(a). 14. '25:
dX
;&'. 14,
288:
eiTrarryXui
ftSa>f.
14, 433: ai<rip.a jySfi. 15. 77
: *i>8ov tovrtav,
15,
88: vfl<r6in
('(pi"
TjfjitTe p(a).
17, 45-
:
aXXoTpj'wv. 17,456: aXXoTpt'oif.
18,404:
Tri
xtfiftttva.
18,414:
(irl
pr/dfVTt
8iKaia>.
19,248: ilpTta jjfttt. 19,329:
oy . . .
(i7Ti;i/a fi<\iy.
2O,
177-
KfpTop.iouriv.
21,
85: ttprfftipia (ppoviovrtf.
Ho.M. II. I,
JO'.
TU T* e'dvra TU T*
f(rcri>p.va irpi'i
T' e'ciira. I,
106: TO
(c/iij-
yvnv.
I,
107:
TH K<WC". I,
539- Kfprop.ioi<Ti.
I,
54
2
tpuTrrdfiia fypovinvra.
I,
576:
TH
\(ptlOVd.
2,
213: KO(T/i
T6 TToXXa Tf
/5ft. 3- 69:
fV
/Zt'tTfTOJ. 4,
l6l : <ri'ip Tf
î<y<iXa)
aTrtTto'tii'.
4- '85
: fV
Kaipiut.
4- 256
:
fj.ft\iîot<riv.
4,
541
:
ACOTH
picr(rov.
6,
162:
dyuda (ppoveovra.
6,
37^: vrmtpria p.v6ij(ra(rdf.
6,
382
:
aXfj^f'a. 7, 238
: fVi
Seîa
. . . eV
d/H(TTfpd.
7, 277
:
/zefro-w.
8,
491
=
IO,
199:
(v
Kadapcp.
9. 579
: r"
'/M
tcri'- Ic)>
357
:
SovprivtKts.
I I,
336:
aiT<i
icra.
12,436:
fin. ra.
13,824:
Troloj/ edirts.
17.431
:
ftfiXtîotert.
21,
214:
TTffH
S' atervXa
p((is. 22,497:
ovfifif loicriv.
23. 275
il'1(J
53^
T<'
"fft^fa, first
prize. 23, 538: 5fvTfp(),
second
prize. 23, 562:
TroXf'or.
23, 57
: nu'tov
fp(as. 23, 751
:
Aor$)i(a),
Az5/
prize. 24, 53'
T*')l/
Xwypwy.
I'ur
êi'iaoy,
dvia,
(ivi)iov, fivtjia
t
vid. Honi. Diet.
37.
NKUTF.R PLURAL OF
ADJF.CTIVF.S
AND VF.RBAI.S IN -TO? AND
-rôs.
Especially
to be noticed in this connection is the use of the neuter
plural
ot
adjectives
and of verbals for the
singular.
This use is not a
standard
prose
use. See
Bishop,
A.
J.
P. xx
(1899),
1-21 and
121-138.
irXoifiuTcpa iytvtro,
THUC.
I, 8, 2;
Greater
facilities of navigation
ensued.
ORATORF.S ATTICI : No occurrence
according
to E. R. Schulzc. Ouae-
stiunculae
gram
maticae ad oratores Atticos
spectantes,
liaut/.cii.
1889.
PLATO: In
Rpb. 416
E,
Kriiger suggests
oa-la for
OCTKJ,
and Ibid.
562
A,
cited
by
Mattli.
443.
is not an
example.
XEN. An.
3, 4, 49:
eo>r
p.ti> (jutripd r/v,
firl rov "ITTTOV
rjytv,
iitf\ f>(
itfjara
î/,
KrmiXiTrwi' TOV tmrov tcrirfvSf
irt^ji-
Ibid.
4,
6,
I/: tdinrtp
<inu
X<i,io>/iV
TI
rov
opovt,
ft
ar a KOI Tolr
virofvyiois
ftrrai.
THUC. I, 8,
2: KaT<i(TT(iitTos tit Tofi M/j/to vmrriKnv
7rXr,Vâ)Tf pa tyf'vtro nap
aX\f)\ovs.
I, 72,
I :
irdpir^Tia.
I,
79,
2:
xoXffirjTfa.
I, 86.
3: irapaftnrta,
5ia-
Kpirta, Tip.bipT)T(a.
I,
88:
iro\tp.r)Tfti.
I,
93- 4:
dvdtKTta. 2,
3. 3:
tc'idKft oiV
7r^*ipr;T<(j
fTi/ni. 2. io, 2, and
56,
i:
trmp-ti. 3.
16. 2:
(in-opii. 4.
I.
3
and
5, 14, 4:
(IbvwiTu. 6,
25,
2: 7rXfuo-T*'. 6.
50. 5: rroXf^t/Tj'd.
IlUT.
I,
4: 6f;Xu
. . . art.
I,
91
:
TT}/ irtirpufnivrjv poipuv
aovvard KTTI ajr>-
1 8
GREEK SYNTAX
(frvydv
KOI 6a. I, 112:
{SffiovXfVfifva
ecrrt. I,
194:
old re
,
et
saepe.
I,
207:
8/7X0,
et
saepe. 3,
6l : a<ova-Tea.
3, 109: /3ta><rtâ. 5-
I
-4
and
6,
13:
d^vvara.
6,
106 : id.
7- 185: 77poo-XoyicrTf'<i. 9,
2:
^(iXeTrd.
Ak. Ach.
77
^
Sftva;
Ibid,
1079
: u 8ctla
/x/} '^flvai fie p.r/& inprdcrai;
Eq. 30
:
KpaTto-To.
fbtit.
609
: Sfivd. Av.
1033:
oiiSftyd;
Lys.
626 : 8fii>d.
COM.
4,
66l :
dvoTjrd y'
d TOUT'
r/\6ts fVtra^wi' ffj.oi.
EUR. Ale. 218:
8rj\a (bis).
Bacch.
1039:
a-vyyvuia-Tu.
Hec.
1107:
id.
H. F.
583
: 8i'(Cflua roi/f TeKciiray
(subj.) a)(peXfZi/
TtKva
(obj.). Hipp. 269:
<i<TT]fj.a.
Med.
703 fuyy^coo-ra.
Or.
413:
oi 8fivd. Phoen.
994
:
a-vyyvuxmi.
SOPH. Ai.
887: 0-xeVAta.
Ibid. 1126: KiKcna. Ant.
576: 8ff5oyp'j/(a).
Ibid.
677
:
dpvvTe(a).
Ibid.
678
:
ô-rr^re'ti.
Ph.
524:
alcr^pa.
Tr.
495,
IIl6:
dtxaca.
AESCHYL. Pr. V. 216:
Kpano-m.
PlXI). O. I,
53 ''Wo/J'
1 - P- I.
34
: foiKora, 2,
8l : dfiwara.
4, 247
:
paKpd.
N.
8, 4
:
dyaTrard.
HOM. Od. 8,
299:
OVK(Tl
(f)VKT(l
TTf\OVTO,
but Od.
5, 359!
0$l
/iOt ^)drO
(pv^L/j.ov
dvai. I
I,
[456]
:
fVct ovKfTi Trtcrrd
yvvaiiv, 14, 489
: ovKtri
(ftvKrd
jrfXovTdt. 2O,
223
oLi/ce'r' uvfKrd Tre'Xoirat.
II.
14. 97~8
:
o(f)p(a)
. . .
Tpoxrl ptv
(VKTO.
yfvrjrat.
16,
128 :
/i?j 7} i/r^ns-
eXcocri /cat oi/Ken
(pvKrd
TTe'Xwi'Tai.
38.
ELLIPSIS OF NEUTER SUBSTANTIVES. Definite
ellipses
of neuter substantives are rare.
0ep)j,c
((SSaTi)
. . .
Xov<r6ai, Ak. Nub.
1044 ;
To bathe in Jiot water.
HDT. 2,
37
: Xoifrai 8e 8ls
TTJS r]fj.e'pr}s fKaa-rrjs \^v^pu> (SO. v8ari.).
AR. Nub.
1044 (see above).
Eccl.2i6:
/Sdm-ouo-t êp/xw.
COM.
3, 445
: TO
deploy.
THEOGX.
263: û^pov poi Trapu Tjj$( (f)i\oi
irivovcrt
TOKrjfs.
39.
POSSESSIVE PRONOUN OR POSSESSIVE GENITIVE WITH
ADJECTIVES
AND PARTICIPLES USED SUP>STANTIVELV. Un-
less an
adjective
or
participle
is
fully
substantivized it does not
take a
possessive pronoun,
and seldom the
possessive genitive
in attributive
position.
TO. TOV
8rjp.ov o-up.(j>epovTa,
DlN'. I,
107 ;
T/it' roinitiotts' interests.
TOV
6fxb>vvp.ov
TOV
ejiavTov,
DEM.
3,
21
;
Tluit namesake
of
mine.
TW erw
6p.<ovv(i(i>,
Pi,,\
TO,
Theuct.
147
D
;
Your namesake.
DIN. i,
107 (sec above).
DEM.
3,
21 (see
above). 18,
47:
TO C
irpo8i8avros trvfjupiftnv.
18,
138:
TO
TT)S
TTdXfCOf
(TVfl(j>( f)l>lf.
I
8,
139"
T<>) T^V f>
X^'
f' )l
'
fVp.(f>f'p(>l>,
l)Ut ll)ld.:
TTfpl
TO)!'
(TV^.ff)(fX)VTU>V Tl/
TTliXfl.
37>
' To ^ StKOiOU TOI^TOU.
[j^j'
~&
'
pCTU
TOV
(TVfJi-
(iiovTos TOV TU>V tiavtiCTTiav.
Xl'H.MA A.\'D III'AI'MA
19
IN.
3.
8O: TOV
VflfTf'pOV fTVfltytpOVTOS.
ISOC.
3. 24
'
Tots
firtTTj8fiots
Tuis
fp.o'is.
LVS.
[
2
J. 7
1 : TOVS
irpofTiiKovrtis
fivTtav
(Xff'tv, but
[2], j6:
TOVS TOVTOIS
irpotTi)Kovras,
and 12.
7-
: T" r
,V
nuXd
trvfKpjpovTti.
12,
79: irapa
. . . TU>V roirrovt
<rvvap\t>iTfav.
12,87:
TOVS
tri'vapôvTas
UVTUV.
AND.
2, 9
:
Ttf ffitp uifTXptp.
ANT.
5. 7:
TO)
i>fji(Ttpu>
oiKtiitf.
5,
iS: Toly
tfio'is irpofrr'iKovfTiv,
but
5, 59:
PLATO,
Apol. 34
B : ol TOVTU>V
irpoo-i'iKovTfs.
Cf.
Legg.
868 B : TO>V
irpotrrim'iv-
TU>V TU>
T(X(VTl)O~tlVTl,
but
JUSt
bcl()W '. TOVS
ITplXTIlKUVTtlS
TOll
TfXfVTIIfTUVTtlS.
Cf.
ibid. 868 C : TO-
irpo<rr')K(wo-t
TOV
TfXfvTiiO-airos,
and ibid.
947
C : oi
irpoa-ifKovrts
TOV
T(X(vri)o-avTos.
Pliaedr.
240
A : TO avrov
yXvKv. Kpb. 33^
C : TO TOV
Kpfirrovos
. . .
vp.(p(pov,
and
similarly
often. Theaet.
147
D
(see above).
XKN.
Apol.
27
: Tols
tp.o~ts
tvvois. Hell.
5-
-
33
TO
'
IS
vftFrtpois 8vcr[i.f-
v(<rt.
THUG. 2, 6l,
2: (v TO)
vp.fTtpu>
uo~0fi>t
TIJS yvwfjitjs. 5-4^'
' * v
/**"
Tt"*
<r<pT('p(o KaXfp,
(v 8f
Ttf
(Kfivtav
dirpfrrt'i.
6, II, 6: TO
trtpfTtpov
air
pt
iris.
Hl>T.
3, 6)
: V7TO TfjiV ftl)VTOV
OIKT/IOTUTCOJ/.
AR.
Eq. 845:
aTtac-uiravras TOVS
f'p.ovs f%0povs (iri<TTop.i(iv.
PI.
631
:
2)
fti\Ti(TTf
Ttav travTov
(piXtav.
EUR. AlC.
167: UXTTTfp
(IVTU>1>
f)
TtKOVO-
(llTl'lX\Vp.lU.
LI.
335:
O T' (KflVOV
TtKO)l>.
Hipp.
1OO7:
TO
fT(Ji)(ppOV TOVfJUIV.
I. A.
I2/O:
Ol/S 1 7T TO Kfll/OV
ft
O V-
On the use of a Neuter
Adjective
as the Predicate of a Masculine or
Feminine
Subject,
see under Concord,
126.
40. XP^K*
anfl
ifpaYjia. XP'HH-
01 md
TrpaYâ
are often used to make a
substantive
of an
adjective.
The use of
xp'HH
101 aiu'
Trpayfta
resembles that
of
dvrfp.
Kov4>ov yap xPTl
101 n
i
oiT
ni
js t<rri-> PLATO, Ion,
534
B; A
post
is a
light
and
airy thing.
ORATORKS ATTICI:
xPVM"
not in
DEM., LYS.. and ANTIPMON.
DEM.
[35!- '5~^
:
AaicptTOS p-f'yn irpiiy(j.a, 'itroKpt'trovs p.ndrjTijs.
PLATO,
Gorg. 485
B:
irtxpov
T'I
p.oi
SoKt't
\pr]p.a
tlvai. Ion.
534
B
(see
above).
XKN.
Cyr.
I,
4,
8:
KnTdftdXXd T>}II (Xufyov,
Kii\t>v Tt
xpf)p,a
Km
ptya.
lll>T.
3> 53' Tvpnvvis xprmu
<r
(fxtX
f
pt>
v.
5- 9^'
^ av
XP
J
W
l ' <| *' f *< and
XWP"
elsewhere in
Hdt.
Ak.-Nub.8i6: TI
xpi^n iri\<T\*
is ; and
similarly
elsewhere in
comedy
and
tragedy. Lys. 511: /'y" irpdyfi.fi.
Ibid.
677:
(TrrrtKairarov . . .
xp'ifM-
PI 8"C
'
'X 7T (JVUHT(J
COM.
4, 4
:
8rjp.nTiicfii>
. . .
irpCiyfi.fi
tetit
(TuTi'ipitw.
EUR. Or.
70: tlirnpov xpfifiu ftv<m')(<av tit'ipos.
GREEK SYNTAX
SOPH. Ai. 288: TJ
AESCHVL. Cho. 10: ri
PlND. O.
9, 104:
4i.
ABSTRACT NOUN USED AS A CONCRETE. Akin to the use of
an
adjective
as a substantive is the
employment
of an abstract as a con-
crete. So
aKoXovdta, train,
Ka.Ti}tpf.n] , woQoi;,
O.TT],
*
/3fof,
livelihood, KioKiifia,
ytXwc, laughing-stock,
yii'td,
kindred {QI
kinsman.
yfi'SfTif, fiiivifjia, Tip.cu,
yoi'og, fit/Tic, Tpotpi'i,
SovXiia, p-iaapa, r[3pt(?p.a,
tXty\(a, si'yys
I'tia, vTrt]pttjia,
iratpla, v<jao<:,
plague, $>iX<ir/;c,
i>\t9po<;,
KuOao/ia, offscouring,
out- TTHI
Many
of the above
examples
are
exclusively poetical,
others are col-
loquial
or
vulgar,
and some
belong
to neither
sphere.
For references see
the dictionaries. A few illustrative
passages
are cited below.
Compare
Massingcr,
"
Careless
harlotry"
; S/iaks.,
"What trade art thoti ?"
<roi 8"
apt-rfis,
<2 K a a
p p.
!a> . . .
Tts
p.TOV<j-ia ;
DEM. I
8, 128, You and 1>ir-
t
lie,
you offscouring of
t/ie
earth,
lu/iat have
you
in common ivith her ?
DEM. 18, 127:
ir
pirpip.^ dyopas, oXedpos ypapparfvs.
Ibid. 128
(see
above).
PLATO,
Phaedr. 228 D : S>
îX^rrjs.
Ibid.
252
A:
Kot^'io-dm
. . .
tyyv-
TUTto) TOV TT00OV. TllCaCt.
lj(>
Dl OlOVTdl OtKOVflV OTl OV
\ljpol.
(1(71,
yijf
XXo)f
XEN.
Cyr. 5.
2,
7
:
TTJV 8vynT('pa,
bfivov TI Kti\\os Kiii
p-eytdos,
An
awful
beauty
and
divinely
tall.
THUC.
2,4'.
' vvf\<j)i> rt
Xf'yw Tr]i>
T( TTdfrav TT<J\IV
rr;?
'EXXados iraidtv-
triv
(school)
fivui.
PLURAL OF ABSTRACTS 2\
HOT.
I,
31
: TOVTOHTI ...
/3
tor rf
apnia>v \nrr}v, They
had substance
enough.
AR. Nub.
447
:
irtpiTpiftita
8iKo>v.
EUR. Phoen.
3"'
:
9
8 TOV
'/ioi>
<Lftti>ai> iruvov
\ patrrols vfalro. [Rhes.]
498-9:
terrt 8
atfj.v\u>TaTOf \ Kpdrtjp.'
'O8v(rcrtvs. fr.
530: KvirptSos
8(
p.i(rrj-
/i(a),
Cf.
"
She is
my pet
aversion."
SOPH. Ant.
650: ^vxpov nap<iyitd\i<rp.a, Hugging-piece (wife).
O. C.
902-3
'
a>f
JJ.T)
. . .
y
t'Xtoj . . .
tyit |
ivV 8' aKovcrais avrbs vnavrla<T(v
\ Tvpovs (pa<Tin\OKd(jiov
ytvtd.
Ibid.
250: (pwov,
murderess.
HOM. II. 2,
235:
KUK
f\(yx((a).
Ibid.
9, 538:
8'tov
ytvos.
The Greeks had no terms for our abstract and
concrete, which are im-
perfectly represented,
the one
by irpayfia,
the other
by rrd>û.
What we
call abstract formations are
largely
feminine and
neuter,
feminine collec-
tives,
neuter collectives: the feminine
goes
back to
personification (the
mother
gender),
the neuter to result
(fruit),
mass.
42.
PLURAL OF ABSTRACT SUBSTANTIVES USED DISTRIBU-
TIVELY. Iii
Greek,
the
plural
of abstract substantives is used
distributively
with far more freedom than in modern
English.
In Old
English compare
"
Lete us two
preue
oure
strengtkes"
Morte
d'Arthur,
193,
22,
and
similarly
elsewhere.
oviS'
airc'j3Xc\j/cv (sc.
6
Sfjfios)
U ras cvaias ras
TOUTUV,
DKM.
21,2;
The com-
mons had no
regard
to their substance
{property).
iro\Awv
-y*P
ra
(i^pii
rov
aSc\<j>ov airoo-rtpci, 36, 36
;
He
deprives
his brother
of
Jus
s/tart\s)
in
many
things.
DEM.
21,
2
(see
above).
30,
21 :
<i8(\(pu>v
KOI
6vyarfpu>v
ftlovs
iyx<upio-
fjitv, vvip
&>/ TUS
d{r<pa\fias /uu\rra (rco7rov/iei/. 36, 36 (see above).
ISOC, 2,
46:
Tar
dXrjfffias
TWI/
Trpny/j.dTa>v. 3-
'
5
T(' J
lororijraf
rots
fJ.(T(-)(0\J(Tl
TUIV TToXtTfltOI/
r)TOV<Tl. 3-
2O T'If fVVOiaS
fÔWlV.
4'
'
5
' T(* '
traifjiara
8ia rovs IT\OVTOVS
T/nx/xwi/Tf
j.
(In
Isocratcs the
plural
is so marked
a
mannerism,
and is so often
suggested by
the avoidance of
hiatus,
that it
is not
necessary
to insist on
sharp
distinctions in that
author.)
ANT.
I,
28: oi> . . .
[uipTvpw y'
(vavriov ol
firi$uv\tvovT(\;
TOVS oavarovs
rois irtXas
fU)\av&VTtn.
Pl,ATO,
Legg. 625
B-C :
Kvirapirruv
Tt tv TOJS u\<r((rii>
v^l
Ktii
KaXAr;,
The
height
and
beauty of
the
cypresses
in the
grm't-s. Kpl). 425
A :
a-iyar
rt ru>v
vfotTt'fxav trapa irptafivTipois,
Silence
of
the
juniurs
in the
presence of
seniors.
XEN.
Cyr. 3, 3, 19: /ja>/zatj.
Hell. 6,
1,5:
TUIV
r/Xixuitr.
22
GREEK SYNTAX
THUG.
7. 55-
2 """Afcrt *a' pav? Kni tTTTrou? Kal
fjLfyfdri eôvcrair.
HDT.
I, 2O2; 2,
lo:
p.fyudfa. 3,
102:
fj.vp/j.r)Kfs p.fydd(a fôvrts
KVVU>V
pfv
(Xdcrtrova,
dX&>7rfKa>i> 5e
pe'^wa. 3> 107
:
peyu$fa.
6,
58:
TGOI/
-yap
MI/
/3ap/3a-
pa>i
>
ot TrAftWy TO> aura)
yo/xw ^ptwvrai
KOTO. TOIIS davdrovs TUIV
fta<Ti\fa>v,
At
the death
of
their
kings.
7, 103
:
p-tyddta.
AR. PI.
53^*
'
ipaTi-utv ficnrrtav
Bairdvais.
EUR. Phoen.
870:
at ff
a(âra)7roi
Sfpy/zarcoi/ 8ia<pdopai.
SOPH. O. C.
552:
ras
aip.aTr)pus o/îaraji/ 8ta(f)6opds.
Ph.
304:
OVK tvddti
ol TrXot TO((ri
(T<i)(j)poa'iv /Spora)!/.
AESCHYL.
Ag. 44~5
XtTroOera 8' ao-roicrti' . . .
vavftdras
6n\i<r
pavs.
PlN'D. O.
4,
12 :
Tpo(pals fro'ifjiov
iTTTrcof
(^ (TTTrorpocpiatf).
Ibid.
9, 19:
arf-
(paj'coi'
tldiTot. Ibid.
12,
9'
TWV . . .
/leAAoirtoi/
. . .
(ppoSat.
P.
I,
4-
irpooiuiav
d/I/3oXf.
Ibid.
IO,
72:
TToXtO)!/
Kvftf
pvdfTlf
S. I.
3 [4], 48:
TCOV
aTTflpaT-UJ'
yap tiyvaxTTOi
criunrai.
43.
THE DISTRIBUTIVE SINGULAR. The distributive sin-
gular
of abstract nouns is less common in Greek than the
plural,
and the distributive
singular
of concrete nouns is rare.
KaKol
TTJV tyv\r\v
t AESCHIN.
3, 47 ;
Base
of
soul.
AESC H IN.
3, 47 (see above).
PLATO,
Rpb. 452
B:
^ r)8tls rf)v 6-^tv.
XEN. An. 2,
3. '5 Oavncuriai
roil Ka\\ovs KCI\
p.(ytdovs.
THUC.
2, 7. 3
:
<fX$eii' avTaiis . .. vv iv\
iparia), yvyaiKas
8 vv Svolv.
3,
22. 2: TOV
dptOTfpov
7T()8a
fj.6i>ov inro8(8fp.evoL. 3,
22,
3: -îXoi
8o>8f/ca
;i>v
^KptSi'a)
Acai
du>pa.Ki dvej3aivov,
but ibid,
just
below:
\îAoi
XXot . . . vv
Sopariotj f^copow. 4-4-
2: TOI/
7rr/\oi>
. . . ewe roO j/coroi;
((fofpov, TJiey
car-
ried the
clay upon
their backs.
6,
44,
2 :
dyopa
ovSe
iioret,
i;8art 8e >cal
oppw.
8,
96, 5
:
St(i<pOpOt
. . . Toy
TpOTTOV.
HDT.
I,
3'
TOVTOKTl . . .
VTTrjf
. . .
pOJ^T/ CTCOpaTOS.
AR.
PaX, 607:
TU?
<pv(T(lS ipCOJ'
SfSotKOJS KU1 TOV UVTo8d
TpOTTOV.
AV.
643
: fOt TOV V
O/J.' lyp-tC <ppO"f7TOJ/.
EUR.
Cycl. 225
:
<rojp.a crvpTTfTrXfypeVouf.
H. F.
73 Koa-p.fl.cr6f (rtopa.
SOPH. O. T.
1375
"^^'
V
TfKVMV
8r)r' o^fsis rjv (f)ifj,(pos.
AESCHYL. Pers.
4412: d/cp.a7ot <pvo
-
ii
<
| ^vî]v
T'
apurroi Ktvyivfiav
fKirpfTTf'lS.
44.
PLURAL ABSTRACT NOUNS USED CONCRETELY. PLU-
RAL OF PROPER NOUNS.
Plurali/ing
abstract nouns makes
them concrete
;
pluralizing proper
nouns makes them common.
So
jiaviai,
<j//tic/cs
of
madness
; Oava-roi, executions,
cases
of
death.
ras
'AXK^vas,
AR. Av.
558;
Your Alonenas
(women like
Alcmena).
DH'ERGEXT PLURAL EXPRESSIONS
23
45.
Plural
of
Abstract Nouns :
DEM.
[26], 19:
8111 TIIS rovroif iiirovoias.
38.
21 :
(f>ovm
Ka\ v
t
-ipnt,
.}fur-
ders and
outrages. [4-]-
8:
irtpl
T<UI/ it\\u>v aKov<Tt<r6t nda-us Tits
aXtjdfiat.
ISOC.
7- 4
T<"
TrXoiToif, rait
ftwatrrdait,
Tins
tvfttiais, T<V nnrt
ivtirrjat.
7.44-
*'5<>rff TIIS
airopias p.tv
5i rat
dpyias yiyvnp.ivtiy,
TIIS fit
Kaitovpyias
8ia riis
diroptnf.
8,
9'
** trtToftfims KU\
iroXiopKiais.
(See
note on
Isocrates above,
42.)
PLATO, Phaed.
84
C :
iro\\ns
yiip &>i
tn
f%ti
(sc.
T
\f\6ivTu) viro^flus
Kal
dvriXafius.
XKN. Hell.
6,
3.
8: fotKart
rvpnvvitri p.u\\ov //
TroXtrrtat;
j/îl/iffoi.
THUC. 6,
77-
' Afo/'rii/a)!/ T
^vyytvUiv
KiiToiKitrf i y Ki
ft o t> a> v . . . MTiav
p.t\\(if
diroaTtpflirffai, |
yvviuKu>v,
KT.
IO/5
:
Tas
TTJS (f)v(Tt(as aviiyKds.
ElIK. H. l
r
.
835
:
fjniifitis.
SOPH. El.
873: <f)i pu> yap j;8oKJf.
PlND. O.
I,
14:
,)fTfii/.
So forms of
p
f
rn<', ibid.
92
; 2,
I 2
;
4. 9
;
5,
i
;
1
5,
etc.
Iln't/.f), 39: piiviaiaiv.
Ibid.
9,99
and X.
9, 31
:
<ryXm'<iri>.
N.
11,
48
:
ftavlat.
H()M. Od.
I,
297
:
vrj-rridiis.
12,
341
: Tnivrfs
fj.tv trrvyipoi
Qavarot SfiXourt
/SpoTourt. 17, 244: (iyXdtdf.
11-4, 107:
fv
irpoSoKrjtri.
9, II5
:
'V"
9 " T('S'
Kare'Xeâs
(metre would
admit of
sing.).
10,
391
:
TroXXô-tv
. . .
<"r/yo-i.
Not so clearlv concrete is the Homeric use of
many
other abstract
plurals, chiefly
datives in
-i/o-i,
and forms of nouns in
-o-vvr).
Metre
may
have had its influence. See also Stein on HUT.
3, 52.
46.
/'////-<//
of Proper
Nouns :
PLATO,
Conv. 218 A and B:
f>pu>v
av
'baiftpovs, '.\yt'i0<i)vaf, 'Kî'î/iiiôvp,
Tlawavias,
"AptoToSôur
re Km
A.pi<rro(f)dvaf.
C rat.
432
C: î'o
KpnruXoi.
Menex.
245
D : riAoTrfr . . .
KdS/ioi
. . .
\iyvirroi
. . . Aai/aoi. Theact.
169
B:
*HpacXefs
Tt Kin
Or)<T('(S.
XKN. An.
3,
2,
31
:
pvpiovs oôvrai
dv0' tvi>s
K\fdpxovs.
Tm'C. 6,
27,
i : ofj-oi
'Kpp.ui jjo-dv
\idtvoi fv
rfi
ini\fi,
Stiititt's
of
llt-rmes.
Hl)T.
3,
160:
Ba/3vXa>ca;
. . . (IKOITI
TT/JOT T// (overt).
AK. Av.
55^~9-
T(
'
u
'
AXx/i^var
. . . r<iv AXoTrar KH\ T<K
2f/i'Xr.
AESCHYL.
Aj^. 1439! \im(Tr)i?>(i)i> p.ti\iyp.a
rtLf I'TT 'iXiw.
TRAG. fr.
adesp. 289
N"
J
:
f'^XdWErropf'r
r !
I'd/)7rr;fi(i/f9.
Ho.M. II. 18,
157:
fit)' Atdj^-ff. Cf. ibid.
163:
cô) AuifTf.
47.
Di\ KRCKNT I'l.i'RAi. Rxi'RKSSioNS. Plural
expres-
sions that
diverge
from
English proceed
from different
concep-
24
GREEK SYNTAX
tions.
irvpol,
ivJicat
(grains),
icpi9ai,
barley (corns),
Kpe'a
(pieces of)
meat,
SXs
(grains of)
salt.
ijuXa, irvpovs,
DEM.
19, 145;
}Vood,
wheat.
DEM.
19. 145 (see above). 19, 189:
TTOV 8' oXfj;
19, 191
: TOVS iiXas.
PLATO,
Conv.
217
D :
SieXeyo/^j/ irappat
riav
vvxTtov,
Till late in the
night (watches).
Prot.
318
E:
XoytTôi/s (computations)
re KCU
aa-rpwo-
Huiv
. . . 8i8ii(rKoi>Tfs.
Rpb. 37-C:
a\as. Ibtd.()2.l B-
fj.((ras
VVKT as
y(ve(r6ai
(SO regularly piaai VVKTCS).
X.KN. An.
6,
4>
6:
Kpidas
Kal
Trvpovs
. . . KOI
fj.{\ivas
Kal
(Trj(rap.a
KTC.
Cyr.
2, 2,
2 :
Kpea
. . .
Tpia.
Hell.
3, 3, 7
: v\a.
THUG.
4.
1
6,
I : 8vo
xoiviKas
. . .
dX^/rwj/.
6,
22:
Trvpovs
KCU
nf<ppvyfjt.f-
vas
KpiOds.
7> 87,
I : ot . . .
17X101 (ffcat of
the sun on successive
days).
HlJT.
4,
8: UTTO
f]Xiov
di/aToXewv,
and SO dvaroXai elsewhere.
7, 30:
\ifj.vrji'
(K
Ttjs
(IX es
yivovrat.
AR. Pax,
192:
ro
Kpfa
TCIVT'I,
and
Kpe'a very
often in
Aristophanes.
Av. 622 :
Kpidds, Trvpovs.
Ibid. 626 :
Trvpovs oXiyovs.
EUR.
Cycl.
122 :
yaXa/cri
Kal
Tvpolfri (sc. ^coo-i).
El.
652: rj\iovs,days.
SOPH. Tr.
1053-4:
('K
fj.fv e'trâras
| /3f/3/ja)ce criipKas.
AESCHYI,. Eum.
254: oa-fif] jSporfimv alâruiv.
PlND.fr. 168
Bgk.
4
:
aapKaiv
. . . Ivoirav.
HOM. Od.
4, 604: TTupo/,
and forms of
TTU/JOI
elsewhere.
9, 219
and
225
:
Tvpaiv.
II,
123
and
23, 270: dXecrtri,
but
17, 455
"^
"/
*
lv ^' ('â
8oirjs.
18,
77: (T<ipKfs,
and forms of
o-apKf?
elsewhere.
22,
21 :
Kê'a,
and so forms
of
xpea
often in Iliad and
Odyssey.
II.
5, 588: K<>vijj(ri(v),
and so
regularly,
but
23, 732
and elsewhere:
Koviij. 23, 15:
8(voi>To
\ls('tp.adoi,
and forms oi
^rdp.aOoi
often in Iliad and
Odyssey.
48.
PLURAL OF FEMININE NAMES OF
TOWNS
AND OF
PARTS OF THE HUMAN BODY. Feminine names of towns
in the
plural
are dualistic. So also
symmetrical parts
of the
human
body,
not a common
prose usage.
'A0T)vai,
. -ItJu'ns
(upper
and lower towns
1
)
;
0TJ(3ai,
Thebes
; vwra, back;
are'pva, o~n)3ij, breast; irpooranra, countenance;
v-f.Twa.,fo>'eJicad.
49.
Names
of
Towns :
DEM.
9, 27
:
ir\r}(riov Orfftutv
KH\
'A.0T)v&v>
16,
25
: Wir . . . QOTTTUIS . . . KOI
TUJ nXfiTHtcis.
18,48:
aTTtiXfO-f
O;;/ây. 19, 158:
fis
<l>(piis. [56], 5:
fis
'Aîj-
vay,
etc.
PLATO,
Legg. 753
-^
M^y
7
fypovovaiv
al
'Adijvai.
XEX. Vect.
1,6: rj
\\dt]vas.
1
Sometimes
explained
as a locative mistaken for a
plural (Johannson).
PLURAL FOR SINGULAR
25
THUG.
I,
31, 3:
(t TUS
'\6ijvas.
2,8,
I : tv rals
'.\0i')vais.
Hl)T. 1
,60:
'\0f)vat.
AK. Nub.
207
: atfo
p.tt> '\6qvai.
EUR. I. T.
1087
: fit rat \\di
t
vns.
SOPH. O. C.
107-8:
i . . .
'A0>ai.
AESCHYL. Pers.
231
: ras
'\d!]vas.
PlNO. P.
7,
I : ni
^fy<iAo7T<)Xif
? \\ddvai.
H ES. f r. 1
29
:
<
A#>;i;cici>i' itpdatv.
Ho.M. Od.
II,
323: \\6r)vdvv i(pda>i>.
II. 2,
546
:
"Atfr/i/flj ttôv.
50.
Parts
of
the Human
Body
:
PLATO, Prot.
352
A: Wi
81] pm (iTroKaXv^ns
Kal ra
ari^r;
<ai TO
(JLtrtiffrpf-
vov
fTTtdnfov,
and forms of
<rr'r\Qr\
of a
single
individual elsewhere.
XEN. An. 2, 6,
11: avrov V rolr
irpocruiTrois,
if the
reading
is correct.
Cyr.
4,
6,
4
: wauras ft? T o-rf
pi/a
r<W . . .
Trcicdu,
and so forms of
crripva
else-
where,
but An. 1,8,
26 : Trat'ct Kru rt crre
pvov.
THUG.
2,
49, 3:
t\ T<I
(TTt')dr).
AR.
Lys.
810 : TU
Trpi'xraimi,
if the
reading
is correct. Thesm.
1067
: atrrf-
pofiftea
vuira.
EUR. El.
I3-
I: irt
pi p-oi (TTtpvois (TTfpva irpova^fov,
and so forms of
OTf'pi/a
elsewhere. Hel.
1568: /ne'rwTra (sc. ruvpov).
Tr.
763: c'/jotr
VU>TOKTI,
and so forms of i/wra elsewhere.
SOPH. El.
1277
: TWi/ criav
Trpocrianow,
and so forms of
7rpdrr&>7rr and
o-Ttpva
elsewhere.
AESCHYL. P. V.
65: (rripvtav ftuifjLTru.
and so forms of
(TTtpva
else-
where;
sing,
not in
Aeschyl.
Ibid.
430:
i/eoroic
(of
Atlas).
Pl\U. P.
I,
19:
(TTI
pv
a
\a\vdtvTa.
N.
9.
26: yiuT-n.
HOM. Od.
6, 107: fi(Tu>irn
(the
only
instance of the
plural
of this word
in Iliad and
Odysst-y).
6,
225:
VU>TH. and so forms of i>d>ra often. 8.
85:
TrpiirrcdTra,
and so elsewhere. 18,
69: crri'idta,
and so forms of
<rr//rff(j
often.
(TTfpvit
not found in
sing,
sense in Od.
11.8,94:
ixara.
13.290: a-rtpvuv. 18,414: Trpt'xTdtnn,
and so forms of
irp(J<Tira
elsewhere. 18,
415: (TTt'jdfa,
and so forms of
(Tri/dfa
elsewhere.
51.
NAME OK THE INHABITANTS AS THE NAME <>K THE C'ITV. -The
name of the inhabitants is sometimes used instead of the
city
: (<')
AtAf/xn',
Delphi,
(HI)
\fotniixii.
Kal
Kpario-avTcs
TOV Iv
Ac\4>ot; Upov irapc'Soo-av At\4>ois,
Time.
I, 112.
5;
And
having
niiidc themselves masters
of
the sane/nary at
/V///// {amiig
the
Delphian*},
they
handed it wer /<> t/ie
Delphian*.
DEM.
19, 65:
fiv
AfX(^)ouv.
21.
51
: f
'
K
A\(^>WI/
<c<ii 'K
Ab>â)fr;y, 25, 34:
<V
AXf/>o(y,
and
similarly
often in Dem.
26 GREEK SYNTAX
IsOC.
9, 2/
: <ru>6f\s fls SdXov?
rfjs
PLATO,
Legg. 738
C: e'
AeXcp&Jj/ ^ AcoScoi'T;?,
and
similarly
forms of
AeXcpot
often.
XEX. An.
I, 2, 24:
eV SoXoiy /cm eV 'lacrols.
I, 2,
26:
TV/I/
re TrdXtv roi>?
Taptroiiy 8ir]piracra.v. 3,
I,
5
: eX&Jwa ft?
AeXcpovy,
and
similarly
forms of
AeX</>w
elsewhere.
THUC.
i, 112,
5 (see
above). 6,
3, 3
: Aeoi/riVovs.
HDT.
i,
14:
eV
AeX(pouj,
and
similarly
often.
52.
PLURALIS MAIESTATIS. The use of the
plural
often
gives
the
idea of fulness
(oy/cos);
cf. AK. Rhet.
3,
6,
Ps.
-
Longin. 23;
hence it is
often used in
poetry,
e.
g. 86p.oi, apartments
;
peyapa,
halls
;
yd/j-oi, nuptial
rites
;
Ta<pui, sepulchre (burial-grounds}. Compare
also the
poetical
use
of
Ttxvfip-ara, Tf^vaa-fiara,
handiwork,
Tvai8fvfj.ara, nursling,
etc.,
and the
prose
expression
tia&i.K.a,
favorite,
which is used
only
in the
plural
form.
IsOC.
9,
l6:
fiovov
TOVTOV
(sc. n^Xe'co?) (pacrl
TU>I>
Trpoyeyevrjêixaif
viro 6(wv (v
rols
yiifj.ois vfJLevaiov arrdr/viit.
PLATO,
Protag. 315
E: TraiStKa Tlavcraviov
rvyxavfi
u>v,
and so TratSiKa
elsewhere.
Rpb. 383
B: eV rols
avrfjs (SC. GertSoy)
yupois.
XEN
T
. Ven.
I,
7-
TU>V .
fjLcyt&Twv yu/jLwv p.6vos ervêv
(sc.
Me\avi<av)
THUC.
I,
132, 5: nvrfp 'ApytXtos,
TraiStKii Trore a>v avrov.
HDT.
3,
IO ; f
Tc'ifprj
(v
Tr/tri Ta(pi]
(Ti . . . TUS avTos
oiKoSo/j.rja'aTO. 5' 63
'
Ta(j)aL.
AK. Ach.
450: dir<ad(wfiai d6pa>v (parod.). 456: Sd/xcoj/ (parod.). Vesp.
IO26:
TraiSi'x'
(avrov. Pax,
I2o6: crm . . . fls TOVS
ydpovs.
Av.
132:
eVnai/
ydfiovs.
Ran.
423:
ev ra'is
Ta(pui(ri (parod.).
EUR.
Hipp.
II :
'iTrTrdXuros',
ayvov
Ylirdiws TrniS t
iip.ara.
Ion,
192: XP
V
~
crocus
apTTtus.
Or.
1053: fj.i>rjfj,a
. . .
K(8pov
T(
-^VIKT para.
SOPH. Ai.
231
: Kfâtixns
i(pf(rii>.
Ibid.
1090
and
1109:
fls
rcKpi'is,
tomb.
O. R.
825: ydpois,
and sim. elsewhere. Ibid. 861 :
uo/ifi/
t\
ftunovs.
Ibid.
1006: o-oi;
TT/JOS- fid/ious
f\6t>vTos. So
Sd/xoi
and forms
very
often. Ph.
35-6:
AESCHYL.
Ag. 1265
:
o-K^Trrpn.
P. V.
909-10:
f<
rvpavvibos \ dptivtov T{().
PlNI). O.
3,
28:
dyyfXiais Evpv<r0fos.
Ibid.
J, 29:
fV
0a\dfj.uv
Mifttas.
P.
3,
26 :
XtKTpOLcrii'.
Ibid.
4, 242: <l>piov fidâipai.
Ibid.
9, 29
: e<
p.ydp(i>v.
N.
3, 43: <t>i\vpus
(v
Sii/iioiy.
HOM. Od.
3,476: upp.aT((i). 5,
6: fV
^w/inrri vvpfpris.
8,
268: ei>
'H(^)ai-
CTTOIO
fti>p.oi<Tiv.
21,
4
2
4~5
>I/ '
fifyd.pni<rii>
. .
I ij/uevor.
II.
3, 17: Kap.nv'ha
T<ICI,
bou<
;
r. also ^7(7 </ arrows.
5, 745: ox
fa
(always
in
plural
in
Homer). 14, 238: ficopa
fie TOI Stotrco KdXoi/
Bpovov,
and
so
5copa
elsewhere. 18,
141
:
8<ap.arn Trarpds.
22,
503
: fvbTK' fi>
\(Krpoi-
(Tiv.
24, 455: *cXr;Ifia 6vpdtav.
but v.
453: 6vprjv.
However,
^t'pt
is
usually
to be translated as
folding-doors. nv\u.i,gate,
is
always plural
in Homer.
PLURAL FOR SINGULAR
27
53.
PLURAL OF COURTLINESS AND RESERVE. The
plural
is some-
times used for the
singular
as a more
courtly
or reserved mode of ex-
pression.
EUR. Andr.
403
:
(f>ovf
vcriv
"Kicropos wpfavofjuti.
Hec.
4
02
~3
: *' tri>
Trai
\afpTiov, | ^(iXa
TOKtixrtv
(SC. *Eai,3//)
fucurco?
dufJuivfjLtvtuy.
I. A.
1015:
iKfTtv fKftvov
TrpTa fj.1)
KTfivtiv T ( K v d
(so.
l(piyt'vfiav).
SOPH. O. T. I
184-5 Tifanrp-at
. . vv ols
(SC. TJJ fj.rjrpi)
r
|
ov
xpijv o/iiXcov
OVS
(SC.
TOV
naT(pa)
T(
fJ.'
OVK (8(1 KT(ltHj)l>.
PlND. P.
3i
66: (o~Xolo~i.
irapao'xdv dvftpdcriv (SC. 'if'pcavi).
54.
FIRST PERSON PLURAL FOR THE FIRST PERSON SINGULAR.
The use of the first
person plural
for the first
person singular
is due to
modesty,
which
readily
becomes affectation. The
particular
is sunk in the
generic,
the individual in the
class,
the woman in her male kindred. It
occurs less
frequently
in Greek than in the more rhetorical Latin.
ISOC.
[l],
II : (TTtXtTToi 8 av
fjfMas
o iras
xpovos,
(i ira<ras ras (Kflvov
Tfpii^ds
fj.(
da . .
8rj\o)(rnfjL(v
. . . e
evi]v6 âfjifv. 5- '5
(
/>"/ôi'/*'
(TriTifjiij(T<t>(riv tjfji.lv
d . . .
ro\/ji(arji/
<rol
Trapuivdv,
and so often to avoid
hiatus. 12,
42
: TOVS
p.tv
olv iraXatovs
dywvas vcrrepov (povpfv (no
hia-
tus),
vvv 8(
iroit'j(rofjiai
. . . TOVS
\oyovs.
XEN.
Cyr.
i,
i : (wou'i nod'
iin'iv (yiv(ro,
etc.
(15
times without
change
to
singular).
Mem.
i, 2,
46.
EUR. Ale.
383 (see 55).
Andr.
355-61 (see 55).
H. F.
858: ,f\iov pap-
Tvp6fjL((rda 8po)(r
a
8pav
ov
ftovXofjiai.
Ion,
391
f w\
vop.(
o~da
p.i) p.ad(iv
a
/3ov\op.ai.
Ibid.
1250-1: 8iu>K<.'>fj.((rdii | Tlvdiq \^f)(^)to KpHTr/ddtr',
tuSoTOS 8(
yiyvofuu.
I. A.
823-4 (see 55)-
Ibid.
1025-6: f]i>
8' av TI
p.f) irpua-(T<ap.(v
Z>v
yd>
6i\o>
(Klytaemestra), |
nov o-' avdis
o\/fd/if
a-da ;
(to Achilles).
Med.
314
-3i 5 (see ss).
SOPH. Ant.
926 (see 55).
El.
399 (//;/>/.).
Tr.
491-2 (ibid.}.
PIND. See comm. on P.
4. 27.
HOM. Od. 1
6,
44~5
'
*l~i
liv
'
fjl*fis
8( Ka\ oAXo^t
8ijop.(v (ftprjv | <rra6p.(a
iv
f)[JL(T(pU>.
II.
3. 44O-
Ibid.
13. 257~8:
rd vv
ytip KaTiap.(i>,
<>
np\v (^((TKOV, |
dcnri8a
^rjicfxtôio
fi<i\<av (Meriones speaks).
Ibid. 21, 60-1.
55.
GENDER OF THE FIRST PERSON PLURAL FOR THE SINT.ULAR.
The
gender
of the
plural
attribute in
examples
of the
foregoing
sec-
tion is the masculine. The masculine is the
generic.
EUR. Ale.
383: apxov/ifv ij/ifts
(Alkestis)
oi
irpnQi>i/<TKnvr(
v oV&i/.
Andr.
355~36l
:
rjfjids
(Andromache)
-yap
d
<ri]v
nal8a
(pappaK(vofjitv |
iea\
vr)ovv (afj.$\ovp.n>,
(as
(ivrtf Xryfi, |
(K<'>VT(S HVK nicoi>T(s av8(
ftdipmi |
nt-
TvnvT(S avrol
TJ]V ntKrjv u(p(op.(l> |
V <rtn(Ti
yafiftpols,
OKTIV OVK fXmrrroyij
| tf\tiri<)v
6<f>fi\u npoiTTtdda-'
tirruidiav.
| fjp.(is p.(v
uvv ruiot8( (Notice
change
28 GREEK SYNTAX
to
sing,
and fem.
sing,
attribute.)
Cf. I. A.
823-4:
ov
Bavâ
tr'
17 pas (Kly-
taemestra)
dyvotlv,
ois
p.rj Trdpos \ TrpocriJKfs.
Med.
3
I
4~5
Ka'
y"P ^StK^/ae-
v 01
(SC. Medea) | criyrjcr6p.fcr6a, KpfLcrcrdvcov viKutfitvoi.
SoPH. Ant.
926
: TradovTf s tiv
vyyi>olp,fv
(SC. Antigone) âpr^KoTes,
(Only)
wJicn I have met
my
doom,
shall I awake to consciousness
of
sin. El.
399: Trecrovfjif
0'
(SC. Electra),
ei
XP'h
7mr
p' rtîiopoy/xe
i>ot,
I'll
fall, if fall
I
must,
avenger
to
my father.
Tr.
491-2:
KOVTOI vdaov
y
eVaKToj/
tâpov-
|
dtolcri
dvcrpaxovv
res
(SC. Delaneira).
56.
SINGULAR IN A COLLECTIVE SENSE. The
singular
is
sometimes used in a collective sense.
s,
vinc(yard)
; ap-yvpos, silver-plate")
; TJ iirirosi
cavalry
; ^ Kap.t]\os
(HDT.), camelry,
etc.
LVCURG.
79- Tp'
a
yap
fcmv
e^
(W
r/
TroXtreia
a-vvfarrjKf
v,
6
ap\a>v,
6 81-
K(l<TTT)S,
6
ISlUITrjS.
XEN. An.
I, 7.
l-
dpidfios eytvera
TUJV
fiev 'EXAr}i'&jt'
0*771 y
p.vpia
(cat
Ttrpa-
Kocria. Oec.
21,
8:
fj,yd\rj xeipt.
THUG.
2, 4,
2 : Xidois re KCU
Kfpdp.u>. 3, 89, 4:
KVJJ.O.TOS eVaj/a^copT/o-ir.
3, 96, 3: TroXA^ %ipi,
4'
IO
>
3-
T'-"
/
iroXep-iov dfivortpov eo(j.fv. 4, 90,
2:
a/iTreXoi/
KOTTToi/rey . . . (cat A/$ot>?
fi'/Lta
(cat Tv\ivdov . . .
KadaipovvTfs. 5,
IO,
9:
)J XaA(Ctt(o)
tTTTTOS. 6, 24. 3
" ^* TTO\VS
OfjLl\OS
(Cat
(TTpllTlddTT]
S.
HDT.
i,
80:
rrj
8f
Kap,i]\a>
twea-dtu. i,
174
: 7roXX
4^ ^ftpi
(sim. elsewhere).
5, 30: o(cra*ct(r^tXi';7i>
auTTt'Sa.
7> '93
r"
Kvp.a.
8,
113: T/)I/
tmrov
rip ^tXt'r;i'
. . .
TJJl/ (lX\T]l>
ITT7TOV.
AR. Ran.
1466:
6
diKna-Trjs.
EUR. Heracl.
275-6
:
7roXX;)i/
. . .
alxf-^v.
Ibid.
337
:
TroXX?/
. . .
x
f
'P'-
/^V/.
1035: x
f
P''
Med. 86: TTUS TIS avruv TOV it(\as (/i is
neighbor} /xaXXoi/ 0tXei
(as
in
English).
Plioen.
78: TroXX^j/
. . .
o-7ri'8().
//;/V/.
441-2
:
pvpiav liyutv
I
Xoy^î>.
fr.
243
N
2
:
oXtyov akxifjiov 86pv.
SOPH. O. C.
1251
:
Si'tKpvov.
AKSCHVL. fr.
304, 7
N
2
:
o-ra^vy (sim.
elsewhere in
tragedy).
PlN'D. O.
7. '9
:
'Apye/a
o-uj/
al\fia..
IIoM. ()d.
i,
162 :
(cC'/ia.
II.
4, 422
:
(cCyxa,
and sim. elsewhere. In
5, 490:
VVKTHS rt Km
âp,
and
elsewhere,
vP'P
' s an adverbial
expression.
16, n :
fi(i(c/)i;oi/
(more
than
one tear is
shed,
as is shown
by 8uKpva Otpfia \iu>v
u>s re
Kpi]v>] fj.t\dw8pos,
v.
3),
and sim.
SaKpvov
elsewhere in II. and ()d.
57.
Those Nations whose names are thus used are
chiefly
barbaric
despotisms ("as
one man"):
6
Ilc'pcrr)?,
tJic
Persian;
6
AvSos,
the
Lyitian("\\\v
Ilivite and the
Hittite");
6 MaKcSiiv
(DEM.
in con-
SJ.\'CL'LA/l J-'OK PLURAL
29
tempt). Thucydides,
however,
6
'Aerjvaios,
the
Athenian;
6
ZvpaKo-
o-tos,
the
Syracnsan.
DEM. I,
23*
T(II
ye
llaiova Km TUV
'l\\vputv.
THUG.
1,69, 5:
Tii> Tf
yiip MiyAoi/,
and elsewhere.
6.78,
i : TJI
/i(V 1'iy.wi-
Kocrioc . . . rta
'A0ifvai<a,
f>,
84. 3
"
XuAo'fvr.
HOT. I,
69:
TOI<
"KAArji/H.
8,2: o AUKOII/
(?)
8,
136:
TUV
\\6rjvalov, 9,
12:
TOI/
Siraprit'frrjv.
AK. PaX,
214'
lO* <5>TTHC(BI <^&><Tfl 6<(Cai/.
58.
But the National
Appellative
\vith the article is often
used of the
king,
the
ruler,
the
general,
and in some instances
it is doubtful whether the nation en masse or its
representatives
are meant.
IN. 2,
74
: T
']*
* v
2a\afuvi npos
rov
Hfp&rjv (Stp^rjv) vavfj.a\iay,
to
be
compared
with
/5
T
')
v fv nXaTotatr
TT/JOS
TOIT lit
perns -rrfôâînv.
DKM.
[7],
6.
trapu
ToO
MaxeSuvor,
J'hilip. [i/J.
10
sqq.
: 6
Mocfia)i/,
Alexander.
XKN. An.
i, 2,
12
sqq.: /}
Ki"Ato-o-n,
7V/^ Ciliciiin
queen. Cyr. 1,1,4:
a
SicvOrjs
... 6
6pa^
. . . 6
'lAAvpior.
Ibid.
2, i,
5:
<
'Aorflrvpiop,
and elsewhere.
Ibid.
3. 3,
2 :
1} yuvr}
ToO
'.\p/if
i/t'ou,
and so o
'\pp.ii>ios
and forms often in Xen.
Cyr.
HOT.
i,
141
and elsewhere: 6 Au8or=: Croesus.
7, 173:
o M<icfn'b>i/.
8,
108: o
Ilf'ô-^f
and TUV
U(po-T)i>,
and so elsewhere.
On the distributive use of the
singular,
see
43.
59-
flirt, 4> P
,
a-ye, KTC.,
t'SKD IX ADI >RKSS I \() MORK THAN
ONE.
elire,
say,
is often used in fervid or familiar address when
several are
spoken
to
;
the
eye
of the
speaker
shifts.
Compare
also the
interjectional
use of
!>>, aye,
with a
plural
verb.
lire'
fioi, irepnovTCS
avruiv
Trw6dv(T0ai,
\tytrai
TI Kaivov
; DKM.
4,
10 (and sim. elsewhere
;.
DKM.
4,
10
(see above).
20. 21 :
fipn
<V otVojrri (addressed ti the
judges).
-$ 73'
<
/
>
'/" ^') Tr/'f
flfwi*
Kaxttvp crKt\l/-(KTdf,
and sim.
f/n'/Jf
elsewhere in DKM.
ami other orators.
Pl.A'lo, Thcaet.
151
K : (iXA.'i
((x'pf b>}
<IITO
fcou'// ircf\^d)/ifdi,
et .sim. alib.
PrOt.
3'
' D : flTTf
fi.Hl,
U>
(jlKfXITf'i
T( Kill
'iTTTTOKpllTfi,
Ct SIIJ1. alit).
XKN.
Apol. 14
:
,"iyf hi]
uKintcriiTf KIU (TAX<i. et sim. alit).
HOT.
1,97- '/"'f frrj/rr&)/ifi,
but
4. 127: (fttprrt
. . .
Trupinrflt.
AK. Aoh.
319:
fiVf'
pui,
ri'
r/jfi<V>/if<rfli/ AiV'oii', cT>
fir/^.irm
: et sim. alii).
Pax,
1115- 7yf iV/,
flmrnt,
R(i'
t
m
<TvtTit\uy^vfv(Tf
,
et sim. alib. Kan.
1417;
<f)('p(,
iTv0t(rfl<
finv
Tufti, et sim. alib.
30
GREEK SYXTAX
EUR.
Cycl. 59
"
1
'
**y
f
^"7>
Aiovticrou TralSey
|
tv8ov
p.ev dvfjp.
SOPH. Tr.
1255
:
tiy e'yKOi/eir', aiprdf.
AESCHYL. Pers.
140
sqq.
: dXX'
aye, Ilepo-cu
. . .
0&>/ue#a,
et sim.
alib.;
but Cho.
803-4: "iy(T(
. .
| \ixraa-d(().
PlND. P.
I,
60:
ay
. . .
fgfVpafJLfV.
HOM. Od.
2, 2124, 669:
dXX'
aye jioi
Sore,
et sim.
alib.;
but
22,
252:
ay
fd' . . . aKOvria-ar
',
et sim. alib.
II. 2,
331
: dXX'
ye /xt'/zvere,
et sim. alib.
COPULA
60. When the
predicate
is not in the form of a
verb,
but in
the form of an
adjective
or substantive or
equivalent,
the so-
called
copula
is
generally employed
to
couple
the
adjective
or
substantive with the
subject.
The most common forms of the
copula
are the verbs
elju,
/
am,
and
yiyvo\ia.i,
I
become,
turn
out,
prove,
behare.
fifii'
flavaros
T| r)(jiia
tort, LYS.
13, 69;
The
penalty
is deatJi. cnS-rot
avSpeuu
elo-iv, PLATO,
Lach.
195
C
;
These are brave. So
everywhere.
ytyvofiai'.
r6 r
acre'pTj(xa T|p.Tpov yiyveTa.i,
ANT.
203;
The
impiety
becomes ours.
LYS.
1,7-
TtavTutv TQ)v KaKcoj/ aTTodnvovcra alrla
p.oi ytyfvrjTai.
ANT.
I, 4:
OVTOI TOV
p.ev
Ttdvecaros
(povfjs yfyevr/irai, fp.o\
S' dvTi8iKOl KCI-
6TTH(Ti. 2 a
3 (see above).
PLATO,
Lys. 223
B:
KarayAaoroi yfywapfv eyco
re ... Kal
vfj.fls.
XKN.
Ag.
IO,
4: ftcuriXfvs
eyeVero
(sc.
\\yrja-i\aos).
(See 64.)
THUG.
3,
2,
3
: Tei'e'Stot . . .
fjLTjvvT-ai yiyvavrciL,
The Tenedians turn in-
formers.
HOT.
8,
86:
rfcrav ye
Kal
fytvovro
ravrrjv Trjv ij^fprfv [j.aKp(j> dfJ.flvovfS
avTol
f<avT(i>v,
They
lucre
really
and showed themselves that
day
to be
far
better
than their uwnt.
AK.
Vcsp. 207: crrpnvdos avrip yiyvfrai,
The man turns to a
sparrow.
SOPH. O. C.
272
: ovS' at> a>S'
f'yiyv<j[j.r]v
KaKus.
615
: ra
Ttpm/a TriKpu yiyvf-
Tai Kavdis
(pi\a.
PlN I). P. 10,
22:
v8aifj.a)i>
. . . otVoy
avfjp yivtTcn (approves himself)
(TO(p()'lS.
MlMN. fr.
5. 4~5
f*^X'
o\iyo)(pQviov yiyvtrai (ttmrfp ovap \ fjfirj n/xTjetrcra.
H()M. Od.
4. 36l-2:
m
(SC. OVpOl
TTVfiOVT(s)
ptl
T(
W]U>V I TTO^TTIJfS yiyvOVTM.
708-9
'
(ti 6' (iXos ijnroi
I di>8pd(Ti yiyvovrat.
61. PERIPHRASES WITH
yiyvoâi. Periphrases
with
yiyvopai
are
espe-
COPULA
31
cially
common in elevated
style.
In addition to the
pomp (oyicas) gained
by
the fuller
expression,
the moral character of the
agent
or action is
brought
more
distinctly
to the consciousness.
<rurf)p ytvov pot,
AF.SCH.
Cho. 2, is much more than o-eJo-oi/
pt, pixriiroXis ytvov, Sept. 130,
than
pvtrm
TIJV
TroAip, and
pf)
. . .
irfpiaTi)? yfvji,
SOPH. Ai.
1091-2,
than
pi) iiftpitrjis.
See
further the comm. on ANT. i. 2:
nuto/W-i- ytvivOat,
and THUC.
3.
2,
3,
and
compare Periphrastic
Tenses,
especially 293.
62. COPULA AS Tin-: PREDICATE.
Strictly speaking,
the
cop-
ula is itself a
predicate,
as is not
unfrequently
shown
by
the
translation when it stands alone or with an adverb.
cl Tav6' ouT6>s
J<rriv,
Dem.
[58].
16 ;
//"
matters stand thus.
T|
8'
crc'pa
t<rriv
fri,
AM). I, 120; The other
(daughter)
is still
living.
K.M. 2O,
64
'
rov~(t>v 5 KTU>S tvini TU>V
(ivftpwv
oixct'r' dcriv. dXXu ri>
rjv. 13. 44 uvuyicj
^' f&riv. Ibid.
83
:
nfp\
ojj/ ((TTII>
17
alria.
19,
1 1 :
j) (sc.
(mavis
dpyvplov)
vvv tcrnv
(prevails)
(V
TTJ
TTliXft.
AND.
i,
1 20
(see above).
PLATO,
Charm.
153
B:
p.ux*l tyfyovuv
(had
taken
place}
tv
rfj Tlorti&uiq.
Protag. 325
B :
(TKe\l/m
u>t
davpairivs ylyvovrai
(iicf,
/'<'//</<v) 01
dyadoi
(see
the
commentators,
and com
p.
THUC.
3,
10, i, below).
Ibid.
335
I): <'K
yap
crv
f^f^drjs, ov\ opoiots fljiiv
ffroirrai t>i
SniXoyot, If
YOU
go
out,
our discussions
will not
go
on as ?iv//.
X KN. An.
7. I)
28: tori TIS OVTUIS
u(}>p(i)i>
VCTTIS utfTdt
',
lireatlics
'
there the
man who is so
foolis/i
as to think?
THUC.
3
1.
' : <*
P'J f*
(r
'
(if>(T')y 8oKov<TTfs
ts
XX/Xoi'f
yiyvoivTO.
4-
I
IO.
2:
ovarjs rf)s
TroXfwf
jrpbs \t>(f>oi>.
The
city lying uphill.
4,
118. 10: ul 8(
<TTroi>8iu tviavTov tarovrai
(ttrt'
to
last}.
AR.
Ecj.
1027
'
ffj.<>i yop
far'
f]f>d(i)s TTfp'i
TOVTOV roO KVVUS.
EUU. Ale.
1076:
oiiK (trn TOVS dainivray tis
<p.'ws pa\(~ii>.
BaCCh.
773~4
:
oivov fit
prjKtr'
oj/ros OVK ftrriv
Kvirpts
|
0^8 <7XXo
rtpnvov
oi/8tv av6
parrots
tri.
fr.
236
N
3
: crvv
pvpioiffi
Tit Kci\a
yiyvtrai
irt'ivois.
Soi'H. Ph.
1241
: (crnv rit, tcrnv ov <T Ku>\vcrfi rt>
ftptiv.
Soi.ON,
13.
if)
Bgk*:
<n>
yup ^)i< dvtjrnis vjptos (py:>.'
things
will turn out. 21, 212.
HOM. II. I,
211 : a)V t(T(Tal
iTfp.
1,
5^4
: "' ^' "!'"'>) T'.HT' '<rn'i/.
4- 3'9
: wr
tpfv.
(>,
130-1
: ov^f ...
| <5'}' i]v. <), 5-8
: (!>
rfi>.
//<'."<' // :i>t ts.
9, 531 Ti'i<f>pa
fit
KovptjT((TiTt
K(iKd)s
i]v, fared
ill. 1
1,
~/^
} ~
'
**>s tv.
23. f>43
**** nur' (<>i>.
1
Cf. I'lM) N.
(>, 2-3:
tic
piai.
ct
irviofttv (u><
hart i>ur brtathwe htii-e our
bdng) | fiiiTftin: a/iQi'iTtfiut.
32
GREEK SYA
T
TAX
63.
etvai at the head of a sentence or clause is
regularly emphatic,
and
com is
equivalent
to the later OVTUS OTI, ?s
really,
zs in
fact.
DF.M. 2O,
1 8 : eon Se rovff ourcotri
îei/
aKo{;(rat
Xoyoi/
-iv'
f'xov.
LvS. I, 1 6 : eori
S',
f</>9, 'E.p:iTO(rOvrjs Qirjdev
6 ravra
TvpaTTOiv.
PLATO,
Gorg. 449
B : fieri
p.ev,
d>
2.,
eviai Tcoi>
diroKpicrfatv
dvayKaiai
8id
p.a-
Kpcav
TOVS
Xoyour
TroifHrdai.
XEN.
Cyr.
1
, 4. 3
Kai
')" M*''
io"a)s
TToXuXoycorepo?.
THUG.
7,
I,
4
: a>i/ OUK ddvvaros.
HDT.
5, 124: TJV yap
. . .
'\pi<TTay6prjs
6
MtA(;crios -fyw)(i]v
ov<
uxpos.
8, 86:
TJaiiv ye
Kal
eyevovro
. . .
d/j.fii>ovfs
avrol eaivTwv
(see
60).
AR.
Lys. 1037
: u>S eore GanriKcii
(pvcrfi.
SOPH. O. C. IOOO : ei
yap
ov SiKaios. O. T.
255
ft
yap TJV
TO
Trpaypa p.f)
YL.
Ag. 958
: ear>
^dXacrcra,
rls 8f viv
KaTaa-/3((rei;
PlN'D. O.
I,
36
: fcrri 8'
dvftpi (pdp,fi>
e'oi/co?
dp.<pl bcuôvum
KaXd.
SAPPHO,
fr.
85
: eort
fioi
xuXa TTUIS.
HOM. Od.
2,
292-3
: da-l 8e
vfjes
rroXXat eV . . .
'idaKjj.
II.
IO,
3/8-9
e/crrt
y'P
fv8ov
âXKtiy.
64.
COPULATIVE VERBS. Other
Copulative
Verbs are:
atcoveiv,
Kvpeiv,
chance,
ruYX*
veiv
>
happen,
SiartXeiv, XaYX^veiv, inra.p\fiv,
be
(a basis),
SvvacrOai,
jxe'veiv,
remain,
<f>aivo)xai, appear,
Ka0ierracr3ai =
yiyt'f(T0at
ireXttv, ireXecrflai, 4>vvai,
comp. fuisse,
(often
in
orators), TtXe'Oeiv, etc.
In the better
days
of the
language
such verbs as
Kadia-rao-dm,
rvyxdvfiv,
,
and
(pvvai
are not mere fluxes for the
predicate.
The
frequent
use of
(pvvai.
and
rvyxavtw
arises from the Greek division of all manifesta-
tion into the two
spheres
of <i/o-ij and
rv^'i-
I n
imdp^fiv,
which
ultimately
became colorless,
the idea of a basis, of
something
to fall back
upon,
of
resource or
residue,
was not
wholly
effaced in the
good period.
DEM.
18,46:
dvT\
yup (piXaiv
Kin
^(vuiv
a TOT'
tavofjidôvTO,
vvv KoXaicff Kal
0(ois
t\dpol
Kal rrdvd a
Trpo(rnK(v
dKovovcriv,
hecit'ârc called.
57- 47-
6 '
/tiff f'Xaôr' lepevs.
L^'S.
[6], 4:
(iv vvvl
's\v8oKi8ris
dOtoos
(iTraXXayr;
. . . Kal
X<i^>; ftacriXf
vs.
ANT. I,
4 (60)
:
fp.nl
8' dvri&utoi Ka6rra(ri.
PLATO, Charm.
154
B '.
cr^fôv yap
ri
fj.oi
TTavrts in fv
rrj f)\iKia
KdXoi
(f>ai-
vovrai. Ibid.
154
C: Kal r<irf fitelvos
tp.ol
'
davp-aarfts t(pdi>r]. Hipp.
Mai.
300
A: fivftf
y'
av
t)
81'
aKOTJs rjftovt],
. . . bid ravra
rvy\dvfi KdX/;.
Prot.
313
I'-
Tvy yiff
i S'
imrrrliudJi'.
'I heac't.
146
A: o fie
ap,apr<av
. . . Kadfftdrai . .
wus,
T/ic
fcl/nn'
t/i<it tn/xst's will sit i/oicn an tixx.
XEN.
Ages.
10,
4:
(pi\orip.oTaros
8f
Treû/ctos, dfirrrjros
ftifrfXf (re
v,
iTTfl
COPULATIVE f7:A'/;.S-
33
/SaeriXrvr
fy(
ro,
/>'<//
ambitious, tie continued
iinconquered after
lie became
king.
THUG.
4> 69,
2: Kai HI otxtai . . . dtrdl
virijpôv tpvfiii,
J'/ie houses them-
selves sewed as a
fortress.
HDT,
4-
Iio: fivi/arai 5e ro
ouvofjui
roOro guru 'KXXiidd
yXaxrerav ui>&^-
AR.
Pax,
1045
: ris
npa
iror' ttrriv, o>$-
dXdûw
(paivtrai.
EUR. Hoc.
1229: vnt)px((). Ion,4l2: p.
(T atr fir oi ( sc. ni
<rvp.,1<>Xain)
fjf\Tiova,
Mod.
229:
Kuicurrof
dpSpaii' (K/Sc'/SiJx' "^M"
4
'
TT"""'*'- //'/</.
285:
TT*'-
(pvitas.
Ibid.
728: ^*/tij
acri^Xos. fr.
360,
8 N-':
((pvptv.
fr.
382
N': TT<-
SOPM. El.
45~^ "X^P I ptyi&Tof
avrois
rvyî'ivfi Sopv^fvtav.
AESCHYL. Pers.
59^
: KOK&V
fun
Sorts
fftirtipos icvptl.
FIND. ().
i,
47
: a>j 8'
("(pavTos
fTTfXfs.
HOM. Od.
7, 51-2
:
dapa-aXfos yap uvljp
tv Trturtv
dp.dv<ai> \ tpyinaiv
TiXtdtt.
65.
PASSIVE VERBS AS COPULATIVE VERBS. Passive verbs
of
making, taking, choosing, calling,
and the like are used as
copulative
verbs,
and like the others take the same case in the
subject
and
predicate.
Such verbs are :
aipLcrucLi, cvpicTKCcrvCLi, Xcyc<r6ai
y
cupecrSai,
Icrracrdai,
vo}uc<rtiai,
a\i<TKCcr0ai,
Ka0icrTacr0ai
(cf.
64), 6vop.at(T0ai,
airoSeiKvuadai, KaXcicrBai, iroicl<r6ai,
av|dvc<r6ai, KaraXeiTrcadai, Tfrvx^
ai
>
Tvx^vat,
8r)Xov(r9ai, Xa{i^dvccr6ai, x
fl
P
OTOV< '"^<u :ln 'l others.
DEM. 2,
5
:
ptyas ^vî]0tj.
2,
8 :
'Ijt&rj p,(yas. 4,
18: r^d) . . .
<Jf/)i'X(i(cror
\i]<p0j).
9,
21 :
p.fyas
(K
fMLKpov
. . . îXiTTTToy
rjv^rjTiii. [l2l. 14:
fitv
piv f'p.f)
yvua-tffi
(sc. 17 vt)m>s)
....
(ttv ft'
vptTtpa Kptflf/.
18, 282: ni< roivvv o'ror
ijvpiflrjs. 27,63:
ft KdTf X f
i(/j^r;
v
p.tt>
(iHiivcrios.
Ibid.(i\\
tiiKin raXdvrtaloi
*di (5tr<jX(ivroi KdTdXt
i(p6tvT(
s,
fJifVOS
OIHV KT( .
LYS.
13,66:
Kdi
fXjjtpdrj p.i>i\i'n\
i(>, 8: rroXXoi/r
<V dt'reJi/
orpuTTjyovs
KH\
. AN I. 6, i i :
(nubi'i ^"/"?yin
-
drf (TTt\ftr>v.
Pi. A I'o,
I-<'f^'. 689
I);
t'j
. . .
fifyiiTTT)
r<o'
vp.<fr<i)vitov piyuTTt)
fitKauirar' (Iv
Xf'yotr (rofpui.
1'hacdr.
2^6
B :
<T(pvpi'iX(iTos
iv
'OXv/iiriu (rrddijrt. Kpb.
566
I):
rvpiivvos
iivri
irpixTTiirov
dirortTtXf
(rfj.ivns.
XKN. All.
7, I,
26:
iroXtfuot p.ii> t<rup,t6a uTroftf&fiyntvoi .\aKfoiupMvtois-
3
34
GREEK SYNTAX
THUG.
3>
82,
4
:
To\p.a p.fv yap dXoyiaros dvftpia <t>i\fTaipos fVOflicrdrj,
Daring
wit/tout reflection was considered
bravery of good comradeship.
5' 95-
r" ê
fJiitros 8vvdp.f(i>s irapu8eiyiJ.a
TOIS
dp%Ofj.fi>ots ftrjXov fjievov.
6,
33, 3:
HDT.
2, 141
: KOI vvv OVTOS 6
ftacriKevs tcrTijKf
. . . \idivos.
3,
88 :
Aapflor
. . .
/Sao-tXfuy
dTT(8i8(KTo,
et siin. alibi.
AR. Nub.
1079: poLôs yap f/v TV^TIS
u\ovs. Av.
79&~9
:
Aurpe^Mys
. . .
lipiBr) (f)v\apôs,
fid'
'iirirapôs.
EUR. H. F.
150:
(TV 8' ob?
dpicrTov (f)a>ros (K\i]dr)S 8dp.ap.
SOPH. El.
95 fJ-ovn \f\fipfj.fdov.
O. T.
57^'
^
y
a
p ^"7 ôvevs
Xco-
<rofiai.
Ph.
908: SfVTfpov \r)<j>()<a
icaKos ;
AESCHYL. Eurn.
353
wnXXevKaw Se ireTT\Mi>
afMoipos fiovva erv^drjv.
Pens.
135-9: llfpcriftes
S' . . . fKiicrTa . . . XetTrerai
/AOJ>OU. Sept. 698-9:
KCIKOS ov
KK\r)- I a-?;,
Aiê' j/â//
1
thou not be called.
PlND. O.
9' 46
: Aaot 8'
ovvp,a(rdfv.
I.
3> 25-6
:
n^taei/rey
. . .
Xe'-yovrai
|
TTpo^tvoi
~(f).
HOM. Od.
9, 335- avrap (yu> TTf/ATTTOs p,fTa
TQL<TLV
(\ey[j.r)v.
2O,
67-8:
a"
8e \iirovro
| opfpaval
eV
p.fyiipoicri.
II.
1,293: V y
(
'P
Kei/ SeiXds rf (cat ovrtSai'oy *caXf
otfj.r]v. 4> 84
Zf
us,
os r*
dvdpa>7ru>i> Tapirs Tro\tp.oio
rirvKTai.
66.
elvai
COMBINED WITH A COPULATIVE VKRB. Even after these
fij/at is sometimes found as to be is in
English
;
e.
g.
"
Paul called to be an
apostle."
ISAE. Cf. 2,
41
: ov fivai
u>vop.dcr8rjv.
Pl.ATO. Cf.
Apol. 23
A :
oVo/^ta
5 TOVTO
Xf'yeaâi arxpos
tivai.
Rpb.
428
E : ofToi
T7L<r~r']fjLas t%ovres ovofj.dovTai
rivts dvai.
HDT.
5. 25 (/ft'). 7> '54
:
o.7re8f^6t] Tracr^s- r^f
"LTTTTOV tivai
"Tnrapôs.
PlND. O.
10,
634: ficerptoos
8' eKa\(cr<rt viv
| Icriuvvfiov ffj.p.i>.
HOM. Cf. II.
17, 150-1
:
2a/)7rr;Soi/(a)
. . .
|
Ku\\iires
'
Apyetoiartv eXcop
Kal
Kvppa yevetrdai.
67.
PREVIOUS CONDITION. Previous condition is
represented by
ai/rt or
fg
with the
gen.
DlN.
I,
ill:
(vpr'](T(T( y<ip
TOVTOV . . . dvri
p.ev \oyoypd<pov
. . . TrXouma)-
raroi/ wra TU>V fv
rf/
7T<!Xft,
ai/rl fi'
(lyvutros
. . . ev8oov
yfyfvrjfj,evov.
DEM.
(j,
21 :
p.iyus
eV
fiiKpov
(see 651.
18,
46 (see 64).
Ihid.
131
: TrXoi;-
<rtoj tK
TrrcoôG
. . .
yfyovais,
A ricJi man
(plutocrat) from
a
pauper.
LYS.
32, 17
: di>~\ ir\ov<riu>v
irroaôvs.
PLATO,
Rpb. 566
I) (see
65).
XF.N.
Cyr.
8,
3, 39:
(K
rrtvrjTos
TrXovfrtor
yfyfvrjcrm.
HDT. 1
,
87
:
iro\tfj,iov
dvrl
(/jiXon f/j.o\ KiiTii(TTr]va(..
Ak. Cf. Av.
627
(see
25).
Ran. IOI I : fV
^pr;(rra)i/
KH\
yfvvaiwv //o
OM/SSIOX OF THE
SUBJECT
35
SOPH. Tr.
148-9-
*wv TIS dvTt
irapQivov yvvi) K\tjdfj.
I I NO. O.
13. 66-7
: (
UVflpOV
8' ItlTiKlt
'
T)V I'rttlf).
On the Double Ace. after Active Verbs see Index.
OMISSION OF THE
SUBJECT
68. PERSONAL PRONOTN EXPRESSED. The
personal
pro-
noun of the first and second
person
is not
expressed
unless it is
emphatic,
as,
for
example,
in contrasts.
TI
pdXXov ijiov
o-xi
icariYopis fj 'yu
(rov
; Dl.M. I
8,
I
(/>
;
]\'hy
do VOH accuse
nit: rather than 1
you
.' OVTOS
fiev yap v8up, ^yu
8" otvov
irivto, Di;.\I.
19, 46;
This
fellow {drinks) water,
I drink luinc.
DKM. uS,
196 (see
above).
19, 46 (/</.). 21,
28 :
t'yi
. . .
i^;
s (see 88)
L^'s. 1
,
26 : OUAC
yoj
r* uTToKT(i>d) tiXX' 6
r?;j
TniXfcos
vtipas, (it
is) <;/ / that
am about to kill
tlice,
but the law
of
the state.
(Cf. Ak. Eccl.
1055-6,
cited
below.)
PLATO, Conv.
172
B: a-v ovi>
p.oi Kn'jyrjtrm. Protasj;. 335
D
(see
62).
XKN. An. I,
3>
^
'
"^" (nd
vp.fit fpol
OVK (6(\(T( TTf
iOtvdni, oiifit
(ir((T0ai,
tyU>
(TVV
VfJ.IV f^fOfUll,
THUG.
6,
14:
Km
(TV,
0>
TTfil/TUVl,
TClVTll . . .
tmtyi]<$>lf.
HDT. 6,
I : TOVTD TU
vjro&rifia tppn^my p.(v
<ri,
VTTffti'icraTo
fit
'ApurTayopTjs.
7,
1 1 (I
rjfJ-fis f)(Tvîi)i' tiîtfjifv,
aXX OVK (Kflvoi.
AR.
Vesp. 1426:
a-v
Xf'yf.
Eccl.
1055-6:
uXX' OVK
e'yw, |
aXX' 6
vt'ipos
(\Kd
cr(f).
EUR. Hec.
609-10:
(TV 8' av
Xa/3ov<ra
reCôr, apâia \urpi, |
. . .
tvfyKt
Sfvpo.
SOPH.
Antii(. 5^
&v TOVTO
povvrf
T(I>V$(
K.a$pd(av ('tpus.
PlND.
eyd>
2j
times,
(TV and TV
together
10 times.
SoLON,
fr. 2 :
dr/it 81}
TUT'
e'yo> <t>o\(y(iv?ipti>s f) StKivijnjr.
HoM. Od. I,
33"5 "vrap tyiav
nil
l>r)ti 0ot)i> K(i~<\(V(Tnp.(ii tjSrj
. . . trail
i' avTu
/ifXt'rw.
II.
I,
76
:
Totytip f'yajf epf'co,
<rv t)( (Tvv6(t>. 2,
485-6
:
vpt'is
. . ,
irdpttrrt
T(,
icTTf Tt 7rui/ra,
t)p.f~is
ft( K\ios oiov
uKovi>p.fp,
ov8c TI
ifip.fv.
69.
UNKMPHATK
lyw
AND rv. The
(Miiphasis
of the first and second
persons
is not to be insisted on too much in
poetry
or in familiar
prose.
Notice the
frequency
of
f'yaJSu, ty<Zp.m. Noteworthy
also is the return of
t'yu>
in AF.SCHIN.
3.
70.
OMISSION OF THK
SCHJECT
OF THE TlIlRD PERSON.
The
personal pronoun
of the third
person
has no nominative.
Hence,
the
unemphatic subject
of the third
person
is omitted
when it can be
readily supplied
from the context.
36
GREEK SYNTAX
71. SUBJECT
OMITTED EVEN WHEN THERE is A SUDDEN
CHANGE OF
SUBJECTS.
So free is the Greek in its omission of
the
subject
that there is often a sudden
change
of
subject
with-
out further warnin.
r\ yuvr) airtjet,
... us TO
iraiSiov,
iva TOV TiT0ov axmu 6iSu>
(sc. f) yvvr'j)
Kai
(XTJ
(SC.
TO
TTtltStOl/),
LYS. I,
10.
LYS. i, 10
(see above).
ANTIPHON, I,
26: THUS ovv
Tavrr]v
f\(flv
(
SC.
Ttva)
at-iov fcrriv
fj
alftovs
Tvyûvfiv
(SC. ravTijv) Trap' v^<av i)
a\\ov
TOV;
XEN. An.
I, 2,26
:
i;
yvvfj
avrbv (TTfKTf Kai TTicrreif
eXa/3e (SC. SveVcetrtr).
THUG. 2,
3. 4 e'xwpoui/ (
sc- *
nXaraiijr)
. . . eV avTnvs
(sc.
rovy
OijftaLovs),
OTTCO?
^.17
Kara
(^co? 6apo-(i\fu>Te'pois
ova~i
irpoo-(p( pwvTai (SC.
ot
OXarat^s)
Kai
a<pi-
criv f< TOV 'icrov
yiyvwrai
(sc.
ol
Qrjflaloi). 3,
62,
5
:
fVetSi) yoi'i/
o re
M^Sor
aTT^Xê
Kai TOVS
vofiovs e'Xa/3e (SC. 17 TrdXty). 8, IO2,
I : u>s avrois 01 re
(f)pvKT<i)pot
f(TT)fj.aivov
Kai
rj(rddvovTO (SC.
oi
A$r;i/aioi)
ra
rrvpa (ai(f)vT)s
TroXXa . . .
(pavivTa.
SOPH. Ai.
549.
Tr.
362-3 (where
see
Jebb).
Pi XI). O.
3.
2O 2 :
0(f>da\flOV dvTt(f)\f^f Mijya, |
Kai
peyiiXuiv
dedXcov
ayvi.iv
Kpia-iv
...
| ^^Ke (sc. 'HpaKX^y). 9,45-6.
P.
4, 23-5.
So elsewhere.
HES. fr.
5
RZ- ' ov8f ol VTTVOS
\
TrlnTtv eVl
ft\f(j)dpois, (fivXciKrjv
8'
eêv (sc.
*Apyos) ffjarfbov
met.
HOM. II.
23, 704-6
:
aj/Spl
fie
viKrjdfVTi yvvalx'
es
pecro-ov (drjKfv (SC. n^Xet-
brjs), |
TroXXa 8" firiaraTO
(sc. rj yvvi]) Zpya,
TLOV
(sc. 'Aâtoi')
8e' e
TtcrcrapdôLov. \
a-TT)
8'
opGos
Kin
p.vOov
fv
'Apyeiourw
eetTrei/
(SC. n^
72. SUBJECT
CONTAINED IN THE VERB. The
subject
is
sometimes
omitted in the third
person,
when it
may
be involved
in the verb as the definite function of a definite character.
tioipvêv,
Jic
proclaimed
(6
tcijpuj;),
etc. In a suit at
law,
the clerk
is often addressed without
any
further note. In dramatic
pas-
sages,
a servant is often
supposed
to be at hand.
dvayvoiTO)
(sc.
o
ypa/îarein-),
Dl-'.M.
[44], 45
',
I.ft
(the
clerk)
read, îm
ârdX.Tri-y|< (SC.
o
<ra\iriyKTf]s),
irpopa\\6)jivoi
ra oirXa
TTT]o-av,
XlCN. An. I, 2,
17 ;
H
7
licit t/ic
trumpet
sounded, etc.
DKM.
[44], 45
(see above).
LYS.
19, 27
(i fit KaT(\nrev
(sc.
o
A.piffTO<pavT)s), avayvaHTfTai
(sc.
6
yfxifj.-
p.aT(vs) iifjuv.
Ibid.
57-
XEX. An.
1,2, 17 (see above). 2, 2.
4
: V8/ . . .
o-^/zr}^. 3,4,4: eVr;-
Ibid.
36
:
(Ki')pv^. 5-
- '- owoTaf
(Truiijvri
(Ins}. 6,
5. 25
f'wj
(T^/iuii/m.
1
Note also N. T. Marc.
1, 31
: <cai
u<f>iJKt>> avTi]v
o Trv
(sc. tKtivr]) aiiTOtQ.
HK1A I' MM ATA
37
Conv.
5-
-
'
puvov, t<f>1,
TOV
Xa/iTTrr^M t'yyvs irpofft
vt
y
KHTU>.
Cyr.
2.2,2'.
i)paTO
(SC.
O
"tpTdpOs). 4, 5, 42
:
KT)pvuTH).
THUC.
3-
-'
3
wore
irtipoSov p.ij
tivat,
ciXXii <5i' avrtiw
piaaiv titt/truf (sc.
ot
6ttotT*s)
=//i(>st' ti'/u> /iiit/ to
go through
=oi
<pv\uiefs.
HOT. 2,
47
: (Trtav
dvtrij.
2,
70
: t-ntw . . .
f>(\(ticri).
COM.
3. 502
:
rfjv Tf}<'nr(ai> 77
K'
(xu>v
(SC.
6
doOXor).
PlNI). P. I,
48:
<i*'''x' fvpivKovro
6fu>v
iraXafiats ripi'iv,
Iffero cum
fra-
trtbus.
THEOGN.
473
olvojôdrta.
HOM. Od.
4. 214:
%f
VUI>TU>I>
(
SC.
Ofpinrnvrt
s
). 21,
142:
otvoôtvti
(SC.
6
olvoôos).
II. 1
8,
49-~3 vvft^MS |
qyivtvv
(sc.
myi^wyeoyor).
73.
6tia
^rj(jiaTa.
Not
essentially
different from this use is the
use of the so-called
Oeia
pâra.,
in which the name of the divine
agent
is
omitted,
such as Si
(sc.
o vu>
=
Zfvs),
lie mitts (the miner
=
Zcus).
So
ppovri},
he thunders
; vi<j>t,
he snoics
; a-dti,
lie sliakes
(Poseidon).
LVS. fr.
75- 4 (Sch.)l rjftrj (rv(TKnrtiôi>Tos.
THUC.
I,
5'.
-
'
wt
<r/coraf yap >}5;. 4- S-<
l
'
Kn' T0^ nvrov
prjitos
Jcrra/xeVou
(trficrt.
HDT. 2,
22 : V<T(II . . .
e)(i6tnt
(bis). 4-
-^ T
')'' M'
1
"
wp
01
'
1
?"
l> * ^ f '
Xdyou
tiîov
ov8(V,
TO 8<
0ipi>s
va>v OVK dvitt
(note
the ITKISC.
ptC.
(jwr).
AR. Adi.
1141: vifyd.
fr.
2,
963, 13:
K<H
{-VllllVO<j)t
Kill
XflpfpUl
ftpovTa p.u\
fv.
COM.
2,
851,
2:
vi(f)eT<i) fj.tv aX(pirois, | >^(i
KuVra> 5'
nprourtv,
I'trto fi'
tTJ/ft.
HOM. N'o
example.
See
74.
74.
DIVINI-: ACF.NT I-IXI-RKSSKD. In Homer the divine
agent
is
always expressed,
as it often is in
poetry,
and even in
prose
that aims at
reproducing
the
language
of the
people.
That the notion of
god
is never abandoned is shown
by
the
use of the
genitive
absolute,
and not the accusative absolute.
s,
iclien it is
raining.
See
Participial
Acensatire.
XKN. Dec.
8,
1 6: </r<ii/
xcifj.('i;)
<'> flfos tv
TI/ fl<i\uTr>j.
//'/./. 20, 1 1 :
i"fio>/j
/**!/
o uvu) 0fos
TTdpf'xft.
Veil. 8,
I : Sruv
vnp;/
o Otos.
Hlt'l'.
3, 117:
riif
pm yiip \ttpii>vii
v ( i
<r<pi
< OKI*. So elsewhere.
AK. Arh.
510-1
I : KdiVoiv H llorrtibtav . , .
\
trt icras . . .
*p..1u\t
TUS olieiat.
Nub.
368
: ris v 1 1 ; Av.
57
:
(ipovTaru
vvv 6
fityas
Zdv. L\'s.
114--
\<1>
flti>s
(Ttitiiv
ii[j.ti.
So elsewhere.
38
GREEK SYNTAX
SOPH. O. C. 1606:
KTinrrjcre fj.fi>
Zfiis
X&QVIOS.
PlND. O.
7, 49-50:
6
pen (SC. Ztvs)
. . .
|
no\vv vo-t
xP
v<rov. I. 6
(7), 5.
ALCAE. fr.
34:
Cd
^tv
o Zevs.
HOM. Od.
14, 305
: Zevs 8'
afj.v8is [3 poi>TT)(T
(.
II.
9, 236-7-
Zfvs 8e
arfpi Kpovt8r)S
fv8eia
(Ti]fj.aTa (âiVwi* |
a
(TTpinrr
ft,
12,25*
^ 8'
apa
Zeds. 12,
279~$o
- ore T'
&peTO fUfTteTa
Ztits
\ vKpffj-fv.
}
75.
Gen. Abs. :
LYS. fr.
75. 4 (Sell.)
:
rj8rj
truer KOT(ioi>TOS.
XI-:N*. Hell,
i, i,
16: vovros TroXXw.
AK. V
r
esp. 773~4
e(ll/ ^^ I/t(
/
)
,'7 TT/JOJ
TO
7ri)p Ka6>'//j.fvos (sc. ^Xuifrei), |
u
76.
IMPERSONAL VERBS. The same
principle
lies at the
basis of all so-called
impersonal
verbs. Sometimes the
subject
is contained in the
predicate,
as when the
passive
is used
imper-
sonally,
or when the infinitive is used without a
subject.
(ioi
. . .
8e8niYir]Tai,
ANTIPHON, i,
31
;
My
tale has been told.
AXTIPHON,
1,31 f/ioi p.fv
ovv $f fi t
Jjy^rai
/cat
/3e/3o?} diyrat
rw
<re>re-
6vf curt Km TCO
vop.a>. 5- 75 ofiots
8' ovv KfKiv8vvf{i(rfTai.
PLATO,
Rpb. 457
E. tv
fj.d\'
uv
d[j.(j)t(rf3r)Tr;deir] (cf.
ibid. D:
a/i(/)r/3^-
PZN. Hell.
I,
3,
2O: eVei <^f (IVTO'LS
TrnpfcrKfi/acrro.
Mem.
I, 7,
2 :
up
ov
Ta fu>
Tf]f Tfxyis fJLLnrjTfOv
TOVS
dyadovs avXrjTtis
;
. . . KHI TOVTW ravra
Trotr/Ttov
. . . KIU rovTd) TToXXovs (jraiveras TT a
pa
erne vacrrtov,
THUG.
I, 46,
I ot 8e
KopivGioi, eVetSiy
aiiTois
TrapfcrKfv
tier
TO,
tnXfov firl
TT)V ]\('pKVpaV.
I,
9
1
'
I Tf '
X
' f Tl1 ' Tf K(l ^
'J^l UY
S
X(lfJ.l3ui>fl (SC.
TO
Tf(Ôs).
7, 25, 9
: ws . . .
8unrfT7oXffjiri(rofj.fvov.
Cf.
7- 77> 3
: '*"
yV
''"f'S' Tf
iro\tpiois
t)VTV %1]T
dl.
Au. Thesm.
1227
I aXXa ni-n aiurni
/LifT/jiwy ij/îi".
Rail.
376: TJ p
i
CTTIJTOI
6'
(llpKOVVT(i)S.
HOM. O(l.
9, 143'
ovSe TT
po vffxiive
T' Iftiadui.
19, 3
1 - oXXa
/lot
a>S' aj/a
6vp.uv
oierat,
a>? ffftrai
Trtp.
II. 22,
3'9-
^^
'",YM'?
f a7J
"
f ^"
M
71
"
tvrjKfos.
For additional
examples
of the
impersonal passive,
see
176.
For the
impersonal
neuter
plural
in
-T(',
see exx. under
37.
77.
Often the
subject
is
practically
an infinitive or a sentence.
So in the case of such verbs as
Bet, So/cet,
eiaepxe-rai (eia-f/ei,
1
Note also POI.YB.
31, 21, 9'
(TVITKOTI'I <>
ITO^- d^rt
TOD 9eov.
Coni|).ire
also Poi.YB.
31,
21,
<j (see above).
INDEFINITE
SUBJECT
OMITTED
39
\6yov,
OVK
,
TTpeTret, irpo<T>]icei, crvp^tpei, fyaiverai,
%p>),
etc.
airavra
Y*P
8i
TaXTjWj Xryciv,
Lvs.
3.
10; // is
necessary
/<> /<// <2// ///<r
/////,
7'//<
-
whole truth must be tolii.
DEM.
IQ. 204:
ovT(
yap
tas
(rvp.<piptl
4>a)Kf'a( diro\u/\tvat . . . (VKTTIV
\tyttv
aiTW.
LVS.
3.
lo: (8of
pot KptiTKTTov
tivni
diro8r)fjiri<Tat
tc
rt)s
TTiiXfcoy.
THUG. I,
1
2O,
I :
xpi] yap
rovs
f)ytp.6vcis
... TO xoica
irpovicoirdv.
I, 1
2O,
3:
v 8(
irupa(T \ov,
fK
iro\('p.ov
iruXiv
^vp.fifjvai (sc. dv8pu>v dyad&v
tarty).
HDT.
3- 7'
'
*VmYe S j
Aapdov
dirtKtro
yi>u>^rji' diro(paivterdat, 3. 142:
xai
/lot irapf %f
i vvi>
vfiinv <ip\(iv.
6,
2J
'.
(ptXeti
8i KS TT
pocrr) p.u
i vt
iv,
fur' av
/if'XXi; p.(yd\a
KUKU
*;
TfdXi
;
e^j/ei'
?cr*crâi,
but
just
below : Tnura
/ztV tr(^>t
a~rjfjif)i.a
6 Otos
npoiftfê. 9-^8: SrjXoi
T
p.m
OTI irdvra ra
irpr/yûrra
TO'
ftapjjd-
pO>V fjpTTjTO
(K
YlfpO'fav.
EUR. H. F.
302-3: rjSr;
S'
(tr^\df p
(I
irapaiTt](T(ti/j.(dii | (pvyas
T(KVU>V
ra>v8((}.
HOM. Od. I,
296-7
: oi>5' en ore
^pi) I vqiriids o\ifiv.
Cf.
3, 14
:
T^Xf'pa^',
ov
/*!/
<T(
XP'l
* 7
"'
a*Soof. 8,
146:
01 Kf 8( tr'
I8p.(v
didXovs.
II. 2,
24:
oil
\prj TTavvvîov
fv8(tv
f3ov\r)<p6pr>v ttv8pa. 9, 337~8
: ri 8e
fifi
1
irn\(fjit^fft.ev(ii Tp(j}((ra~iv \ \pyttovs;
For other
examples,
see
37,
and on the infinitive, see Index.
78.
Sometimes an indefinite
subject
is to be
supplied
from the context.
This is
very easy
in the
dependencies
of the infinitive,
as that form
always
involves an indefinite accusative
subject.
I.SAE. 2,
13'. [o vop.os]
KfXtvfi TII favrov f(lvat dtadtO'dai OTTO)? av
i6i\r).
So elsewhere.
ANTIPHON,
5- 9'-
tv
F*
v
y
a
P
<lKfa
"
TC*>
irpdypart
KIII
opytj xpija'ap.fvovs
KOI
dta/3oX^ irtdofitvovs
fXafftrov tcrnv
f'itfjui[>T(
~iv
fttrayvovf ytip
tri av
(i^dii)? fittv-
\tv<ratTo (sc.
6 . . .
xpTjmifjifvits
KT().
PLATO,
Men.
97
A : <>VK (trrtv
opdtas ffyfltrdai,
ftH>
pfj <ppt>itip.os /}.
So else-
where. Cf.
Rpb. 347
C I
TT]t
8(
rjp.iiis fKyiarr]
r<> I'JTTO
TrovrjpoTtpov tip^ftrdui,
(av
p.?i
avros
fd(Xr) tip^fiv.
Hl)T. I,
195
t
(crOtjTt
8t
Totf)8( xptuivTai,
Kidwvi
no8r}VfKfi
Xiviai,
KII\ ttr\ TOITOI/
oXXov
flpivtnv
Kidiava tirtv&vvfi
(sc.
a
^ptu/Mfvoy).
I. 216:
ov,tns
^<
f]\iKtijt p-t^j
ITpOKftTOi
XXof
p,(V
Ov8flS
'
tTTfllV 8(
yiplM y(Vt)TUl Kl'lflTll
KT(. 2.
38: fioKIÎJ-
fovrt
. . .
i]v
. . . l ft
rjTii
t
(SC.
o
8(>Kip.ii(v).
2,
6$
:
(I'î'ifjLd'iii
. . . i(TTiun . . . biftol
(SC.
o
ti/xdfuvos).
EUR. Or.
428: f4t.irovp.fd'
OVT<l)f ttXTTf
pi]
7T
pOO't
VVtlTf tt> (SC. Tiva).
1
Tlic
only
instance of Sti in Homer.
40
CREEK SYNTAX
HOM. Od.
5, 400
: ocro-ov
(o<rov)
re
ytywf ftor](Tas (?).
6,
294
: id.
9, 473
:
id. 12,
181 : id.
II.
13, 287
: ouSe KV evdci Tfov
yf p.fvos
Ka\
\ipas
OVOITO,
a
fault-finder.
22,
199.
ws
(as)
8' (v
oVeipo)
ov 8vvarai
<p(vyovra
8i(j>K(ii>,
a dreamer.
79.
Other
ellipses
of
Time, Circumstances,
and the like co-
incide with the
English.
TTJS
8'
upas iyiyvt-r' tyt,
DEM. 21,
84;
// was
getting
late.
TJV irpo; T)fU-
pav,
Lvs.
I, 14;
// was
drawing
on towards
day.
DEM.
21, 84 (see above).
LYS.
i, 14 (see above).
PLATO,
Conv.
217
D:
a-Krjirrdpfvos
on
o\ê fir].
XEN. An.
I, 8,
i:
fj8rj
re
rjv a/j.(p\ ayopav Tr\r)Qov(Tnv. Ap. 23:
tvOu ov
TT
poff
fiarov
Oavdrto. Hell.
1,6,
2O : eVet (TKOTOS
f'irj, e'ê/it/jaêi'
. . .
eVetSr) //ftr)
p.(crov J7/ie'pay TJV.
THUG.
I,
109, 3:
a>? 8e
avT 84. 4
: f>J r" e>7r '
dartpd
Tf roO
iroTap.ov Trapaerrai/res
01
2upaK(!(rtot (î/
Se
Kprj^Lva>8fs [sc.
ro
^topt'oi']).
HDT.
3.
82 : e' Se roG
(povov a7re'/y^
eV
fiowapîr/v.
HOM. II.
22, 410:
ra> 6e
/idXtcrr' a/j' eî/ (the situation)
tvaXiyKiov,
o>9 ei
Kre'.
See also exx. under
37.
80. OXE. One
may
be
expressed by
rt?, or,
chiefly
in
phrases, by
the Ideal second
person,
an
imaginary you.
r i
c
:
DEM. i,
21 :
(prja-ed
ns tiv.
3,
io : eiTrot rty
a/,
and so elsewhere.
4, 25
:
ei
yup epoird
rts
vp.(is.
l8,
252: Travraôêi/ p.ei'
roivvv uv ns 1801,
PLATO,
Legg. 905
C.
Soph.
220 D :
fj
T'L TIS
i/,
Seat'rr/re,
etjrot KaXXiov
;
and so elsewhere.
XEN. An.
i,
9, 3
:
Kamp-ddoi
<iv
nr,
and elsewhere.
THUC.
1,6,
6: TroXXa 8' *iv KIU u\\a TK
7ToSet|ete *cre'.,
and elsewhere.
HDT.
I,
3-
(
'
v
y*P
ra>
/*<"fpo %p6voi
7roXX
/i(V
e'rrri tSelv ru
^17
rtr
e'^'Xei.
AR.
Pax,
833
:
dtTTtpcs yiyvoptd
,
urav rtr
diroddvj).
SOPH. O. C.
1536-7
Qf'ti
yap
ti>
p-tv, ov/'e
fi'
fl<ropS><r',
orav
\
TO. 6('C
afais
TIS fls ro
paii>crOai rpmrr).
Ph.
55
:
X
Tllv rlr f "
C'/>
:ltl( ^ so often.
HoM. Od.
4, 535 =11,411:
u>t ri'r re KiirtxTnvt
0<>vv
eVi
(fxirvjj.
^-
3- 33
^s ^' ^"f r' J Tf
8puKoi>ru
I8<i)v
TraXtfopcroi' uirfiTTrj,
and so else-
where.
IXDEh'IXITE
SUBJECT
OMITTED
41
81. Ideal Second Person :
PLATO,
Protag. 347
D : orrou Rf icaXol
Kayaffdi (TVfiirurat
KOI
ncrrai8(v^(vot
fl<riv, OVK av t8ois OUT'
avXrjrpi&as
ovTt icrt.
(?).
X.EN. C\T. 8, I,
33 (irtyvuts
& av txti ov8(va ovrt
upyifripfvov Kpnvyi/
<ii-Tt
%aipovTa v,3pi(mK<i)S yfXwrt,
dXXu iftum av avrovs
rjyi]<r<a
rco OVTI (is c<iXXor
>]v.
Ibid. 8,
3, 42
:
fyd (?).
Ibid.
8,
3, 43
: ,w8tva fw ISois
(?).
Hell. 6,
4.
16 : Lv
8f 0>vTts
rj-yytXpi'voi rjffav (SC.
ot
ir[M>(Tt')K<>vT(s) oAryoi/f
(iv tifttf.
HOT. 2,
29: fTÔtl/Ot
S 8ua)^fK TO)
T/X)7ra)
5(C7rXa)-
trai
(which
one must . . .
)
*< (irttTu
uiri^fai
ts
(and tlicn^fw
will
reach)
iTfBiov \dov . . .
ij(is
. . .
iroi>j(T((ii
. . . n\(V(Tu . . .
r}(if.
2,
30:
tv "cru>
ovtp
<TXXo)
rjfts
. . . ( v otrw . . .
rjXdfs. 4>
-8 '.
v8p (K^t'as TT^Xo^
ou
iruifj-
p
5 ovaKatcov
Troit)<T(is Tn/Xoi/.
EUR. H. F. 1
196
: OK tiv
(iftdrjf (?).
SOPH. O. C.
431
: ("mots (Iv
(?).
PlND. P.
IO,
29
: vavcrl 8' oi/rt TT(OS lo>v ftv
tvpotff.
HOM. Od.
3, 124:
ov8e K
(pnirjs.
II.
4- --3-
* 1'^' ^"c
*
lv
ftpi&VTQ
tSots
'
'Aya/i fj.vnvn
ffiov.
4,429:
o^5f cr
(frairjs. 5- ^5
OVK liv
yvoirjs. 15.697: (pairjs
*(().
82. INDEFINITE
SUBJECT
OF THE THIRD PERSON PLURAL
OMITTED. In the third
person plural,
the indefinite
subject
may
be
omitted, chiefly
in verbs of
saying
and
thinking.
ws
<J>ao-i,
DEM.
4, 9;
As
they
say,
and so elsewhere.
DEM.
4, 9 (see above). 19, 193
: (Indv
8i'j (fiao-i
TOV
2tirvpoi/,
on ACT/.
19,
PLATO,
Legg. 803
D : o'iovrai . . .
^yoCwcu(?) Rpb. 428
B : oy
yap
TTUV
iq yr
dXX'
tTUfTTrniT]
tv
[3ov\{
vuvTat.
XEX. An.
1,9, 5 (Kpivov
5" UVTOV.
1HUC.
7. ^9>
-
'
ontp
irao"
%ov(rtv
tv TOIS
ptyaXoit iiyaxn.
Hl)T. 2, 106:
TJJ
re *
rrjs 'Efptcrirjs
ts <&a>Kaiav
(pôvTiit
KIU
r;}
<'AC
Zapdicjy
pvpvrjv.
AR. Pax,
832
:
Xf-youo-i.
S<JPH. Ph.
335
: <W
Xt'yovo-ii/.
PIND. O. 2,
31
:
Xf'yoiri.
P.
i,
52
and P. 2,
21 :
(puvrl.
HoM. Od.
I,
220: TOU
^t'
(K
(pa<n ytviaBai.
II.
4, 375- f'Y'
4 ^' (TXXa)/
tptitri ytvttrQat,
18,487.
teaXtovcrw.
83.
OMISSION OF COPULA. Tlie forms tWt' and f/V/ of the
copula
are omitted in saws and
proverbs,
in short statrnn-nts
and
questions, rapid
transitions,
abstract
expressions.
So
iv^-
ularly
with
-reov,
aixiyKr),
wpa,
and the like. Other forms than
eon' or eia-i more
rarely.
Cf. also
9.
4
2
GREEK SYNTAX
vs 6
\YX (sc.
f'o-nV),
LYCURG.
33
;
Brief
is the
proof
.
84.
e (T T i and e I cr t :
LVCURG.
33
uirXovv TO
8iKaiov,
pqSiov
TO
u\r)d(S, /3paûy
6
f\eyôs.
DEM.
l8,
242:
Trovrjpov
. . .
Trnvrjpov
6
(rvKO(piivTT]s.
ANTIPHON,
5, 7- V t
l* v n^v
a1rr)<ris
u>
uvSpes
Kal
i/op/pco?
KU\ oa-[(as
fôucra
(SC. f'o-TiV).
PLATO,
Euthyd. 34
Bl TO
yap
o~7ruVioi>,
a>
Eu$.,
rifuov
TO fie
uScop
fvawi-
rarop.
Euthyphr.
I
5
E : /cat
pot a>pa
airUvai.
Gorg. 507
A :
ai/ay/cr;
TOUT' eu/ai
OVTOK. Phaedr.
245
C i
/'X')
^^ diro8fifu>s
ijftf. V^
U
X')
7raa
'
a uduvaros. TO
yap
dfiKivrjTov
(iOavciTov. Theaet.
144
D
(^/.f). 145
A : o-KfTTTfov.
XEX. Ven. I,
I : TO
p.ev vprjp.a
6fu>v . . .
aypai
Kai Kvvfs.
THUG.
I,
32, 5
:
avi'iyK.ri
(SC. fo-riv)
. . .
vyyva>fj.rj
(sc. eWiV). 3,
82,
2.
7, 77,
7
:
(ivftpfS yap
TroXis,
Km ov
rei';^
ov8(
vrjes avbpa>v
Ktvai.
H DT.
6,
129;
ov
(ppovT\s 'lTnroK\ft.8r).
AR. Ach. 8 :
uîov yap
'EXXaSt. /c/.
40
: aXX' ot
TTpvravf
ty
yap
ovrott
p.fO"r]fJL^pii'OL
(sc. eio"('j/).
A/.
41
TOUT' fKflv'
oi>yoo 'Xeyoi/.
Nub.
2-3.
/</.
207
:
atSf
pei/
'
\6r]vai (SC. fl<rlv).
Ran.
658
:
ftafticTTiov.
EUR. Hel.
276:
TCI
flapfldpaiv yap
8ov\a Trdvra
77X7)1;
(vos.
Hipp. 436:
at
SfiiTtpcii
TTCOS
<j>povri8es (To(pa)T(pai,
Sober second
thought
somcliow is best, I. A.
334.
fr.
234
N
2
,
etc.
SOPH. O. T.
84.
iio-ii
(36), etc.,
etc.
AESCHYL.
Suppl. 998
:
rtpav' onuipa
S'
ev(pv\aKTos ovSaputs.
PlN'D. O.
I,
34-5 apf'pai
8' eVtXowroi
j p-dprvpes o-o<pa>TaToi (sc. eicriV).
Ibid.
6,
9-11.
N.
6,
1-2: tv
dv8p)i>, |
(v 0((ai>
ye'j/oy.
Pindar seldom uses the
copula.
H ES. O. et D.
3'' fpyov
'
ov&fv
ovetSor,
depylr)
fit T oj/etSos. Ibid.
346;
Trrjp.n
KaKos
yftVcof.
(Common).
HOM. Od.
II,
379
:
wpi; peV
TroXe'cui'
p.vdu>v, u>prj
Se Kai UTTJ/OU. /(JiV/.
[456],
and elsewhere.
II.
i,
So.
177, etc.,
etc.
85.
Other
forms of
the
copula
:
DEM.
4,
l8: ei'SoK
evrpfTm? vpdy
(SC. oi/Tnj). 4, 29: f'ycb
TrXeb)!/
fflfXoi/Tr;y
TTiifr^fiv
OTiovv
eroipos (sc. ftp/),
eai>
pc)
Tav8 ovrcay
(X.1-
'"> -77
Kat'rot
tyvy
<>pa> TIJS
Tcof
XfydvTcoi' Svfapfcor
Touy axovoi/ras TO 7rXfto"Toi/
Kvpiovs
(sc. oi>rar).
19, 250:
etT* 011 tri
(To(pi(TTr)s
(sc. et)i
K"'
TTovi^pdr ye
(SC. i).
01; o"w
Xoyoypa0or
(SC.
6
T) ;
KI ^foTj
f%dpos yf
(sc.
e
t).
ANTIPHON, I,
4: i'pflf yap poi f5i/ay*caioi
(SC. (crrf).
PLATO,
Rph. 499
D :
TTfpi
TOVTOV
froipoi
(SC.
f(TfJLtv)
TCO
Xoyo) Stapa^ffrât,
a>f Tf. Theaet.
143
D: o-oi
817
OUK
oXiyioroi TrXô-idôvKrt,
KO! SiKatois"
itîos
yap
(sc. e?)
T dijdijs
TTjr TotauTT)?
ouiXfKTov
(sc. ftp')-
^ >w
unfamiliar
with t/iis
style of
talk.
OMISSIOX OF VERB
43
THUG. I,
23,
2 : ovTt
(frvym
To<rai8t
(ii>0p<anv
Km
(frovos
(SC.
iyivovroi).
SOPH. O. T.
91-2
: d ru>v8(
XP!lC
fl- s
irXrja-ia(ui/r<t>v
K\vtiv,
\ tToip.os (sc.
f
1/11')
v,
(iT( Km
<rrfi\*iv
tcrut.
HOM. Od.
4,
206 = 1
8,
126: TOI'OU
yap
Km
irarpos (SC. itrtri).
II.
9. 225 X"'^'' 'Ax'XfG
'
8uiTUS
p*
v
fifflS
OVK (TTl8fV(lS
(SC. (lp.fV~). 2O,
434*
'3a 8" art crv
p.tv
((T0\us
(SC. t'crcrt),
'ya>
fit criQtv TroXu
^dputv
(SC. tipi).
21,
482
:
xaXfTn;
TOI
eya)
(sc. dpi) fM(vos avrifyipfffQai,
and so elsewhere.
86. ///
Dependent
Clauses :
OKOVCT* u a. 'A.
-njs fTrio-roX-fj?,
us
KaXr)
Kal
cfjiXdvGpunros (SC. tarriv).
DKM.
19- 39-
DEM.
4. -9-
i'('^f / oui/ 6
nopos
riav
\prjjj.uTCt)v
(SC. t<TTai\
. .
.,
TOVT'
fjftrf
Xfâ).
8,
6
(rel. sent.).
9>
'6 : ft
/iei/ yap p.iKpa
ravra . . . uXXor an
drj Xoyor.
20,
55: (0-fi.fv
in rel. cl.
Lvs. 1
8,
1 1 : XX' OLS
[iaXia~ra Trpn<ri]Kov
(sc. TJV).
AN i .
5, 32
:
f(J)'
ols tiv . . .
(sc.
/).
PLATO,
Kpb. 371
A : a>/ K airotp
xP
fl/a
(
sc-
.'/)
XKN.
Apol. 23
: tvOa ov
TTpocrfiaTov (sc. fir;)
davdrta.
THUG,
I,
32, 5 fntiSf]
8e . . .
p.tyas
6 Kii>8vvos
(sc.
f err
!v). 2,
53, 3
: o ri fit
t)8r)
re
t')bv (SC. T)i>).
2, 62,
5
'
T/f
(V T(3
aTTopat
(SC.
t
crrii/)
r; ifr\vf.
AR. Ach.
19-20:
is
fCf,
oTrdr' ...
I
...
(pr/nos
(sc. ttT~iv)
i)
7rvi'
<tvrr]i.
EUR.
Hipp. 659-60
: far' civ
eAc^^/ôf x$oj/or | H^<rfi;s- (sc. r/).
PlN I). O.
I, 84;
Qavflv 8' oicriv
dvayKii
(SC. fffTiv).
Ibid.
3, 42:
ft S'
dpt-
oTfiifi
y.tv vftutp,
KTfavdiv Sf
xpvcros
aiBoifOTarov
(sc. ttrrlv).
H ES. O. et O.
4
ovfi
KTIKTIV,
<Jau> trXtov
ly/xicru
7r(jvr<!f
(sc. frrriv).
HoM. Od. I
5, 393~4
<^f T' O"*
XP'/' I
7r
P'*
/
^/"7 (
sc-
*//)>
xaraXf^dai,
II.
i, 116: et T(!
y' <"p.fivov (sc.
(crTttf).
Ibid.
156-7:
fVfl
r/ /^dXa
TroXXa
/JLfTCl^V I OVpfd
Tt CTKUifVTn
(SC. f(TTlv). Ibid.
547
'
XX* OI/
^tl/
<c' (TTKlKiS
(SC. ?!/)
aKovifjifv. 5, 480
: oy c'
(TriSfvtjs (sc. //),
and so elsewhere. 20,
434 (85).
87.
OMISSION OK TIIK VF.RHAI. I'KKDICATI-:. As in other
languages,
so in Greek the verbal
predicate may
be omitted
when it is more or less
distinctly suggested by
other words in
the sentence. This
happens
most
frequently
in the case of
verbs of
Goin<^, Coming, Uoin;^, Happening, Saying.
There
seems to be no
ellipsis
of a definite word in
examples
of this
kind.
LVCURG.
119:
ri SoKovtrtv
iip.iV)
<L
tivdpfs
(SC.
rr<>i('ii>?) ',
<
T
i/xi y( o/ioiaxr ip.iv
Trtp't
ruv (lftiKt>vi>Tti)i>
yiyvuxTKf
iv ;
DKM.
24. 187
: *cit
irfpi p.iv
TUVTUV Kara
aâXi'iv
(SC. f\itl)
.').
[S^Ji 5
(^ (1
>
J<)
(SC.
Wi?>,
^r)fi,',(T0(V(f.
IbOC. 8,
37-
ov&iv
(sc. TTominriv?)
uXX'
r) avpfôv\(vui'(7iv >,p.tt>
rruXiv
mpt
44
GREEK SYNTAX
dvSpcnroo'io-p.ov
KlvBvvfVdv
(cf.
DEM.
8,
IO: crKOTTfW art ov8ev oXXo TTOIOVCTIV
r)
Ka0i<TTdcri
rrjv
TTO\LV ds TOV UIITOV
rpoirov).
ANDOC.
I,
150: 8(vpo (SC.
?re?) "AvvTf,
Ke'<paXe,
en e Kai ol
(f)v\frat
ol
ypr]fj.evoi fioi
(rvvSixdv, GpatruXXoy
Kai ol aXXoi.
PLATO,
Theaet.
142
A :
lipri,
2>
Tep^t'coi/, f)
Trd\ai e'
dypov (SC. ^K(is)
;
XEN. An.
7, 7, 57
:
(pai/ep6? %i>
oinafte
(SC. (VVai?)
Trapaa-Keâô/ifi/os-.
Hell.
2,
3,
2OI KeXeiicrai'rfs eVi ra OTrXa
(SC. teVat?)
AR. Nub.
690: Stvpo Se{)p', 'A.p.vvia. Vesp. 142
: <rv Se
r^ 6vpa Trpoa-Ketcro.
ravr',
2) fieVTrora
(cf.
PLATO,
Cratyl. 440
E : ravr
farai,
a>
2<i)KpaTes). Vesp.
982:
es
Kopaxas.
cos OVK
dyadov
fern TO
po(peiv (cf.
Ach.
864:
TTCIV' es
Kopa-
Kas. Nub.
133
:
/3uXX'
fs
KupaKas.
Plut.
604:
tpp'
('s
Kopaxas).
Thesm.
241
:
v8u>p v8u>p
(sc.
(pepfTf?),
5)
ye
troves. Ran.
I2/9
: f 'S TO
ftaXavfloit (SC.
ievcu
?)
/SouXojuxu.
Plut.
526:
es
Kf<pa\j}i>
croi
(cf.
Ach.
833:
no\vTrpayp.o(rvvr)
vvv ts
K((pa\rjv TpuTToir' e'/iot.
DEM.
18,
290:
a croi Kai rols crols ol deol
Tpt^fiav
ds
Kf(pa\Tjv).
CONCORD
TllK THREE CONCORDS. There are three
great
concords
in Greek :
1. The
agreement
of the
predicate
with the
subject (88-136).
2. The
agreement
of the attributive or the
appositive
with the sub-
stantive
(see Index).
3.
The
agreement
of the relative with the antecedent
(see Index).
Agreement
of the Predicate with the
Subject
88. THE VERBAL PREDICATE. The verbal
predicate agrees
with its
subject
in number and
person.
rovro
"ya.p
av/Tov
f-yta Trpoxipa\dp.T)v
Kai
irepl
TOVTOV
TT)V vj/fjôv
oitrtTe vvv
vfxeis,
DEM. 21, 28;
This is
ivliy
I
presented
him
(this
is the
gist of my
charge against
him),
and tJiis is the
point
about which you arc non> to cast
your
-votes. TI iroiotieriv ol
voîoi;
DEM. 21,
30;
IV/iat do the laws do?
raj
(itv
otiv a 8 1 X
4>
o>
ax/Tui,
&
irep iytvtcrd-r\v, ap.<|>(i>
airaiSe
TXVTT]o-aTT)v,
ISAE.
6, 6;
He had both Jiis brothers to die childless.
IT',
<L
^(yia-rr\<i
ITaX-
XcLSos
KaXovfxevai |
iracruv
'AOTJvat TifiiioTa-nr)
iroXis, S()PH. (). C.
107-8.
For the use of a verb of the First Person Plural with a
subject
of the
First Person Dual,
see
105.
89.
THE
ADJECTIVE
PREDICATE. The
adjective predicate
agrees
with its
subject
in
number,
gender,
and case.
*v
XP
1
lH-
aTa
KTt|Ta,
86a Si
XP
T
)F
L *TWV ^K
wvr]T
i
q,
Isoo. 2,
32.
rjv PXri(rTTj (SC. T| ifirj Y"*^)'
L.YS.
I,
J. iyia
8e . . .
(xeo-TOS rjv vnro\j/ioS,
COXCORD
45
Ibid.
17.
al
ScvrcpaC
irws
^povriScs <ro<t>wTcpai,
EUR.
Hipp. 436 ^ 84
).
i,
SOPH. Ph.
906 (Neoptolcmos speaks).
go.
CONCORD WHEN THE
SUBJECT
is AN INFINITIVE OR
A
SENTENCE,
OR THE VERB is IMPERSONAL. When the sub-
ject
is an infinitive or a sentence
(77),
or the verb is
impersonal
(76),
the
predicate adjective (including
verbals in
-re'ov)
is
regu-
larly
in the neuter
singular.
OXOVO-QI
/ o|iov,
AR.
Eq. 624;
'Tis worth the while to lend an car.
4>avep6v rjv
Sri oviScv Seivbv
lyiyovti irepi TT)V iroXiv,
LYCL'Rr.. 21
;
// 't'lis ti'i-
dent that no
calamity
had
befallen
the
city.
Sciv&v . . . cl
paxovp.e6a,
AR.
Vesp. 426
;
It's
dreadful if
we've
got
to
fight, epdjxevos
ct irov tlStuV TI
x">piov
. . . evOa ov
irpoo-pariv
0ava.ro>,
XEN.
Apol. 23 (86). |3a6
icrre'o v
rap"
^<rriv
cU
ayopav (J.oi,
AR. Eccl.
Jl
I.
LVCURG.
3.
Ibid. 21
(see above).
LvS. 12,
36:
Sfii'Of ft rot'f . . .
(rrpanjyovs
. . .
tfafJUOHraTt.
1
8,
15. 34
II : dfivov
yap
av
fT^,
2> 'A., el . . . OVK ovv
alcr^^nv
( I . . .
;
AND. 1,8:
apa
Se
TTffH
trt'ivTuiv flrf(\v d8vva.Tov.
ANT. I,
26: TTCO? ovv
ravrrjv
(\fe~tv
*i%iav
t unv
;
PLATO, Crito,
53
C :
&pa
"ti6v croi
f)v
forai;
Theaet.
187
E:
K.[>(~ITTOV
yap
ITOV
cr/j-iKpov
tv
t]
rro\v
pi]
tKavuts
TTfpavm.
XF.N.
Apol. 23 (see above).
Mem. i,
7,
2
(76).
AK.
Lys. 292. 293.
Ran.
652. 656. 658.
Eccl.
71
1
(see
above).
875-6:
@a8i(rT(ov | 6p.6<r'
f'crri
8fmvtj(rovTa
KOV
pe\\rjT(ov.
EUR. Ale.
1078:
jjqov napaivfiv ij
Truduvra
KupTtpiiv.
Tr.
47-- 637
TOV
f]v
df
\vtrpo)S Kpei(T(ruv
(<TTI KarQavtiv.
1225.
PlND. P.
4.
2
7
2 :
paftiov ptv yiip
iru\iv (Tt'icrai.
SOLON, 7
(pyfJâcriv
V
/leydXots
1
TTIKTIV dSetj/
x<i\(
TTOV.
MlMNERM. 2,
IO: avriKa
Ttdvupfvui ftt\riov *]
floras.
HOM. Od.
5, 359:
odi
fioi (pdro (f>vtfj.oi>
twin
(37).
II.
2,
298. 5, 253:
ov
yap pui ytvvalov
ii\v(TKi'invTi
fjLt'i^fcrdai.
For the use of the neuter
plural
instead of the
singular,
see
37.
91.
AGREEMENT OF THE PREDICATE WITH THE SUMECT
OF THE LEADING VERB. When the
subject
of the infinitive
is the same as the
subject
of the
leading
verb,
the
subject
of
the infinitive is
commonly suppressed.
In that case the sub-
stantive or
adjective predicate
of a
copulative
verb,
or the
pred-
icate attributes of
any
verb,
agree
with the
subject
of the lead-
ing
verb.
iroXu av
OVTTJS (laXXov c-yw iroXtTTjs 8t{ai(iT)v
lvai
f\ irt'puv
iroXtwv,
A.NDOC.
46
GREEK SYNTAX
I, 5;
Far rather would I be a citizen
of
her
(my country)
than
of
other
states. 18 wv 8e ravr"
t$t\
e-rrl
Aavpiov
Ic'vai,
Ibid.
39
;
He said that when he
had seen
(all)
this he went on to Laurion.
aiov|xcv ^XcvOcpoi elvai,
XEN.
Cyr.
S, 1,4;
IVe claim to be
free.
For further
e.xx.,
see
Infinitive.
92.
On the use of the Predicate Vocative for the
Nominative,
see
25.
93.
AGREEMENT OF THE SUBSTANTIVE PREDICATE. The
substantive
predicate agrees
with its
subject
in case.
TWV
-yap opfJpwv
Kal TOJV
avxH-wv
... 6 Zeus
Tafias eoriv,
ISOC.
II,
13
;
ZcilS
is Hie
dispenser of
showers and
droughts.
eirel OVTOI
-ye <{>avtpd
itrn . . .
8ia<(>0opa
TWV
ervYyi-yvofAe'vuv,
PLATO, Meno,
91
C;
Since these
fellows
are a
manifest
ruin
of
those who
go
witJi them.
Isoc.
ii,
13 (see above).
PLATO,
Hipp.
Mai.
284
C :
vapov
8e
Xeytis,
o>
'\irnia,
/SXa/Sî/
TniXfcos- flvai
?; <!>(j>t\(iav
; Meno,
91
C
(see above).
Hl)T. 2.
38
:
acriâvrov
8e Stxravrt Ouvarns
f) r]fJ.ir)
fTTlKffrat.
PlND. P.
I,
88: TroXXcoi/
rapids
errat.
94.
On the use of the Predicate
Nominative, etc., where the Latin uses
the Dative of the
Object
For
Which,
see under the Dative.
95.
For the Substantive Predicate
agreeing
with the
Subject
of the
Leading
Verb,
see
91.
96.
SUBSTANTIVA MoDiUA. Siibstantiva mobilia are treat-
ed as
adjectives
and follow the number and
gender
of the
subject.
rf,s 'A4>po8i-rr]s
. . .
Sepdircov ytyovtv
6
"Epo>s,
PLATO, Conv.
203
C
;
Rros
IS the UtCin-serVcint
(valcf)
of Jlpltrodite.
ou
ya.p
eerriv ev
yivti
troi
T) avdpuiros,
ov8e
CepaTraiva,
DE.M.
[47], 7 i
'I'he wench is
cf
no kin to
you,
not ei'cn a
maid
(-servant).
DKM.
[47], 70
(see
above).
PLATO, Conv.
203
C (see
above).
Politic.
301
B:
fia<ri\fa (sc. avrnv)
Ka\oifj.(i>.
I itn. 22 D I
iin'iv
fi o NflXoy . . .
<TU>TI'II>.
}
Xl-.X.
Cyr.
1 ,
4, 9
: cri*
yup
viv
yt tjp.o>v
tuiKas
ft(i(ri\evs
(ivai.
Hn I.
I, 7:
"\yi>u>v
. . .
ft
a <r t\ ( V s
(yfvfTo 2(i/>fit'a)i/, Agron
became
King
of
Saratx. I,
205
:
TJV
fti . . .
yw!)
TWV
Mtto'O'ayfTftav
/3acri'Xeia.
Ak. Ran.
1127
:
frwr//^
1
-ytj/ou fji<n
(To
Hermes).
1
It must be
noted, however,
that the inflection is
capricious
anil
awriip
is found
for
otiirti(>a.
NEUTER PLUKALS
47
General
Exceptions
97.
NEUTER PLURAL WITH SINV.ULAR VERB. The neuter
plural
is treated as a
collective,
and takes a
singular
verb.
8iapira<r0rj<rTai.
ra
xpTH
iaTa
>
HEM.
8,
54
; Our
money (treasury}
will be
pil-
laged. TJ<HH)
TO.
ficipaKia,
PLATO, Kiv.
134
H; The lads were
delighted.
TO
KvviSia . . .
Kvpiardv
K<LI aXXa iroXXd
fia.v6d.vci,
XEN. Oec.
13.
8;
JôodlfS learn
to turn a somersault,
etc.
DEM. 8,
54
(see above). [59], 58
: mCr' * o-ro)
IfHv rfn^ta.
ANT.
5-
-
'
<rvi>(TT\fi fit ra Tf
av8pdno8a.
PLATO, Crat.
402
A: iruvra
x
<a
^
(i Kai ov&iv
p.(vn.
Riv.
134
B
(see
above).
XEN. Oec.
13,
8
(see
above).
THUC. 6,
32,
I :
tlT(lfjf)
. . . ((TfKflTO iravrn.
HDT.
7. 9- y)
^K es To\.rro
dpacrtos dvrjKfi
TII
'EXXrii/oiv
irprjypaTa.
Ibid. :
aifo
TTftprjs
iravra
ai/QpunroKTi (fotXfti yivfirdat.
AR. N.
39-40
: TO 8(
XP*
a
I
f ' s T
'l" K((f)ii\f)v
uiravra
rfjv atjv Tpitytrai,
\
esp.
8l8: ra 8 (7XX'
aptfTKfi fj.oi.
EUK. Heracl.
838: yv
5 f>vo KfXf
vor/iara.
Ibid.
1004:
rotavra
fipwvTi
rap (yiyvfT iicr(f)a\T].
SOPH. Ph.
113' atpd
T<i roa rnvra
TI^V Tpoiav fuova,
AESCHVL. Pers.
418-9:
innov-o fit'
| (TK<i(f)Tj
vtiav.
PlN I). O.
I,
7J-8'. (pt\ta fjtapa HvTrpias liy'
ft TI, Iloo-f
ifiaoi/, t'f
X"P
lv
I
rt XX t r a i.
THEOGN.
171-2:
o? rot
nrtp
6((i)v
I yiverat dvQpuinois
ovr'
ayud
ofrt
KCIKU.
HOMER. In Homer, neuter
plurals
are found sometimes with the
singular,
sometimes with the
plural.
There is a
long
list of neuter
plurals'
that are construed
only
with a
singular
verb;
other words, such as
mivru,
rairra,
apfiara, fiou/xmi,
etc.,
occur with both
singular
and
plural
verbs,
and a
few are used
exclusively
with the
plural.
Examples
of the neuter
plural
with a
singular
verb are: Od.
4, 703:
TTJS
fi" uvTiiv \vn>
yovvaTa.
5- -97
: *"' rdr"
'OSvcrarr/os
\vrvvnr<i.
11.
10,252: ttarpa
fit
fif)
TT
po/lf ,!>]*(
.
24.420:
criv 8' (\Ktu nuvra
/it-
fJLVKf
V.
98.
This construction is ascribed to the
form,
for some of the neuter
plurals
seem to have been
originally
collective
singulars.
1
Sec
Yo^rin/.,
(ir:nn clcs hum.
iJialcktcs,
pp. ^nS-<j.
and
compare
Monro,
Ilomtiic (.jramiuar-,
^ 172.
48
GREEK SYXTAX
gg. ADJECTIVE
PREDICATE OF NEUTER PLURAL
SUBJECT.
The
adjective predicate
of the neuter
plural subject
is,
of
course,
plural.
ravr' eo-rlv
aXtjOrj,
DEM.
2,
19
;
That is true.
100. NEUTER DUAL
SUBJECT.
The neuter dual is found with the
dual,
the
plural,
and the
singular.
oo-o-e \V. dual: HOM. Od.
4, [662].
II.
I, 104:
oo-o-e &<F oi
Trvpl \ap.7ff-
rdovri
(iKrrjv.
17, 679-80.
oo-cre \v.
plural
: HOM. II.
I,
2OO: 6Vii/o> 6V oi ocro-e
(pdavdtv. 19, 16-7.
oo-o-e \v.
sing.
: HOM. Od.
6,
131-2
: tv 6V oi 6Vo-e
|
Sat'erai. II.
12, 466.
23-477-
101. ACCUSATIVE ABSOLUTE IN PLURAL ACCOMPANIED BY A PARTI-
CIPIAL PREDICATE IN THE SINGULAR. In the accusative
absolute,
the
participial predicate
sometimes follows the
analogy
of the verbal
predi-
cate. See
Participial
Accusative.
102. NEUTER PLURAL WITH A PLURAL VERB. When the
neuter is
merely
a formal
neuter,
the
plural
verb
may
be used.
So also when
variety
is
emphasized (distributive plural).
In
older
poetry,
this occurs
frequently
when the
plural
form of the
verb would be more convenient than the
singular, yet
not with-
out a
tinge
of
personification
or a
suspicion
of dualism. In the
mechanical
syntax
of later Greek the neuter
plural
with the
verb
plural
becomes common.
OV
(1T)V
TO.
fiClpOLKla
. . .
TT)V OLXJTTJV efiOl yVa>p.T)V <TXV,
dXX"
<(1 flV llTTJVC-
aav . . . etceivov 8e KO.TC
<}>p6 VTJO-OV,
Isoc.
12,
229;
True,
the lads did not take
the same view with
me,
but
(for
all
that)
they applauded
me and
despised
him.
ISOC.
12,229:
ov
p.tjv
ra
fifipaKia
ra rrdo-i
Trapay (y
e
vrj^f
va roilroi?
rr\v
avTrjV ffiol yvu>^j.rfv eVêc,
<]XX'
e/xe fj.tv fTTyv(o~av
(os
di(i\eyfj.fiiov
re
v(apa>Tfpa>s
dXXa
8irj p.apTr]
K(>T s
dfj.<por( i>o)i> i')[j.(/i>v.
ANT.
5, 34: ovofTtpa w<f)(\rj(T(iv,
Neither
d(d
any good (SC. rdXr^r}
. . . ra
tyfvor));
but Blass follows Reiske and the Zurich editors in
reading wfaXr)-
PLATO,
Lach. 180 E : ra
yap fifipaKia
raftf
npbs (IXXj/Xour
OIKOI
SiaXeyd-
fjifvot da/j-u
( TT
ip.( HIT)
vrui
2a>Kprour
Ktil
a(j)o?>pa
tiraivoiiffiv,
These lads,
while
conversing
with each other at
home,
often
make mention
of
Socrates,
and
praise
him
highly. Legg. 856
D-E : ru>v oe
Xa^d^rwv
ra
oj/o/xara
eir
DUAL A\D PLURAL
49
wfi<t>QvT<av,
Let the names
of
those who dreû the lot be sent to
Delphi.
XEN.
Cyr.
2,
3-9' &<nftp yt
xai JvTXXa
fwa
(nlfTTavrai Tiva
p-d^rjv
tK.ii-
ora . . . Kai
$vXarre<r$ai y', (<f>tj,
linavra raCra iirivravrai.
5,
I,
14:
r1>
tTTldvplQiV dlCpaTT)
f (T T
(,
KtltTtlTll
(pu>TH
aiTiiavTat,
The wretched mass
of humanity
is
powerless
o~<>er all its
desires,
and then
they (the individuals)
blame love. Hell.
I, I,
23: irapu
8i
'ITTTTOK^CI-
rovs . . . fls
\aK(8aip.Qva ypdp.ij.aTn Tr(p.<pdii>ra
(d\tt>(rav (is
'\6!]vay.
THUG.
3,
82,
8 : ra 8t
p.
to- a rutv TroXirwi/ . . .
8ij>dtipovro,
The neutral
party of
the citizens
(in
the
state)
were
exposed
to ruin.
5, 75.
2 :
Ktipveui
. . .
trvy\uvov
wra,
The Karneia
happened
to be
holding,
but HOT.
7,
206:
Kdpvtia ydp (r(pi rjv ('p,Tro8u>i>.
6,
13.
I
'
fTTtdvp-ia p.fi> tAji^toru Karopduvv-
rai,
TTpovoia
fie TrXt'uTTa.
Hl)T.
4. 149
ro'O" 1 ^< <V
'".V ûX/; TavTTj dvftpdm
ov
yap
vTTf
p,f
ivav TO.
TfKva,
i$pv<ravro
. . .
Ipw
K.HI
p.fra
TOVTO vnf
p.e
ivav.
AR. Ach.
805-809: fWyAcurco
TIS fvSodfv TU>V
lir^d^tav |
rots
xoiplft'iouriv.
3pa Tpa>ovrai;
ftafiai, \
owv
po6idovcr
,
a>
TroXvn'/i^' '\\pdx\f
(9.
|
7Tt>f>>nrii
TO.
xoipi'
; a)f
Tpayo"auj (paivtrai. (note sing.)- |
<XX" OVTI irdtray
(care'rpuyoi/
riis
i<T)(dbas. |
Pi XL). O. 2,
92.
8, 12. 10
(II),
85.
P.
I,
13. 4,
121 : fc fi'
/>'
tjL-roO
7ro/i0(!X
vav
ftaKpva yr)pa\f<i)v y\((piip(i)i>. f),
88 : ra
(sc. u(5<jr)
i/>
dp(\ffavTO
Kal
'l<f)iK\ia,
Which waters reared Ju'in an<f
Iphikles.
HUM. See remark on
HOMKR,
97.
()<1.
4, .132: \i>vo-a>
8
%
tm.
^ft'Xca
KfKpdavro.
Ibid.
^.lJ-8'.
o(T(T fnt
ymav | fpTrfTa yiyvoirnt. 437-
Tfdvrn
8' f<rav (sc. TCI
8(pp.aTa) vfdSapTii.
II.
7.
IO2:
VIKTJS TTfipaT' fftnvTai
v ddnvuTttim
fl(olcrii>.
Tilt' cords
(lit.
=
rope-ends) of victory
are in the
holding
of
the immortal
gods.
(Else-
where in Homer
irftpara
takes a
singular verb.)
Ibid.
16,403-4*
oc 5'
"ipa
\(ipu>v | fjvia Ti'i\6ria-a.v,
The reins
leapedXlike
a
pair
of
living things).
103.
NKUTKR PLURAL
SUBJKCT
WITH A DUAL VKRU. The neuter
plural subject may
take a dual verb when the
subject comprises
but two.
PLATO,
Tim.
56
I*.
'
8vo
nvpof (rw/xara
ds (v
^vvivTatrdov
twos
dipos,
Two
corpuscles of fire
combine into one
figure of
air.
Compare
ibid.
56
D-E
(124),
where
ytvoia-drjv
is due to the neuter
plural predicate
8vo
o-oyuiru.
104.
The
singular,
however,
is the rule :
AF.SCHIN. I,
Il6: fit'o 8t
p.m TJjt Karrjyopids eifir;
\t\tilTTat,
Tu'O heads
of
the accusation are
left
me / ha~>e two heads
of
the accusation
left.
On the use of the Neuter Plural
Adjective
Predicate for the
Singular,
see
37.
105.
Dl'AL
Sl'HJKCT
WITH Pi. URAL VKKH.
-
-Wlim the sub-
ject
is of the dual
number,
but of the first
person,
the verb is
4
50
GREEK' SYNTAX
regularly
of the
plural
number,
for in the first
person
the dual
and the
plural
forms of the verb
coincide,
the dual in
-p,edov
oc-
curring
but thrice in classic
Greek,
and
being
even then
ques-
tioned
by
some scholars.
eireSuKcuraaeSa
<ip.(J>co,
AND.
I, I2o;
IJ'e laid our claims
(to
the
heiresses),
botJl
of
Its. vu
KarafJavTe
els TO
Nvpi^wv vafia
. . .
T|KOijcra(Xv Xdyajv,
01
KT|.,
PLATO,
Phaedr.
278
B
;
\Ve both went down to the
fount of
the
Nymphs
and
heard
utterances,
which etc.
ANDOC.
i,
1 20
(see above).
PLATO,
Phaedr.
278
B
(see above).
106. When the dual
subject
is of the second or of the third
person,
the
verb is
occasionally
in the
plural.
Si(r<ru
yap a<TTep'
lirirncois tin.
vyois |
o-raOevr'
cKpuvj/av app.a
Xvvaiiu
ve'4>ei,
EUR Heracl.
854-5;
Twain stars
atop
the horses
yokes
did
perch |
and
hid the chariot with a
murky
cloud.
PLATO,
Phaedr.
256
C: </Xw
/j.fv
ovv KM rovrw . . .
XX//Aoty
Sui re TOU
fpa>Tos
Kai eo>
yeiiofifvo) Stay
overt.
AR. Ach. 1
216-7
:
fp-ov
8e
ye cr<pa>
, . .
<1p.(f)<a
. . .
\ 7rpoo-Xd;3f
<r$',
u>
(/)i'Xai.
EUR. Heracl.
854-5 (sec
above).
Or.
1415: ,3Aoj/ e,iaXoi/
. . .
<7/u</>o>.
Cf. Plioen.
!4-3~4
:
yciiav
8'
oSu^
eXovrcs
aXXi/Xcoi/
TTf'Xn?
|
irinTovfriv
<"î0a)
KOV
Stcbptorij/ Kpdros.
Ibid.
I454
:
/i0co
8'
aî f^fTrvevcrav
ud\iov
ftiov,
Both at once breathed
fort
/i a luretched
life.
SoPH. Allt.
55~7
:
TplTOV
8'
ddfX(^>a>
8110
p.tav
Kaff
f]fj.('pav \
avTOKTovovvrf
rto Tn\anru>
t
>fj)
popov \
KCIIVOV
Kareip y
acravr
firaXXi/Xoiv \poiv,
slnd third
(l)o(Ji)
our twain brethren in one dav
self-murdering
the
ill-fated pair wrought
out a common doom with mutual /lands.
HKS. Sc.
2j3~4
e77' &
&
V
'J
(TL
8pi'iKovrf |
8oiw
dirri(ii)pfvvT(p).
HOM. Od.
4-
2O-2 : TOJ 5' aur' fv
Trpodi/poKTi Si!/xa>i/
. . .
<TTI]<T<IV.
II. I,
j2I
: 7 U> 01 f(TUV
Kl'jpVKf
Kill
orprjpiO BfjtilTVOVTf.
I 6, 2l8l $u'
(IVf^f
0a>pr)<r<rovTo,
Tlic tioo i/it'/i
'ifan
to <Ion their corselets.
107.
THK DUAL
Sunji-:cT
wrru A PLURAL PARTICIPIAL ATTRIBUTK
(SEMI-
PR HO i
CATION).
Pl.ATO,
Euthyd. 273
O:
(yf\(icn'iTriv
ovv
<"p.<j)u> /3Xe'\âi/T6f
fls
XX'/Xovy,
Then
they laughed,
both
of
them,
looking
at one another.
Compare
Phaedr.
259
A : fi ouv i8ottv Kill via
KadaTTff)
TOVS TToXXoirf tv
fjifCTijfj.i'ipia fj.i] StaXfyo^tf-
i/ovs,
aXXa v vrrr ti(<> vra y.
108. DUAL GKNMTIVK ABSOLUTK wirn PLURAL PARTICIIM.K.
Dl-'.M.
24, ()'. 8iKa(TTTj piolv
buti'iv . . . (
\l/i](f)icr p.e
V iav.
[ 5).
-
fTrire-
Tpirj pd p%r) [j.(
vo) v
r/tii) p.(il
ftvoiv
p.rjvoiv.
Di'AL A.\D Pl.l'KAL
51
109.
DUAL
SUBJECT
AND PLUUAI. PREDICATE
ADJECTIVE.
ISOC. I 2, 1
56
: (t
ytip
Tit
(JMiirj
ro> mtXfi Toi'rci) TT\( icrruv
ay<ifltav
airiat
y(y(v>l<rdat, If any
one should
say
that both these cities h,i-,-e been thf authors
of many blessings. (The
dual in -<i does not occur in the orators,
and is
rare elsewhere
').
no. Dr.\i. YKKI; WITH PLI/UAI.
STUJKCT.
The dual verb
is used with the
plural subject only
when the dual notion is ex-
pressed
or in some
way suggested.
Of the Attic orators
only
ANTIPIION, AXDOCTDKS, LVSIAS, ISOCKATKS,
and ISAKUS use
dual forms of the finite verb."
^| fjs
aviTui
Iyiyvt(r9i\v
-ultis
8vo,
ISA].. 8.
7 ;
Of
witoin there were born
Jo him
by
whom lie had issue two sons.
ISAF..
8, 7 (see above).
LVS. I
3- 37
^ l
' ^*
TpdlT(ai
(v TO)
TTf)o(rflfi>
rwv
TpiiixoiTti fKficrdrjv,
Tu<O
tables had been
placed (stood)
in
front of
tlie Tkirtv.
PLATO,
Kpb. 478
A-B:
intp
. . .
Swards
. . .
/^0(ir</)(ji
fcrrov.
HOM.
11.4, 27: KafjLfTijv
8f
poi
I-mrui.
9. 198:
01
(Aias
and
Odysseus)
fioi <TKvontv(p
7t(f) 'A\aiu>v (pi\raToi
fcrrov.
23, 392-3. 417-8 ^446-7.
in. Even here tlic
plural
is the rule.
Kai ras
tl<r4>opos tl<rtvnv6\a.(ri.v dp-ôrtpoi
iratras,
ISAF.. 6,
60. 8va
Tpoiroi
T
-uyôivovcri
v
ovrts, Isoc.
7.46;
(//
so
happens
that)
there are t'i'o
metliods. Xoiirol 8uo
prives r\ <rav,
ANT.
6, 42 ;
Two months were
left
.
DEM.
23, 75"
7r"'"/ *'O"t
npiiyfj.(i(Ti
. . ftvo
irpoffdrJKat. 142
'
tv
ft!) An/x-
\ÛKU>
rivif
"iv&punroi yiyvovTiu
8vo. I So:
fjSiicrjvTO
. . . ol $\io riav
ftaa'i\iii>v,
ISAE. 2,
19:
fivo
yap
(icriv
nvrr/.
6,
60
(See above).
Isoc.
7, 46 (see
above).
ANT. 6,
42
(see above).
112. The Plural Verb is found with a
Participle
in the Dual
Kai 8 lair
paap.c'v
u> TO Xoiirov
TJ8t) xp*'
>v
"
ral
I
1**
1
ai
'
IT
Tl>
OTravia
8,
I'l.A I'O.
Phaedr.
256
C
;
.///</
ha''in^' effected
their i/e^/re, t/ie\ continue /<>
enjov
it.
but
only rarely.
PLATO,
Phaedr.
256
C
(see
above). Riv.
132
15: KH\
('y^Xurtiv
nvas
(p.lfJ.(IVl>T(>
TOll/
XfptHlf
f TT IK\ iVOVTf Kill
/1<J\'
( (T TT II V <*> (J K n T ( .
EUK. Mod.
969
ff. : XX' <L rimi"
, dcrt\BavTt. . . 'net TI i'tr' t
âtrtltT
fft.
Phoen.
1404
It.:
ipvaaavrt
.
T/KOJ/, eru/i/yaXocr*
ft . .
<ip<}>t,Juvr'
1
See Keck, lUn-r ili-n Ounl l>ei den C'.rieclnsclicn
Rednern. Wur/lmr^.
inS2,
|> 14.
'For entire
subject,
--cc
Ihissc,
I )er Dualis iin Atti-i-la-n,
I.cip/i^.
iS(^
52
GREEK SYNTAX
HOM. II.
5, 487-8: /it)
Trcoy, OK
atyicn
Xi'j/ou oXoi/rf
Travaypov, | dvSpdcri
8v(r-
fj,fi>ff(r(rii> fXo>p
Kai
Kvpp.a ytvijcr^f.
1
6,
37
"
1 foXXoi 8 eV
ra0po> e'pixrapîures
wKffs ITTTTOI
I
tii-avr' tv
7rpa)T&> pvp.a>
\iirov
app-ar'
avaKTcav.
113.
The Dual verb occurs with a
complementary plural predicate par-
ticiple.
KvicXovs
-yovv -yp<i<j>ovTs
!
4>aiv'<r0T] v, PLATO,
Riv.
132
A-B
;
They
were
seen to be
drawing
circles.
114.
Of course the use of a Dual Predicate with a verb in
the First Person Plural is not a violation of the rules of con-
cord. See above
105.
icr|icv
8e
(Aovw
ev
pT||Jua,
PLATO,
Phaedr.
236
C;
We are alone
(just
you
and I
)
all alone.
115.
Transition from a dual verb to a
plural verb,
or vice
versa,
takes
place
even within the limits of the same sentence.
f.-î\ [xav
... Svo ovre MeSovnaSa . . . Kal
|VV(J)KITTJV,
LYS. fr.
4 (Scheibe).
Kai ore iraiSia
TJO-TTJV
Kal evOtis
-y
ev
H
LVOt
TJTT
ierTaerOe
; PLATO,
Euthyd. 294
E.
iirirovs
8"
'ArpeiSao Kix<iveT, fJ-TjSe Xi-irrjcrOov,
IIOM. II.
23, 407.
n6. DUAL NUMBER. The dual number carries with it the notion of
a
pair,
natural or artificial,
and
emphasizes
the notion
"
both
"
rather than
the notion "two." It
goes
back to the
beginnings
of Greek
speech,
but is
not found to
any great
extent
except
in the
language
of the
epos
and in
Attic. It is a
stranger
to Asiatic
Aeolic,
is absent from
Herodotus,
and
even in Attic dies out towards the end of the fourth
century, by
which
time it had become more or less
literary
and
studied,
as is shown
by
Plato's
usage.
The dual declines from Aristotle to
Diodorus,
and rises
again
after Christ,
but it is limited to a few familiar
nouns,
and of dual
verbs there is but a trace. See A.
J.
P. xiv
(1893), 521.
117.
PLURAL
SUUJIXT
AND SINGULAR VKRB. As the sin-
gular
is the
generic,
and the
plural
the
specific,
a
plural subject
following
a
singular
verb
may
be
regarded
as an
afterthought.
In Greek the
oblique
cases of rrtv ot are
common,
but ea-nv ol
itself is
very
rare,
clalv 01
being regularly
used instead.
CIKCOV 8' tariv o&s
-yu>
îraivu KCU
4>iXu>,
PLATO. Prot.
346
E ; There be those
whom there are some whom I
praise
and love
against my
will.
PLATO,
Prot.
346
E : ?<TTIV ovs (see above).
XKN. An.
i,
5, 7
:
TJV
. . . ous.
Cyr.
2,
3,
18 : torn/ <>t. Hell.
3,
i,
7
:
yv
8f
SXHMA IllNAAPIKON
53
as. Mem.
I, 4>
-
'
toriv ov&Tivas ; Ibid. 2,
3,
6 :
f)
f<mv <ils KOI iriivv
dptami
;
Vect.
3,
II : e<m d as ... TruXm.
THUG.
3. 9-- 5 "'Xqi'
'û>v<av na\
'\xaitov
KH\ fcrnv uiv u\\i>
fdviav.
Except
lonians and Achaeans and other tribes that be.
5, 25,
2 : f<mv tv olt.
118.
Sx^F
1*
ITivSapiKov.
Outside of these
phrases,
the construc-
tion is
commonly
called
theo-^/y/ia lliv&apocuv,
or Pindaric
Figure,
though
the name is
hardly justified by
Pindar's
usage.
When
the verb
precedes,
the
genuine examples
are to be
explained
on
the
principle given
above,
but
many
of the
examples
cited are
to be accounted for on other
grounds,
and in
many
the
reading
is doubtful.
1
TJ
v 8t roO
SaveicrpiaTos TCTTapaxovra (lev
icai TTC'VTC
[p. vat] Jjiai,
TaXavrov 5'
EVK'PYOV,
DKM.
37, 4;
In the loan there was
forty-five
minae
of
mine and a
talent
of Energies'
s.
DEM.
37, 4 (see above).
AND.
i,
145: ytyfvrjTai (?) (vid.
Blass
7
ud
loc.).
PLATO,
CoilV. 188 B:
ird^vai
Kal
x<.i\aai
K.OI
e'pvcrijSai
. . .
ytyvtrai
(all MSS.).
Gorg. 500
D : d tan TOVTU dtrrta TO>
ftiw.
If
the existence
of
these two
different
lives is
accepted
;
but see B. L. G. on FIND. (). II
(10),
6.
Legg. 732
E,
fa-TL
agrees
with
pred. (124). Rpb. 463
A : rt ovv
;
(<m
fjitv
irov KOI (i> rais XX(its iro\f(riv
apôvTes
T( KU\
^fy/zos
1
,
eort 6t (ccii iv
(lirrj
;
There is such a
thing
as,
etc.? Theaet.
173
D,
anacoluthon.
THUC.
2,
3, 3, apagai
is not the
subject
of tV <iiri
Tfi'ôuj i] 4.
26.
5
:
atrtov 8t
Tjv
ol
\aKt8aifi6vioi npofinuvrts.
Here the
sing,
is due to attrac-
tion of
predicate (see 124
and
126).
8,
9, 3 (see
124
and
126).
H DT.
I,
26 : (cm 8f . . . (Trra (TTtibioi.
7- 34
f""1
"
1 St f'rrra (TTiifttoi f
uSou V
rrji>
inravriov.
It is SfiVft stadia from Abvdos to the
opposite
shore.
AR.
Vesp. 58
ff. :
i')iJUi> ytif)
OVK tar* ovrt
Kiipv'
IK
(feopftiSos
|
8oi>\<a
ftuippt-
rols
6f<op.cvws,
KT(. I-'or we have no such
tiling
as a brace
of
servant's.
etc.
EUR. Bacch.
1350:
alai, fifftoKrai,
irf)('(T$v, rXr/ôi/fj (ftvyni.
It is decreed
decreed is bitter exile. Hel.
1358-61
:
M 'y
(I Tot ftvv<'TL <TTo\i8ts
|
Kiffvov Tf
(TT(<f>6f
urn
^Xod [ viipdijKiis
tit
lff>i>vf,
1 here ts
great
virtue
in,
etc.
FIND. See Gildcrslee\
r
e,
Pindar
Ixxxviii, and note on (). 1 1
(10),
6.
HOM. II.
17. 3^5 Sf]C|.
;
Kllp.llTO)
fif C(U
lftf>tlt V(i)\ffMff
(ltd
I yot''(IT(J
Tf
KvfjfJ.ai
Tf 7T(ISf9 6
VITtVfpdfV
(KUCTTOV
| ^
f I
f)
(' S T'
O<f)da\fl,oi
Tf TTU X <l (T (T ( TO
^ttlpVll-
fjifvoKTiv.
(The
emphatic position
of
yuvvura keeps
it before the
mind,
and
rt is treated as cum would be in
Latin.)
1
Compare
13. L.
(i.,
I'imlar
Ixxxviii,
and K. S.
Ilayilun,
A.
J.
1'. xi
(idyo),
182-192.
54
GREEK SYNTAX
Special Exceptions
ng.
The natural relation
may
be
preferred
to the
artificial,
the nearer to the more remote. Hence:
120. NOUNS OF MULTITUDE. Nouns of multitude often
take the verb in the
plural.
fiepos
... TI ...
dvOptiiruv
. < .
oi>\ t^yovvra.i
Ocovs, PLATO,
Legg. 948 C;
A
portion of
mankind do not belie?>e in
gods.
PLATO,
Legg. 948
C
(see above).
XK\.
Cyr.
2,
4-
20: TO
^tv Tr\rjdos
TU>V 7recoi/ ACtti ru>v iTnrttav
u>yp.(vov
avTw. Hell.
3, 3. 4
: Toiavra fie dKovcracra.
r;
TTO\LS . . .
'Ayi/cri'AcKW
eiXoi/ro
|3ao-tXe'a.
THUG. I,
89, 3. 125,
I.
4-
II2
'
3
: o fie a\\os
o/ziXos
Kara irdvra
6/iouos
f<rKc8avvvvTo,
The rest
of
the multitude scattered in
every
direction alike.
AESCHYL.
Ag. 189: eur(e)
. . .
ftapvvovr 'AâitKor
Xecir. Ibid.
S77~9'-
Tpoiav
fXovTts . . .
'Apyeuoi/
crroXoy . . .
\dtpvpa
. . . eVacro-aXeucrai/.
PlND. P.
2, 46 7
f< fi'
tyevovTO (rrparos \ davfiamos.
HOM. II.
2,
278:
a>s
(f)dcrav 17 TT\rjdvs. 15. 34~5 avrap
onicrcra*
| 17 n\r)-
dvs eVi
vrjas Aâuav
cnrovtovTo. Cf.
IJ, 75S~7-
<>$ Tf
^cip&v vt<pos ep\Tai
T]
KoXoiwi/,
|
ovXov
KfK\rjyoi>T(
s,
ore
irpoibuxTiv
IOVTU
\ KipKov. 23, 156-7
:
ArpfL^rj,
crol
yap
re
îaXi(rr<i ye
Xaos
'Aâtajv |
Tretcroj/rai
fjivdoicri.
121.
ORGANIZED NUMBER.
Organized
number is
singular.
So
S/}/*o<?
of the
(official) people.
The
conception
often shifts.
6 8
rip.
05
8o~7roTT]s TJV
Kai
Kvpios
irdvTwv, Dp.M.
3, 30
;
TJie
people
ivas lord
and master
of
all.
TJ
8e
POV\TJ
. . .
6\ryapxio.s cireOvjxei,
LYS.
13,
20;
T/ie
senate craved an
oligarchy.
DEM.
3, 30 (see above).
Lvs.
13,
20
(see above).
35
: o fie
8rjp.ns
. . .
e'^c/xVnro,
et
saepc.
XKN. Hell.
I, 4,
12:
rfp-tpa // nXu^r^pia f/ytv i]
TriiXif,
T/ie
day
on which
the
city
was
celebrating
the
Plynteries.
Ibid.
1,7, 3: i] ftnvXi)
e
fiacre.
//vV/.
I,
7.
'- : r" fi^
TT\i]0oy fi~it'>a
oetvov fivcu tl
p.f]
TIS e'afrei roi/
fir)îoi/ npaTTftv
o fiv
ftovXTjriu,
The multitude cried out that it wits an
outrage if
the com-
mons lucre not to be
permitted
to do what
they
would.
(Here
the
Tr\r]dos
claims to be the
fiôs.)
TUL'C.
3,
22,
5:
TO fie
o"rparo7refiov
<Vt TO
Tflôs
a>
p p. rj
cr ( v. The
army
rushed to tlie wall.
3> 7- 3
'
''
\^
v
S^/xos
e'y
TTJV OKpoTToXiv KcircKpfvyft
. . .
KOI TOV 'YXXfiiV(W
Xi/ie'i/a
e t
^
o
c,
7V/t'
f>eofile flee
to the citadel and they held the
Hyllaean
harbor.
5-
82,
2: o
fi^/îos
1
iivadap(TT](ras
iiriBtvTo
(=
ni
rroXXot)
roly
oXi'yoiy,
TV/t'
commonalty
took heart
again
and
they
attacked the
oligar-
chy. 6,
30,
2:
ûyKarii^rf
fie Kut 6 a'XXor
o/xtXof
anas a>v ftTrfiv o tV
r/y
TriiXei
AGREEMENT IV SE.VSE
55
Ka\ d(rrti>i> icai (va>i>. 6,
3'.
' o $i fVot Kiii o iTXXoy
o^Xor
KCITM Oiav
f/Kiv
o>s
eVl
<iioxpfo>'
Kai niricrrov diovotav.
SOPH. Ant.
733.
O. C.
741-2:
nas at
Kubpfiuv
X * w 4-
|
K,i\ f l KtKaitat.
Tr.
194-5-
AESCHYL. Pers.
127-8:
\tias
(rptjvos
&s tK\i\aiirrv.
PlND. N.
7, 23-4
:
Tv(f)\<>i>
5"
t'^f
i
I i/Tiip oîtXok (ivfyiLy
.i
rrXfiurrok-.
9.
2 i :
(f>aivofj.fvav
f>'
up
ts arav trirevfttv
opiXos
iKftrdai.
HOM. ii. 2,
99: (Tirovî)
(V
"tf
r " X(i ( ; 4-.
17, 723-4:
<vi (V
r,JY<
x<i,v
oTTiirde
| tyoHKiis,
toy ctdoi/ro (erf.
17, "55
(I20V iS,
603-4:
TroAXi'.v .V
iîf^.i-
*IT(I
XOpi)l>
TTf
pit
tTTU 6
OfJLlXoS \
Tt
pirdftfVOl. 23,133! pfTdftt
l> f
(f)l>
S ("l7T t TO
122.
A(;REKMF.\T i\ SKXSE <>] PAR'I'ICIIM.I-: K
ADJECTIVE
WITH
SUBJECT.
The
,-uljcctive predicate may
follo\v the nat-
ural number or
gender (or
both)
of the
subject.
So
especially
often the
participle.
6 ...
ox.Xos -^9poicr3T) irpos
TO.? vav; . . . I8iv
ôvXoflcvoi
TOV
'AXKipiaSrjv,
XKX. Hell.
1,4, 13;
/'//< rabble titliercd is meet the
s/iips. they r^v'.v/////^
t<>
set.' Alcibiades.
DKM.
21,
117:
Kin TOUT
f\ty' >] ^.nif>(i
Km
livdiîjs avrrj Kf<p<i\i], (f\t]\v-
0U>S KTf.
AESCUIN.
3. '33- Qv/^
at TT''^ 4 ?
dtrrvytinov,
. . .
Ttffit
riav <j\u>i> oi-K
I't^tlmy
/3ouXf
V(T II
fJLf
V O
I,
(IXXa . . .
KTT)
(T II
[1.
( VOL.
PLATO, Lach. iSo L: TU
yiit
>
p.(ipa.Kia
roSf
TT/xW oXXr/Xouf
OIACOI 8ia\f-
ydfifi/ot ^jîfj eTrififfivr/vTai %ancp:'iTovs
(see 102).
Cf. I'luioclr.
239
A : <>VT(
ft!)
Kp('iTTu>
ovrt
Itrovfievov
(KU>V
tpacrTrfS
7rai8tKa dv(fTai,
"JTTU)
8e KU\ uTroSt-
((TTfpov
(id
nTTfpy.i^fTdi.
//'/./.
240
A:
(lyanov,
arratSu,
aoiKov o TI
1T\(l(TTOV
\pl\VOV
TTdlftlKU
fpdOTTIjS
tvalT Ul>
ytViffdlll.
XEN. Hell.
1,4, 13
(see above).
THUG.
3,
2,
I : A e (7
,3
or
rr\!]i> Mr)0v[i.vr)s aTTfOTT]
(ITT'
\dr)vat<av, ftnvXrjfl
ii>Tft
piv
. . .
dvayKa(T0(i>T(s
fit KT(.
"J
.
75- 4
: wore
fiuKfiucn
TTIII> ro
(TTpuTtvpa
Tf\t](r6(.v
Ktil
diropiq Toiavrr) p!) pî'a>9 d(papp.acrdai, Ktiintp
('K
Tro\p.uit
re Ktn
pttfa
f)
KllTU
SaKpVU
Til
fjLfV
TT( TTOV 0UTO.S
rjftt),
Tit ftf
WfjH
T&V tV
iKÛVfl
S<8tOTaf
fll)
Trudwiri.
Al<.
Vcsp. 594-5
: xiiv raj
bt'ifJitp yvu>fj.>]i>
iwft(\s Trcorror'
f'viKT)ir(i>,
fiii>
pi) \ *tjr//
TO 8 I K(l ITT
If f>
I
'
llljlfiviu TTjIUITllTTll ^.illV
rt I K II IT II V T II i'.
HOM. II.
17, 755-6(120). 18,603 4 (i2i).
123.
PKKIIMIK ASTIC
Sui'.jKrr.
In tin- case of a
periphrastic
subject
like TO or with the
genitive plural.
Ik-
T//Xf/z<iôto
and the like, the verbal
predicate regularly agrees
in number, and the
participial
or
adjective pred-
icate in number and
gender
with the real
subject
which is contained in
the
genitive.
56
GREEK SYXTAX
PLATO,
Legg. 657
D: TO Se ru>v
irpfO-ftvTfpw (=01
8e
TrpfO-ftvTfpni)
f]fj.u>v,
fKeivovs
(SC.
roiis
vtovs)
av
6ea>povvT(S didyeiv i)yovfj.f()a TrperrovTus,
\aipovrf
s KTf. Cf. Phileb.
45
E: TO fie TU>V
d<ppoi>u>i>
re KIU
v($pi<TTu>v (op-
posed
to TOVS
p.ev (ru>(j)povas) p-fXP
1
pavias ^ (r(po8pa fjfiovrj KaTfôvo-a
Trt
piftoTj-
TOVS
iiTTfpyd^fTai. Rpb. 563
C: TO
fj.(i> yap
TU>V
drjpioiv
. . . ocro)
fXevdepa)-
Ttpd
fo~Tiv evravQa
i]
tv
uXX?;,
OVK av TIS 7re/$oiro
uTrtipos.
SOPH. Ph.
497~9
oXX
^ TtdvrjKfV, fj
TCI ratv
8ia.Koi>a>i>,
|
a>s
fiKos,
m/jLai,
Tovp.ov
(v
<rp.iKp(3 fiepos \
TTOIOV
/ie
voi TOV otca8'
ijireiyov
oroXoi/,
"
But either
he is
dead,
or
else,
me
thinks, my
messengers
as was
likely
made small ac-
count
of my
concerns,
and hastened on their homeward
voyage." Jebb.
HOM. Od.
II,
901
:
77X^6
&' tTTi
Û^T) Qrifialov Teipfaiao, \ xpixreov fr/c^-
Trrpov
f
x
a/.
16,476-7
:
p.fior]o-(i>
8'
IfpTj
t s
Trj\fj.dôio |
('s
Trarip otpdaXfjiolcriv
II.
11,690:
f\6o)v
yap p
fKUKuxTf
fiiT) 'HpciK\T)fir).
Cf.
17, 755~^ (120).
124.
AGREEMENT OF COPULA
WITH PREDICATE. The
cop-
ula
(copulative verb)
often
agrees
with the
predicate.
Cf.
"
The
wages of
sin is dcatJi" This is true also when the
copula
is in
the form of a
participle.
MuKT)vai. (AiKpov rjv,
THUG, i, 10,
i
;
Klycenae
ivas a small
affair, q
T
irpol^ oySoriKovTa (Aval yevijtrovrai,
Dr.M.
31, 7:
TJie
dowry
will amount
to
eighty
minae.
vnreê'SevTo
rag
6vYa.Tpas (SC. 'ATroXXoâvouy)
traiSi" OVT'
els
"OXvvOov,
DEM.
19, 194; (For
safety's
sake)
they
removed his
daughters,
who were little
children,
to
OlyntJius.
DK.M.
19, 194 (see above). 31, 7 (see above).
ANT. 2
y
8 : at S'
flcr(popal
. . .
ev8aifj.ovias pei'
. . .
0-rjp.flov
eVrt.
PLATO,
Legg. 73
2 E: ecrrt
8t] (pvo~ei dv&punrdov fj.d\io-Ta 7)onval
/cat
Xi^Trai KOI firidv
plat.
Ibid.
735
*-' Tws
yap fj.f'yio~Ta (f-rjfj.a.pT'rjKOTas,
avid-
TOVS Se
(JVTHS,
p.fyi(TTT)v
8e ovo~av
/SXd/S^v
TrilXfcoy.
Meno,
91
C
(93)-
Prot.
359
^'
fTTdftl]
Tt>
TJTTG)
lisal ((IVTOV
filpfdl]
(I
fJL
a d I a <>VO~<1. Tim.
56
D-E : Til
8e
dfpos Tfj.rjp.aTa t%
(vos
fj.epovs
8ia\v0fi>ros 8v' iiv
yevoicrdrfv (rw/xara TTU/JOS,
Tlie divisions
of
air
from
one
particle
when broken
up may
become two cor-
puscles offire.
THUG, i, 10,
i
(see above).
4, 26,
5:
alnnv fie
r)v
nl
\aKt8atfjiavioi
Trpofiirovrts, 5-4>4
:
KaTaXap.ftdvova'i
Km
TdpiKivvias,
ov
epvfia fVTJ) AeoiTtVi/.
8,
9. 3
olnov S
fyevfTo
TIJS diroorroXrjs
TU>V veu>v ol
fj.tv
TroXXoi TU>V \io)i> OVK
(LOOTfS Til
TrplllT(Tl>fJ.(Vll
KTf.
HDT. I,
93- V f
L ^ v
^'1 Teptofiof
TOV
(TrjfiaTOS
fieri irTiiftioi t KIIL ftvo
7T\('fffia.
I,
163:
Kin
yap
KIU
i] irtpio8os
TOV
Tfi)(fos
OVK
oXiyot
tTTaStot eio~t
KTf. 2,
I
5
'. TO S OIC 7T(iXai (U
Briât
\iyV7TTOS
fKaXffTO, TljS
Til
ITfpifltTpOV
CTTaStoi d(Ti (IKOO~I KIU tKiiTov Kiii
caKt0*^t'X(ot.
2,
142: yeveal yiip Tptts
dv-
8p>v
fKaTuv (Ttd
f'o-Ti,
Three human
generations
are one hundred
years. 3,
NEUTEK
ADJECTIVE
PREDICATE
57
108 :
17
&(
Sfj
\('aiva tbv
l(r\ vpornrnv
*n\
dpaavrarov
aira tv TOJ
3<'<u
riieTfi
tv. 6,
112:
ff<rnv
8( crruftioi OI'K Acirro-ocfs TO
/xerat^/iioi*
aCrrwi/
*;
OKTCO.
EUR. Hec.
123-4
: r
O^fff
i'8a
8', '"C
a)
'Adrjvwv, \
bia-a-uiv
pvdwv ptjropes
125.
AGREEMENT OF VERB WITH API-OSITIVE. The verb
sometimes
agrees
with the
appositivc
instead of with the
subject.
0TJ |3a
i, -rroXis
aorvyciTwv,
. . .
dvijpirao-Tai.,
AESCHIN.
3, 133
I Thebes,
a
city
that is our
neiglibor,
has been
Kvept away.
AESCHIN.
3, 133
(see above).
XEN
T
. An.
I, 8,
9-
ndvrts 8" OVTOI Kara
f&vrf
(i> TrXatrn'o)
7rXr)pft nvftpujntav
fKCKTTOV TO (0VOS
fTTOpfVfTO.
CoilV.
4, 44
: Kill
p.1]V
Kill TO
(i,d/X)rrtT()' yf KTl]p.(l
Ti)v <rôXr)/
dfl
opart poi rrapovcrav.
Hell. I,
7. 5 /*fTi
Tairra 8e ot
(TTpart]-
yoi fipaxftos
fKacrrof
7reXo-y r/trnro.
H DT.
7> IO4
'^ Tovrtui/ TCOV
di'Sâ)f
ot
'EXXr}â)i/
fKaarros
atos tivai.
Ho.M. II.
l6,
264-5
' ^'
126. NEUTER
ADJECTIVE
AS THE SUBSTANTIVE PREDI-
CATE. The neuter
singular adjective
is often used as the sub-
stantive
predicate
of a masculine or feminine
subject,
whether
singular
or
plural.
SiafBoXt] yap
i<ni
Seivorarov,
II DT.
7, io, r;
; For
calumny
is a dread-
ful
evil.
MvK-Jjvai (iiKpbvTJv,
TlIUC.
I, IO. I
(124).
DEM.
I,
5
Kn ' (J\a)s "iirKTTov
oip.ni,
Tcny TToXiTfiais
fj Tvpavvis. 19, 33^^
îij Xe'y'
a)f KoXo v 1 1
pf) vi), fjujft'
&)f
(Tvp.(pf pov.
PLATO,
Oor^. 5^
K:
ru^d
a
pa TTay/jLevoi>
Kiii Kf KOIT
p.rjp.(
vov t<rr\v
TJ
tipfrfj
(KIMTTHV ;
LeC(!^. 663
K: K<iX<W
/êV ; (l\i')6(i>i,
a>
ii>f,
Ktn
fjn>
i> i
p.
<> v .
Ibid.
732
K : e'o'Tt
fi; <f>vrru ilvdputiTfiov fj.(i\i<TT(i rjoova\
Kai \iiiriii KIII fmftv-
p.iai. K|)b. 368
I{ : ovKoi'i>
fif'i^ttv
TriiXi? fvlis
dvftpuf
;
XKX. Mem. 2,
3,
I :
XIJ<T ip.a>Tt /)oi/ vop.iuv(ri xprjuara 7 <iftfX</><n''v.
<
)i'C.
12, Ij- Kfp8(l\tOV
TT\V
t](7Tlp.(\(l(l.
Tnt;c. I, io, I
(see
above). I,
138, 5:
f'<Wft
yap
(sc. r; Au/iûxor)
TTO-
Xuo(i/(irc(roi> TWI- riiTf f(V(U.
3, 37, 3- 4-
-^>
5 l
5'^^ I2
4)- 4.
^-.
-
^>
9. 3
(see 124).
HUT.
3.
108 (sec
1241. 7,
io,
r;
(see above).
AK. PI.
203:
fit X (ITI/TOC f'<r^' o TrXo r/Tov.
El/'K. Kl.
1035: p.H>p<n> p.ii>
uvv
yvvttiKtv.
H. F, I
J9-
: "'
(itTa($o\a\
\vnrj pi'iv.
Or.
232: Kv<T<ip(
trruv ni v<i<rni>i>T( v
tiirnpttiv
rrro. //'/</
77-
:
Sdvuv oi TroXXoj,
iravuvpyovs
OTHV
fûnri irpu<rruTas. Suppl. 508: (T^>u\fpdv
iav
6p(i<TVf.
58
GREEK SYNTAX
SOPH. O. C.
59-
*>
P-Mpe, 6vfj.6s
8' eV Kaxols ov
i>n(popov.
PlND. fr. 1 10
Bgk.
4
:
yhvxv
d'
dirfipouri TrdXf/xos,
A sweet
thing
is war
to those that have not tried it.
HOM. II. 2,
204:
oi'K
dyadov
TroX v K.O
ipavirj.
So a Neuter Relative or other
pronoun may
have for its antecedent
a Masculine or Feminine substantive. See Relative Sentences,
127.
ATTRACTION OF THE DEMONSTRATIVE BY THE PRED-
ICATE. The demonstrative
pronoun
is
commonly
attracted into
the
gender
of the
predicate.
tKivos
8' eo-riv
\YX5 f"YicrTos,
Lvs. 1
6, 6;
That is t/ie most
cogent
proof.
LVS. 16,
6
(see above). 25, 23: vopiôvrts
KU\
T?]S
noXews
Tavrrjv
iKavco-
TiiTrjv
tivai
crcoTTjpiav
<a\ rwv
e%dpa>v fjifyicrrrjif Tipaipiav.
PLATO,
Men.
Jl
E:
avrrj
etrriv
dv8pos tiperi],
iKavov tii/ciL TU
TTJS
TTiiAecor
n-piiTTfiv
KTf.,
T/tis is a >nnn's
virtue,
to be able to
manage affairs of
state.
XEX.
Cyr.
8, 7. 24
: tl Se
/x^,
Kin
rrapa
TUIV
irpoyeyevi]p.(V(ii>v p.avdaveTf avrrj
yap apian)
8i8a(TKa\La.
THUC.
I, I,
2:
Kivrjcris yap avrr] fjLfylcrrr)
. . .
fyevero.
HDT.
I,
I :
'HpoSdrou 'AXiKapi/^crcre'off Icrropitjs
anode
^
is
r;Se,
This is the
settingforth of
t/ie research
of
Herodotus.
SOPH. Ph. 1-2 :
aKTi) p.fi> rj8e
. . .
j Aypvov.
H()M. II.
17- 33^~7
o.l8u>S
p-ev
vvv
ij8e
...
|
"lXioi< els a
128. In the
oblique
cases:
L\'S. I,
16:
Tavrrjv yap re^vr/v e'%ei
(sc.
TO
yvvmKas 8ia<f)dfipflv),
This is
his trade.
Pl.ATO. Cf.
Euthyphr.
2 A : OVTOL
ft!] '\0rjvaloi ye,
a)
Ev&v(ppov, ftiKTjv
avTT)i>
KtiXoiHriv,
dXXa
y/jf/)?/i/,
The Athenians do not call it dike but
graphe.
Phaeclr.
245
E: OK
TUVTTJS iwcrrjs (frvcrttos ^lsvx>jsi
"
âin haec est
propria
natura aniini
atque
vis,"
Cic. Tusc. i,
23, 54.
129.
DEMONSTRATIVE NOT ATTRACTED. The attraction is
sometimes
pretermitted, especially
in definitions in which the
pronoun
is the
predicate.
TOVTO eo-riv
T)irp6voia,
Lvs.
3,
28;
This is whiit is meant l>v malice
preficnsc
(Answer
to the
question
ri
f] irpovoiu
;). v-ireppoX-f) yap
dSiictas
TOVTO
v,
DKM.
18,
1 6.
DKM.
18,
16
(see above).
LYS.
3,
28
(see above).
ANT.
I,
5 6avp.(i
8' . . . el
voî^fi
TOVTO (
v<rift(
iui>
aval,
TO . . .
p,f]
irpooovvui.
Tl A.VI) TI
59
PLATO,
Gorg. 478
C : ov
yap
TO Or*
î/
cvdat/iovta,
we foiKt, icaicnv drru\-
\ayrj.
Cf. Phaedr.
245
C : aXX u TOIC <7XXoir Jo- Ktvrirut TOUTO
(sc.
TO HITO
icirofi')
rriyi}
KOI
apx*l Kivi)<rtt.
But
Cicero, Tusc. I,
23, 53,
translates:
Quin
etiam ceteris,
quae
morendir, hie
/<>//*,
hoc
principium
fst nnn>endi.
XEN.
Cyr.
I,
3,
IO: roCr'
tip' q r; i<rrjyi>pia.
Cf. Mem.
3,
II. 6: J TI
tiv ivravda
ipirtcri),
rovrta
rpo(pt/ xpuvrai.
130.
DIFFERENCE BETWEEN ri AND T IN THE PREDICATE.
In
questions distinguish
between
ri,
the essence of ;i
thing,
and
TK,
the classification of a
thing.
TI 8
%
to-riv 6
XP
VO $ Kai T ^5 aviTOu
T| 4>ucris
. . .
aSr]\ov t<rri,
AKISTOT.
Phys.
4,
218 a
31-2
;
What time is and what ils nature does not
appear.
ri :
DF.M.Q,
l6: *ci
prj^ds fiTr),
rl fie rnvr'
(<TT!V,
*;
ri rovrw
p.i\(i Tt/
7rt>\( i
;
PLATO,
Crat.
398
C : 6 8<r
fi) r/pcot-
ri av
flij;
\Vhat
might
"hero" be?
Men.
71
D : ri
<p;is dp(Tt]v
tivai;
Prot.
312
C : o TI 5 nnrt 6
crotpta-ri'is
tort,
davfjitiôifj.'
iiv ft olcrda.
XEN. Mem.
I, 2,
43
: Tavra ri ecrrt
;
. . . KOI ravra
i/o/zoj
tori
;
. . . <cui
TaOra
vopos
AcaXftrat.
131.
r
C.-
PLATO, Gortj. ^8
E : XX' ovbf\s
>jpu>ra
TTOUI r(y
fir; 7; Vopyiov Tf'xvrj,
rJXAcj
Tif cal ovnva 8ioi KoXelv rov
Yopyiav.
Ibid.
449
-'^ f*W* r 'i"
'/
T
*\
vr
]
*"'
Ti'i/a
Topyiav
KaKt'iv
%pi) tjp.as.
Phaedr.
2/8
1'^ :
IfroKpurr)
TUV
K<I\UV,
oj TI
dirayyeXetr,
a>
2co(cpref
;
rt'j/' avruv
t^r/tro/irv
f ii/ai ;
132.
TI INSTEAD OK riva. When the
subject
is a neuter
plural
that
may
be considered as a unit, ri is
regularly
used instead of
riva,
unless the
idea of selection is to be
emphasixed.
T (' .'
TI ov O~ri
Tavra,
a
VjJitis
icrr Kai ox;
Trap' T)p.iliv vp.as
atcovaai
5<i;
Dl-'.M.
19, 217;
\Vhat t/ten arc these t
/lings, tilings
that
you yourselves
kiit>:<.' and
need not hear
from
us ?
DEM.
19, 217 (see above).
PLATO, Phaedo,
57
A : Tt nvv
fi/
t<mv iirra tinfv (i
iivl/p TTj>!>
roi" Ainiroi' ;
Ibid.
58
C : Tt
i]v
TII \(
\fl('i>Tii
KIH
irpa')(64vrn
KUI nva <>l
ndf><iyfi>i>p(i><n
rwt>
fTTtrrjfifiwv
TW
di/ftpi
;
( liest MSS. ri. Schanx and Wohlrab both read TI',
Herm.
riva.)
XKV. An. 2, I,
22!
f)fJLiv
ravra 8oKfl
antf)
X(ti
,i<i<TiXn.
TI i i- TIII ru urnv ;
133.
ri'ru :
DEM. l8,
246;
(iXXci
p.i]V
o)l/
y'
av o
pr'irojp
viTflidwos
ft'/,
irutrai'
tî
Tf <>v
mipairuvpui.
riv' ouv tirri ravra : Hut
i<;. ^17 (1321:
TI.
60
GREEK SYNTAX
PLATO, Phaedo,
IO2 A : d\\a rlva
ST) rjv
ra
yuera
Tavra
\f^6(vra;
But
ibid.
57
A and
58
C cited in
132
: ri
For the Attraction of the Relative with the
Predicate,
see Relative.
134.
ATTRACTION OF THE SUPERLATIVE PREDICATE. The
superlative predicate may agree
in
gender
with the
subject
rather than with the
genitive.
6 8e
TJXios
TOV iravTa
xp
vov iravrtov
Xa[nr-p6TaTO9
2>v
8iap.eVi,
XEN.
Mem.
4, 7, 7 ;
The sun abideth
forever
Hie )>iost brilliant
of
all
tilings (thing
in the
world).
PLATO,
Gorg. 487
E: TTCIVTOV fie
/caXXta-T?;
(crr\v
i]
cr KC
tyis
. . .
nepl
TOVTCOV usv KTf. Tim.
2C)
A.'. 6
fj.ev yap
(SC.
6
Kdrr/noy)
K<iXXi(rro? Ttav
ytyo-
voraiv,
o 8
(SC.
6
dr/fjuovpy
(is)
iipio"ros
r<av atricoi/.
XEN. Me'm.
4, 7, 7 (see above).
HDT.
4. 85
'.
TreXayecoi/ yap
cnravTutv
irc<f)VKf 6a>vfj.acria>TaTos (SC.
6 Tlov-
TOS).
Cf.
6,
37:
TTITVS
fiOVVrj
TTUVTUIV
8fl>$p(U>V
fKKOTTflcra
^XatTTOl/
OvftfVa
fj.frii, Of
all trees the
pine
is tJie
only
one that
after being
cut lets out no
aftershoot.
COM.
4, 231
: j/oo-coj/
xaXeTrarrarof | (pdovos, Of
(all)
diseases hardest to bear
is
emiy.
HOM. Cf. Od.
13, 86-7
: oi>8f Ktv
'ipr] | KipKos 6papTi]<rei(i>, (XaffipoTaros
TTfTfT]V(l}l>.
135. Superlative
Predicate
agreeing
with the Genitive :
6 8e irais irdvTuv
6i)pia>v
eo~ri 8
vo-(XTax ip
itrroraTO
v, PLATO,
Legg.
808 D
;
The
boy
(animal)
is t/ie hardest to
manage of
all
(animals).
PLATO,
Legg.
808 D
(see above).
Hl)T.
5,24: KTT)p.UTO>V
iraVTtoV (TT\ T I
fj.
I COT OT OV
(ivf)p (f)l\OS, Of
all
pOS-
sessions most valuable is a
friend.
On the Attraction of the Predicate
Adjective
into the
Vocative,
see
25-
The dramatic
îm-
for
e'yco
of a woman is masculine. See
55.
136.
IXDKFINITK
SUBJECT,
KKKKRKIXC; TO A
WOMAN",
TRKATKD AS
MASCULIXK.
The masculine, as the more
generic,
is sometimes used of
an indefinite
subject,
even when the indefinite
subject
is known to be a
woman.
EUR. Anrlr.
7II-2: /} art'ipos
<>V<TH
/J.I>(TX^
<>VK
uvi^fTiu |
ri KTOVTH s <iX-
Xoiiy, OVK
(Driver aVTT)
TtKVtl.
SOPH. El.
77O-I
. ftflVIW TO TIKTflV f ITTIV
'
lit/fit
y<lf>
K<IKU><>
|
7T (1 IT
)(
<> V T I
/ilfTOS
Z>v
TfKji TTj><>(Tyiyi>eTai,
S/fizftift'
is this
tiling <>/
IteiHg
a mother. \ot even
when one
suffers wrong
can one be
brought
to hate the child that one has
VOICES OF THE VERB
61
borne. Tr.
151-2
: TOT'
(sc. [orax]
TIS avrt
irapOivov yvvrj \ itki)6ij *'.,
w.
148-9)
av rts
tla-iSoiTo,
TTJV
avrov <r K <> TT d>
/
| irpaw,
Kaico'urw ols
y<u pa
FORMS OF THE VERBAL
PREDICATE
Voices of the Verb
137.
There are three voices in Greek
Active, Middle,
and
Passive.
The distinction of
passive
from middle is a distinction of
function.
not of form. The terminations of the
passive
are either middle or
active,
and
only
one
comparatively
late form is
uniformly
differentiated, the
future in
-dqcropm,
which is constructed on the basis of
-ffqv,
itself
only prev-
alently passive.
Active Voice
138.
The Active Voice denotes that the action
proceeds
from
the
subject.
OWTOS
eriP*'
DEM.
[46],
21
;
This man
got
married
(26).
TO iraiSiov
ôa,
LYS. i
,
ii
;
The
baby
was
bawling (26).
139.
TRANSITIVE AND INTRANSITIVE VERBS. Verbs that
regularly
take an
object
are called transitive
verbs,
verbs that do not
regularly
take
an
object
are called intransitive verbs. So
KrfiVo>,
/
////,
is a transitive
verb; o-io>7r&>,
/ am
silent,
is an intransitive verb. But
any
verb
may
be
transitive or
intransitive,
according
to its
use,
and the traditional dis-
tinction
given
is a mere matter of
convenience,
and does not rest on a
difference of nature.
140.
As all verbs involve an inner
object
and
may
take an inner ob-
ject,
it is better to confine the term transitive to verbs that take an outer
object,
and when such verbs are used without an outer
object, they
serve
to characterize the
subject.
So
(povtvu,
I commit
murder,
and
>*<&>,
I
gain
a
victory,
become / am a murderer
((poixvs),
and / am a -victor
(VIKIJTTIS).
ayet
(PlND.
P.
2,
17),
she is a
leader,
she is in the van.
141.
PERIPHRASES WITH
yi
<
y
v
P
L(u- The
analysis given
above is some-
times
expressed.
So
ai/arp7ro>,
I
overturn,
may
be
analyzed
into
avarpwtvs
yi'ypo/zat,
/ show
myself
a
subverter,
or
avaTpmrf)v iroiovp.ni,
/
produce
subver-
sion. The former dwells on the character of the
agent,
the latter on the
character of the action. Hence the
solemnity
of both the
periphrases,
in-
volving
as
they
do moral
responsibility. Compare
61 and A.
J.
P.
xx,
1 1
1.
1
Eur. Mecl.
1018, Soph.
El.
145
and
1026,
are sometimes
unjustly
cited as
instances of this
usage.
In eacli of these
examples
a woman makes but a
personal
application
of a rule that
applies
to men as well as women.
62
GREEK SYNTAX
ISOC.
2, IJ
'.
p-iiXicrra fj.fi> fvptTTjs yiyvov
rwv
/SfXrioro)!',
el 8e
fir], fj.ifj.ov
TCI
irapa
r;>is "tXXois
opdSis fôvra.
IO,
42
'
~wf 8e
Scopfcoi' dyayKacr^fis
1
ytvicrdai
Kpirijs.
Ibid.
43- firt0vfJ.T)<rf
Ato?
ytvicrOai Kr/8f(TTi]s.
ANT.
I,
2
(see 6l). I, 4 (60). 2/32: e'/ioi
S
fwv
re
civdpwos dvarpo-
TTfits TOV ot/cou
eytvtTO
*cre.
5' 47
: Ka ' r^)>/
M
"
Xoywv
. . . rovroiKTt
Kpiras
ilîuxrciTf
yfvecrdai,
TU>V 8e
tpymv
avrol diKacrral
fyfvecrdf,
et siin. alib.
PLA'l'O,
Conv. 2l8 C : <rv
ffiol
So/cei?,
TJV
8'
fyd>, f/j.ov fpaa-rrjs
"iios
yeyo-
v4vai
IJLUVOS. Legg.
872
C: fav 8e rts 8ov\ov
Kreivj) fj.r]8iv
uStKoOi/ra,
(footfw
fit,
P.TJ fj.i]vvTr]s (n.<T%p)v f'pycL>v
Km KOKCOV IIVTOV
yiyvrjTai
Kre.
XEX.
Ag.
10,
4 (64).
THL'C. I,
4
: fol TU>V KuKXaScoi*
vi]cr<av i}p^
r? <al
OIKKTTTJS Trpwroj
rcoi'
TrXfttrrcoy
eyf'i/fro.
I,
I3-- 5- p-'jvvrrjs yiyferat.
I,
136, 3- 'ff^s
1
yfvii/xf
roj.
3,
2,
3 (60). 5'
JI
>
!
"
frtoTijpa
. . .
yfyevrftrQai,
Cf. 8,
48,
6:
Tropioraj
oi/rar
*at
fo-rjyrjras
T>V KUKCAV rw
8i)fj.ca.
8, 86,
4
:
/ca>Xur/)y yfve<rdat,
et siin. alib.
Ak. Ran.
11)2: crcorTyp yfi/oO ^01. 119!-
Iva
\ii] KTpxtpfls y
iv o i TO TOV
Trarpos <p
o v f v s.
EUR. Cf.
[Rhes.] 167
: crv S' dXXu
y^/nas npta/xtScoi' yafjifipos ytvov.
SOPH. Ai.
1092 (6l).
O. C.
582
: <Jrav . . . (TV
p.ov Tu(p(vs yevij.
AESCHVL.
Ag. 224-5:
erXa fi' ovv
\ dvrfjp yevea-dai dvyarpos.
Cho.
2
(6l).
Ibid.
246:
dfiapos
. . .
yei/ou. Sept. 130 (61).
PlND. P.
4> 274'
e '
M')
^f o?
nyffJ.ovf(T(ri Kvfifpvarfjp ytv^rai.
HOM. Od.
17, 223:
ft
/-cot Soirjs (TTadjj.u>v pvrfjpa yevfcrdai.
II. 1
8,
IOO :
e'/iifi;
Se
SeTjaev dpijs ii\KTr/pa yev<r6ai.
142.
TRANSITIVE VERBS USED INTRANSITIVELY.
Among
the active transitive verbs that are
freely
used
intransitively
and
are sometimes called immediatives
may
be mentioned
Xaw,
/
drive,
and its
compounds;
the
compounds
of
irj}u,
I send
forth;
PO.X.XU),
f
hit, cast,
and
compounds
of
(JdLXXw.
The
following
is a more
complete
list of the verbs
belonging
to this
class:
aytiv
and
cpd.
1
,
mîv
and
cpd., cpd.
of
XX<m-f>,
cpd.
of
uvvav,
ftu\-
Xfiv and
cpd., cpd.
of
ftiftuvat, 8ivflv,
fXavvttv and
cpd., eirfiyeiv, f'xfiv
and
cpd.,
iivtiL and
cpd.,
dvaKaXvirrfiv, Ktvdfiv,
cpd.
of
/cXiWtj/,
cpd.
of
Xafirftiixiv, cpd.
of
Xe.Vfif,
cpd.
of
fjiiyvvvai, mvvBeiv,
i>iKai>,
vu>^.av
and
cpd.,
oitttlv,
6pp.av
and
cpd.,
iruvfLv,
Trpi'tTTdv,
<TT(\\fiv,
(TTpe<pfiv
and
cpd.,
Ttivfiv and
Cpd.,
TeXfirrdj>,
<paiv(it>
and
cpd., (fx'pdv
and
cpd., (pvtiv, ^Xv.
t-yw
8t, t^*
1
!'
*'"''
TovcrSc,
TJV
em ere
KivoivTai, eXw,
X.EN.
Cyr.
1
,
4.
2O ; / 7i'///
;-/(/<'
u^tiiti.'if (charge)
///<*>
/><<>/>/<', if
t/icv undertake /<> move
agednst
von.
4iT|cri
8i . . .
'Axpoucria Xip.vrj
s OaXacnrav 8ia 8e
TTJS Qe<nrpa>Ti8os
>
Axp
a)v
pc'wv caâXXci
s
aoTtjv,
Tllt'c.
I,
46, 4;
The Achcrnsian lake has
1
cjxl.
stands for one or more
compounds.
CAUSATIVE ACTIVE
fij
an outlet into the sea, while the river Acker
on,
flowing through Thesfirotia,
empties (itself)
into the lake
itself.
DEM.
19. 163: dirijpav
biii TOV
TroXf/zi'ov (TTpnrtvfj.aros
fly
Ilayafrus.
PLATO, Fhacdr. 228 K: mivf. Ibid.
229
A:
irpuayf 8t].
Ibid.
229
R:
irpotiyois
iiv.
XEN.
Cyr.
1,4,20 (sec
above). Ibid.: <>
]\vatiprjf \aftvv
TVi>
tppafitvuv
tTTTTO)!' T( Knl
dl>ftpU>l>
IT
p
O (T ( \ (I V V f t.
THUC.
1,46,4 (see
above). 6, 60, 2 : <c0'
ij^pav
tVf S/fioo-ni/
p.n\\w
f\
HUT. 2,
8 :
ovpos
<7XXo
irirpivov
Tfivc . .
T(Tap.ivnv
TOV avriiv
rpuirnv
KT(.
AR.
Eq. 243:
oixc \uTf
irpus
TO 8(
|
-',v
<f'^ny
;
/('/// von not ride to the
right ti'ing?
N.
133: /3<XX'
ts
KopaKas,
Get tlife
gone
to the buzzards
(a
common
imprecation).
Ran.
580:
Trade -rrtivf TOV
\uyov.
EUR. El.
!233~5-
^^' oi8(
^<Jû>v Lnep aKpoTUTwv | (fraivovcri
Tivrs
Saipo-
vts
*)
6ta>i>
|
TU>V
ovpaviwv.
SOPH. El.
1435
:
,'/
t>Ols
(TTfiyf
vvv. O. R.
967-8:
o fie davuv
|
Kfvflfi
Kara)
8!) y^f.
HES. O. Ct D.
244: p-tvvdoixri
tie O!KOI.
80.449:
tiXX'
"tyt
TrnCf
p-X1
f -
HOM. Od.
7> '3
o:
"7
S"
(SC. Kpr]vrj) (Ttpudfv
UTT'
aiiXijs
oiiSof
lija-iv.
I
I,
239:
6s TroXii KiiXXicrroj
Trorn/icof
eVi
yatav Irfcriv.
II. 12,
268:
VftKtOVy
itv Tivn
Trayxv fj.u^rjy p.fdiii>Ta
iSoitv.
23, 75^~9-
2)KO fi* (TTflTCl
I ({)(p' 'OlXlU&rjS.
143.
INFIMTIVK AtTIYK APPAKFATI.Y AS A PASSIVK.
The infinitive
being
a verbal noun is not so
strictly
bound
by
the voices as the finite form. The infinitive as a
complement
to
adjectives
and the so-called
epexegetic
infinitive often coin-
cide with the
English
idiom in which
"good
to eat" is
"good
for
food,"
"fair to see" is
"
fair to the
sight,"
and in (Ireek the
active form is more common
and,
if
anything,
more natural than
the
passive.
KaXbs iSetv, fiiir
to set'
; x
a^ 1T*
upttv,
I'I.A T<>,
Rpb. 412
B,
hard to
find
;
but
x
^"1
v
vw
^
val A.\
lll'liox,
2 a
I,
hard
to
recognize.
See
Infinitive.
144.
CAUSATIVE
ArTIVF.. As in other
languages,
the sub-
ject
is said to do what it causes to be
done,
(jni j
'acit
per
ahum,
f
acit
per
sc.
T) povXt) <8T)a(
(sc. fiw-owv),
XK\. Hell, i
,
7, 3
;
/'//< s< ;/<?/,-
f>nt
///,/// in
jail.
LVS. 12, 2V
rnv
iihf\<\>v y<i/ \itiv, a>inrff>
K<U
iffHiTtpni'
uTrm-,
V.paToardf vtjf
(iirtKTfivfv (Polernarchos
ilrank the
cup
at the command of the
Thirty,
t.c.%
1
7)-
64
GREEK SYNTAX
PLATO, Meno,
94
C:
OovKvdiSrjs
av vo vids
tdpffyf
. . . KOL TOVTOVS
fnai&vo'( rd T <7XXa tv /cm ira\(U(rav KuXXiorn
A.6r)val.(av,
e/ situ. alib.
XE\. An.
I,4>
'-
Kvpos
5' airbv
(SC.
TOV
TrapdfteKrov) t^fKo^f
KCU ra
/3a<r/Xfta
KareKavcrf v. Hell.
I, 7, 3 (see above).
HDT.
8,
Il8: uts fie
(Kfiijvai ra^tora
ts
yi]v
TOV
Sfp^rjv
. . .
dnoTiifjielv
TTJV K((f)ti\r)v
avrov
(SC.
roO
Kvfifpvrjrov).
For Intransitive Verbs of Passive
Signification,
see
171,
Middle Voice
145.
The Middle Voice denotes that the
subject
is in some
especial
manner involved or interested in the action of the verb.
In some of its uses the middle
corresponds
to the
English
re-
flexive,
but the
signification
is much wider and shades off from
what is
practically
a direct reflexive until it ceases to
present
any
translatable difference from the active.
146.
DIRECT REFLEXIVE MIDDLE. The interest
may
be
that of the direct
object.
This is limited
chiefly
to natural or
habitual actions. The
only
middle for self-murder is
a-n-aYScurflai,
to
Jiang oneself,
which seems to have been the most natural
form of suicide.
rj
Sc
tXovo-aro, PLATO, Phaedo,
116
B;
After
he had bathed
self (taken
his
bath).
DEM.
[50], 35
"
Xouo-âi eV
/3aXavet^).
PLATO, Phaedo,
116 13
(see above).
XEN.
Cyr. 3.
I.
-5
'
p-fv pnrrovvres
tavrovs,
ol 8'
airay\ufi(voi
t
ol 5'
aTTorr<f>(iTT(> p.f
VOL.
lH UC.
3>
o '
>
3
f K T(av
O('vopu>v
TiVfS tiTT
i) y %
nvTO.
1 1 DP.
2,
40
: rvTTTovrai
TrtivTfs,
All heat t/ieir breasts
(natural
expression
of
grief). 2,131: f]
TTOIS
dirT)yciTO,
The maid
hanged herself
.
AR. Ach.
17: it;
(Jrov
'yco pv-rrToûi,
I scour
jnvxelf.
Av. I
163: dnovi^ro-
/xru,
/'// it.' ash
mvself,
i. e.
my
hands. Tlicsni.
230:
rrol
o-rpicfrfi;
fr.
2,
I
loo,
9
: <iXX'
dprt'ois
K<rre\iirov
HVTIJV (rfj.u>p.fvrjv \
tv
T>/
Trv(\a>.
PlN'D. ( ).
7, 15- uv8pa Triip'
"AXdxtco
(TT(ff)iiva>irdp.fv(>v.
Ibid. So I : TU>V
tivdeai
Aiayi'ipds \
f <rrf
(jxivuxraro
Sis.
12, \~]
'.
crrf</>uj/a)cra/iffO$.
SAPPHO,
fr. 62: KdTTVTTTf (T0f
Kupal.
SlMON. AM. 16:
K>)\firl><>p.r)v fj,vpoi(n
KOI
dvuficuriv,
II<JM. Od.
5.49'
&> f O8v(Ttiis d)vXXonri
KaXu\âro.
11.10,576:
Xof'aavro,
They
bathed themselves.
ECr MIDDLI-:
6^
147.
INDIRECT MIDDLK. Much more
frequent
is the indi-
rect middle,
in which the
subject
is more or less
remotely
in-
volved,
sometimes with
sharp
distinction from the
active,
some-
times without
any perceptible,
or at
any
rate
translatable,
differ-
ence. See the
examples
of this and the
following
section.
(itfrrjv
8i Kai virvov
oôiws ^vt'Bptf, 4>
v XO.TTO
p.a i,
XK.V.
Iliero, 6.
3;
l^nink-
enness and
sleep
I
guard against
like an ambush.
(<J>vXxTTw
=
keep guard,
mount
guard over.)
LYCURG.
85
:
oi&(f)
. . .
ri]i>
Q
pcfyiipf vi]i>
. . . rti'ts
TToXf/i/oir ir<if)(K<>crin',
Nor
did
they
surrender to the
enemy
the
country
that reared them
for herself.
DK.M.
2O,
17: r)S
uv TWOS rroXii-fujj ro
Kitfjii^f
crdai roiv ffvuvs rolv K<idt-
CTtao'iv
\dpiv t^f'X'/f,
i>v
[impair ff>vXaKf)i>
avrwv
ravnjv ti(f>i/f)rjKii>y
tern.
XEX.
Hiero, 6,
3 (see above). [R. A.]
i,
i : tv
^KicrufoprfK T>]V
TTO\I-
Tfiav,
Excellently
well do
they preserve
their
form ofgovernment.
HUT.
2,
121 :
p.vrjfju'xTvva
iXilTfTO rti
TT/JOTrvXmu. 3, 79:
<r ft a tr ti
p
f voi Se
Ta
('y\f tpiSia.
7- ''9
:
U7Tf\avvTKov, \dirovTfs oinê'y XXa
<f>( p6fj.f
vnt.
Ak. Ach.
5
1 "- : f
V'
^'
*if*Tptilrav
oi dtoi
\
(nrovSas iroit'tcrdai
TT/JOS
\aKf~
ftaipoviovs p.6va>,
The
gods permitted
me and me alone to make a
treaty for
myself
ivith the Lacedaemonians. But vv.
57-8
: TUV
"ivftp atrdynvrfs,
IJtms
ijpiv ijdtXf |
o-rrovSas
Trotô-at (the generous creature),
Taking au<ay
the man
-who wished to make a
treatyfor
us. Ibid.
130-1
:
t'pn
. . .
|
o-nuv&us
noirja-ai
Ttpbs AaKfftaiftoviovs p.6t>a:>.
COM.
4, 355, 539
:
x^^
v "f^vra
KOfjiifci
xal ndXiv
Ko/x/ff
rat,
Earth
bringeth
everything
and takes it back
again
;
Nam terra donat ac resorbet oinnia.
AESCHYL.
Sept. 718:
dXX'
avruftfXfaiv m^n bpf^dtrdat
fa'Xeis ; II 'hat!
ivilt thou make tlice a harvest
of thy
brother
'
s blood? fr.
44
:
r}
8<
(sc.
yttla)
TiKTfrai
/3pOTOtV | fJi>]X(ijv
T
/3o(T<us
Kai
fiiuv Ar/îr/rîoj/.
PlND. C).
7.4-- <T(p.vav
Qvcruiv
Oipfvitt. 8,68-9:
7Tf &
'I
Kara . . . VMTTOV
(ÔilTTOV.
N. 2,
6-IO
(148).
I.
;,
60- I '.
lifXlVTO ytlf>
VlKdS (17TO
ITtiyKflllTHIV \ TpflS.
Ho.M. II.
4, 529-30:
fx 5'
liilptfjutv (y\<>s i
(crirucraro
frrf'/'(o,
l'~rom out
the breast In-
plucked
the
ponderous sf>ear.
and
similarly 5,
621 :
tinrutrano),
7, 255: f'xo'Trao'cru/i.fVo),
and
13, 510:
(iTirii(T(n\<>) ;
but the active is used
5,
859;
6,
65,
12,
395;
and
13, 178
(see 148).
11,
802-3: pt'm
<V K'
uKîTff
KfK/jitjiiTiis ai/Spns uvTi/ |
uxnturOf
TT/JOTI
uirrv v(H>v ami KU\ Xi<rt(io)i',
and simi-
larly 5, 691
; 8,
295; 15. 418;
1 6,
592; 655;
hut if).
44-5: /ji.i
(V K'
tiK^'jTft
KfKprjnTn? (iv^fitts clvrfi i*>ir<n/if
v
TTpori
litrrv vtuiv UTTII KU\ AcXun<iu)i',
and Sc ) the
activt; 8,
336; 13, 193;
16.
569; 17. 274
(sec
also
148).
Homer has a certain fondness for the middle. So. for
example,
Htitrffat
occurs
38
times over
against
the
19
instances of \V* n> or i,
;
; f tv . The middle
forms of
iifitia)
are not uncommon,
whereas in
prose
\ve have onlv
Tr/)i>u,in-
(rffdi. The verse has
something
to do with all this. So lbu>i> is the
only
possible
form for the aoi ist
participle.
5
66 GREEK SYNTAX
148.
ACTIVE FOR THE INDIRECT MIDDLE. The middle
is not
compulsory.
The use of the active where the middle
might
have been
expected inay
sometimes be ascribed to the
aristocratic disdain of effect
(see
Pindaric
examples below), just
as in late Greek the middle is sometimes used in order to
pro-
duce a
grander
sound.
TO
xP
1
1H-
aTa
<o;xier,
LVCURG.
38
;
He
got
Jiis
money
out
safe.
Lvcruo.
38 (see above).
PLATO,
Protag. 324
D: ot
avSpes
oi
dyadaii
. . . TOVS avTu>i> vlfls 8i8d-
<T<OV<TI a S[Sa<r/cuAcoj>
f\fTni,
with which
compare
ibid.
325
D: oi
dyadol
av8pfs
. . . TU
fMfv
uAXa 8i8do~KovTai TOVS vlfls . . . ra
JJLIV
uAAa
tipa
TOVS vlels
8l8d(T KOVTCll.
HOT. 2,
51
TOV 8e
'E,pfj.(d)
TCI
dyA/iara opda (\fiv
Ta atSoia TroifvvTfs OVK
an
\lyvnTLU>i> fj.ffiadf)Kacri,
AA' dno
IlfAttcryoJi',
with which
compare just
be-
low :
opda
u>v
fx
fiv T< 1 ni8oia
rayaA/xara
TOV
'Ep^f'co Adrfvaioi. Trputroi 'EAA/î/toi/
fj.adoi>T(s Trapa Tlf\aarya>i>
eVot
rj(rai>TO.
2,
143
:
dpX.i-(p(Vi yap
fKaaros avrodi.
terra
(i>.
!.
torarat)
eVt
rrjs
etovroO
C
l
>1
s elieova etovrov.
PlN'D. P.
1,49:
otav
(sc.Tiadv)
OVTLS 'V.\\dv<ov
Spend,
and
similarly
P.
4,
130
and
6,48;
with which
compare
N.
2,
6-10:
o(pfi\fi
8" eri . . .
6ap.d p.tv
'l(r6fjitd8a>v 8perrf(rdai
/caAAirrroj/ iiu>Tov . . .
Tifiovoov TratS(a).
HOM. II.
5, 859
: (K 8e
8t>pv
anrda-fv
avris,
And out
again
lie
plucked
the
shaft
;
and
similarly
6,
65;
12,
395; 13, 178. (For
the use of the middle
in similar
examples,
see
147).
Ibid.
8,
336
: oi 8' I6vs
Tacppoio (ja0flr)s
wa-av
'Ax'novs,
ttut
they
thrust the Achaeans
straight
toward the
deep
trench
;
and
similarly 13, 193
;
16,45; 5^9; 17.274. (For
the use of the middle in simi-
lar
examples,
see
147.)
149.
RECIPROCAL MIDDLE. As the reflexive
may
be used
for the
reciprocal,
so the
middle,
which
represents
the reflexive
relation,
may
be used to intimate the
reciprocal
relation. Such
verbs are
|idxco-9ai,
sc batt
re,
sich
schlagcn,
aYwvi(r6ai,
8iaA
-
Yo-6ai,
and
many
other
deponent
verbs.
ev
\tpo\ ytvo'fitvoi iâ.\ovro,
TllL'c.'.
7, 5,
2
;
Coining
to close
quarters
iliev
foug/il,
but
dAAi]Aois
. . .
iâ\ovro, 3, 77,
2;
They fought
one an-
other.
THUC.
7, 5,
2
(see above).
Hi) I '.
2,
63
:
Kff/).iAiu'
Tf
trvvapd<r(rovTai,
T/iev butt one another's heads.
AK. PI.
3-9-30: Tpuaft6\ov p.ev
ftvfKa a) cr T i t> a e <rd' ( KI'KTTOT' e'i>
TT)KK\r)criq,
We hustl*' one another
;
but Ach.
24-5
: dxrTiovvTai . . .
dAAÂonrt.
Soi'H. (). C.
424
:
ijs
(sc.
pd)(')s)
vvv
('XWTU.I KurruvaipovTai 8opv.
CATSATIVE MIDDLE
67
PlNI). C). I.
98
:
Taxvras
iroftcav
e'pifcrat =Ta)((~it
rrooVr
tplfovrat.
HES. O. et D.
37
:
K\rjpov t8ti<r<rapt0(a).
HOM. II.
23, 735
:
wnir fpf
i8(
crQuv.
.\'o
longer press
each the other.
150.
CAUSATIVE MIDDI.K. As the active is often used of
what one does
by
an
ajênt,
so the middle is used of that which
the
subject
has done for. itself. This is an occasional use of the
middle,
but it is not a characteristic
use,
and must not be
pressed
as
differentiating
it from the active.
0p.icrroKXTJs KXeocjxxvrov
TOV vibv lirire'a
(icv lSi8d|aro dyaBov,
Pl.ATO,
Men.
93
1)
;
Themistoclcs /tad iu's son 1\.
taught
/>> />< i
uyutim nvfifxs
. . ,
ra
fj.fv
a\\ai$ii(TKOVTai TOVS vif'is . . . ra
fj.fi>
<*X\u
aâ
TOIT vlfls $18
timcovTai,
but
324
D: oj
avftpfs
ol
dyadol
TU
p.tv
<iXXa TOVS UVTWV vlfls 8i$ii(T KOVIT
iv, <1
&i?iticn<u\u>v
f^trat.
THUG.
I,
132.
~
'
tifl TOV
Tpitrobii
. . .
j)t(i)<Tfi>
(sc.
TIav<ravi(is)
fmypii'â-
trOtii avTot I8ia TO
(Xtydov
To.^f,
but
?
3
: T(>J
M
W ('^v
f'Xeyeiov
m
\aKf8atp.6vioi
tfKu\aifrav
tvdvs Tort . . . KUI
tnlypafyav ovo/jLaarl
TUS ni'tXfis KTI.
HD'l'. I,
50:
tnoiffTo
[sc. K.poi(ros]
<ê KH\ \fotnos eticoi/a
xpwov (iTtffpdov,
Croesus had an
image
of
a lion made
for himself
out
of refinedgold.
AK.
Eq. 5 TrX^yas
ut'i
irpoaTpijUfTai
TOIS oiKtrais
(see
\
-
.
64).
151.
ACTIVE AM) REFLEXIVE. Direct reflexive actions are
commonly expressed by
the active and the
reflexive; so,
regu-
larly,
unnatural
actions,
and actions which circumstances have
made unnatural or difficult.
^fiavriv tfuXu,
DEM.
[47]. 73
; / /<>''<'
invself.
iiTTi avrov cU
TT)V
6dXoT-
rav,
I)K.M.
32,
6
;
He throws
himself
into the sea.
DEM.
32,
6
(see
above).
[47], 73 (see above).
AESCHIN. I,
53
: VK
fvovdiTr/a-tv
idvruv.
ISOC.
[l], 15:
(dlf (TtUVTUV. 2,
29:
(dt( (TllVTW.
5,
IIS: f6lflV
a- avTv
XP'I-
I^l.A'ro,
Le^.
861 A :
fpurup.fi> j]p.as
nvriws. Let us <i.d- ourselves.
Phaedo,
96
A : TroXXfiKii'
ffjL.avT()v
(ivu> Kara)
p.t
Tf
fi<i\\(>v.
rheaet.
14^
''-
XKN. An. I, 2,
7:
o7T()Tf
yvp.vutrai
ftnvXoira
tavruv it x.u\ Tuvt inntws.
Hell.
1,6,
10 : OVK
tSvvdftrjv tftavrov
irtitrat,
I could not
persuade myself.
THUG.
2, 4. 4:
(ppfûv
. . .
irfpits
UVTUV*.
4. 38, 3:
ra urrXu
Triipi
<5o IT a v
K(ii cr
f/j
(1 y avTovt.
I ll)T. 2, 116:
<>i?i(ip.ti (TXXr/
uvcnubivt iotvTuv
(SC. "O^/ios). 3, 36:
KU\
KUTtl\a.fiuvf
IT f <t>VT<JV.
68 GREEK SYNTAX
AR.
Vesp.
286-7
'
\"\8
auras (Tfavrbv eaSif,
Stopgnawing
at
yourself
SO. Ibid.
996: (mupf
o-avTov. Ibid.
1213: ^vrXaaov
afavrov,
Dumpyourself
.
Thesm.
230: e^ drpffMa
(TO.VTOV.
EUR. Ale. 188:
Ktippi\^(v avTr]v.
Ibid.
250: firaipe aavTTjv.
Ibid.
788:
fv(ppaive
(ravrov.
SOPH. El.
988:
TraiKTov 8f
<ravTJ]v.
AESCHVL. P. V.
748
:
epprf epavrvv.
152.
avrbs lavrov. Extreme unnaturalness is
expressed by
avros
avr6v
and the like.
avrbs avrbv
8u<t>0cipev,
XEN. Hell.
7, 4, 19;
He made
away
with him-
self.
AESCHIX.
3. -33-
KaTaXcXvKCi/ avros
TTJV
avrou Svvao'Tfiav.
PLATO,
Menex.
243
D:
r)/xets
8e avrol
f]p.as
avrovs /cat
fviK^cra^fv
Kal
XEN. Hell.
7, 4, 19 (see above).
HDT.
I,
93-
**8t8oCo
p
t Se aural eajvTas.
153.
MIDDLE WITH REFLEXIVE FORMS. The reflexive relation
may
be
brought
out more
clearly by adding
the reflexive forms to the middle.
vrrb VVKTO.
TT)V <T(i)TT)piav
avTois
efi\\ov irop iêcrBat,
LVCURG.
7;
Under
cover
of
the
night they
were about to
provide safetyfor
themselves.
LYCURG.
70 (see above).
AESCHIN. I,
132: Karaa-KOTrov/jifvos
eavruv.
AXTIPHON,
5, 13:
avrbs a-avru>
vup.ov 0(/j.evos, Having
laid down a law
for yourself.
XEN*.
[R. A.]
2,
10: 6 8e
8>]/j.os
avros (ivra> i)l Ko8o
p.
LT(IL i8('a
Tra\ai(TTpas
TToXXuS.
PlND. O.
13, 53: Mrjbfiav 6f/j.(vav y<ip.ov avrq (~avTa).
154.
Of course when the middle has
acquired
a
special significance
this is
necessary.
eavrov . . .
Xvo-ao-Oai, ANTIPHON, 5, 63
;
To ransom
himself.
ANTTPHON,
5, 63 (see above).
PLATO,
Protag. 346
B: dvrovs euvrovs
irapaî.v6fl<rBai.
COM. 'EavTuv
Tifitopovnevos, Self
-Tormentor
(Title
of a
play by
MKNAN-
DER).
IIo.M. II.
10,
378: fp.f Xva-ofjMi,
I will ransom
myself.
155.
MIDDLE AND ACCUSATIVE OF THE PART AFFECTED. Of
course an accusative of the
part
affected
may
be used with the middle.
TO.
fxtTuira
KoiTTOvrai
fxaxaipTjcri,
HDT.
2,
6l
;
They gash
their
fore-
hcads with knives.
ACT/I'/-: A\D MIDDLE
69
HPT. 2, 61
(pee above). 3. 14: fVX/; TI}I> Kpti\>'iv,
lit- smote his head.
4. 7'
:
Tpc^fir 'T^fplKf^povT^l^, fipaîovas
iff
pirdfivovTai, (tfTuirov
KIU
piva Kora/ivtrcrovrat.
4- 75
'"'
7'V ^')
Aouoi'Tui v&ari TO
ntiptinav
TO
trtSfia.
Al\. Eccl.
63
t u\ ( i
\js
\'^fiifji(i/i>v.
PlNl>. N.
10,
44
t irif
(r<Tiip.f
i>tu I>U>TI>I>
fiaXaKai&i KpuKiitt.
H KS. Sc.
243
: Knrti 5*
eSpwTTToj/To 7T(i/>fHif.
HO.M. Od. 6,
224-5
: f'*
ir<>T<ip.iw XP'"
1 vitT . . .
ti\fj.rji/.
II.
18,30-1
:
\(pcr\
8( nCurai
\ iTrijdta
Trtn\i'iyovTr>.
156.
DKTAILS OF DiFFF.RKNfr. HKTWKKN TIIK ACTIVE ANO THK
Mi HOLE. The details of difference between the active and the middle
belong
to the
dictionary. Many
of them are
conventionally
of
j^reat
im-
portance. airo5iSuj(XL
is /
render, restore,
diroSiSop.ai,
/ sell
; Savciû
is / lend
(on
interest],
Saveiôjxai,
/ borrow
(on
interest]
;
KixpT]p.i
is / lend to use,
Kixpa-
|iai,
/ borrow to
use, the aorist in use
beini; T)-niord(ATjv
;
tx
1" means /
lio-'e,
?xo}iai,
/
cling
to;
ryîia signifies
7 married,
dit.\'i
(of
tlie inan\,
l-<fr\^.o.^.t\v
t
I
got
married,
mtpsi (of
the woman) ;
(ii<r9w
is / let,
(iKrOovjiai,
/ hire. There
is a
long string
of differences between iroiciv and iroicl(rdai with verbal
nouns in which the active
gives
the literal side "to
fashion,"
"to
bring
about,"
whereas the middle serves to form a
periphrasis
with the
depend-
ent substantive for the
corresponding
verb. So
Xoyov
TTOULV is to <
-omfiose
(i
speech, XOYOV iroteicrfloi,
/<> ninke a
spcci/i (\iy(ii>)
; 686v iroiciv is to construct
a
road,
666v
iroieurdai,
to make one's
way (oSevftv)
;
flpijvTjv iroiTia-ai,
/('
bring
about a
peace (between
two
contending parties), clpiivT)v
iroiewrflai,
to make
peace (with
an
enemy); vdôvs
nfltvai,
to l>c a
j/oô^'r;4-,
to be a
lawgi~'er
(for those who desire
legislators), vdjiovs
Ti0<r6ai,
to make laws
for
one's
own state.
Regularly t^Xô-iav
TTOUIV,
to coni'oke an
assembly.
A few
examples by way
of illustration are
given
here.
ISOC.
6,
I :
TocravTrjv
rre Trot
17/1
at
~>)v fjLiTaf$a\i)v.
A.ND.
3,
I : oYi
p.iv dpi'iVTjv
iroifltrdai Siicaiav
tifitivov
ttrriv
<) TToAfîfTv.
3,
2: o
$ijp.t>s
It
\6rjvaiu>v dprfVTfv eTrotJ/craTO irpiis \aKtSaiftoviovs.
1'l.Alo,
Lach. 1 80 C : Vr<a~$p(0a
avTtiv.
THt'C. I,
4O,
2 '. MTTlf
fJil)
T01V
&tttp.(VIHS
. . . TTiiX
(pill'
(ij'T*
tpl')VI)f
TT ill
']-
IT f
I,
bllt
Jt '7-
- :
t;VV( \d)l>(lT<>
UXTTf (I
tKtlTffKii TTdXt'Ô) tlT^HV
U1TOOHVTUS
rijlf
f I
pi] vr)
V 7T<H(l(T0(ll.
Hl>T.
7,42:
(irniffTii fti
T>H>
I'ibuv.
8,40: ^ni'X/i'
. . .
triHt'ftrntrffni
(
.i<n<-
\(Vir(itrfttn). 8,
74: TJ/rrt cr/nri
n'<
t\iri(nvTfS i\\<ip'^ftrftin
(act. to
itf>on\,
.\ot
expecting
to nnike a brilliant ;<< ord with t/tcir
sliips.
70
GREEK SYNTAX
AR. Ach.
830:
r
xoipi'Si'
aTj-e'Sov,
JVw sold the
pigs,
but
Vesp.
1128:
a7rf'Soo(c(a)
. . . ra>
Kva(f)(l rptwJoXw,
I
paid
tlie
fuller
three obols.
Lys.
1056-7:
OOTIJ ac . . . $av f
icrrjr
a i . . .
p.1]
aTroS&j,
hut
Pax,
374'
8ai>(i(rov
rpis 8pa\nus.
AESCHYL. fr.
13
: o-ol
/ier yafifla-dai fj.opcrip.ov, yapf'tv
5'
c'/zoi'.
AXACR. fr. 86 : Km
0d\ap.o$,
(v TU> Kfivos oiiK
tyrjp.fi>
oXX'
fyijp.aro.
'1 HKOGN.
3-
<'XX' otfl TO>V
ayudwv e'^fo.
Ilo.M. Od.
14, 393:
dXX'
<"ye
i/tf
p!t rp^v TTOIJ]
cru
pf 6(a).
Ibid.
21,70-1
:
ovdf nv
ii\\j)v | ^jivdov Troiij
a~d <rda i (
'
TT i
(?x
(
"
'
^
** e Svvacr0e.
II.
7>
2 : Zeuj Se 6tu>v
dyopfjv
Troiijtraro repTTiKepavvos.
Passive Voice
157.
The Passive Voice denotes that the
subject
receives
the action of the verb.
TpaTos <rvv\T]4)Ori,
AXDOC.
I,
13; Polystratos
was arrested.
o
TTJS
iroXetos . . .
KOO-JJ.OS
. . .
avvTopaTTtTai,
l)KM.
25, 19;
The constitution
of
the state is disturbed. ereBuTo TO.
Upd, AxTIPHOX, I,
17. aTreêpero
K
TOV
8cr,ia)TT)piov
TtCveois,
LYS. 12,
1 8.
Xe-yeTai,
DKM.
24..
212;
// is said.
8i8ao-KTai.
avOpiuiros, PLATO, Meno,
87 C, which is
actively expressed by
avOp-jTros |iav0dvei,
PLATO,
Soph.
262 C.
158. INSTRUMENT, MEANS,
OR CAUSE. With the
passive,
the
instrument, means,
or cause is
expressed by
the dative or
by
a
prepositional phrase,
for which see
Prepositions.
Datirc :
Xi9o)
TreirX-nYfxe'vos,
AR. Ach.
1218;
Struck with a stone.
<r6-f)v<u,
THLX.
2, 21,
I.
Xi[Ato 8ia4>9apT)vai,
TllUC.
3, 57, 3
;
To
perish of (by,
'with)
hunger.
DEM.
23, 156: \r}<\>6ii<jrrai
... rw ...
Xi^w. 55, 30: p.tyu\ms
\i0ois
a.TT()LKO?><>fJLT)dtl>TOS.
PLATO,
Rpb. 469
E : ols w (sc. \i0ms)
^rjdwai.
Tim.
38
K :
fifa-ôls
T
XEN. An. 2.
3,
I :
(3ao-i\fvs
f^cTr\ayrj rfj e(jô8(a.
FHUC.
I, 126,
8:
rpv\6fjtfvoi TIJ trpoatbpfia.
2, 21,
i
(see above). 3, 57,
3
(see above). 7,47,
2 : i/oo-w . . .
tViefoKTo,
They
were
pinched
with sickness.
Hl)T. I,
34: atxp-'l (TibypfT) ff\T)6evTa. 1,41
:
(rv/j.(f)t>p>/ TTfTrX^y^n/oi/.
AK. Ach. 1218
(see above).
Nub.
24:
t'iff
(giKonrjv npoTfpw
rw
o(f)t)d\nbv
\idu>.
Vesp. 1296: eyo)
5 fiTrdXcoXa
arijjo/ifi'of (3aKTT)pia.
AF.SCHVL. P. V.
237
:
KIÔV/IUTI Kap.Trrop.ai,
I am bowed with t/irills
of
anguish. Sept. 607
:
TrX^yeir
^foG
^drrrtyt,
Smitten with
god's scourge.
PlN'D, Pi
j> 4^
i TToXlft)
^(iX/CO) /^
f
Xr/ T(Tp(iip.(VOl,
AGE.\'r OF THE PASSIVE
71
HOM. Od. 10,
53-
:
t(T<t>ayfiiva
v^Xt'i xXca>.
11.8,455- TrX^yt'iTf Ktpavvt*.
159.
Ar.KNT. The
agent
of the
passive
is
put
in the
geni-
tive with VTTO.
oi . . .
Tvpawot
. . . VTTO
AaKcSaifioviuv KQT\vCTj<rav,
Tni'C.
I,
I 8. I
;
I vrants
were abolished l>v the Lacedaemonians.
DEM.
21,
36:
t'TTo
IIoXvijJ"T/Xou TT\tjy^>ni.
2 1 ,
74
:
iyu
(V iV'
(\flfiov
. . .
i'.tyi-
('>fjLrjv. [47l- '5- tir\riYt
s I
'
l7r
tpov- 54- 33
: l
'
l(
/>'
"^
7
f
irp<artw
T
(~\i,yr]v
<aii
ia-tf
u^pi'o-^^f.
PLATO, Conv.
217
E : Yt 8e TO roC
^^Bivrns
im> TOV
fxi>s
Trudus
KUJJ. (x^
1 -
XKN. An.
1.3-
Io:
vofiifct
VTT'
f/uof' fiîKrj<rd(ii.
THl'C. I, 1 8, I
(see above). 4,
12, I :
uixKt'inrfvTro
TOJJ/
'\0ijvaiw.
HUT. I.
35 tf\T)\a[l.fVOS
. . . V7TO TOV
UtlTfJl'lS.
AK. Av.
285
: t'Tro Ttaf
crvKtifyavTtov
riXXtTdt.
SoPH. Ai.
164
vno TotnvTutv
tii>8f)u>i> flopvfifj.
PlND. N.
2,
2O-2 : XX
Kopivdiwv
VTTU
(puiTtov
. . . uterta <TT)uvai
HOM. Od.
9,
66 : KIKUI/COI/ vno
8r)u>6cvTts.
II.
13. 6j5~6
:
8r)iuoi>Tu
Xcioi ITT'
Apytuov.
For the so-called Dative of tlic
Agent
with the Passive and with
Verbals,
see Dative.
160. Other
prepositions
than I'TTO are sometimes used with
special
verbs and in
special
authors.
IK, out
of,
often in
poetry
and in
Herodotus;
in Attic
prose
with the
notion of emanation from a source.
i: TG>J/ *
fîo nâ-^vr^v.
PLATO,
Theaet.
171
B: f' anavTuv . . .
d^Ltr^TinrfTai.
XEN. An. I, I,
6 : TniXm- . . . V
ftacn\i<i)s
8f8ofiivai,
Cities a
gift of
the
king's.
THUC. I, 20,
2 : (< TUIV wft(>ro>i'
(T<\>(<TI.V
'imria
p.(p,r)vv<rd(n,
"
That
infor-
mation had been
conveyed
to
Hippiasfrom
the
body of
their
fcllaw-conspira-
tors." Sliilleto.
HUT.
3,62:
TII
fWeraX/icVa
'*c rov
Ndyov,
The orders
îven of, by
the
Magus.
Ho.M. II.
2,
668-9: i(\>(\T]Qtv |
('K
Aidf,
They
were lin>ed
of
Zeus.
161.
itpfaybefore (comp. Hn^l.
"
from before
").
DEM.
29.
2O: ft ...
îr) TTi>iiwfi.o\i>yT)Ti> npos
Tovft'
t\(v0(fios
(it>at.*
I
Vi(J. I.
ut/,
l'ra|>.
I), d. att. Kciln.,
\>. 155.
72
GREEK SYNTAX
XEN. An.
1,9,
2O :
<f)t\ovs yt p.r)v
. . .
o/jLoXoydrai Tvpbs
TrdvTan>
KpaTtcrros &T)
y(V(a-0ai Oepantiitu',
He is
acknowledged
on all
hands,
etc.
HDT.
8,
1 1 1 :
"Avdpioi
. . .
aiTrjdfVTfs Ttpbs Qffi.icrTOK\eos xp^H
JLaTa VK f8o<rav.
AR. Nub. 1 1 22 :
Trpbs IHLUIV
oia TrdcrfTiu KCIKU.
EUR. Med.
255-6: t>/3piop.ai | npbs di>8pos,
et sim.alib.
SOPH. El.
790
:
Trpbs Ttjo-8' vtfpiCj)
p.rjrp6s,
et sim. alib.
AESCHYL. P. V.
767
:
>? irpbs 8d/j.apTos
ff-avioTarat
Qpovwv;
PlND. O.
2,
25-6
: Trevdos 8e Trtri/ei
j3apv \ Kpfarcrovuiv Trpbs dyadiav.
HoM. II. 6,
56-7
'
%
vol
tipio-ra TTfiroirjTai
Kara OIKOIS
\ npbs Tpuxov.
I
I,
831
:
Ta ere
nporl (fxiaiv 'A^tAXrJo? 8e8i8ii^6ai.
162.
irapd,
"
on the
part of," chiefly
with verbs of
giving, taking,
send-
ing.
E)EM. 21,
170
: TOVTOIS
yap
81} /xryifrrcu
8(SovTai
8a>p(ai Trap' vp.u>v-
XEN. An.
i,
9,
i :
Trapa
ndvruiv
op-oXoyelrat,
// is
acknowledged
on all sides.
H()M. II.
Ij.
121 2 : fv6a K' ert
p.e
i<i)V re /cat
dpya\fd)T(pos
a'AXos'
j Trap
Albs
ddavdroicri
^6Xor
KU\
p.i]vis (rv^drj.
163. Sid,
t/iroitgh (of
the
mediator),
a
post-Homeric
construction. Nev-
er to be confounded with 8ui w. ace. 81'
(xe <ri9Tis,
CTK.SIAS
ap.
DEM.
[PHAL.] 213
;
Thanks to
me,
it is
owing
to tne
that,
you
were saved. 81'
cjioO
((ruQrfi,
Through
me
you
were saved. A.
J.
P. xi
(1890), 372.
ISOC.
Ep. 4,
2 :
fôv\op-rjv
uv avrbv
(rvcrradr^vaL
croi fit
r/p.(av,
I should have
preferred
that he had been commended to
you through
us
(me).
AR.
Eq.
76:
Stu o-ou raura iravra
Trfpi/arat, Through you
all these
things
are sold.
164. diro,
Lat.
ab,
found
chiefly
in Thuc.
THUG.
1,17:
(rrpd^dr)
Tf an' avrutv ovfttv
fpyov dw\nyov,
A'fl considerable
deed was
performed by
them.
(Some
uniformitarians would write
VTTO).
165.
\nr6 with the dative revives the
plastic
"
under"-sense, and is
poeti-
cal.
HOM. II.
13,
668 : VTTO
Tpwfo-o-i Sa/iiyj/ai,
To be
quelled
beneath the
miglit
of
the
Trojans.
166. INTERCHANGE OF INSTRUMENT AND AGENT. When
the instrument is considered as an
agent
or the
agent
as an in-
strument the construction is reversed. The former
construction,
which rests on
personification,
is
very
common
;
the latter in
prose
is confined
chiefly
to
military phrases,
for which see Dative.
aXio-Kfrai vnro
TptTJpous,
DEM.
53],
()
',
He is
captured
bv a trireme.
Vjva-yica-
O-^CLL
viirb TUV
ytyivr\\Ltvtav
TOVTOV
Ka-nrj-yopciv,
L^ S. I 2,
3
;
/ have been
compelled
by
what has
happened
to undertake to
prosecute
this man.
PERMISSIVE PASSIVE
73
DFM. 6, 8. 8,
71
: oi>8t
npot))(ffr]v
odd' imo
Ktp&ovs
ovff vno
(f)i\r>rtp.ias.
2O,
1 66 : VTTO
rfjs
. . .
Kpavyijs
Kut
(jius
icai
uvaicrxvvrias. 23. 143
: 'fStVWr' uv vno rnv
i'^(T(pov TJfr)(pia-fjLaTOS. [43J.72:
ri TTOT' wfffff
I'jftus iriiff^fiv
iv rta
nap(\T)\vdtiTi
\puv<a
VTTO rovrtav Km vno
rr;y vrfpfus rtjs
TOVTW.
(53],
6
(sec above).
55, 30
:
8i((pdapiJ.fvoi>
(masc.)
VTTO JXHTOII.
AESCHIN. I,
42.90. 3,
2l8 : OVK
(ti><iyK(i(>p.vos
vnu
Tqs
(v
rfi (pv(Td ftantivrjf.
L\'S.
i,49
: i"7''-' r^> v
vupuiv
. . .
(vtSpfi/ftrdai.
12,
3 (sec above).
PLATO,
Hpb. 609
E : ino
rtjs
ru>v (Tirlutv
Trovrjpiiis
. . . OVK
ou>p.ft)a
8dv
(TwfjLa
aTToXX vcrflai.
XEN. Conv. 2,
26 : ou
f3ia6p.(vo<.
11770 T<W nlvnv
^fOvfiv.
Occ.
16,
14
:
ovftap.<!>?
&i>
ftaXXov i] p.iv v\r)
. . . avaivoi.ro vnu rov
Kavparos, t'j
fit
yij
OT&>TO Lira TOV
fjXiov.
THUG. I,
76,
2: V7TO TU>V
[JLfyi&TWV VlKrjdtVTtS, TlfJitJS
Kill 8i<WS Kill
J>0fA(VlS".
I, 126, lo: vTrii ToO
Xt/zoC,
but
3, 57> 3
:
Xiôi. 7' ^y,
2 : 6 fi Niiaar IITTO rtov na-
pOVTU>l> (KTTfTT\r)y[J.(Vl>S.
HDT. 8,
129: bi((p6iipr]<Tav
VTTO
rfjs 6(i\ii(Tcrr]s.
AR. Ach. 18:
(8i]xdr)v
viru KOVIUS TUS
u<ppi>s, My eyebrows
were bitten
by
lye.
SOPH. Tr. I
104: Tv(p\r]s
IITT"
arrfs (KTTfTropdrjfjini.
PlND. C).
2,
21 : (trXiav
ylip
vno
âpfiariav iri]^n
QviurKfi
(I7
1
)-
HOM. Od.
5. 393 fJ-fyuXov
inro
KvfjLUTos apdtis.*
167.
PERMISSIVE PASSIVE. The
passive
is sometimes used in a
per-
missive sense.
fi ITOIOV<TIV
;
. . . ov KaTaXiirovrt
s
TT)V ûpav
. . .
tpxovro,
. . . a\X' I TT o X i o
p-
KOVVTO,
LYCURG.
85
;
IVhat did
they
do? . . .
T/uy suffered
themselves /i> be
besieged.
LYCURG.
40: yvvdiKas
. . . dvai<i)s ciiirwi/ KU\
rfjs
TrdXtcof o
p
a)
p.
t v n y. Ibid.
85 (see above).
XEN. R. L.
I,5' fQn** y
f
'P
al8(l<Tdat
p.tv
(laiuvrn
o(pdrjvai,
mStla-dai fi'
AR. Ach.
408-9
: r/XX' tKK VK\
/; drjr'.
EYP. oXX* afivi/aroi/. AIK. aXX'
o/iaiv.
|
EYP. aXX t
KKVK\?I
(ro
fiat Karafiaivtiv
8' ov
trôXj}.
Nub.
494
(
l
)f
p
'<^<>,
rt
fipar, iyj/
Ti's cr
168. FUTURE MIDDLE IN A PASSIVE SENSE. The future
middle and the future
passive
are coincident as to form in the
earlier
language,
3
and even in
prose
the future middle is often
used as a future
passive.
As the
subsequent
future
passive
forms were
developed
on the basis
1
See also A.
J.
I'. \i
(1885), 487-8.
3
In
fact,
there is
only
one
distinctly
future
passive
form in Homer,
mytiatalttit,
11.
10, 365.
74
GREEK SYNTAX
of the
passive
aorists in
-r?i>
and
-6rjv, they naturally
incline to the aoristic
sense,
and this aoristic sense becomes more distinct when the future middle
is used as a
passive.
Hence the contrasted
groups.
DURATIVE. AORISTIC
/3/\a7rrai,
/ hurt.
/3\a\l/o[iai /3Xa/3i/<ro/xai
rip.au>,
I honor.
r(/u'/cro/ii Ti/(//0;)(To//ai
<i}<pt\iw,
I
help. tiH/>tA//<To^(ai fei^fXj/^/'/o-o/uu
c>i\oaj,
I
matiijcst. (J^XwtrtTai ?>i\w9iiatTai
It is to be
noted, however,
that
consistency
in this distinction
requires
considerable alteration of
texts,
and that even in the most careful authors
such distinctions
may
lie
dormant,
just
as
synonyms
lie dormant. Of
course,
in
poetry
metre must be allowed to have a certain
sway.
1
6 UIKCUOS
jiao-Ti-y
licrerai,
<TT
p
e
P
X <o ere TO.
i, 8e8t]crTai, KKa\)6i^creTai
TiL-
4>8a\;j.u>,
TtXevToiv iravTa KO.KO. iraOuv
dva<rx''v8v\v0T](reTai,
PLATO,
Rpb. 361
K
362
A.
DEM.
18,144* fttyo^.' ii)^>fX7/<reo'$e Trpos laropinv
ru>v KOIVOJV.
-l,jO'.Tols
adiKrjcrop.evoi.s
(masc.). 23,110: no\fp.r]crfTM. 115- dftiKr/trfTai, [52],
I I :
>;-
/^(wcro/zfu. 57- 37
: KtlL Tavra
p. aprvp i](T(
rat.
ANDOC. I,
7-
:
TOLavTrjv UTToXoyidv TTfpl
CIVTOV
Troirjcro/j.a.1,
oirov
/xr)
TTtidcov
p.fv
vfj.as
(tiros
rj p.ia>cro/j.a
t, Trci'cras 8e KTS.
PLATO,
Gorg. 521
E:
Kpivovpai yup
wy eV TrntSioiS'
larpos
ai>
KpivniTo
KCI-
njyopovvTos tymroiov. Rpb. 361 E-3&2
A
(see above).
Tim.
57
E : TO . . . KL-
Vt](r6fi.f
vov . . . TOV
KivrfCT onivov.
XEN. Conv.
7, 5
:
fi><f>pavfl(r6f. Cyr.
I,
5, 9-
wr . . . f
v([>pavovp.f
vm. Ibid.
8,7,15:
Tis 8' aXXor
Tip.rj(TfTat
81'
uvftpa fieya ^vva^fvov
OVTUIS u>s
d8e\(f)6s
;
Hiero,
9, 9: n/ir;creTai.
THUC.
1,68,3: 7Tt>\ffiijiTovTni.
1,81,4:
/SXaô/tiftfa. 2,87,9: TipfitrovTai.
3, 40, 3: ^rjfjuuxreTat.
8 :
{rjfj.iuxTofJ.fvov
(masc.). 7, 4^- 5 ^êpf'urBai.
67, 3
:
o>0eX^(7orr(zi.
HOT.
3, 132:
TOVS
j\lyvTTTi.ovs ITJTpOVS flt\\ovTas
livaa Ko\uTTif icrdai
.
tppV(T(lTO.
AK.
Ach.409:
<iXX'
'
KKu/cXf/rro/idi
(see 167).
EUR. Andr.
708:
d
p.r/ (pBtprj r/Jo-S'
wf
T(.'I\I(TT
two
oreyrjs.
SOPH. Ai. I I
54-5
:
aij/fywTTf, p.!] ft/Hi
TOVS-
T(0i>t]Ki'>-<is
KIIKOIS
|
ft
yup nou'j(Tfit,
i(r6i
n-rjp.avovp.fvos.
O. R.
272: (f)dfpf'i(r()<u.
PlN'D. P.
4,
IO-I :
(f)upi yap
. . .
'Ejni<j!>oto Kopav \
ii<TT(u>v
plfriv <pvTfvcr(-
trdai.
HOM. Od.
I,
123: Trap' (1/j.p.i (j)L\ rjCTf
at.
1
Cf. SOPH. O. C.
581-2
:
TTOI
(sc.
xpi'n>t(>) yap '/ at] Tfpocripopd dijKwatTai ; |
oray
0di'u>
'yiij,
where
Si)\wairai
is
clearly
aoristic,
with Time.
I, 144,
2 : tKHi'u . . . Kit) iv
u\\i)> Xi'iyifi tifj.a
ro?t
tpyoir CijXtiiOijatrat,
where
Ci)\watrui might
be
justified by
the
jjlural
PASSIVE 01- MIDDLE VERBS
75
II. 12,66: u6i
Tpto&f
crda i ouu.
14. 481
: >8f unraurt vir6( icai
fyi-
s.
24,728-9: np\v yap
miXu
fj8(
KUT
"tKptjs |
rrt
169.
AORIST PASSIVE FOR AORIST MIDDLE. And on tin-
other hand the
passive
aorist is often used to the exclusion of
the aorist middle
; ^pdo^v,
I
fell
in lore
(was enamored},
iSw^v,
/ could
(IMS
enabled],
l$o\>\rfii\v,
/ mould
(was decided],
hropvfr]v,
/
proceeded (was forwarded).'
The
following
is a list of the most
important
of these verbs :
alStiffdui,
itfjuXXuo-dai, dpvdcrdai, <i^dr6(ii,
f$ov\t<r0ai, Sflcrdm,
8ia\iyfcr6ai,
Siavoricrdai, Bvvatrffat, (viii'Tioiicrdai,
(vdvfj.fta'dai,
iwotlo'&ai,
(mp.fXfla'dai, tpav,
(v-
\aftficrdai, ijftfO'dai,
oif&Oai,
Tropfixcrdaij TTpodvufitrdai, (pi\OTi/j.tl(Tdat.
170.
PASSIVE OF
MIDDLE VERBS. The
passive
serves on
occasion as the
passive
of the middle as well as the
passive
of
the active,
piaôftai,
/
sitjfcr
I'ioh-.ncc
(I
ant
forced]
:
a4>aipoCfu,
/ am
robbed; ^pt'OTjv,
I was chosen. Not
so, however,
in Homer.
DEM.
28, 14.
OITOS 8( Km
fjLfTairf nCpdr/vai (piirrKiov
viro TOV
Trarpos
(cf.
ibid. :
fl(Tf\6fll>
(JifV
OV
(prj(Tll>
MS T0l>
fl
f T (I 7T f
JJ. \^
U
fj.
( V O
I/).
LVS.
13, 23
:
tirfibr)
. . . TOVTO TO
\^///ji(T/ia
'
\JSTJ f}>i crdt], Kartpôvrat
. . . oi a l-
pt
BivTf s TUV
fiov\(VTu>v.
Ibid.
29: t'^fT)(f)ia'&i).
PLATO,
Legg. 755
^
'
Tp'" f3ov\iji> j')[]<r0ai. 77
-^
.7p'?*'
Tal ^*
hf-'
iv
XEN. Conv.
2,
26 : ov
/3tafo/if
voi
(l66).
Mem.
3,
2,
3
:
/SdtrtXfi? alpdra
t
ov\
"iva tavrov (caXco?
firifJ,f\rjTai,
XX" iva KT(.
(cf.
iln<i. :
(rrparffyovt aipov
irat).
THUC.
7,77' 3-
diroûvrtas rj8r) TfTip.a>pi] p.f
du.
HlJ'I'.
I,7
O:
Ttiâ
8e av Kcii ol
d7ro8t'ip.(voi. Xf'yoif
v . . . a>r dirti
ip
f ftt
ir/
an v
vno
^.iip.Ui)i> [cf.
il>itf. :
Xf'yovcrt
ws . . .
afj-ioi
OTTeXoinTo airov (sc. TOV
Kprfrqpa)],
AR. Nub.
758:
ft crot
ypii(poiTi>
. . .
Sitr] (cf. 1481-2
: <ir' aiVoiv
ypiKprjv |
$i(t)Kud<i)
ypa^ftifitvos).
SOPH. Ant.
1073
: (K (TOV
ftia^nvrai
rdfif.
171.
ACTIVE SERVING AS A PASSIVE. Intransitive verbs of
passive signification
are construed as
passives.
So
airoflvrjo-Ku
is
regularly
used as the
passive
of uTTOKreti'M,
t\i
-n-derxw
of v
Trotw,
OLKOVUI of
Xeyo),
iriTTTu of
{3<i\\(i}, ^tvyw
of oi(i)Kd).
inrb 8i TOV
iarpov 4>d<rKuv
aurov
airoPavtiv, A.NIll'HON,
4y 51 Allfgfng
1
See further
Ulass,
Rh. Mus.
47 (1892), 269 <)o.
9
The
form,
though
not
distinctively passive
at
first,
became
distinctively passive,
and hence a
passive conception
is often
possible.
76
GREEK SYNTAX
him to have been killed
by
his
physician.
tKiriirTov<riv ol
AaKuvurrai, XEN.
Hell,
i, i,
32;
The Laconizers are cast out. ol
"Afrrjvaioi
. . .
-n-pd-y p-arci
clx
ov Îro T ">v
XTIOTWV,
XEN. Hell.
5,
i,
5
;
The Athenians were harassed
by
the
pirates,
ev
irdo-xovo-a (sc. yn)
v
iroiet, XEN. Oec.
2O,
14; -Land,
when well
treated,
treats
you
well.
DEM.
[49]'
* :
4>fvytl
vvv VTT'
e'/ioC TavTr/v Ti]v 8tKrjv.
ANTlPHON,4y 5:
unodavdv
(see above). 5,48:
ov8' OVTOI air
o6vjj
a K ov-
er IV V7T CIVTUV TU>V
TTpOCT^KOVfUIV.
PLA'J'O,
Apol. 35
D:
da-ffifias
(ptvyovra
VTTO
MeX^rov
TOVTOVI.
Hipp.
Mai.
304
E :
(TvuftifirjKf 8rj p.oi
... KCIKOJS
p.tv v(p' vp.u>v
aKoveiv Kal
6vfi8itcr6ai,
KO-
KUIS & {ITT' (Ktivov.
XEN. Hell.
I, I,
32
: eWiVroucrt>
(see above).
Ibid.
5,
I,
5
:
irpayâra dôv
(see above).
Oec. 20,
14
: ev
vrao-ôvo-a (see above).
THUG. I, 2O,
2 :
"iTrnapôv
OIOVTCII
v(f)' 'App.o8iov
Kal
'ApicrroyeiYoi/oj rvpavvov
ovra aTrodavflv
(cf.
ibid.:
'imrupxto Trfptruôire?
. . . drr
fKreivav).
3, 58,4:
a.TTo6av<jvTa s inrb
Mt)8b)v.
HDT.
4-
I2
5 opiov-es
/cat TOVS
ofiovpovs (pevyovras
IITTO 'SlKvdeaJv Kal rtra-
payp.ti>nvs.
8,
1 6 : 6
yap Afp(a> crrpaTos
. . . avros VTT ecouToC e'TTtTrrc.
AR. Ach.
167-8:
rairrl
Trepifided'
. . . Truer
ôvra p.t
... Kal raiiff
1
vrr* av-
8pu>i> j3ap,3up(i)i>
;
PlND. O. 2, 21 : eVXd>i>
yap
IITTO
^fipparcoz/ 7rijp.a OvqcrKti.
HOM. II.
I,
242-3
'
fVT tlV TToXXol
i(p' "EKTOpOS
. . .
\ 6l>1](TK
OVTf S 7T L7TTUXT I.
3,
6 1 : or T daiv Sta
8ovpos
in
(Ivfpos. 3,
128 :
(Tracrôv.
6,
"4
dve^Tjcrav. 13,
796
: ('0-1. 16,
519: ftapvdd.
17, 428:
TTr6vTos. 616: u>\(af
6vp.i>v. 21,22-3:
cos 8' VTTO
SeX(p(j/os
. . .
l^dvfs
a'AAot
| (pfvyovTfs TnpTrAatrt fjiv^nvs
KTf.
172.
Note that the element of the
disagreeable
enters into most of
these verbs, so that the intransitive construction is an evasion of
respon-
sibility.
(Z
Trao-^w
and (v (\KOVO)
merely
serve to match /ca/cws
Trao-^co
and
KIKWS aKovca. Cf. A.
J.
P. vii
(1886), 42,
Note 2.
173.
PASSIVES OF INTRANSITIVE VERBS. Passives of intransitive
verbs are rare, ovos verai,
PROVERB
;
A
donkey
in the rain.
Isoc. 11,22:
8iaKfKiv8vvfvp.fvois (papp.uKOLs
(ris/i\' medicines)
xpu>p.('vr)v.
ANT.
5- 75 'V
&)f ^ ovv K( Ktvftwf vcre rai.
pcriclitiitmn
crit.
THUG.
3- -3' 5 '/ vv^
. . . virov
i<f)o/j. vrj
TTO\V TO
v8u>p
tv
'""'",'/ eVfJroi^Kft,
The snmuincss
of
the
night
had caused a rise in tJic water.
Ill)T. 2,
22 : fl
t](i6vie,
vtro av -Him ra
^copi'a,
//"
t/iere were
any
snow-
fall,
these
parts
would have ruin on them.
3.
10:
vcr^ritrav yap H/],iai
at At-
yinrrtai
. . . i>v
yap ^/}
vf rat ra tiva>
TTJS AtyvTrrou
TO
mtpi'mav.
PIND. C). 10,
76
: ufiftfTu 8f irav
Ttptvos,
The whole
grove
was
fullofsong.
. Od. 6,
I
31
: oj r
(sc. Xe'w^)
da-'
iiup-fvos.
IMPERSONAL PASSIVE
77
174-
PASSIVE OF VERBS THAT TAKK A GENITIVE OR DA-
TIVE. An active verb
may
be turned into the
passive,
even if
it takes a
genitive
or a dative. But there are limits.
OV'TI Si
airciXov|iai,
aXX'
TJ&TJ
dirciXw
aXXois, XKN. Conv.
4. 31
: / tini no
longer
threatened,
but tint tunt'
threatening
others.
Ipvv rfjs Yv*
1
*111
^ avre-
parai,
Ibid.
8,
3
;
LOT.'
ing
his
wife,
he is loi'ed fateA
again.
ANTIPHON,
4/3 7
: ^ 8"S
K<irT}yopoip.ai (but 2#
10: a
Kartjyopr)'
rai
p.ov).
PLATO,
Euthyd. 273
C : dirutv ovvravra
KaTppovt)0Tiv
vir mvdiv. Lnch.
181 B : (iraivfl vir'
uv8p<0>v
diu>v iriffTfiittrtiai.
Rpb. 556
C-D : Cmv . . .
prj-
Kara<f)pov>VTai
oi
TTf'vtjTfs
vno TWI> Tr\ovai<t>v.
XEN. Conv.
4, 31 (see above).
Ibid.
8,
3 (see above). Hicro,
i
F,
1 1 : ou
(pi\oio
(ivi
(iXX (cat
(pu>o
VTT
af^coTrooi/.
ll'id.
II,
15: fv8atftovS>v yiip
ov
i')(r
f i.
EUR. I. A.
1093-4:
5'
(iptra
KaTCrtTKrBfv
Qvarois
li^fXt'iTai.
SOPH. O. R. Ill :
(K(f)(vy(i
$f
T(ifj.(
Xo
ii/j.f
t>ot>.
175.
The verb must take the dative without an
intervening
outer ob-
ject.
So in 8i86vai TT\OVTOV rol?
EXXijtrii/i
Ak.
Pax,
1321, TiHy"l'.\\t)<riv
cannot
be turned into the
subject
of the
passive.
Rare is such a construction as
ava(TTr
l
<ravT(S 8e avrovs oi . . .
(TriTfTpupp.t'i'OL TIJV 0uXaK]7i/,
THUC.
I, 126, II,
where we should
expect
ois
fireTtrpaTrro '/ (pvhuKt'i. rt]v (pv\(iKt]v
is a inunncr
of inner
object.
176.
IMPERSONAL PASSIVE OF VKRBS C.OVKRMXO AN
Oni.Kjri-:
CASE. The
impersonal
construction which is the rule in Latin is rare in
Greek.
ANTIPHON,
I.3i: fpm p.tv
ovv
8f5i//y;r(jt
Kin
ftffiofidrjTat
TM < rt > TtBviuni
Kd\ Tto
vtipui.
Ibid.
2/1 13
:
*</>'
"tf
KdTTjyopflTai poi
1
(V.
1.
KarijyofiftTf).
XEN. Vect. I,
I :
voftifav,
ft TOVTO
yivoiro,
...
T//
... TTfvia airwv tniKf-
KOVpf)tT
dill (if.
THUG.
5, 49,
2 ;
dvTf\(yov pi]
ftiKiitais
rrfywv
KaraSfSiKUffBai, T/it'y
main-
tained that thev
had not been
justly
condemned, but (CHTinVS. is
probably
mid-
dle :
they
had not
justly
condemned them. See Classen.
177.
DEPONENT VERHS. The
deponent
is a middle form
which has no active.
y'Y
vo
f
xat
>
/"
become^
get,
efdofiai,
/ behold.
On the
passive
aorists of these verbs, see
169.
178.
PASSIVE <] I) ETON]-: NTS KXI-RKSSI-.D i;v I'KKIIMIRASIS.
The
passive
of
deponents
is often
expressed by periphrasis.
So
especially
outside of tin-
passive
form
(1
aor.
pass.).
Familiar
is alriav
?x
uv ^s
pUSSlVC
of
alrid<r6ai.
78
GREEK SYNTAX
vavs alriav
e\ovTs -rrpoSowai,
Hyp.
pro
Eux. I
;
Being
accused
of
hav-
ing betrayed ships,
Hyp.
pro
Eux. i
(see above).
Ibid.
31
: TCOJ/
yap KaT^yoprj6tvT(jiv
TO
fif)
\a(3ov dnoXoyiav
VTTO
T;/ opyjj
TU>I> diKaarutv KaraXfiTTfTai.
DF.M.
18,
200:
TT/joSe&coKe'j/at
irdvras av
f(r\ev (SC. r; TroXts)
alriav,
Lvs. 11,
10: tl . . . air lav
f'x
oi-
PLATO,
Rpb. 565
B: alriav
8i) fVôi/
vno T(OI>
fTtpatv
. . . a>s
eVi/Sov-
\fVOV(Tl TO)
Sf^W.
THUC.
2,4I> 3- M"
1
'
7
/ yup
r<>>v vvv
aKorjs KpfLaawv
f's
nelpav f'pêrat.
J,
N.
1265-6: eya>
8e . .
aidovs
ov8(p.Lijs eruôi/.
H()M. Od. 2,
136-7 vf^fCTLS
8i
p.oi
(
dvdpuTTcav
ecrcrerai.
II.
7, 409-10: 0ftSw
. . .
yiyv(T(aL~).
22,
243-4: /i^Sf
rt
8ovpu>v
terra
179.
RECIPROCAL EXPRESSIONS.
Reciprocal
relations are
expressed
by
forms of
a\\Tj\<av,
for which the reflexive is not
infrequently
substituted.
irpos fiv -y^p
CKCIVOVS
(ACT' aXXt^Xtov ep.ax'o-avTO, ircpl
8e
rav-rqs irpbs tr<|)as
avTous
eiroXe'fiTjcrav,
Isoc. I
o,
53
;
Tliey fought against
them in alliance ivith
one anotlier,
but made war
for
her
against (tJiemselves)
one another.
Isoc. 10,
53
(see above).
L\"S.
3, 40
: fl
"ipa 7T6/j(
7rai8<av
f(pL\oviKt'](rafj.(v r/^fTj Trpor riXAÂoiiy.
PLATO, Phaedr.
237
C' ovrf
yap
tavrois ovre
aXXyXots opuXoyoiHTiv.
a^f. 322
13:
rjftiKow aXXi^Xous.
XEN. An.
I, 2,
27
(Tvvfyevovro riXXi/Xoi?.
Ibid.
I,
10,4-
Oifffôv
(iXX/^Xwi'
. . . OK
TpiuKovra
errciSta. Ibid.
3,
2,
5
:
fStbKa/nei'
mil
e'Xd/3o/iei/
Trtcrru
^7} TrpoSco-
o"etf (i A X
y
X o f y.
For additional
examples,
see the lexica.
1 80.
Reciprocal Reflexive:
Isoc. io,
53
(sec 179).
ANDOC.
3,
I I :
i\pi]vr] yap
Kal <nrov?>a\ TTO\V
$ia(f)(pnvm (T(f)u>v
avrwv.
1 8 1.
Reciprocal
and
Reflexive
in Contrast;
PLATO, Phaedr.
237
C: oi'rt
ytip
(avrots ovrt
aXX/;Xois ofj.oXoyovo'iv.
Ibid.
263
A:
dpfatrftriTovfifv dXX^Xots
re Ka\
'j^'iv
awrotr.
182. REPETITION
OK COCINATES. The Greek,
like the
Latin,
delights
in the
repetition
of
cognates.
Not so the
English.
Xeip
x
?
P
a vi*l PKOV.
; (One)
hand washes
(the other)
hand.
^jXos
TOV
79
JjXov,
PROV.
;
cltivus clat'iim
pellit. Comp.
"One star differeth from an-
other star in
glory."
PLATO, Conv.
195
B:
uômv o/zojw
ilt\ 7rrX(it.
Gor^. 510
B: 6
O/iOtOf
TO)
6p.OlU>. Lj'S. 214
B: TO
OfJLOlOV
TU>
0^1
01 CO
tllXiyKIJ
lift
<f>i\(llt
fll'lll.
. . ooKa
ytip 'jp-iv yt irovrjpbs rr)po),
6<Tto an . . .
ûXXov 6/itXiy,
rocroi/roi
f^Bitttv yiyvttrdai.
1
AR. Thesm.
955 X
( l
/
J ' f^vairrt
êlpa.
EPICHAR.M. fr. 118
(Ahr.):
fe
^
f \
f
, rav
\
fl
P
a
"'f"-
SOPH. Ai.
5-- X''P'
f
X"/
Jll<
V'P
f(nt.v
t)
TIKTOVCT' aft.
H ES. O. et
D.25:
tat
Kfpdfj.fiis Ktpnfjif't
Ktrrici Ktn T(KTOVI T(KTU>V.
HOM. Od.
17. 2178
I viv
fjifv fti) fjuiXa TTfiy^v
KdKos KaKov
r}yf/Au^t(, |
a>r
aid TOP
ofjiolov uyfi
6f6s a>y TOV
opolov.
183.
MOOD. The Greek
language
has four moods
proper.
A mood is a tone
given
to the
predication by
the
speaker
or
writer. These moods arc the
indicative,
the
imperative,
the
subjunctive,
and the
optative.
The verb has also a nominal
form,
the
infinitive,
which is often called a
mood,
and an
adjec-
tive
form,
which is called a
participle.
Of these moods the indicative alone
expresses
with uniform
directness the relations of
time,
or
tense,
and as some of the
modal uses cannot be understood without the use of the
tenses,
it is
necessary
to consider first the tenses.
TENSES
184.
The tenses
express
the relations of
time,
embracing:
1. The
stage
of the action,
duration in
time,
kind of time.
2. The
period
of the
action,
position
in
time,
sphere
of time.
The first
tells,
for
example,
whether the action is
going
on
or finished.
The second tells whether the action is
past, present,
or future.
185.
Peculiar to the Greek
language,
as
compared
with Latin
and
English,
is the
specific
form for the relation of attainment
called the aorist, the tense of concentrated action,
the absolute
tense. The kind of time and the
sphere
of lime art- both ex-
pressed by
the tenses of the indicative mood or declarative form
1
AKISTOT. Ktli. N.
H,
i
,
6 : oQiv ruv
opoiuv (ftuaiv
MI;
TUI>
ofunov
coi KuXoiup
WOTt ICoXo JO '. Kilt Ttl TUiaVTU.
8o GREEK SYNTAX
of the verb. But
present
and future have no
special
aoristic
form in the active and
middle,
though
in the
passive
it is
possi-
ble to make a distinction.
186. The absence of
special
forms for
designating
the kind of time in
the future
helps
to account for
many
modal combinations. The
subjunc-
tive and
optative
often serve to
express
exact
temporal
relations in the
future.
187.
The tenses are further divided into
principal
and his-
torical,
or
primary
and
secondary, according
as
they
refer to the
present
and the future on the one hand
(time
not
past)
and to
the
past
on the other.
188. TABLE OF TEMPORAL RELATIONS
Indicative Alood
ACTIVE
I*
PRESENT TENSE
Si
Present Tense
189.
SPECIFIC PRESENT.- UNIVERSAL PRESENT. The
present
is
used,
as in
English,
of that which is
going
on now
(specific present),
and of statements that
apply
to all time
(uni-
versal
present).
Specific
Present :
TOV
dvSpa
6
ptL,
XEN. An. I, 8,
26
;
/ see
my
man.
I
go.
Universal Present :
irdvra
...!, PLATO,
Cratyl. 440
C
;
Everything
is in motion.
PLATO,
Crat.
402
A
(97). 440
C
(see above).
HDT.
7. 9- y)
"TO
TTfip'js
mivra
dvdpvrroicri <pi\(fi ylvttrdat
(97)-
COM. Philem.
4, 40:
fftdpovs
TTOIOVVI TOVS
(friXovs
<ii
(rvyKpicrtis, Compari-
sons make enemies
offriends.
EPICHARM. fr.
117
Ahr. : vuvs
iipfj
mil vuos uKovft,
(It
is)
mind
(that)
sees
and mind
(that)
hears.
191.
PRESENT PARTICIPLE COMBINED WITH COPULA. The Greek
has no
special
form for the
progressive present
of
English,
nor for the
progressive
tenses
generally.
In the
periphrasis
with the
present parti-
ciple,
the
participle
is
generally equivalent
to a characteristic
adjective
or
substantive,
with which it is often
coupled.
Notice must also be taken of
the
position
of the
copula,
which
readily
resumes its
emphasis.
1
Sc6}icvd
^CTTI old eon
SticrOai,
COmp.
Xl-'.N. Dec.
7-
-'
irpocrfjifov
êm,
//
is
becoming; irpooiiKci,
// becomes.
al<r0av6(Avos,
I'LATO, Tiieaet. 160 A
=
oUrOrj-nis,
Ibid. 160 D.
LvCURG.
36
:
6no\oyavfi,fvov
tcmv.
DEM.
19, 312
: TI'S
yt'ip
tfTTiv . . . OVTO) (TKaibs icai . . .
(r(f)oft[)a picruiv rfjv
TToXtl/
TTJV Jj/JifTfpllV;
2O,
152:
ttTTl ft( Kill
fJHI\'
t
)(
CO V
VOflOS lf.Hl'
KllXaiS. //'/(/.
153:
TraXtnus fcrd' o
vi'iftos
KIU K<iAd>y
tûiv.
I
57
:
olar^pos
KH\ KUKWS
t^w
6
vopos.
ISAE.
7, 14:
npofff/Kov r)i>.
Ibid.
KJ
'. K<H TIIVTO otic
ayvoovptvov
tarty
ovftf
nuf>'
airrois Tiivrtny.
Lvs. I
"5,91
:
>yi' i/mipxuvTa.
PLATO,
Euthyph.
I0 B: OIK
<if>u
Sn'm
6pp.(V('>
f'rrn,
^(('i rofro
<'y<irm,
dXXu rovvdvriov ftu'iri
opurai,
&ia ruirii
o/)d)/if
v.> v.
(Here
the dilTerencc be-
tween
predication
and action is insisted on.)
I-egg.
Sii I?: K\V&VVUV
f/";M*
dvai
(f)ff)<tv(T(ii>
rms TTIU<T\
Tt}i> 7ri>Xi<p<ifli<n>,
I maintain that
multifarious
1
Si-c \V.
J.
Alexander in A.
J.
\\ iv
(1883), 291-308,
and I!. L. C. in
J.
II. U.
Circ.
1882-3, !' 67-
6
82 GREEK SYNTAX
learning
is a
dangerous thing
for
children is
endangering
to children.
Phileb. I I A :
opa Sr)
. . .
Trpor
riva
(sc. \dyov)
TUV
nap' i]fj.lv dfjL(()i(T^r]Tflv (SC. p.i\-
Aeir),
f'av
p.i]
(TGI Kara vovv
?/
X?
yop.(
vo s. Theaet. 160 A-D
(see above).
XE\. Oec.
7>
21 : <* r^v
(rrcyvav f'pyn fttofievd
fern.
rrrcyvuiv
,8f
8elrai . . .
7)
TU>V
vfoyvmv
TtKva>v
irai8orpo(pia. dfuptva
=
<juae cgenttii
sunt =
quae egeant.
8( irai
=
t'get. [R. A.]
2,
3-
orrdflrcu 5' ev
rr/ rjirfipay
elcrl 7T(iXeis I/TTO rwv
'.\dtj-
vn'id)v
dp)6p.fvai
(^= UTTijKOOt),
at
/Ltei/ /LieydXat
6ia Seoy
apôvrai,
at 8e
fjuicpiii
irdvv
THUC.
4, 109,
2 : Vrt Se aTro roO
/SacrtXt'cof 8iopvyp.aros
fcru>
Trpov govern.
HDT.
I,
57
:
?0"av
ot
IIfXao~yoi ftdpfiapov yKuxr&av
te'i/re?
(fiapjUapofpfavoi).
2,
6l : ocrot 8e
Kapwi"
eicrt eV
Atyv7rr<j)
oiKeovres
(oiKiovcrt, live; oineovTes
fieri,
are
resident).
3, 133:
oo-a e'j
alfr^vvrjv
ecrrt
(pfpovra.
4.,
M '. eort Se Kal
aXXof
Xoyoj f\O)V
oo8e
(^TOtoerSe).
AR. Thesm.
77:
eiV eur' ert
fcoi/
eiV aTroXcoX'
EuptTri'S^s.
Ran.
35-37:
Kara/3a,
iravovpyt
. /cat
yp eyyvs rr/s dvpas i]8r) /SaSt^coi/ ft/it Tr)<r8',
ot
TTpcord
/ie |
8ft
TpaTTtcrBui.
Well
explained by
Kock :
Auf
meinem Marsche bin ich
in die Nalie
gekomtnen.
Eccl.
1093-4: ot'/not KaKo8aip.u>v, tyyi/s ijSrj rtjs dvpus |
eXK(i/ie^(i? flp.(i).
SOPH. O. R.
1045
:
fwz/
as
adj.
Phil.
412
: id.
ARCHIL. I :
flp.1
S'
e-yoi) ^fpuTrtoi/ /î/
'EwoXtoto avciKTos,
I
Kat Moutre'cov
f'pa-
TOJ/
8tapov eiria'Tafjifvos,
192.
COXATIVE PRF.SEXT. PRESENT OF ENDEAVOR. As
continuance involves the notion of
incompleteness,
the
present
is used of
attempted
and intended action
(present
of
endeavor,
conative
present).
But on account of the double use of the
present
as a tense of continuance and as a tense of
attainment,
this
signification
is less
prominent
and less
important
than in
the
imperfect.
Notice that this conative sense runs
through
the
moods.
uivoiifiai.,
/ ain
trying
tf
buy,
T ui/i
bidding. SiStofii,
7 am
luilling
to
give,
1
ojfft'r.
ira
oaKpo
verai . . .
vîas,
I )F.M.
29,
i ; Ifr tries to sii<indlc vou.
ot
'E-yta-ToUoi
. . .
T|fi.as K<*>o(3otio-i.,
Til re.
6, ii,2;
TJie
Segestans
arc
trying
to
frig
/i ten its. TOV vlbv K T c i v c
i, HDT. i
,
1
09
;
He ivisJics to kill her son.
I) KM.
29,
I
(see above).
PLATO,
Phaedr.
273
I) : ft ... //XXo n
nep'i Tf^r/f Xd-ycov Xf'yfis-
(have
to
say,
li'ant to
say),.dKmioipfv
nv.
Soph. 242
C :
Xf'yt traffitarTfpov
o
\ey<
is.
AKX. An.
7. 7- 7 *fhavv(Tf
i)p.u$
f'<
Tij<r8f r^y ô)p(is\
Turc. 6. 11,2 (see
above).
HDT. i,
1
09
(see above).
PlND. O.
2,
98
: -riva
ftd\\ofj.(
v ; Whom are luc
trying
to hit?
PRAESE.YS
PROPHETICUM
83
193.
Other Moods and Verbals :
ISAE. 2, 28;
ujrrjyiifxi'f
THIS
wvavfiivois /IF)
d)i>f1(T flat.
ISOC.
4. 17
: TOI>
fir) fHtvnv
lTTl&tllV
ITOlOVptvov (=
7rmr]tTa<T0al #ovX<!/ifi<o/)
ciXXti K<II
8tairpua{rflai
TI
@(iv\t>ptvot>.
PLATO,
Proiaij. 340
I: :
lut^ttvat n(i<>v
T<>
i'i>crrjp,a
noiw. In
frying
/,; /teal
the disease / make it T.V/'AV.
XKN. Hicro. II.
13: rrXiu'riff
. . . roi?
c/x'Xoi's-.
THUC.
3.
'8, I : (7ri
M)0v/xvai
OH- n
po8t8ofj.ivt)v
e'0Tpdrfv<rni/. 5,
22.
4:
KaTftfaXt yap
Tit . . .
avTiXapftavupfvos
. . .
Ktpafiida, 3, 56.
2: TruXiv
TTJV fjfltTfpaV
K(IT (I X
<l/JL$
<1 I'O VTd $.
EUK. Phoen. 81 :
fyip Xvoixr(a).
PlNl).
().
13- 5^~^
)O : r"'
M*
1
'
'EXfVai/
KopifovTfs,
ol <V 77<j
irupTrtiv
f'ipyovTf
s.
1'.4.
106:
ayKo/u'^W,
with note.
HoM. II. IO,
457
'
<(>0fyyop(vov
8' a
pa
TOV
yt Ktipij Kovij)(Tiv
(pi^flr].
194.
PRKSKNT ANTICIPATINT, THI-: Fr-rrKK.
PUAKSKNS
PROPHKTICU.M.
The
present
tense is used more
rarely
than in
English
in
anticipation
of the
future,
chiefly
in verbs in which
the will is
equivalent
to the deed :
dpi,
/
<;v>.
OVK
ii>,
[
suffer
not,
yiyvofiai,
f am
becoming.
The
present
as a vision of the future is
called
pracscns proplicticnm.
lv 8e
(ua fiaxil Tr]v8
rt -IT
poo-KracrOc (?<;'///=:
shall '('in) cai
icivir)v paXXov
i\tvQtpovrt
(J
"rce
= shall
free),
TlHX'.
4, 95,
2. TOVTUV TWV
\)rr]<|>io-pdTwv
. . .
fj fiCVOVTWV
. . .
tj
aXovTWV . . . Tl
-q
TToXlS
fj KCpSaiVil TJ PXd.TTTTOl;
I) K.M.
[58]. 37-
LYCURG. 126: ft
yap n-poTja-fa-df
TOVTIIV TOV
Katpbv
. .
.,
OIK (<TTII>
vp'tv p.tTa
ravra
SIKTJV Trap'
airrtav dBiKOVvrw
\aftf
ii>
'
KpftTTtws yap ijdrj ytyvovrui TIJS rriipa
TWV
d8lKOVfl(VO>V Tl[JUi)pt<IS.
DEM.
[58], 37
isec
above).
XEN.
Cyr.
4.
6,
7
: ft <>vv crv
p.f ^f'^/;
xri.
Tui'C.'. I, 121.4: /iia
rf
VIKIJ vavp.a\ias
Kara TO ftVor AXicricavTai.
4. 95,
2
(see
above). (>,
9'. 3
'
"'
avTif 17
TroXis-
XrjfpdrjcrfTai, f\(Tiit
KU\
i]
Tfiirru 2iK(\ia.
I Il)T. I,
207:
{(rartadfls
p.tv
n
JXKT
air tt\ X vt 1 1 nunnv
ri)v afiî/f
. . . IIKWV
&( OV VIKOS TIXTOVTOV <J(TOV ft KTf .
3- '55 '1^1 OtpfOfifV
H(l,il'Xu)KI. 6, 82 '.
OVK
alpifi To'Apyos.
6,
109: t]i> yap
<rv
yvu>p.r; TJJ tfjif/ 7r/)U(r^;;,
IITTI TOI
irarptt
rt
(\(v6fprj
Ka\ ni'iXir
TTpwrr)
TWV (v
Tt/
'KXXiifit.
8,
IO2 :
Map&wiov
8t,
>]v
TI
rraflu,
Xo-yoy
ovfifiv
yivtrai-
ulbt TI viKvirrtf ot
"EXXî/f
f VIKOXTI, dovXov crbv dno\(-
cravTff.
AR.
V.f\.
127
: (iravff tvumv, nuruv iat ci7r(>X X vrat.
Et'R. Phoon.
884 5
: <ru r' J> ruXatvci a
i>y
KUTU(T KUTTT
u 770X1, |
<'
/ir) Xo-yotv
TIS rotr (iuttri nuiffTui.
GREEK SYNTAX
SOPH. Ph.
113: alpe'i
TO. rda -ravra
rfjv Tpoiav fj.6va (97)-
AESCHVL. Cho.
55
KTfiva
viv,
a>s
Tovvfipov
(vvfTTft ToSf. P. V.
171
:
ot. Ibid.
767
'.
17 Trpos Sdpapro?
(
âi/i'trrarat
dpovatv;
PlND. O.
8,42:
LTe'pya/ior
. . . dXt'cr/cerat. P.
4, 48-9:
Tore . . . f'ai/i-
195. elfii.
In standard
prose elfju,
in the indicative is future
everywhere.
In the
optative,
infinitive,
and
participle
it is now
future,
now
present.
The
subjunctive
is future
by
virtue of its
meaning.
Indicative as a
future
:
et(xi
iri, TOV TtovSe
eiraivov, THUC. 2,
36, 4 ;
/ ivill
proceed
to the
praise
of
these men. aXX'
cipi,
AR.
Pax,
232
; Well,
I am
going.
DEM.
16,
8:
ravrrfv
av
cXaxrti/,
t'acr' eVt
MftrcrijVJ/J'.
2O,
99: fijut. 23,
106 :
OVK eV (Kflvovs
"i^fv
KOI 8t' fKfivcov
acrdfvfj
noiflv avrov
^rjTrfcrop.f
v
;
PLATO,
Protag. 335
C : vvv 8e . . . \d(lv
yap
irol
fj.f
5fl . . .
ftp.
i.
THUC.
2,
36, 4 (see above). 4, 85,
6 : dXXa KOI ols av
eV/w,
fjatrov
TIS
e'/xoi
Trp6cr
icri.
Ak.
Pax,
232 (see above).
Eccl.
933
:
rdâ yap
fla-iv cos
e'/xe.
SOPH. Ph.
461
: i/vj/ 8'
ft/it Trpos
vavv.
HUM. Od.
17, 277
: f ' S'
c6f\fis,
eiripfivov, iyu
8'
tifii TrpoTrdpoidev.
II.
3, 410:
Ketcre 8'
e'-ywi'
OVK
fifii.
Optative
as a
future
:
ANTIPHON, i,
11 :
eVeiSi) ra.\urra
avrols
mnjyyi\6r)
on.
eirfîoip.1
TOV ira-
Tpos
TOV
(f)ovea.
XEN. Hell.
5.
I.
34
: dXX' 6
'Ay^trtXaos
cal TOVTOIS
Trpof'nrf,
TO'IS
piv,
d
p.T)
fKntp-^foifv
TOVS
Apydovs,
TOIS
8e,
ft
/ir)
0.7710 KV (K
TTJS Kopivdov,
on
rroXf^zoi/
(oicrei tif avrovs.
Infinitive
as a
future
:
LVS.
25,
22 : TOT"
rjSr;
KOI KdTifvai
TrpocreSoKare
*cat
Trapa
rcoi'
iâpSiV Xrjê-
<rdai
diKrjv.
Pl,ATO,
Phaed.
103
D : ai TO
TrCp yt
v
irpocriovTos
TOV
\l/vxpov
airco
;/
Virt^tevai
(SC.
Soicei
croi)
^
dTroXfirrât.
XEN. An. I,
3,
I : 01
yap crrpaTiwrat
OVK
((pacrav
Ifvai TOV
Trpotrw.
THUC.
4, 98, 4
: (iTruVai.
5, 7, 3
:
inef-tivai, 5
: oT'e'vat. 6,
49, 4
:
Trpocrui/at.
Participle
as a
future
:
Pl.ATO,
Protag. 335
C :
faiurra.]vi\v
o)f UTTKJDV.
THUC.
3, 27,
2 : d>y
twefciuv
Tols
Adrjvaiois.
AR. Pax,
1182 : oil
yap jy
HISTORICAL PRESENT
85
196. Optative, Infinitive,
and
Participle of tl/u
not
future
:
ANDOC. I,
39
: *So>i 5t TQVT'
f^q
tni
.\avpiov
Itvtn
(<)l).
PLATO,
Cratyl. 4'
D:
<r;(f6'd>
Tt au oiVot a$'
'H/jtixXrcroi'
civ
^yoliro
ra
ovra iivai rt iruvra Kiii
pivftv
ovdtv.
XEN. An. I,
3,
I : inrwirrfvov
yup rj8r)
firi
ftti(ri\(a
(ci/at.
THL'C.
5. 65,
2 :
opcLi/ trpos xuipiov Kiiprtpov
c ovra I
<r<pas.
197.
Indicative as a
present
:
The use of
!/
itself as
present
is
poetical
and late.
PLATO, Conv.
174
B :
uya6u>v
Vi ficurnf tao-u/
<iiT(i/z(iroi ayaBoi (PROV.).
HOM. Od.
4. 4'
T')ÔS tip*
( (iXor fieri
yf'pwv
aXiot
vrjfjLfprrjs.
II.
2, 87
:
iûTf
tdvta. flvi
p.f\i(T<Tu<i)v
Adivdtav.
198.
PRESENT IN PASSIONATE
QUESTIONS.
In
passionate questions,
the
present
is used as a form of exhortation.
rl oiv ov
SiuKOjicv
us
rdxicrra;
XEN.
Cyr. 4, I,
i I
;
ll'/ty,
then,
do we not
pursue
-with all
speed?
XEN.
Cyr. 4,
I,
I I
(see above).
12 : ri ovv . . . OVK Xô>i/
Kva^dprj Aryeir
ravra ;
EUR.
Hipp.
1060 : a>
6(oi,
rl
&f}ra Toi/p.ov
ov Xva>
ord/an
;
199.
HISTORICAL PRESENT. The
present
tense is used far
more
frequently
than in
English
as a
lively representation
of the
past (historical present). Especially strange
to us is the free
use of the historical
present
in relative and
dependent
clauses
generally,
as these demand more reflection.
1
TI
iroiovtriv;
. . .
SieicapTe'povv,
L.YCURG.
85
;
II '/tat did
tJicy
do?
They
held out to the end. irws ovv ravr'
i-iroLi\(rtv ;
[iia-Bovrai
TOVTOVI, DEM. 1
8,
149;
How, then,
did he do this? lie hires this
fellow.
LYCURG.
85 (see above).
DEM. l8,
149 (see above).
[53], 17:
Tr]pj](ras p.(
. . . train rt
TTV^
Ka\
Apirilfl p.((Tl>V
K(ll U>6(1
fl(
(IS TU9
\l00TOp.i(lS,
(I
p.>]
TtVff
TTpt>(TU>VT(f, ftoailTof
IJLOV
dKoiKTavTfs,
iraptytvovro
Km
(ÔT)dr](Tav.
(didd
is an hist.
pres. equivalent
to an
impf.
de
conatu.)
PLATO, Phaedo, 84
D : xal os aKnvcras
ty(\it<T(
T(
t]p('nn\rj
Ka\
17 \
f
^
)
'I
&tlli.
ft(HTl\fVS
bf Kill (It <T\JV flVTO) 8tO>KCl)l/ (ItTirilTTtl fit TO
Hl'pflUV (TTpllTUTTf-
Bov Kai rii
p.fi> niTu Apiaiov
ovKtn
KrTavrai,
XXa
<f) iiyiiviri.
THL'C.
I,
59.
' ^
TplUKOVTU l>f)(S
TU)V
'
A0t]l>ai<l>V tl(f>lKl>l>l'VTai
(S Til <Vl
1
On the
conception
of the
ancients,
see I's.
-I.oni;.
wtf>i i'i|/<n";.
Kh. Cjr.
I,
p. 275
(Sp.).
Some statistics are
given
A.
J.
I',
xiv, 106,
and xvi.
'-'51).
86
GREEK SYXTAX
QpaKr/s
KCU.
KaTa\ap.l3dvt>vcr
t
TIJV
HoTfidcuav KCU. rdXXa
dcpea-TTjKoTa. 1,91,2:
Kf\fVfL.
I,
91, 3:
d HfTT(\\<>V(riV . . .
TTe/JLTTfl..
6,
57, 3:
(TVTTTOV Kill llTTOKTfi-
vovcriv CIVTUV.
"
51,
-
(/<''").
8, IO,
3:
KaTaSiuiKovinv . . . dno\\vacri . . .
oppi-
foixri. 8,
25, 3 (bis). 8,
25. 4.
8,
55, 3 (Av).
HDT.
I,43
:
u-Kovrifav
TOV
iv,rov piv dp.cipTavfi, Tvy^dvfi
8e TOV
KpoiVov
TrmSdr.
45: KClTOlKTipfl
. . .
Xe'-yei. 107:
SiSoi
(/;/.f). 3, 4:
or
iilpeei pu,
f V
i\VKiT),
eXaw 8e OIK
avqyaye
fs
Aiyvirrov. 3- 53
"
lva
P-'l
cr(
t
)i
Htpiavftpos
ts
rfjv
\u>prjv a7rtKr)Tai,
KTfivov(ri TOV
verjviaKOV, $,
II '. alriei . . .
alpifTai
. . . aired.
AR. PI.
6/6:
tnfiT
dvafi\ti\ras 6pu>
TOV
iepea.
EUR, H. F' .
252:
a)
yt/s \o%vp.a&'
ovs
Apijs crntipfi
77o~e. I. T. 16: ds
f^TTvp' t}\df (sc.
'Ayafiffjivfav},
KU\ At
-yet KciXâs
niSf.
S(JPH. LI.
424-5
: rouivrd TOV
Tnipuvros, ^''x'
'HX/co
|
8fiKVVtTl
Tovvap,
tK\vov
frjyovp.ivov.
Ibid.
679: TuXrjdts
(tTif, TU>
Tponu>
8u'>\\VTai;
O. T.
779^
:
dvijp yap
tv dfiTTvois
/x' VTTfpTT\r]<T0f\s /J.i8r] |
(caXft
Trap'
oiVw,
TrXdcrros- coy
drjv irarpi.
Ibid.
787
:
iropciiopai.
Ibid.
79^: iKvoZpai,
Ibid.
807:
7raia> . . .
ft>f
opq.
Ibid. 8l2 : fKKv\Lv8(Tai. Ibid.
813
: Krea'ia.
AESCH\'L. P. V.
228-31
'. virais
Ti'i^taTu
TOV
TT(i~pu>oi>
fs
dpuvov |
Ka6i(T\
(udvs
8aip.o(Tii> vtp.fi yepa
. . . KCU. 5if
crToi^(^fro dp^v.
200. This use of the
present belongs
to the
original
stock of our fam-
ily
of
languages.
It antedates the differentiation into
imperf.
and aorist.
Being
a familiar
form,
it is set down as a mark of
simplicity (<Ic/>'Xet)
of
style. By
reason, therefore, both of its liveliness and its familiar tone it is
foreign
to the
leisurely
and
dignified unfolding
of the
epos,
and is not
found in
Homer,
whereas it is
very
common in the rhetorical
Vergil,
as it
is
very
common in the Attic orators. Nor is it used to
any
extent,
if at
all,
in the
statuesque
Pindaric ode, whereas it is
frequent
in the Attic
drama,
which seems to have introduced it to
higher
literature.
201. AXXALISTIC OR NoTK-BOOK PRESENT. Akin to the Historical
Present,
and not
always
to be
distinguished
from
it,
is the Annalistic Pres-
ent,
Note- book
Present,
or Present of
Registration,
which transfers a
record or
register
to the historical
page.
So
especially
in dates of
births,
deaths,
and accessions.
Aapciou
Kai
napvaa.Ti.8os y ly
vo vrai iratBts
Suo,
XE\. An.
I, I,
I
;
To
(<]f)
Darius and
Pcirysatzs
are born two sons.
Kva|apTjs p.ev
. . .
TeXevTjL,
t'tcScxe-
rai 8c
'Ao-rvayns TTJV pacn\T]i-r]v,
II I) T.
I, 106;
Cva.iarcs dit'S and sls-
tyages
succeeds to the throne. TOVTOV Be KcXcos
-y '"Y
VTai- AK. Acl).
48.
202. PKKSKNT OF UNITY OF TIME. The
present
is used
in Greek of actions that are continued from the
past
into the
present, especially
with
designations
of time. The
English
translation is often the
progressive perfect.
PRESENT FOR
PERFECT
87
oUu *vra09' CK
(wipaiuov,
OHM.
[47]. 53
;
/ have been
living
there
from
a
boy.
tcclvov
yap,
ovScV
aXXov,
l
x
vtuw
iraXai,
So I'M. Ai. 2O
; /'<;/ //< //
A. /;,/<
other,
I've been
tracking long.
DEM.
21,
59:
TTlilTH T(W
/lfT<J
T<IVT
<;Vr</,
</>'
of, TO
^V
77X01*
K<miX<XvK<j,
fj.trpia
V
t'^wj/
roi-rots
TTf
tpiapai
vavrtKols
tpyii&frdai. [47], 53
(see
above).
LYS.
17, 9:
ovTf IXU><TT\ Tiiira ra
xpi'jiuira <itoi/^f
v
r;/ifVf/xi
fiV<n.
PLATO. CoilV.
172
C:
V//
oil (V
<y<l, v^Kîrfi o-i/Kûir/M'â)
. . . ooV?ra>
rpi'a err;
toriV. Pliaedo.
<S4
I) : rniXm . . . Tr
t
><>udniti'pf0a
t\- iimti/
TTJV
(V
'lTa\tT], i) ITff) Jj^fTlprj
T( f (TTl (K JTtlXtltHV tTl Ktl\ KTt .
AR. Ach.
17:
( UTOV
'yd) pi>iiTufj.tu (146).
Vcsp. 317: Tt'iKnpai piv
TTU-
Xai. Ibid.
320
:
flov\op.ai yt
miXm.
EUR. H. P.
"02-3: ^îii/os -y/i/j f/8rj 8p
(n
f'^
OTOD 7T(7rXots
|
KIXT
pt'iffOt
vStpa,
Sorn. Ai. 20
(see
above).
HOM. Od.
13. 377
: "'
^'/
TI>L
TpifTfs fj.(yapoi>
KUTU
Koip
 vtrtv.
II.
I,
553
: Kat
^"7"
<Te
iriipos y
oi'r'
fipnfj.ni
ovrf
êrciXXd).
So in tJie oilier moods
of
continuance :
Lvs.
17.
8: "irruaiv
i/piiy i/^rj rpia (~rj
dfj,(pi(rl3r)TovvTas.
HDT. 8,
4' ttvrrj
^'
t) fj.(\iTu((ra'(i
tv TOJ
TTpuadf
uiti
\puvd)
dim i
(ripo vfj. e'vr)
TOT
TjV UâWTOS.
AR.
Vesp.
1074
'
/jaSi'wy f'yw
fitS(iâ),
K*JI/
tifjiovcros f/
TO
npiv,
Readily it'ill I
teach him e'en
if
he have been untrained
before.
203.
PERFECT OF UNITY OF TIME. This does not exclude the use
of the
perfect.
TOI . . .
2<|>TjTToi TJSirj rpia err) p. (jiiaOuKa,
LYS.
17, 5
;
/ have let t/ic
Sphet-
tian
property
funs three
years.
LYS.
9, 4'
dtfuKofitvos irptnrtpvo'tv
ds
TJ]V
nuXiv,
ovnu> 8v<>
^.tjvay
(niSt8ijfj,ri-
KVS
KaTfXtyrjv (TTpnTi<aTT)s.
17. 5 (
see
above).
204.
PKKSKNT FOR PHRFKCT. -The
present
tense of .1 num-
ber of verbs that involve
unity
of character or
persistence
of re-
sult,
is often translated
by
the
Kn<j;lish perfect,
vucw,
/ am vic-
torious^
I have
conquered
'
; f^xu,
I am
here, I have arrircti
;
01x0^01,
/ am
off,
I am
gone
; dicovw,
/ hear or liave heard
; irvvQavopai,
/ learn
or have learned.
<rr'pofiai,
/ am
deprived,
and so all verbs of
pri-
vation.
VVV 8'
CTCpOV TToXlpOV KOlpOS tj
K C t
TIS,
I'KM.
j.
> I K u>
fi
K . . .
PoUTlXfO,
88 GREEK SYNTAX
XEN. An.
2, 1,4:
We are victorious over
(have conquered}
the
king,
CKCIVO
OKI]
Koas ;
. . . Ktti ro\n6
-y', ffyt], O.KOIJW, Mem.
3. 5,
26.
aTepo (itfta lTTi<m](JiTjs,
PLATO,
Theaet.
196
E
;
We are
deprived of
,
have to
go
without, science.
DEM.
3.
6
(see above). 4-
2
4
'
irporfpov
TTOT' d*cov<o
^(VLKOV Tpi^xiv
tv Ko-
pivda> TTJV
TruXiv,
but
19.
221 : Kttt
-yap
raOr'
aKijKo'
CIVTOV
\fyav.
ANTIPHON. Cf.
3^9-
f ' $f
o.vOtvrrjs
e< rtav
\(yofj.fi><av
firiftdKWTai,
ov%
T)fj.(ls
avTG) ol
\fyovTts
aiTtot
e(Tfj,fi>,
dXX
f] irpais
TU>I>
fpyiov.
PLATO,
Gorg. 53
^
6<f/**OTOIcXci
OVK d/coveis
tivftpa ayafibv ytyovora
;
Theaet.
142
B :
âXfTrco? /zeV -yap eêt
KOI VTTO
rpavfidTcov
Ttj>a>i/,
/xaXXoj/ îî/
auroi/
atpel
TO
yf-yoi/of j/do-r/â
fV rcJ
crrpar(Vfj.aTi.
Ibid.
196
E
(see above).
XEN. An.
2, i,
4 (see
above).
Mem.
3, 5,
26
(see above).
THUG. I, 7. 7
:
M*
17 "^
cirwoTjGavres /iiy
fi\6a><Tii>,
ol<tla
trTtpta-Qai
rjyovvTai,
"In
failing
to attain an
object, they
consider that
they
have lost"
(are suffering
the loss
of)
"
what was
really
their own." Morris.
HDT.
7' S3'-
*s
yap '-yo> nvvOdvofjiai,
eV
iivftpas o-Tparevu/jieda dyaOovs.
EUR. Hel.
I34
:
otêrat
6avovo~a
8r).
SOPH. El.
1326:
a> 7rXet(rra
îwpoi
Kal
(ppfvfav rr)To>fj.(voi.
Ph.
414
: dXX'
r) XOVTOS o'i^fTai
6ava>i> ;
PlND. P.
6,
22-3: 6p<paviofj.i>a> | n^XeiSa.
HOM. Od.
I,
298: r)
OVK
difis,
oiov K\eos
XXa/3e
Sloy
'OptcrTTjs
; 2,
Il8:
ol' ov 77o> riv'
aKovop.(v. 3-
86-8 : aXXovr
fjifv yap
irdvTas,
oaoi
Tpaxrlv Tro\(fj.i-
{bj/, | TTfvdofjied', r)%i
(Kacrros aTrcbXero
Xuypai oXe'^pw |
Kfivov S' av /cat
o\(6pov
dirfvQia
6i]K( Kpoi/t'cov.
Imperfect
Tense'
205.
The
imperfect
tense denotes continuance in the
past.
It is the tense of
evolution,
of vision
TO iraiSiov
06 a,
Lvs.
i,
II
; The
baby
was
squalling, began
to
squall,
squalled.
206. IMPERFECT WITH ADVERB OF RAPIDITY. The continuance is
in the mind of the
narrator;
it has
nothing
to do with the absolute dura-
tion of the action. The aorist is the rule with the
expression
of definite
numbers
(see 208),
and it is not at all inconsistent with the nature of the
imperfect
tense that it should be
accompanied by
an adverb
expressing
the notion of
rapidity.
v0vs
l\tLpt\.
iirl
TT)V 'AptcaSiav,
Xl'.N. Hell.
6,
5,
12;
Forthwith he
pro-
ceeded on his
way
to Arcadia.
Lvs.
1,17'
tvdctos
fTaparr6p.r)v,
8,
15
: tvdvs . . .
(@tiF>i(. 9, 4
: vTTfroTrou-
1
See 13. L.
G.,
A.
J.
1'. iv
(1883), 158-65 ;
C. W. E.
Miller,
A.
J.
P. xvi
(1895),
DESCRIPTIVE IMPERFECT.
89
fujv
tiiOtut.
13, 35
: tv8('ii)t
Kpiaiv
THIS
dvftpdcri
TOVTOIS tnoiovv tv
T/; $ouXfj.
21,3-
ti/6vt
tyvfjU'iKTidpôvv.
XE\. An.
3, 4, 27:
01 8(
7To\(p.ioi TU%V dirfirr)8o>v.
Hell. 6,
5,
12
(see
above).
THUC.
3,49,
2 :
Tpiqpr)
tvdvt
a\\rji>
a7Tf'(TTt\\ov,
They despatched
(were
for despatching)
another trireme at once.
3,
106, i :
tftur)6ovt>
Kara
rtiôs. 3>
109, 3:
8ia
TU%OVS
fOairrov.
3,
III,
i: ddtrtrov
dnt\u>povv. 5'
- l
>
' : f^dvs . . .
d(pi((Tav. 5-
21,
3'
KO.TII
rdôs (iroptvtTO,
6,
69,
I
'
firffyt
TO
(TTpaTonfftov
fvdvs . . .
dva\af36tTff
ra oTrAa (v()vs dvrt
Trjj(ra
v.
J, 29,
I : fi>6vs
diftirtfJilfov.
7.69,1:
dvTf
irXrjpovv
ras vaijs ( ii8vs.
"J
, 84, 3
: tvdiis
diffpddpovro. 8,12,3:
Sia
rtiôvf
TOV TrXouv (troiovvTo.
HDT.
I,
79
firoitt Kara
raôr.
AR. Nub.
1357
: 6 8' (vdfus . . . t
<f>aa-K(. Vesp. 355
: idt aavrov Kara
TOV
Tfl^dVS Tl)((
O) f.
PlND. P.
9, 38-9
:
^riv
iav
|
(vdvt
dfj.(ift(TO.
HOM. Od.
9. 179-
' S"
dials'
f
icrfitt
LVOV Kat (irl
K\TJKTI
Ka6tov.
II. 2,
52
: TOI 5'
rjyfipovTO fjidX'
COACH.
207.
DESCRIPTIVE IMPERFECT. The
imperfect
is
employed
to
represent
manners, customs, situations,
to describe and to
particularize.
TJS (sc. TTJS f)ovX.TJs) ciriaraTovcrr);
o\i SIKWV oxiS'
eY
K ^T
)f
iaTaj>
'
ov>8'
cla<|>opuv
ovSt
TT1 iaS
OvSf
TToXtfilOV T)
TToXlS <
Y
*
K
* V &XXa Kal
TTpOS dXXt]XoVS TjaKXlOLV
i.
\
v Kal
rrpos
roits aXXovs airavras
lpi]vriv TJY
OV>
iraptixov
. . .
SIT^Y"*'
îroiovv
. . .
cSoKtfiaov,
Isoc.
7, 51-3,
a
description
of the
good
old times.
T|
8c
YUVT)
TOV
âcriXcos av-rf)
ra criria
a<j>i tirta-crt,
HDT. 8,
I
37
; The
queen herself
would cook them their
food.
TWV 8e
iroXcp.iuv,
i-rrtl
4>ws c-ytvero,
ol
pev cOavfia-
(
o v TO.
Spup.cva,
ol 8' j
Y
C
Y
v dxr KOv
TJStj,
oi 8'
-fj y Y
^ ^ v
>
'
1 ^
(B
6 u>
v,
ol 8' eXvov
t-ir-irovs,
and so on to the number of 16
imperfects,
XKN.
Cyr. 4,
2, 28.
irpoTjYopi
8c aviTwv
GKipafAtvrjs,
Hell.
2, 2,
22
;
Theramenes ivas their
spokes-
man.
Isoc.
7, 51-3
(see above).
LVS. 12.
8-9: f'-yoj
Se rTfifrcowi
/xj/ fjpu>Tu>v
(i
/SouXotTti /if
(TcT)fru
xpr]p.ara
\afto)v
i> ft
(fyacTKfv,
ft TroXXa
ft?;.
PLATO,
Theaet.
143
A: *cni oo
-
(ts'
'Aftjvnfe d(f)iK(>ifjirjv, firavripu>ru>v
T!>V
Xo)*cp(jTr;
o
/ir) ffji(fj.vr'ip.riv,
K (
irrjvd) p6oii fJ.T/v.
XKN.
Cyr.
4,
2,
28
(see above).
Hell. 2. 2, 22
(see
above). Ibid. 2,
4, 33
:
TjKovTtfov,
(fiaXXov, (Tu^fixiv, f(T(f)(vf><>vuv.
Ibid.
4, 3. '9-
tdidovmo,
t^.a\nvro,
pirtKTtivov,
ujTfQvfliTKov.
Ibid.
6,
4, 36
tt)((To
TOV
pt'tirrpov,
f*o)j dn0av(v p(i>v
TO
ytyvofuva, ftitCpOt ipov
<uVi) tv TW
u/jw
90
GREEK SYNTAX
d\\!j\ovs
Kai fK TU>V
8iv8po)v
rives
dm'iyxovTo,
ol 8' u>s (KacrroL fSvvavro
dvr]-
\ovvro.
HOT.
/, 173
forpaTrjyee
8f Aaxt
8atp.ovio>v
. . . EiiaiVeros.
8,
137 (see above).
AK. Ach.
185
:
(yu>
8'
<pevyov
01 8' f Si u> KOV
Kaj3ou>v.
Eq. 46
8 : OVTOS
Karayvovs
TOV
yipovros
TOVS
rpoirovs, j
. . .
| //
KXX',
e$o>7re
v',
t Ko\uKf
v',
f-r)-
Tvara. Av. 1282:
('KO/J.UIV, (TTfivuiv,
eppinrcnv,
f
o-oxpt'iTtav.
EUR.
Hipp.
I
194^8
:
firrjye
. . .
f'nrop.fcrda
. . .
c(<rc/3uXAo/ici'.
SOPH. Ai.
298-300
:
rfii^fVl^f
. . . (
cr(paf Kiipp lifting
. . .
IJKI
f 0" .
AESCHVL. Pers.
416-26:
fOpavov
. . . tdfivov . . . v-n-riovro . . .
eVXTj-
GvOV . . .
J]pf(T(TfTO
. . .
fTTaiOV,
fppt'l^lÔV.
Pi XI). P.
4, 240-1
: u>
p( y
oi/
^f Ipas
. . . t
pfTTTOv
. . .
ay
a TV a OVT
(o).
Ho.M. Od. I, I IO-2 : ol
/xeV up'
trivov e
p.icryov
. . . ol
8(f)
. . .
Tpinrtas viôv
KCIL
TTpOTldfV,
T(H
Kpe(l
7T()XA(l 8tlTfVVTO.
II.
I,
249
: T v "i dyro
yXuxroris /j.t\iros y\vKia>v pifv ai/bf],
208. IMPERFECT WITH DEEIMTE NTMBKUS. With definite
numbers,
the aorist is
employed
(see
243),
but \vhen there is a
notion of
interruption
or of continuance into another
stage
(overlapping),
the
imperfect
is used.
TatPTO. 8' e IT o i i
Terrapas T|;ipas,
XKX. Hell.
2, I.
24;
He
kept
this
Upfour
dcl\S (hut
on the fifth, iri
f\v T)j.tpa Trt'jnrTT), J5 27). Karaâs
8 KCITU es TO KaTa-
yciiov oiKT|p.a
SiatTaro TT' erea
Tpia'
. . .
TerapTw
8 trt'i
eâvr)
TOI<TI
0pi]i|i,
Hl)T.
4, 95
;
He ivcnt down into t/ie
underground
room and lived there
for
three
years,
but in the
fourth
he
appeared
to t/ie Thracians.
DF.M.
19, 78: TtTTapas /j.rjvas
oXouj
f(T(povd'
ol <ba)Kels rovs
vcrrepov, r'j
St
TOVTOV
&fv8o\oyia fj.fra
nwd
varepov
UVTOVS (iTrcoXf crtv.
XKX. Hell. 2, i,
24 (see above).
Ibid. 2, 2, 16-7
:
(Wr/)t/3f irapa
.\va-uv-
$pci> rpfts fj.t]i>(is
KOI irkiov . . . tTT(\ 8f
ijKf TfT(ipTO) fJ.i]vi, uTnjyyf
i\fv Kre.
THUG.
4- 69. 3
Kn '
Tavrr/v p.ev ri)v 1/fj.f'pav i\r)v flpydfcovro' T>/
(T
icrrfpaia
TTfpl ieihlJV
TO
~ftÔ?
OO~()l> OVK (ITTf TfT(\f
(TTO,
K(l\ Ol (V
TJj
N((Tn/a S(io~(lVT(S . . .
vi>efir)cruv
rms
'A.6r)vaiois.
HlJ'I'. I,
18-9: firo\ffJLf
(T(ci fv8(K(l . . . TW ^f o~va>$fKtiT(i) fTf'i . . .
avvrj-
vfl^drj
TL roiuvftf
yfvio~6ai Trpr/yfjia. 4., 95 (
st>c abo\"e).
4> '5^'
TI>^TOl> oiKfOv
TOV
xiapov
( fTt<f
(ftft<>ijL<t)
tie
cr(pis
erf'i . . . ol
At/3u$
. . .
dviyvuxrav
fK\t7reiv.
7, 191
:
ii/jLtpcis yap ^17 txfip.af rpds-
Tf'Xor fit
fvrofiii
re TroidJvTfs Kui Kura-
ttdoVTtS
yi'ir)(Ti
ol
Miiyot
TM
iivip.u>
. . . (Trnvcrav
TtriipTT/ rjfitpij.
AR. Thesm.
502-3: irtpav
S'
(yaift i/ (paaKtv
<l>otv(tv
yvvf) Six '}/^</J"S'.
(<t>s
firpiaTo
iraiftiov,
HoM. Ofl. 2. 106
sqq. 3,
118
sq. 304 sqq. 4, 360 sqq. 5. 278
sq.
388 sqq. 7, 253 sq. 259 sqq.
267 sqq. 9, 74 sqq. 9,
82
sqq.
10,
So
sq.
142 sqq. 14. 240 sqq. 250 sqq. 285 sqq.
II.
9, 470 sqq.
21,
45 sqq.
IMPERFECT AND AOR1ST
gi
209.
The above succession of
imperfect
and aorist is the
type,
but there
are variations.
THUC.
3, 107, 3
;
Five
days they kept quiet,
but on t/te sixth both
parties
be-
gan
to draw
up
as
for
battle.
THUC.
3. 107, 3 (see above).
HDT.
7.
2O: ori
p.iv ricrcrfpa
Yeo
n\i']pta napapTftro (TTparirjv
rt KOI . .
.,
U) 8( (Tf'i
ilvop.ivo)
f err
parrjXuTf
t
X
f
'P' M^y'^.V fXij^for.
HOM. Od. IO,
28
sqq.: (vvfj/iap p.iv O/JLO)S ir\(op.(v
VVKTCIS rf KH\
fjp-ap, | rfj
'
t]8r)
di>(
(paiixro jrarpls upovpa, |
Kin
8rj TrvpTToXiovras
( \t
vcrcrop.f
v
iis fovraf
|
fvff
tp-f p.(v y\vKvs
vm>os
(7n'i\vdf /ce/c/^r/aJTa. (Only
an
appar-
ent
exception.
The action is
interrupted by
the
or>}Av#e.)
II. 6, I74~6
;
fvvt-fj.ap
(ivicr(Tf KOI ivvia
f3ovs If'pfVO'fv. |
XX' ort
Si)
fidci'iTi) ((fnivrj poF>oftiiKTv\<>s iju>s, \
KOI Tort
p.iv fpfftvf
Ktii
f/Ttf tr^/xa
Idiadat.
(Aorist
followed
by imperfect.)
210. When the
imperfect
alone is
used,
the definite statement is an
afterthought,
or, at all
events, the matter is not
fully disposed
of
by
the
narrator.
KO.I WKCI ^v
Mcyapoi?
irXtiw
f\
-ntvre
e-n\,
Lvc. 21
;
He lived at
Alegara
more
than
five years.
Lvc. 21
(see above).
ISAE.
5. 7
:
(KfKTTfTO (plpf.= ipf.)
fKCUTTOS 8u>8fKU
(Trj afAfl^f.
LVS.
21,
2'. TOV fit
fifTu^v xpuvov (Tpirj pcipôvv
(Trra
(TTJ.
211. IMTERFKCT AND AORIST INTERWOVEN. The two
tenses are often so combined that the
general
statement is
given
by
the aorist and the details of the action
by
the
imperfect,
or
the situation is described
by
the
imperfect
and isolated
points
presented by
the aorist.
1
[ZuKpaTTjs]
TO
4>dpfiaKov
ciricv . . .
irws ^reXevra; PLATO, Phaedo,
57
-^
Socrates drank the
poison.
Ho**.' did lie die?
(Describe
the
closing
scenes.)
OVK
^TJpKcr
8'
aviTois TttOr'
tâfiapTelv,
aXXa
ircpl
TOVS avrovs
XP
VOVS
tiropOovv
(itv TT)V T^Trtipov, v^piôv
8i Tas
vqaovs, avT]povv
8e . . . Kal . . .
KaOiaraaav,
iXvîaCvoVTO
8e
TTJV ITtXoirdvvT)(rov
tea!
fitcrTTjv
a~Taarav Kal
TroXc'fXwv
îr
oir)crav.
îrl iroiav
ya.p
TUJV -rroXtcuw OVIK
i.anp<\rt\>(rav; f\ irtpl
rivas avroiv OVK
^|ijp.ap-
TOV;
OUK 'HXfi'uv
p.cv |n'pos
TI
TTJS x^P
a
S a.
<j)
c i X o v T
o, TT]V
8e
yf]v Tr\v Kopivfliu)!'
T
(iov,
. . . SicuKiaa
v,
. . .
4ciroXl6pKT]O-av,
. . .
ciat'paXov,
oviSev 8' îraxi-
ravTO TOVS
[iv
aXXovs Kaiccis Troiovvrts, avrois 8t
TTJV TJTT<XV TTJV
^v
AcvKTpocs irapa-
<rictudovTts ;
IscjC. 8,
</y-Ioo.
1
Sec al><> 1!. I..
(I.,
A.
J.
I', xiv
(1893), 104-6.
92
GREEK SYNTAX
ISOC.
5' 53~4
: ^
7'V f<pdatrav
TU>V
t)(dpS>v KpaTT]crai>Tfs
KOI
ap.(\t)o~avTfs Tyi/co^Xoui' fjiev
. . .
erdX/ua>t'
. . .
ijTTfiXovv
. . .
aTreore'p
ciropdovv
. . . e eTT(
P.TTOV
. . . TeXeurcoi/rey fie
Trpos
3>a>K(as
7ro\(fj.ov fîj
5, 87: ffx
f
y^P
Strras
eiridviiias
. . .
TTpoyptiTo yup fiacriXfl
re
rrohefif'iv
KOI
TOVS
fTciipovs
. . .
KaTayayt'iv.
8,
99100 (see above).
PLATO, Phaedo,
57
A
(see above).
XEX. Hell.
2,
3, 55-6
: cos fie ravra
etVfi/,
eiX/ce
p.tv
OTTO TOV
/3wôC
6
2rupor,
fl\KOV 5 01
VTTT]p(Tal.
6 8f
Q^pafJ.^!]?
. . . (TTfKaXf I TO . . . .
7;
fie
(3oi'\T)
fjorvîav tiêv...-
ol 8'
ajvi^yayov
TOV
uv&pa
KTf.
THUC.
3.
22
(a
number of
examples
of
shifting
tenses). 4, 119, 1-3:
raiiTa
^vviQfvro
KU\
u>fj.ocrav AaKefim/ôi/iot
KOI ol
î'/n/xôt '\6rjvaiois
KOI rols
vp.p.u)(ois
. . . f-vvfTivfVTO
oe KCII e cnrtvôvTo
.\aKf8ai/j.ovto)t> p.tv
otfie . . .
r;
p.fv 8rj
(Kf
\fipia avTr] e'ye'veTO,
KCI\
gwfj<fav
fv
avrt] Trtpl
ra>v
[itifcivcav
mrovftiov
8ui TTCIVTOS ('s
Xoyovs.
HDT. 2,
162: TU>I> TIS
ArytiTTTuoi/
oVicrê CTTIIS
TTfpiedrjxe
ol
Kvverjv,
KO\
TTfpiridels (<prj
eVl
j3acn\T)ir] TTtpiridevai. 3, 123:
ravra aKovcras
NoXvKpdrrjs
rjcrdr)
re KOI
e'/3ouXfro.
HOM. Od.
10,
352-67
: A
string
of
imperfects
followed
by
a
string
of
aorists.
212. INTERCHANGE OF IMPERFECT AND AORIST. An actual inter-
change
of tenses is not to be admitted
except
in the case of a few old
pret-
erites,
such as
TJV
and
ffprjv.
In the earliest
period
the
typical
difference
is held fast. The
apparent exceptions,
then,
may
be accounted for
by
un-
differentiated forms,
by
mistaken
meanings, by
the distributive or intensive
use of the
imperfect.
So
e4
)T
l
v
=4
)T
)
'
a
>
but in
ftrepirov
the
thoughts
follow
the motion,
1
and lice'Xevov is
"
I
gave
orders,"
"
urged."
6
Kpotcros eirfnr
es
2irapTr)v oyYt'Xovs
. . . ol
Kpolcros
KT.",
HDT. I,
69.
. 6, 27
: et
/xei/ e'ya>
TOVTUIV
TrpoK(i\ov[j.ivu>v p.t} i]de\T)cra
TOVS
irapa-
yfvo/jifvovs (iTTofpfjvai, fj Qepairovras
taiTovo-i
p.ij rjdfXov
tK^tdovat . . . <WTU uv
Tairrn
p.(yio~Ta TKfj.tjpin
KUT"
(/JLOV
eiroiOVVTO on
uXrjdrjs fjv r)
airta.
THUC. 2,
7'. 23.
Tlav&avias
y<ip
. . . dir(8i8ov H\a-iit(vo~i
y?]v
KU\ Tro\iv
TTJV o-(f)fT(pai> f'xovras avTOvafiovs
oiKflv KT. rafie
/J.tv rîiv TTiiripfs
ol
vfitrtpoi
f8oo~av KTf.
3> 5^' 5
ll(tv<ravi(is
p.ev yup
fdairrfv avrovt
vopifav
tv
yt/
rt
(piXia
Ttdfvin K<I\
TTiip av8pd(ri
TOIOVTOIS KT(.
J
, 20,
1-2'.
Tre/x'
re
IltXorro'i'i/J/croi'
viii't
TplUKOVTH
((TT(L\(IV K(H
\<lplK\f(l
TOV
'
\TTO\\O$(j)pOV
(ipVOVTd,
. . . Kill TilV
Af//iO-
(fdivr)
f\
TTJV
2i<fXini',
(ainrffi f'îeXXor,
tiTTf O~T e X X ov.
HDT.
I,
69 (see above). 3, 41
:
fitf/êi-os
fi
tvpurKt
rdfa. 8,
136: Mop-
SOVLOS fie ...
p.(Ta
TUVTO. tnf
fj- ^
(
uyyfXov
'$
'A.0T)vas 'AX(av8pov
TOV
'
1
Sec H. L. ti. on FIND. 1'.
4, 114.
IMPERFECT OF EXDEAVOR
93
. .
.,
apa pin
ort . . .
apa
Tt o
MapSoptor irvflupfvos
ort
irpt'(ivus
Tt
firj
Kai
fvtpytTTjs
6
'
'AXi
ail8pOS (TTfpTTf.
. . . T01(Tt
fit} irflflt'lpfVHS tTftprtf.
EUR. Or.
55-
'
irafilp P*V
(
<pvT(V(Tt
V
pf, <TI)
8' (TIKTf mil?.
Pixn. See B. L. (i. on P.
4, 114
and
247,
and on P.
5, 76
:
potpii
Tit
nytv
as
compared
with ibid.
87
: TOVS
'Api<rroTe'Xi;j aytiyt.
O.
6, 41,
on (TIKT(.
Ho.M. Od.
4, 5
: T
'l
1
'
M'" 'AîXXôj pr/^r/yopof
vlfi
irtprffv.
Ibid. 8:
rr\v
up
o
y
tv6' "imrouri KU\
dppucri.
irt
p.TT(
vtr6ai,
II. 2, 42
sqq.
:
t^tro
8'
op60tis, p.a\aKov
5' fi>8vi>f
^trcoi/a, I
KU\(>V
irrjyaTtov^ntpl
8i
piyn /3aX\ero (pupos
rro(rcr\ 8' viro
\nT(ipm<riv c'dâaro
(caXa
7T'8tXa
| (i/i^)i
S'
ap' utfjLoicriv ftiiXtro i(f)os dpyvpot)\ov,
KT(.
6,
192-3:
avrov
pw KarfpvKf)
BiOov 8 o
ye dvyaTfpa TJV, \
8a>K( 8 ol
rip.t]t j3a<ri\rji8i>f fjfj.t(Tv Trticrrjs.
7i 33~5
^* f
"P
a
^wv//
eras' SO>KC
i(pos upyvporj\oi>
. . . Alar S
faxrr^pa
8i8ov
213.
IMPERFECT OF ENDEAVOR. The
imperfect
is used of
attempted
and
interrupted,
of intended and
expected
actions.
1
&
(sc.
Ta
irarpuJa)
iravr'
Ipio ^Y^Y
V * TO DEM.
39,
6; All
of
luhicJi
(i.e. my
father's
estate}
was
going
to be mine. TO
x^piov
tirwXci, ISAK.
2, 28;
He
was
for selling
the
piece ofground.
oi> iraiStov ?vKa
iyapn,
ISAE. 6,
24
;
//
was not
for
the sake
of
children that he wanted to
marry,
airwXXvfiTjv
(-
^j8r) d-iroXov|ievos),
ANTIPHON,
2^3;
/ knew
(expected)
that I was
going
to
be ruined.
DEM.
19,46:
cal
vp.(ls
iye\arf,
And
you
started to
laugh. 39,6 (see
above).
[49]-
-
0"<})a\tvTOS p-ev
TOVTOV tJTrcoXXvro Kai TO>
Trarpt
rw
tp.u>
TO
crvp.-
($6\aiov. 54- 33
:
fovrtf
8e
p.rj rrnpaa-ôp.(i/(f
TOVTOVS
pdprvpas TJV (=fp.f\\(v
tcrf&Oai)
Sr/Trou X<iyor
ovdfts,
oXX'
i]\u>Ktvai Trapuxpjjp.' vnrjpxf tTiconrj.
ISAE.
2,
28
(see above).
5, 44
:
(yiyvtrn.
6, 24 (see above).
ISOC.
5- 4^' P-^l KaropddxravTts p.ei>
tvdvs oTrcoXX WTO.
10,
36:
6
piv
TOV
8?lp.f>V Ka0i<TTT] KVplW T1]S
TToXtTfUJf,
Ol 8f
pWOV
(IVTUV
(Ip^flV t]ioVV.
LYS.
7, 32
: raOra 8f
irpdas
. . .
fKfp8aivov p.tv
ovdiv,
fpavruv
S' ds icivftv-
VOV
K(l8i(TTT]V.
ANTIPHON,
2^3 (see above).
2/39:
Xoi/r
piv yap
. . .
ri;i- piv
ovtrias
f)8rj tK<rrTj(r6p(iios,
TOV 8(
(raptrros
KU\
TTJS
TroXfwy OVK
airfcrTtpovprjv.
PLATO,
Phaedr.
230
A :
dr<ip,
o>
(rtripf,
. . .
ap
ov TI>?>(
ijv
TO
6(V8pov, <<p'
(mtp vv*
f
W"
y
'
^llt
<
niy friend,
isn't this the tree to which
you
were
going
to,
wanted
to,
started out
to,
take us ?
1
Pliny,
II.
N.,
Praef.
26,
explains
the "artistic
"
iiroin as a manner of conativc
imperfect
(" Apelles facifbnt
aut
Polyclitus, tamquain
inclioata
seinju-r
arte et
inipi-r-
fKCta"),
hut Urlichs showed
lon^ ayo (1857)
that the aorist. outnunilieied the
imper-
fect in the olden time,
and
l,6wy (Inschriften ^r.
Hildhauer xiii) has (.nunled 2(x)
aorists
against 87 imperfects.
The
imperfect
does not
appear
in the ISS of the IV.
century,
and becomes more common
only
in the
imperial
time
(47 imperfects
to iS
aorists). tnoniat
"
he
made,"
irroiti "he was the maker."
9^
GREEK SYNTAX
XEN.
Cyr. 5. 5-
-- OVKQVV TOVTOV
Tvôbj' Trapu
crou ov8(i>
TJVVTOV,
d
fjifj
TUV-
rous
TTficraifj.1.
Hell. I,
7. 7
'
Toiavra
Xe'yoj/rey
eireidov TOI>
8ij/j.oit
. . . e'5oe 8e
avaftuXiadiu
els
fTfpav fKK^rjcriav.
THUG.
4- 68,
5 d(r<jjdXeta
fie avrols
/j.a\\ov eylyvero TIJS
di>oi(u>s.
HDT. 1,68:
e
/jLicr
dovro
Trap'
OVK fK.8i86vTos
rfjv avXyv. 3, 139: (TTfdvfjiTjtTf
TTJS x\avi8os
KUI
avrfjv TrpocreXdtov
coce'tro. 6 8f 2v\o<r>v . . .
Xe'yft
"
eyu) TUVTTJV
TTwXt'a)
fj.ev
ovftfvos
xpij/jiaTas, Sificoît
Se XXa)f." 8,
60 :
TrapfovTcov yap
TU>V
<rvp.p.u-
X^>
v UK
efpepe
ol
Ki>(rfj.ov
ouSeVa
KaTrjyopffiv.
8,
63
: (i7roXi7roi/ra)j'
yap 'A0r]i>aia>i>
oiiKtri
fyivovro ciîofj.aôi
ol XOITTOI.
AR. \
CSp. 1167:
dvfTTflOcv airov
p.rj (j>opflv rpi[3a>viov \ /if/S' ffûvai
dv-
pa
6 8' OVK fTtflBfTO.
EUR. II. F.
465
:
apipefiaXXe (=e/ieAXfj' up.(pi3a\f
Ii/).
I. T.
26-9
: (Xdovcra
8' ACXifi'
f]
ruXaiv'
inrep irvpas p.fTap<ria Xf;05fl(r'
f KOIVO
p-rjv i(f)ef |
aXX' ft-
HOM. II.
3. 79~^
T<^ $'
flfffO^dôvTO Kaprj KOfi(iovTfs Amatol |
lolcriv re
TirvcrKofj.fi'oi
XdeO"O"t r'
e,3aXXoi'. 5- 3'^- '} M**'
^"
4
) ôv viov vir(
f<pc ptv
TToXe'/xoto. 5 377 V1ff^f(f)tpov. 9' 465 KarepijTvov.
See also the
imperfects
of
214.
214.
IMPERFKCT OF ENDEAVOR COMBINED WITH AORISTOF
ATTAINMENT. Here the aorist often
presents
a
sharp
contrast.
eTreiOov airovs Kal ovs If ir tier a TOVTOVS
t\iav TT-opvo(JiTiv,
XEN.
Cyr. 5, 5,
22
;/
tried to
persuade
tJiein,
and lliose whom I succeeded zn
persuading
I
marched on ii>it/i.
<rvvTa|avTo
Kal
TOIS oirXirais . .
eTr-rjcrav
. . .
TOIS
fiev
oiv
oirXirais OX/K
eSvvÔTjcrav irpoor|i
i|ai,
TlIUC.
4, 33,
1-2; T/iev
formed
and
tried to
c/iarge
tlie
hoplites
. . . Howbcit
tlicy
could not
get
at them.
OHM.
32, 17
:
ffjyfv
avrov 6
n/jcorof
. . . ovroarl 8' OVK
e')jyero,
ov8' av
i'cpr)
8iapprj8r;i>
VTT' ov8ei>os
(â^6rjvai.
PLATO,
Theaet.
143
-^
typ(i\}/ufj.T)v [itv
nir' evdvs oiKad' f\da)i>
UTTO^HJ-
fjiara, vffTfpov
8f Kara
(rî>\f)v dvap.ip.i'r/crKu/jLfi/of f'ypaCpov.
XKX.
Cyr. 5, 5,
22
(see above).
TuL'C.
2,4.
i~2 : ray
irpoorôXas f/ Trpoaririirroifv
anf a>Qnvvro. KU\ Sir
fj.(i>
ij Tfns
d 7T(
Kpo
vrr avro.
4- 33-
'~- (see
above).
H I)T.
1,69' 7T('fj.\l/uv~fS yap
in
\aKf8aifjuivioi
f's
2upfits %pv(rbv
wvfovro . . .
Kpotrroy
8e
vfyi b)V(op.<v<nm
e'fico/ce
8a>Tii>r)v.
H()M. II. 6,
5
I
~4
: TW fi'
'''/'" flvpuv
fvl
TTiidf(r(Tii>
fntidfv,
|
*ct
81]
U.LV
Ta^'
(fj.f\\f
$o j (7r\
vr]<ts 'A^dicof
8(j)(Tfiv a)
(IfptnrovTi Kara^t^f
v dXX'
'AyufjLffjLi/iav
dvTiof
r'i\$f
6iwv Kdi
6u.OK\r)<Tas
eTTOs
r]v8a |
Then V. 6l: cov finuiv
(Tpf\l/ft>
u8e\(j)f(io (f)pevas fjpujs.
215. !>\Xov
WITH INFINITIVE.
Expected
actions are more
commonly expressed by eê\\ov
and the infinitive.
NEGATIVE IMPERFECT
95
i*. T(VO?
rpoirov IpcXXc
TIS ai rv
<rw0i]crccr6ai
; LYS.
13, 37;
HffUi was
any
of
tJtem to
escape?
LYS.
3, 32
: TW
vp.<av
TTiOTOf if . . .
^yoi'
avrov tirl
rrjv
olniav
rf)i> Sipwos,
ov nXdirra
fp.(XXov nptiypMTa t^ttv
;
Ibid.
34:
ov avros
eptXXov
. . .
ofpffr/-
<rt<rdai.
13, 37 (see above).
PLATO,
Crat.
418
B : o
tp.f\X6v
o-oi
<pfiy.
Phaedr. 228 C : XVTI/ fo'
f/ieXXf
. . .
$ta
fpdv.
X.EX. An.
1,8,
I :
TrX^triov î>
6
orator
eV$u
tp,t\X(
KaraXvtiv.
Cyr. 3,
I,
i:
o(pdti(T((r6ui ff*(
X X f .
THUG.
I,
130.
I XX'
Zpyois
. . .
irpov8>j\ov
a ...
^/ifXXf npu^tiv. 3, 115.
5: ô(f)OK\ta
8t . . .
airavifttytiv tp.(\\ov.
I IDT. 2,
43-
TOVTCJV . . .
f^teXXoi/ p.vt'ifj.rjv
(tiv.
AR.
Eq.
267:
Xt'yetf yva>fj.r)v tp.(X\ov.
Eccl.
597
: roi/ro
yap fjp.(\\<jv
'ya> Xe'^ftf.
SOPH. Ai.
925-6.
O. R.
967:
KTtvfiv
e/ifXXoi/ Trarf'pa
TOI/
f'/ioi/.
PlND. O.
7.
6l :
ftvatrdfVTi
5e Zfi/r
(I/J.TTO\OV peXXei/ 6tp.(v.
HES.
Theogon. 468-9:
orf
3))
At"
tpeXXe
. . .
j rigta-dat. 552:
r Kai
HOM. Od.
7. 270:
^tfXXo/
en vvf<Tt(rdai uiv~i.
9, 475-6:
OIK
<jp'
tp.t
XX ey . . .
fftfjifvai.
II.
6,
52-3: (p.f\Xf
. . . Swo-eiv
(parallel
with
imperfect.
See
214).
216. NEGATIVE IMPERFECT. The
negative imperfect
com-
monly
denotes resistance to
pressure
or
disappointment.
Sim-
ple negation
is aoristic.
ol
\iiv
OVK
T)X0ov,
ol 8'
X06vTs ovSev
tiroiow,
DEM. 18,
151 ;
Some did not
cotne,
and those ii>ho did come would not do
anything,
oil* irav0'
f| av9pa>-
iros,
25, 57
;
The wench would not
stop.
DEM. 18,
151 (see
above). 18,
250:
ol
fjL(T(8iSoTf (as
was
expected by
my
enemies). 21,
163
: OVK
dviftaiv
inl
ri/v
vai>v,
He would not
go
on board
the
ship
(as
was
expected). 25, 57 (see above). 32, 17:
<>IK
<//yfr<>
(sre
214). 39-
'8' OVK firoifld'.
[44]- '7
: ''
M
6t/
'Ap)îd8rfs
OVK
tyap.fi,
o Fie Mf(-
8v\i8rjy
. . .
(yrjp.(v.
PLATO, Theaet.
142
C :
^Trfiyfro
uiKaftt (nd
eywy' t8((ip.T)ii
KH\
cnjvtflov-
\f\jav (SO.
(ivTnv Kiir<iXviv),
aXX' DVK
ijfl(X(i>.
XEX.
Cyr.
1
,
4.
21 : OVK dvitcrav,
dXX
jjpovv
TIVUS avroiv.
4-
- -8 :
t^Ki^fro
oWfi'r,
XX'
dp.ci)(rjT'i
(lna)X\vvT<>. Hell. 2, 2. 1 I : ov
8if\tyovra TTf/ii ûiXXdyi/f.
Ibid.
7, 5,
21 :
TI]V p.(i> iTvmofj.utTiiTrji' npus
rovs
rroXf/i/ovr
OVK
?jyf
.
THUC.
2,
23,
i : OVK
iirf^TfO'av
avrols i
'Adrjvaiot
(\-
p.(i\>]i'. 3' 3>
' : ov*
dirf if
\OVTO
. . . Tcii'
KaTfjyopliif, 3> 64. 3:
OVK
tSi^ffrdf,
4> 33-
- "l"e
dvrfirfi<rav,
dXX'
fitrvâfov, They
would not
go
out to meet them Init
kept
quiet. 4,
Iio,
I : an- o' OVK tar.Kuvuv.
7. 3. 3
OVK
tni)y(
. . . uXX'
f)crvxa{>*-
96
GREEK SYNTAX
HDT. I, 76:
"lutvfs . . . OVK fTTfidovro.
3> 5^ SiaXfyo/ifVo)
re ov n
TrpotrStf Xe'-y
ero,
'urroplovrl
re
Xo-yoi>
ov8eva (8i8ov.
5> 4
1 :
"7
^*
KXeofi/wea
TfKoCo-a . . .
yw>7
. . . ovKtri (TtKTf TO
8fVTtpov.
AR.
Vesp.
116-7:
dveireidtv UVTOV
p.rj (fropflv rpiftioviov \ p.rj8'
etet>ai
dvpa'-
r> 8' OUK (irtidtTo
(213).
COM. Pherecr. 2,
289:
ov8f\s
yap eStêr'
ou'S"
dveayt p,oi dvpav.
EUR. Phoen.
405
: TO
-yeVo?
OUK
eftocrKf /ne.
AESCHYL.
Ag.
1212 : firfiQov ov8iv'
ov8ev,
u>s rd8'
jJfj.Tr\aKov.
}
PlXD. P.
4,
86 : TOV
fjifv
ov
yivwcr
KOV.
HOM. Od.
4, 123
:
'EAeV/;
8( 6fo\
yovov
OVKCT'
f(paivoi>, |
eVfi
817
TO
TTpuirov
tyfivaro
TratS'
(parWfji>.
II. 2,
779:
ovS'
ffidôvro.
6,
l6l-2'. Toy ou Tt Trel^'
ayaâ <f>povovra.
("6 TraparaTiKos TTJV
TroXXaKts TOVTO
Xeyovo'ai' eSr/Xcoo'f."
Schol.
BL.) 16,
IO2 :
217.
The
imperfect
as the tense of
past impressions
is used :
i. IMPERFECT IN DESCRIPTION OF SCENERY. In
descrip-
tions of
scenery
as well as of events.
TO 8'
c
EX\T]viKbv
ets
AtvKo4pvv (sc. dirTJXBtv),
tv0a
TJV 'ApTp.i8os
. . .
Upov
jiaXa SYIOV,
XEN. Hell.
3,
2,
19.
218. 2. IMPERFECT OF POINTS ASSUMED. Of
points pre-
viously
assumed in
argument.
ev
(leo-o) yap
avTwv 6
ST)|XOTIKOS TJV, PLATO,
Rpb. 587
C;
The democrat
was
(as
ti>e
saw)
in the middle.
PLATO,
De
lusto,
373
C-D :
p.(Tpov (araOpos, dpidp.6s, Xdyoy) yap rfv
u>
Taitr' t
Kpiv
(TO.
Legg.
867
D :
aTtpos ((pevyt
TO. 8vo
(sc. (rrj).
The other was
to be in exile (as
we have
seen)
the two
years. Rpb. 522
A : dXX'
77
v
(Ktivrj
(SC. Mouo-iKf})
. . .
dvTi(TTpo(pos TJJS yvfJLva(TTiKijs,
ft
p.fp.vr](Tai. 587
C
(see above).
219. 3.
IMPERFECT OF FORMER VIEWS. Of views that were
once
fondly
entertained.
TOVTO ... ov SiSaKTov
u>|iT]v
elvai,
XEN. Oec.
12, 10;
/
thought
that this
was not to be
taught.
ISAE.
7.
I~2
'
(fp.rjv
fJ-fv,
&>
<"i>8pfs, Trpo(ri)K(ti>
ov ras TOIUVTUS
up.fpi.o'firjTtlo'dai
7TOIT](T(IS
KT(. (OLKf 8' Oll8(V
TTpOVpyOV
TOVTO (IVUl.
XEN. Oec.
12,
10
(see above).
220.
4.
IMPERFECT OF SUDDEN APPRECIATION OF REAL
1
Cited
by
E. Abbott on
p.
210 of his translation of Curtius'
Erliiut.,
in
oppo-
sition to the distinction made
by
Curtius between tirtitiov and
IMPERFECT FOR PRESENT
97
STATE OF AFFAIRS. IMPERFECT FOR PRESENT. Of sudden
appreciation
of a real state of
things, regularly
with
apa (apa}.
ov
yap
TOVT'
T)V cvSaifiovia,
us
COIKC,
Kaicou
aTraXXayri. PLATO,
Gorg. 4/8
C.
AIK. TOVTI TI
TJV
TO
irpd-y|ia
;
MEF.
xoipos
val
Ata, AK. Ach.
767 ;
II''hat's all
this? A
pig, by J
we.
PLATO,
Conv.
213
B: u>
'HpdK\(is,
rovrl ri
TJV;
^.diKpuTrjs
OVTOS ;
Gorij.
478
C
(see
above).
Phaedr.
227
H :
dra/j
Avo-uis
r/v,
obs-
fuiKfv,
tv ao-rfi. lbi\L
230
A :
up'
ov ro5f
TJV
TO
ftivfipov, f(f>' uiTfp rjyfs >ip.ds
;
Isn't this the
tree, etc. ?
(213).
XEX.
Cyr.
I,
3-
Io: TOVT'
ap' fjv }
tcri/yop/a.
Ibiii.
I, 4, 27
: rarr'
pa
. . .
xat
(Vi>pas put.
Oec.
I,
20: XOrrat
itpa rfCTdv i/Suvals
TTfpnrtTTfp./j.ii'ui,
.S'o
they
turn out to be
(tire
after
all
)
pains sugar-coated
U'ith
pleasure.
HDT.
3. 65
: iv
TIJ yap dvdpoinjij} fyixri
OVK.
cvfjv apa
TO
/x'XXof yivf<r6ai
uno-
Tpairnv.
4- 64- 8fpp.a
8e
av6pu>Tfov
KIII
TTH^V
KU\
\ap.Trpov TJV apa.
AR. Ach.
767 (see above).
Eq. 1170:
wr
/j.
(
'yai> up' f^fs-,
o>
Trori/ia, TOI/
5(i(crvXoi'.
Vesp. 183-4:
rovri rt
^/; |
riy fT
TTOT',
SivOpanr'
, (Tfi'iv ; Ibid.
451
:
(TV 8'
d^dptOTor
^(7^ pa.
EUR. H. F.
339~4'
: &
Z*C,
pdTj]i> ap' o/uoya/idv
a-'
ficrrjcrdfjiTjv, \ p.uTr)i>
S<
TrniSor
yovf' (fjLov
o~ t
K\r/op.fv |
tru ^
?;cr^ (7p T)<T<TOV ij
'SuKfis fivai
(pt\of.
I. A.
404:
auit,
(f)i\ovs ap' 011%). K(KTi')p.r)v
Ta\tit.
THEOGN.
70-
''"'i*' S XXa>i/ ov8fv
ap rji> ofptXos. 788
: OL/rwy ov8tv
ap' TJV
<j)l\TfpOV
("XXo
naTpTJS.
HOM.
Od.4. 333~4
: w
TTi'Trot,
?; /^dXa 6r; KpaTfpt>(ppovos avftpos
eV
fivfl | rj^f-
Xoi/
(ivr]6f)vai
dvu\Ki$S avTni. tovTfS.
9, 230:
owfi'
ap
t
p.t\\' frdpourt (pav(\s
(pOTftVOS
(crtcrdai.
475-6 (215).
II.
553
: ^"
"/
J>
f'/ifXXes
1
.
13, 209-10:
a>
TTOTTOI,
OVK
apa
iiavTa
votjpovfs
ov&t ftiKawi
I Tjtrav <baii]K(j)v
iJyijTop*?.
11.4, 155
: Bdvarov vv TOI
upKi trapvov. 5- -5
: ra ê
/**
t* 1"'*
<V' ^^<X-
Xo<
oj/rjaeij/.
1 6,
33
: OI^K
<7p(i
o"oi
yf narijp TJV
irrTnira
lh;Xei'f.
221. ORIGIN <JF MODAL 8i,
^xpî
v KTC- From this use of the
imper-
fect comes,
perhaps,
the use of
Vifi,
f\pr]v.
and the like, with the infinitive.
in
opposition
to the infinitive.
$i <rc irouiv TOVTO idXX' ov
iroitisi, }'<>u
ought
to do this
(but
are not
doing
/'/).
The unfulfilled
duty
is a
surprise.
See
364-
222. IMPKRKKCT OF I'xn v OF TIMF.. As the
present
is used of ac-
tions that are continued from the
past
into the
present
(see 202), so the
imperfect
is used of actions that are continued into the
past
from a
re-.
moter
past.
9avfiaôv
irdXai,
AK. Av.
1670 ;
/ hiiti
long
been astonished at it
(i.
e. be-
fore
you
asked me the
question).
PLATO,
Conv.
2o<y
C : <i nd\ai (icufi TiKTd.
7
98
GREEK SYNTAX
HDT.
4,
I : al
yap
rcoi/ 'S.K.vditov
yvvalKts,
&s
a~(pi
ol
avftpts airrjcrav \povov
TroXXdj/,
e<f)otT(ov Ttapa
TOVS 3ov\ovs.
AR. Nub.
1311-2: oipai yap
OVTOV
avTi\ fvpr/o-(iv OTrep
TraXni TTOT
tirrjrei.
Av.
1670 (see above). Lys. 1033
:
j/)
At"
uiô-clr ye /x",
<u? TrdXat
ye fj.'
tf
PlND. P.
4, 25-7
: fia)Sea Se
Trpdrepoj/ apipas
. . .
(ptpofjifv
. . . flvd\iov
Sdpv.
HOM. Od.
23, 29: T^Xe'/iaôs
S'
pa /xt)/
TraXat
ySf(i>
(= Inipf.)
ei/Soj/ eoi/ra
(dudum nffi'erat).
II.
23, 871
:
arap 5i)
oto-roi'
eêi/
TruXat,
iam
sagzttam
tcncbat dudum.
223.
This
overlapping
use of the
imperfect (comp. 208)
is
especially
important
in correlated
temporal
sentences. See
Temporal
Sentences.
TTi8T)
Be. Ka\us
avTi3
elêv,
ttceivos
jxev
airiwv'
u>x
TO
>
Y"
^*
eicaBevSov,
LVS.
I,
23
;
After
he had
(thought
-he had,
had
had) enough,
lie took
himself off
and
I
slept (proceeded
to
go
to
sleep).
224.
IMPERFECT APPARENTLY USED AS A PLUPERFECT. Of course
in those verbs in which the
present
is used as a
perfect (204),
the
imper-
fect is used as a
pluperfect.
<j>evyv
6
Wevo<|>u)v,
XEN. An.
5, 3, 7 ;
XenopJion
-was in
exile,
had been
banished.
PLATO,
Menex.
242
E :
\itff
u>v nire TOVS
ftap(3dpovs
fviKatv,
TOVTOVS VLKUIV-
TfS
iSiq.
225.
IMPERFECT OF
TJKeiv
AND
oixco-Oai
USED AORISTICALLY.
TJKOV
and
<fx"M
v are often used
aoristically.
eircl 8e
TJK TerdpTU) |XT]vi, airi]Y'Y
|-Xev
KTt.,
XEN
T
. Hell.
2, 2,
IJ (208). WXCTO
8
irpbs
Oeov,
PlND. N.
7, 40.
Perfect Tense
226. The
perfect
tense
expresses completion
in the
present,
and hence is sometimes called the
present perfect.
aKTiKoare, ecopaKare,
TrtTro
v0are, LYS. 12, IOO
;
You have heard,
you
have seen, you
have
felt. (ATreirXTJKao-iv vpiwv
TO.
wra, PLATO,
Apol. 23
1C;
They
have
filled
voitr ears. TeOaTrrat . . .
Kip.<ov irpo
TOV
ao-rtos,
HDT.
6,
103
;
Kiinon
(has been, is)
lies buried
before
the
city.
DEM.
3.
22 :
irpoirfirorai
. . . TII
rtjs
TrdXecos
1
TTpayfj.aTa. 4- 4^- irptorftdS
TT t TT o
p. </>
( v wf
fta<Ti\tH.
6,
37:
iKavuis
(ipr)Tai.
AESCHIN, 2,
147. eV^ y>\p rjftr) (3(j3i<aK(v (irfvi'iKuvTo.
Kai
TtTTupu. 3-
'86;
tvravda
fj
eV
MapaOotvi p.(i^; ye'ypuTrrai.
LYS.
12,
100
(see above).
PERFECT OF RESULT
99
PLATO,
Apol. 23
E
(see above).
Gorg. 448
A: o6><r
p.i
rrw
^p^r^Kt
iiv ov&iv TroXXuf (ruiv. Meno,
93
A '.
tpoiyt
. . . Kiii t Ivni. 8oKov<riv fvdiiSf
ayndoi.
ra
TroXmtca,
not
ytyovivai
(TI
ov% TJTTOV f)
tivai. Prot.
3'4
^ : OVK
f,
ort oi>
crôX^ (ivr<patri
Kill OlKiaS KHTllKf KIIVKIKTI Kdl
(iTii Km
TTpUiluTa
fii
rfpTfiiK.il
& i.
HOT. 6,
103
(see
above).
~, 162 : fK roO tvtavrov TO
?n^
. . .
fâpatprjrai.
SOPH. Ai.
480
: TTiijr'
(iKr;coHj
Xdyoc.
Pi XI). O. 10,
1-3:
TOV
'OXvpirioviKav avayviari poi
'
. . . Trodi
(ppfvos \ (fj.<is
ytypnirrat
(stands
written).
HoM. Od.
2,63-4-
^
7
(
'p
*"r>
ov<f\tra tpya TtTtvâTai,
ov$' (TI KH\ias
|
outoy
f'p.os
8tdXo)Xe.
11.
I,
125
: XXa T
p.fv
TroXi'coi/ e
firpddoptv,
TII 8tSa<TTai.
227.
The
perfect
looks at both ends of an action. The time between
these ends is considered as a
present.
When one end is
considered, the
present
is used ;
when the
other,
the aorist. Hence
present
and
perfect
are often used side
by
side,
and the translation into
English
is often
pres-
ent
(228);
the aorist is the shorthand of the
perfect (248-51);
and the
per-
fect is sometimes used even of a
past
action that is dated
(233).
228. PKKFKCT OF MAIXTKXANCE OF RESULT. The
perfect
is
largely
used in Greek for the maintenance of the
result,
and
the translation into
English
is often
present
:
KcVXtiixai,
my
mime
is
; (le'fivrifiai,
/ Jiave
recalled,
I remember
; KC'KTHMU,
/ Jiai'C
got,
I
(nun
; ci9i.o-fi.ai,
/ luu'e made it
my
rule,
I am accustomed.
icaXov . . .
Te'xKHfia apa KC'KTTJ
o-ai, ei-rrep
K C'K
TTJ
era
i, Pl.ATO, Prot.
319
A
;
A
fine
contrivance is that
you
have
got,
to be sure,
IF
you
have
got
it.
AKSCHIN.
3, 144
: wvfidicrdf
ij8r/ TaSir}/iara
ra TOVTOV uKovdv.
ANTIPHON,
5, 54: ridv^Kfv
6
dvi'ip.
PLATO, Prot.
319
A
(see above).
Tim.
23
R: tva
yijs KiirnK\va-p.i>v p.t-
ftvrjirdf
TToXXuv
(fjiTrpoa'dfv ytyovoTutv.
Xl''.N. Oec.
9. 4' irpus ne(TTifi(3piav
(IvaTrtnTaTai
(sc. f/
OIKIU).
1 ML'C.
3.
^2,
7
paov
8' ol TroXXoi
KiiKuvpyoi
ovra
Seîol *c'/cX^vTt f) dfjiii-
dfis
dyadoi.
HDT.
2,
47-
vv fit
.\iyvTrrioi fiiapuv fjyTfVTai drjptov
(ivai.
4-
20 ;
Tf'pas
VtvofJUffrai.
6,
103
(226).
Ak. Ach.
993
:
tf
mivv
ytpovriov
ICTUS
ixvupiKtis p.f
ffv ;
SOPH. El. I IOI :
\iyi(rdot>
(vff o> K
rj
K f v
i<TTt>i>b>
TTtiXdi.
PlNI). P.
4' 248:
TroXXoun ft'
ayrjfi.ai <ru<pias irtpois,
SAPPHO, 2,
9~I
: XXa
Kiip. fjifv yXa)(7O"u (ayf,
XtTrrov 8'
|
avriKa
\pu> jrCp
ioo GREEK SYNTAX
HES.
Theog.
726
:
AÂarai. 727: /cûrai. 728:
nf<pva(ri. 730:
Kftpv-
(f)arai.
HOM. Od.
5,412: Xr(T>7
8' di>a8(
8pofj.e TTfrprj. 6,44-5:
dXXa
p.d\' a'idpij
|
TreTrrarai
dvvf(p(\os, XtvKrj
8' fTri8e 8
pop,fv ai'yX^.
229.
INTENSIVE PERFECT. Not to be confounded with this
use, which
has
many English analogies,
is the survival of the old intensive
perfects,
chiefly
in verbs of sound and verbs of emotion.
Verbs
of
Sound
(Onomatopoetic Verbs)
:
Most of these are
poetic
or
popular, tcixpaya,
I am
bawling, bawling
;
T<ri-yTTa,
/ am mum,
XafBujv fitv o-eo-i-yTjKas,
avaXtiaas
8e
KCKpa-yas,
AESCHIN.
3, 2l8;
When
you get money you
are
mum,
ivhen
you
have
spent
it
you
are in
full cry.
AESCHIN.
3,
218
(see above).
HDT.
4, 183
:
rerptyao-i
Kara
irep
at
vvKTfpiSes.
AK.
Vesp. 944:
Tt
a-fa-iunrrjKas
;
SOPH. Tr.
1072
:
/3e'/3pux
K\dav.
HES. O. et D.
207
'.
8aip.oviri,
TL
\(\T)Kas
;
HOM. Od.
5. 41
12 :
dp.<pl
8e
Kvp.a \ fteftpv\fv podiov.
I1.4.4335-
^lfs
fOTTjKfuriv
. . .
dr)%fs p.f fj.ciKvlai, 10,
362
:.
Kcof.
17, 264: /3f'/3pv^f
v
p-eya Kvp.a.
230.
Emotional
Perfects
:
Be'Sta,
/ atn in a
perfect
tremble,
I
quiver
and
quake.
Se'Si" iL
avSpt;
*A0T]vaioi [it]
TOVTOIS
JXCT'
cKivov
TToXcfxeiv dva-yKaCT0iLfxev,
DEM.
14, 4.
DEM.
4,
8 :
/itael
TiS fKflvOV K(ll
8(8l(f)
. . . Kill
(pdoitf'l
. . .
K(lTfTTTT)Xf ptv-
TOL irdvra vvv.
14, 4 (see above). 25,
I : tv 8t
T(6av/j.tiK<i,
PLATO, Phaedo,
64
D:
fyaivtrai
crm
(f)L\txri><pov dv8pos
dvai f(nrov8aKe-
vai
TT(p\
ray
r]8ovcis KaXou/itVay
;
Theaet. 161 13-C : oia-0' ovv . . . o
davpafa
. . .
; ...
TIJV
8'
dpyfiv
TOV
Xdyou Tfoavfiana,
SOPH. Ai.
139: fifyciv
OKVOV
f'xa)
KU\
ne<f)6^r}fj,ai.
SlMON. A.M.
7.
28 :
r!]v p.ev ytha
re Kai
yiyrjQfv i]^(pr]v.
TVRT. 12,
28:
dpyaXe'o)
re TToda> TVIKTII
KfKrj8f
TTU\IS.
HoM. Od.
6,
106 :
yfyrjdt
8f re
(ppeva AT/TCO.
II. IO,
934^
Oll8(
fJLUl TjTDp | f/iTTfSoi/,
((XX' (i X X V K T
rj fj.
a (.
231.
Verbs
of Sight
:
Se'SopKa,
/ look. The classification cannot
always
be exact.
TeOavfMuca,
I am
astonished,
is also
T0avfioKa,
/ am
agaze.
PINIJ. (). i,
96-7
: TO 8( K\ius
rrfXudfv
8(8opKt
(intr.)
rav
'
HKS. (). et D.
508
:
iJ.ip.vKt
8f
yala
KUI
v\r).
PERFECT FOR FUTURE PERFECT IOI
HOM. Od.
19.446: nvp
fi'
o(pda\pol(Ti ft(ftopKs.
So also the
solitary
Verb of
Smell,
for which see HOM. Od.
9,
210.
232.
l
r
erbs
of Gesture, Expression,
and the like :
ô-Kv6pwiraKaon,
DEM.
54, 34
;
They
are
grim
and
grum. ScSpa-yfxc'vos,
grimly gripping.
tcf\i\va,
I am all
agape.
DEM.
54. 34 (see above).
AR.
Eq. 755
:
K.i-)(Tr)vtv.
1 1
18-9
:
TT/JO?
rv rt
\iyovr
del
\
Kt
x^vas.
HES. 1
heotj.
826 :
yXaxro'ijo'iv Svotpepjjo'i
\f
Xt)(p.uTe
s.
HOM. Od. 1
1,
222 :
^vxn
. .
irfiroT^rai.
II.
2,90: 7TTroTT)(iTai, They
are all
a-flutter. 13, 393:
KOVIOS
fiefipa-
yp-evos alp,arofo-o-rjs,
With his
fists full of bloody
dust.
For the use of the Aorist as a
Perfect,
see
248-51.
233.
PERFECT OF AN ACTION THAT is DATED. The Greek
perfect
may
be used of a
past
action even when it is dated.
jiriScSciKTai
T<Jre,
IsAE.
3, 7 ;
// has been shown
(nay,
ivas
shown)
then.
LYCURG.
103
:
"EKTU>P yap
TO'IS
Tpaxri TrapaK(\fvo/j.fvos vnfp rf/s mirpiftos
riidf
DEM.
21, 7'
vftpi(r/j.ai p.(i> e'-yo)
KOI
irpoTTf Trrj\aKi
<rrai TO
rrai/ia
Tore,
dyutvidrai
8f Kal
Kpidrjcrfrat
TO
Trpayfjia.
vvvi.
^8,8:
TTUVTO.
[raCr'J d(p(tTai
TOTf.
ISAE.
3, 7 (see above).
234.
PERFECT FOR FUTURE PERFECT. As the
present may
be used
rhetorically
for the
future,
so the
perfect may
be used for the future
per-
fect.
el
Y*P irpoXftytis n()
>
olxoH-
80"^*1
(orô/ufo^n
is a
practical perfect),
EUR. Or.
304-5
;
If
thou shalt abandon
me,
I am
gone
(lost).
AESCHIN. I,
90
: el
yap TJ p.fv npaîs avTT)
(<TTIU . .
.,
6 de . . . elfins . . . fvo-
%as
eariu . .
.,
6 fit
Kpivofifvos
. . .
ilîuxra
. .
.,
dvflprjTai
6
j/ci/xoy
KOI
17 d\i)Qeia,
ical 8(8fiKTai
(pavtpa
68us,
fti
r;s
KT(.
ANDOC. I, 146
edv
p.(
VVI>1
ftia(pdfif)TJT(,
OVK (0~TIV
Vp.IV
(Tl \OITTOS TUV
ytVOVS
TOV
fifjLfTtpov
twfids,
d\\'
oi^frat
truv
wpoppifav.
PLATO,
Hipparch.
231
C-D:
(f>tpe yap,
tuv TIS
xpvtrlov oraQfibv fjnurvv
s fiiirXacriov
Xdftr)
dpyvpiov,
Kf'pftos rj fypiav fi\rj(pfi> (^= 6tXr/0ojy
tVrrm);
EUR. Or.
304-5
: (I
yap TrpoXtfyfis p.* tj Trpocredpiq
vucrov
\ KTô-r/
TIV,
otô-
a
(see above).
Soi'H. O. R. I 166
'
oXcoXor,
f" (re rairr'
ipr](rop.ai
nd\ii>. Ph.
e I ut
T(.>^<jiv tyKfXiTijS
al<rdt]<T(Tai, \
oXcoXa Kal o~i
Trpo<r8ia(p(){pu)
On the
Periphrastic
Perfect,
see 286-8.
On the Gnomic Perfect,
see
257.
102 GREEK SYNTAX
Pluperfect
Tense
2
35-
The
Pluperfect
denotes
completion
in the
past.
It
ma)-
be denned as the
perfect
of the
past,
and hence is
naturally
associated with the
imperfect.
It is more
distinctly
than in
Latin and in
English
the tense of fixed condition.
<riravt<jTpa
TO.
TTiTi]8ia TJV
TO.
(J-ev -yo-p dvrjXwTO,
ra 8e
Si^p-rracrTO,
ra 8t
IjjeKe'xvTO,
TO. 8e tcare
Ke'icavTo,
Xl-.N. Hell. 6,
5, 50;
Proi'isions were rather
scarce
;
for part
had been used
up, part plundered, part spilled, part
burned.
LVS.
13.
2O:
TI
(5e
fiov\r)
. . .
8le<pdapTO
<al
u\iyapîas enfdvfj.ei. 13. 5-
TrXoui 77<i
pe
<r KevaaTO KCU ol
tyyvrjTiu
eroi/xoi iâav.
XF.X.
Cyr. 3,
2,
II : eVel 8e
J]pt<TTr)K(crav,
. . . tvdiis
eYeijfife (ppovpwv.
Hell.
I, I,
j2
: f 7T' &( TO
VaVTlKt'iV,
O (KftVOS
1]
&
p
O I K f I . .
.,
f f7Tf
fj.(pdr] KpaTr/mTT-
TTidas. Ibid.
1,3,20:
eVft 8e avrots
Trapt
cr K t v n err
o,
VVKTOS
dvoâvTes
ra? nv-
Xd? . . .
(iarjyayov
TO
(TTpaTfv/j.a,
\VJicn
they
/tad all their
preparations
made,
they opened
tlie
gates by niglit
and introduced the
army.
Ibid. 6,
5,
21 : e
yap TIJS TTpocrOfv ddv/j.ias
(buKfi ri a V ( i\
t] <f)
e v d (.
TI]V
TroXii/,
OTI ICHI
eVe/3e,dX i)
<f i
(is
Ttjv 'ApKa&iav
Kin
8r/ovvTi Trjv \u>pav
OL/Sei?
i]de\i]Kfi fjni^fadat.
Ibid. 6,
5,
23:
01 . . .
Qrj,3aloi
Kii\a>s
cr(pio~Lv
toOVTO
fêtii,
eVet (
ftf fiorj di]
Kt o~av
fJ-iv,
TroXe-
fj.iov
8t oiiftfva eTi
f'copcoi/
eV
rfj ^co/ja.
Ibid. 6,
5, 50 (see above).
Ibid.
7, 5,
21 :
(TTfi
ye fJ,f)V
fTeTOKTO (IVTO) TO
CTTpUTfVfJiU
. .
.,
TrjV
. . .
O-Vl>TnfjLCL)T(lTr]V TTpOS
TOVS
TroXe/i/ous
OVK
j}y(.
THUG.
2,
59,
I
'
?/X
Xot'coyTO ray
yva>p.as.
4- -9'
-
&ppi]VTO
ftiaKivftvvfvcrai.
HDT. I,
85
: ts avrbv
eTTfTTOtr/Kce
. . . Kai
fi/}
KUI ts AfX-
(f)OVS TTfp\
ai/TOV e TT f TTU
fJL (f)
f .
8,72'. O\Vp.7Tl(l
8f K(l\
K.apVlCl TTapOlÔ}Kf( >'j8rj.
PIND. O.
6,
53~4
XX' eV
| KfKpvnTo yap trôiVo).
HES. Sc.
143- Tj\rj\avTO. 154-
T(TVKTO. 208: erf'ruKTo. 218:
ecrTrjpiKTO.
288 :
(TT(iX(JT(o).
HYMN. HO.M.
I,
9I~I2: A^ro)
5'
tvi/rû'ip
T( Kill twin VVKTas dt\1TTOlS
I
a>Si'-
vforri
TT(TT(ipT(>
. . . al 8'
'Ipty TrpovTrtn^rav
KTf.
(cf.
208).
H()M ()d.
4, 132: xpvo-a)
(V eVi
^f/Xfa KeK/j(ij/ro. 4, 135:
reTavuOTO,
I'-
5- 3^7"~9
:
X'^^f
^' f
'
v Kf
p
(
'^(f
Se'8f TO
Tpeis
Kdi fitAca
/jLifvus. |
... 6 8'
f^(K\( \f/(v
"
\f)t](t
(cf. 208). IO,
I55~6
;
ftS",
vTro S'
f'o~Tpu>Ti> pivbv /ii.'oy tiypuv-
\oio,
(tvTafi
vivo
Kpa.Tcr(pi Tinrrjs
TtTuvvo'To
(puftvus.
IO,
54
: u ^^ TTUV
fif>rjTo
tiros,
or'
i"p' ij\v6ov
avToi.
For the Greek use of the
Aorist,
where
English
and Latin would use
the
Pluperfect,
see
253.
236.
PI.UPKRFF.CT OF RAPID RELATIVE COMPLETION. -The
pluper-
fect is sometimes used to denote
rapid
relative
completion.
The later
Greek writers often abuse it.
1
1
Rutherford,
Balirius
Ixiii,
but
compare
A.
J.
1". xvii
(1896), 518
and
519.
JOK/ST TEXSE
103
TOVTCUV
YvtitaQtVTdiv
ovSeui'cLv
Siarpi^Tjv liroiT)<rdfiT|v,
aXX' fvCvs
ira
p
t K ic
XTJ
VTO
|1CV
ots
flTTOV,
IT
pOt
I
pT)
K
OJS
8'
T)
V
ttllTO.'s,
^4*'
*
<TUV\TJ\v6oTS TJaQV,
a V C
"y
V U a T O
8' 6
X<yyos, Ti-T] V-TI ^t
v os 8'
TJV
ical
Tf6opvî]|X(vos
Kai
TTVX'HK<
|
S
uivirtp
ol
Karop6oiivTs
iv rais
liriSi4riv,
Isoc. 12,
233.
Isoc. 12.
233 (see
above).
XEN.
CjT.
1,4- 5
T
"\v ^.iv
. . .
d(piKtTo
. .
.,
ra^v
hi
nnprjd
. .
.,
TCI^V
fif ra
fVTU>
7T(Ip(l8f
((TO>
t)l)f)Hl ai>T)\(j)K(
I . . . O)ITT( ft
\(TTVltyi]S
IIVKfT
d\(l>
(IL'TOJ (Tl'X-
X-yfii' drjpia.
THl'C.
4, 47,
I : a>? &e . . . (KirXtovres
(X'i<p6r)(Tiiif,
Xc'Xvi/r<) TJ 01 iriroi/dai
ta roiy
Kf/)icupo(ot9 irapt8f8ovTO
ol nuvrfs.
HDT. I,
79-
^s ^* ' T<II)T<I t&<i(,
KIII fjrotff Kara
niôf
eXcicror
yd^
TOI/
Tov <s
Tr/i/ Av8('i}c
nvros
ayyfXor Kpo/cra) eXr;Xi/^f
f.
. Od. I,
360: ^ |ii; dil/JLîjadtTd
TTciXll/ OlKOv8(
/3(f3l']Ktt.
II.
4-
'
34~6
: eV ^' tTT(T(
farrTtjpi. dprjpim TTixpiis
I'HITTIIS
|
^ta
îj/ p
os
X;XaTo
SatSaXt'oto
|
Kdi fita
BwprjKus
iro\v8ai8u\ov
Tjpi'ipt
t <TTO.
13,
593~5 X
f
'P
a MeveXaos
rr)!/ ^(iXti/, } p f^f TUÔV
tvoov tv 8'
ilpa ro^co |
dvriKpv
&ta
%(ipos (\i)\iiro )(d\Kfi>v ty%t>s.
237.
PLUPERFECT USED AS AX IMPERFECT. When the
perfect
is used as a
present
(228),
the
pluperfect
is used as an
imperfect.
KO.KWV 'IXias irt
pi LCTTTI
Kt i
0T]paio\JS,
UlM.
19, 148;
.-III 7//tJi/
of
1i.'0S
was
encompassing
Thebes
(the Thcbans). intupayttrav
. . .
TOVS
-jrpvTdvcis
a<|>icvai,
Ak.
Eq.
674 ;
They kept
on
baivling
"
The
prytaiies
must dismiss."
UK.M.
19, 148 (see
above).
PLATO,
Phaedr.
233
D: OVT' uv TTKTTOVS
0i'Xovs (KfKrijpeGa.
Theact.
198
I) : TTuXdl
(K(KTT)TO.
'I HUC.
3- 7- 3- %
v
y"P (Q&oirp6tv6s
rt TU>V
'Adyvaiuv
K\ roO
5^/iou
7rpo KTTI]
Kti.
Ak. Ach. lo: OTf
8ij 'Kf^r/t/^
(Sill
with IllOUth
Open) TrpoarftoKwv
TUV
\l<r\i>-
\<>v
Kq. 674
(see above).
HKS. Sc.
148
:
8(ii>f) (pis ir(nt>Tr)To
(was
afly, "flying
all
abroad")
Kopvtr-
ITllVO'a K\UV()V
dl/5pO)l/. '55' 8f8f](l. 19'
: ((TTlKTaV.
269: (ICTT^Kd. -74-
ufMapa.
HoM. Od.
9,
2IO :
ocr/i/}
. . . dêofif t.
II. 8,
68 :
fjfXius fj.f(rt>i> ovpavov apfpiftffifiKti,
The sun stood astride the
midheaven.
Aorist Tense
238.
The Aorist states a
past
action without reference to its
duration
simply
as a
tiling
attained. It is one of the tuo iM'eat
narrative tenses of the Greek
language,
and is best studied in
104
GREEK SYNTAX
connection with the
other,
the
imperfect. Examples
are found
everywhere.
1
(Upshot
Aorist.)
Kovcov . . . v i K
T)
<r 6
TTJV
v KviSu)
vavp.Q)(iav
. . .
'IcJjLK paTT]s
a v i X
TT)V
ACLKC-
Saifioviwv jxopav,
UiN.
i,
75
; Conon
gained
the
(great}
naval
victory of (at)
Cnidus,
Iphicrates
annihilated tlie Lacedaemonian inora.
239.
INGRESSIVE AORIST. The aorist often
appears
as the
point
of
origin.
This is due to the character of the
verbs,
which
are
chiefly
denominative. Hence this
aorist,
which is called the
ingressive
aorist,
is
usually
the first aorist.
(Outset
Aorist.)
(3a.criXeuo-
. . .
FvyiSj
HOT.
1,13; Gyges
became
king.
PLATO,
Euthyd. 276
D:
fye'Xa<rai>
re Kal
(Oopvftrjo-av, They
set
up
a
laugh
and broke out into
applause?
XE\. Hell. 2, 2,
[24]
: Aiovvcrios . . .
frvpavvrja-f (=Tvpavvos fyevero),
D.
became
tyrant.
THUC.
1,4: T)p(
re Kal
oiKio-Trjs
. . .
e'yeVero,
He
acquired
the rule and
beeame
founder.
HDT. i,
13 (see above). I,
19: ei/do-ô-e
6
'AXuumjs, Alyattes fell
sick.
7, 45
: 6
Afpîjs
. . .
fdaKpva-f,
Xerxes burst into tears.
AR. Eccl.
43
1 : f'7
"'
fôpv/Brjcrav KavtKpayov
u>s V
Xe'yot.
AESCHYL. P. V.
235
:
f'y 37
:
avopovcraia-'
dXaXaêv
vTT(pfj.uKi
j3oa (gave
a "wild hal-
loo).
HOM. II.
3, 259
:
piyrjcrev (gave
a
shudder}
8' 6
yipuiv.
1
1,
546
:
Tpfcra-f,
He took to
flight.
240.
So with the moods and verbals :
lav
VOOTIOTJ,
if
lie
falls
sick
; H.T) voo-qo-aifxi, may
I not
fall
sick
; vocrfjerai,
to
fall
sick
; voo-ô-as,
liaving fallen
sick
=
ds VOGOV
fftTrerrcoi/.
$
I : wav . . .
z/ocrr/o-wfrti/, uytfir y( vop.(voL
(rwoj/rai.
PLATO, Critias,
ill B:
VO(TI')<TUVTOS <T<O/J.UTOS
ocrra. Timae.
84
A : TO 8e
fir) cri'ipwis
txrroif
^vvftovv
OTTOT' av
I/OITTJCTJ; (becomes diseased}
. . .
K<iT(i\f/i]XfTai.
THUC. 2,
58,
2 : u>(TT( Kal TOVS
Trportpovs (TTpciTLuiTas votrfjO'ai.
Ak. PI.
569:
rr\ovTJ)(rai>Tf
s
(257)- 834-6: <]yw p.ev <afj.tjv
our re'cor
| fvrjpyt-
TT)(ra 8fOfitvovs
t^tiv (f)i\ovs |
OVTWS
j3e/3at'our,
ft
Sfrjdeiijv
TTOT'.
Ar.SCHYL. P. V.
203:
<nr(v8uvTfs,
cos Ztvs
^T/TTOT' up^fitv (become lord)
6fU>V.
1
On the
proportion
of aorist and
imperfect,
see H. I,. G. in A.
J.
I', iv
(1883),
163
;
xiv
(iSo.3), 104
;
xvi
(1895), 259 ;
and ('. W I-'.. M. in A.
J.
P. xvi
(1895), 142.
5
It should he noted that the
ingressive rendering
is not a
proof,
but
only
an illus-
tration. See C. \V. E. M. in A.
J.
1'. xvi
(1895), 150-1.
lA'GKESSIVE A OK1ST
105
241.
INGRF.SSIVE TRANSLATION OF SECOND AORIST.
Ingrcssive
translations are,
of course,
possible
with a number of second
aorists, as
Jfo-rqv,
/ took a stand,
tfav,
/ took a
step
;
but there is not the same contrast
between state and entrance
upon
a state as in the first
aorist,
not the same
iroptvfns
tis TO
ttviu,
as it is called
by
a late
writer,
[ PLATO],
Deff.
411
A.
Especially
common is the
inj*ressive
translation of
&TXOV. i\o>,
/
hold,
i<r\ov,
/ took hold
; x
w
>
/
possess,
I am
possessor,
have, rxov,
I took
posses-
sion, I
got.
This is all the more natural as
<â>
connotes a state and is
often used in
periphrases
with verbal nouns, alriav
rxov
=
jjrid8r]v,
got
blamed
($nt 178).
6 Se
Kva|dpT|s
. . .
TT]V (JacriXciav t<r\e
=
âaiXevac
=
fJacriXevs ^Y*'
VT
XEN.
Cyr.
i,
5,
2
;
Cy
axarcs sitccceded to the throne.
XEN.
Cyr.
i,
5,
2
(see above).
THUG. I, 12,
3: Aa>pir)s
. . .
oyborjKocrTto
(Tfi vv
'HpaK\d8ais HtXoTrovvrjtrov
t(T\ov
(cf.
toKTjmiv ibid?). I,
103,4:
*i
t(T\ov 'A&rjvaloi Mfyapa
/cm
Hrjyds.
4, 49
aural
AKapvavtS oixijTopfs
ano ntivTcav
f<T\ov
TO
^copt'oc. 4- 95- 3-
ri
7"
Botomav TTOT
t<r\ov,
8,
23, 3
: TOVS diTKTTumas
p-'ix?) vntfitravrfs TTJV
rroXiv
f<r\ov.
8, 106,
i :
Tijv
. . .
vlxrjv TiivTrfv
. . .
tcrôv, They gained
this
victory.
AR. Ran.
IO35 TlfJLtJV
Kdl K\(OS
f(T\(V.
PlND. O.
2,
IO:
itpbv f<r\ov o?r/â TTora/xov.
P. I,
65: f<rôv
8'
'Apv-
K\as
oA/3iot, 3> -4
: ^(T
X
f ToiavTav
p.(ya\av
afiiTiiv
(cf.
Ho.M. II.
16,
685
:
p.ty'
ad(rdr)).
242.
So with the moods and verbals :
T)Y<>v[xcvoi,
cl
Taui-r|v
(sc.
TTJV T|p.cTcpav
iroXiv) cr
xoiev, pa&iux;
KOI raXXa
t^fiv,
THUC. 6,
33.
2.
TT)V TT(iivvp.iav
. . .
a-\tlvt
Ibid.
I,
9,
2.
Tti . . .
<r\<5vTi yvvaiKa
=
yq(iavri,
Ibid.
2,
29, 3
;
]Vho took to
li'ife.
243.
AOKIST OF ACTIONS OF LONG DURATION. The aorist
is often used for
rapid,
individual action. But it is rather the tense
of momentum than the tense of
momentary
action. No matter
how
long
the
action,
it
may
be
represented by
the
aorist,
and
it must be
represented by
the aorist when it is summed
up.
With definite numbers the aorist is the rule
except
as set forth
in sections 208-10.
(Complexive Aorist.)
Eiicnin&jv ...ifiiu CTTJ l|
Kai
tvcvTJKovTo,
1SAK. 6, l8;
I'MClt'tnon lived
ninety-six
years.
LVCURG.
72
I
ivtvi\KOVTa
. . .
<Vr;
TO>V
''EXXfjvtav r)yfp<>i>fs
KIITI
iTrrfcrtiv.
DEM.
38,
12 : rot/raii/ . . .
tirtTpoiros
. . .
tytvtQ'
fnxuidm'
err;, Of
these he
was
(not became}
guardian
sixteen
years.
ISAK.
6,
1 8
(see above).
Lvs. I
2,
4
:
fT'l
^<
TpiuKovra MKijtrt.
io6
GREEK SYXTAX
3> 4
:
*ll
JL
'
iv
ftpi)vri eytvero
. . .
(TTJ TrevTrjuovra,
Kal
evefielvaftev
du<f)(>T(poi
ravTins mis CT7roi>8(us
(TTJ TpiaKaiSfKo.,
THUG.
2,
2:
Tfcrcrapa ptv yap
Kal 8tKa
TTJ evtfidvav
ai
rpiaKovroiiTfis
(TTrov8ai.
4,
6,
2 :
i/fjifpas
. . . mvTfKaiftfKa
f^-tivav
eV
TT/ 'ATTIKJJ, T/iey
re-
mained
fifteen days
in .Ittica.
HDT.
2,
l
57
'
^faû^-ixos e'/Sacri'Xcucre
fdyinrrov Tecrcrfpa
Kal
Trei/rij-
KOVTU erfa.
Ak. PI.
846
!
OVK,
d\\' fix
p piyuicr' f'rrj rpuiKniSfKa.
HOM. II.
6,
174:
evvfjfjiap
fivt<r(Tf
(209).
244.
So
of
the Moods :
LYCURG.
58. 1^ trrj crweûs dTTo8rj p.rjcras, Having
been abroad
for
six
years continuously.
LvS.
24, 9
8fKaKts av eXotro
ôprjyrj(rai [ia\\ov i]
dvriSovvai
liira^.
PLATO,
Legg. 95 5
A:
8t6^vai
. . .
eviavrov,
To be
put
in
jail
a
year.
H DT.
I,
7
upuvT(s
. . . (Tea irivTf re Kal TTfVTaKocria. I,
16.
25.
ANACR. 8: eVea
TrfVTrjKovrd
re Kal (Karov . . .
ftacriXeva'ai.
HoM. II.
6,
217
: ffiKotriv
TJ/JLOT' epvas.
245.
AORIST OF TOTAL NEGATION. As the aorist is used
of
one,
so it is used of none. Total
negation
is
expressed by
the
aorist,
as resistance to
pressure
is
expressed by
the
imper-
fect
(216).
o\i\ elXov,
TJiey
did not take
; ovx fjpouv, They
could not take. OVK
tSsâvro,
They
did not receive
;
OVK
cSe'xovro, T/iey
would not receive, ol
jxev
OI/K
rjXOoy.
ol 8' eXOovres
ovSev
eiroiow,
DEM.
18,
151
;
Some did not come
; some,
when
they
did
come,
would not do
anything.
LVS.
3, 14:
ovSeiy ovTf
Karfdyrj rrjv Kf(f)a\T)v
cure <7AAo KaKov ovftfv
f\aftev.
PLATO,
Gorg.
471
B: 01)
/Liereîe'A^trei/
avru>.
XKN. Conv. I, I4
: OVK
(Kivrjae -yAcora.
AR. Ach.
34-6:
oiSeTTWTTor' ftTTfv
(sc.
6
ftrjpos), avdpaKas Trpicn, |
. . .
|
tiAA
avros
t(fitpf
TTilvTa.
Ar.SCHYL. Pers.
179:
oiri TTOJ roioi/fi'
tvnpyts flf)ofj.r)v.
PlXD. O.
I, 47
: ovftf
fjiarpl
rroAAa
p.ai6p,fvoi <f>u>Ta ayayov.
HoM. II.
3, 239-40: fj ovx fa"Xf<r6lv Aaicefiaifioi/os
<^
fpaTtivfjs, | ^ Sevpto
fJifV
tirttVTO KTf.
246.
Tht: same
principle applies
to the moods. The
change
of tense
from
present
to aorist is often to be accounted for
by
a
change
from
posi-
tive to
negative,
and vice versa.
p.T]Sev
a
(J.
a
p
T f i v ô~ri 0uv KOA iravTa
KaropOovv, Kpigr. ap.
DEM, l8,
-89;
AOK1ST FOR PERFECT
107
To make no blunder and do all
things right, (that}
is
(the
province) of
the
gods
(alone).
DF.M.
(Epigr. ap.),
iS,
289 (see above).
ISOC.
4.
1 I
wffTTfp
. . . rov . . .
aKfHJjias (tnaTH^fvov \tytiv
(irrXoor OVK av
Swd/JifVOV
flTTf I If.
ANTIPHON, I,
6:
tôvtria Tfv o~a(pias
fl8fvai . . . OVK
r/v
irvBtadai.
PLATO,
Ale.
II,
143
B :
oirtp
ovv ov8(\s fiv
olrjdtirj,
<JXX ToGrii
-ye
TTIIS ar
ototro iKavos aval.
Ion,
53
1 B : (I 8f (TV
T)(T0a puvris,
OVK,
tlntp irfp\
rutv
6fioi'o>? Xtyofievttv
olus r'
fjcrda
f
îjyT)cra(r6ai (=ov^
ottis T' ei
(r)yt]cra<rdai),
KCU
7Tf/}i
ru>v
8ta(f)dp<0s \(yo^.fva>v rfiriorm
av
f'j-ijydcrdat.;
XEN. An.
2, 4.
6 : abvvaTov
SiafUjvai.
THUC.
I, JO,
2 : TO
inrapôirrd
T( o~wfii> KCU
(TTiyvdvai fju]8(i>.
AR.
Lys. 129:
OVK &v
7rot^(Tai/x(0 (no
metrical
necessity).
AESCHYL. P. V.
63: nXrjv
roOS' ai/ ouSfi? ei>8tK(t)s
p.f fjiâiro ftoi (no
met-
rical
necessity).
PIND. N.
8,
44~5
T &' OVTIS reap
\lfvxav KOfj,iai \
ov
fioi
ftvvarov
(no
met-
rical
necessity).
247.
When the
negative
is the
equivalent
of the
positive present,
the
present
is more
frequently
used in both members.
edpcree, rwyt],
KCU
JXT) (jj
o
p
e
v,
HDT.
1,9;
He
ofgood courage, Gyges,and
be not
afraid,
diroo-repeiv
Kal
p.t]
airoStSdvai, DEM.
[35], 42.
DEM.
[35],
42 (see above).
AESCHIN. 2,
59
:
âpelvat
Kal
jj.fj dnodTjfjiflv.
HDT. i,
9 (see above).
HoM. Od.
4> ^25
:
dupa-fi, p.t]8f
TI
Ttuyxv p.(Ta (pptcri
8t 18161
\irjv.
248.
THE AORIST FOR THE PERFECT. The aon'.st is
very
often used where we should
expect
the
perfect.
I.
Many
verbs form no
perfect.
So
many
of the
liquid
verbs. The aorist is next of kin. In later Greek
many
me-
chanical
perfects
have been formed from the desire of
analogy.
See
Curtius,
Verbum 11,211.
dXXa 0Tra\ta irois
ex
el
'
^\
l T
*S iroXircias Kal ras iroXcis
av-rwv
irap'jipTjTai,
Kal
Ttrpapxia?
KaT<rTTj<rt v,
1
iva
(IT) (lovov
Kara
iroXcis,
aXXa Kal KCLT'
t6vr\
Sov-
Xcvioaiv;
DEM.
9,
26.
DEM.
9,
26
(see above).
l.SOC.
5. 19-21
: OVK AUTTO)
rijv (3ao-i\fiav nfmnr/Ktv
XX'
fr^^f aîd
8ian(-
irpaKTai.
rt
y(ip
e'XXt'XoiTTf v ;
ov . . .
TrfnoirjKfv
. . .
npotTtjKTai
. . .
nfTroitjKfv
. . .
1
DIONYS.
HAL.,
I)e admir. vi, 54 (R.
vi,
j>. 1120),
in
quoting
this
passage, gives
KaQiaraKtt',
a characteristic variant.
jo8 GREEK SYNTAX
. . .
yeyovev
;
aTrda-rjt
Se
r^y QpaKrjs
oiis
Tjfiov\r)dr)
8fa-jr6-
ras
KaTo-T7j(Tfv
;
(A solitary
aorist after a
long string
of
perfects.)
AR. Av.
301
: TI
(fays
;
ris
y\avK "Atfî/af fjyayf, (No
classic
perfect.)
AESCHYL. P. V. 28 : rotaur'
f-n-rjvpov (no perfect)
roC
(piXavdpwTrov rpoTrov.
FIND. O. 10, 7-8
: 6
/ae'XXtoi/ xP"
vos
I f^
17 Aca '" a
'"X
vvf
ft
a6v
XP
e
'
os
(
sec
note ad
loc.).
HOM. II.
5> 1278: d%\vv
8' av rot air'
6(f)0a\fj.u>v
e\ov,
fj irpiv f'rrfifv, | o0p'
ev
yiyvwo-Kys jjfiev
Qfov
i)8e
KOI
(ii>8pa (jjprjKa
is not found in
Homer).
249.
2. When the
perfect
is used as a
present,
the aorist
may
take a
perfect
translation.
1
iroXXatcis
eOavpaaa,
XEN. Mem.
I, I,
I
;
/ have
often
ivondered.
OCTTJO-O
. . . avros
TCI
irep
avrbs
KTT]aao,
HDT.
7, 29; AV^/ thyself
what
thyself
hast
made.
LVS.
12,
3
: TroXXaKiy f?
7roXXr)v aOvîav Karecrrî/, fj.f]
. . .
7TOLr]cru>(J.ni.
XEN. Mem.
i, i,
i
(see above).
HDT.
4, 97
: ov
yap
edctcrd KCO
/LIJ) {<Tcra>deci>p.fv
VTTO "S,K.v6iu>v
p-ii^rj. 7, 29 (see
above).
EUR. Ale.
541
: Ttdvcia-iv oi Gavovrts- aXX' W fls
86fj.ovs,
Once dead, the
dead
stay
dead. Get thee within, fr.
507:
ri TOVS davovras OVK fas
redvrj-
Kfvai
;
AESCHYL. Cho.
504:
OVTO>
yap
ov
TfdvrjKas
ovSt
Trep
0avuv,
Thus
(shall
thoii
show}
thou art not dead
though
tJiou hast died.
H()M. Od. I,
166-8: vvv S' 6
ptv
wy aTrcJXcoXe . . . TOV 8' wXtro
VUO-TI/JLOV
W
a
P-
II.
13, 623-4:
ov8e TL . . . eSSetcrare.
77
2
^3
: v^v wXtro Tracra KUT'
aKprjs
iXtos
nnrfiVT).
250. 3.
The aorist is used from
affinity
to the
negative.
Tuiv O!KTUV oviStva
KOTeXnrev,
aXX' airavras
TreirpaKe,
AESCHIM.
I,
99;
A'ot
a servant has lie
left
(did
he
leave),
but he has sold tliein all
(they
are all
sold).
HYPER. Eux. 28: oiS" avrbs
tStcorTji'
ovS(i>a TruTrore eV TW
/3/6> (Kpiva
. . .
TltHlS OVV
KfKplKa
;
AESC H IN.
i,
99 (see above).
IsoC.
3' 35 ^nvtjcTofjLcu yap
ovfteva
/j.fv
irunror'
(IbiKijaas,
TrXttouj Se . . . rutv
TTO\iT(ai> . . . (v
7T(TroiT]Ka>s
. . .
tj avfiTravres
oi
Tvpo tfjiov ftacriXfvO'avTfS.
251. 4.
Other
examples
:
ISOC.
8, 19:
o
liiv
TOLVVV
7rnX(fJ.ns
('mavTUiv
i]p.as
ru>v
fiprjp.(ini)v (i7TTT(pr)K(v
'
Km
yap TT(V((TTtpovs fTrotrja-f
KIU TroXXovs Kiv8vvovs
vironft/ftv ijvuyKUfff
K.a\
irp!>s
TOVS
"EXX^vas Sia/if'/iiXr/Kf
KIU iri'ivrns
Tpdirovs T(Ta\nnrpr)K(i> i]fj.as.
1
A.
J.
1'. iv
(1883), 429,
note.
GXOMIC AORfST
109
HOM.
11.4. 243-6: Ti(f)6'
ovrwt
((TTrjTt TfdtjiroTtt f)i/T( ixftpoi
;
I
? r' . . .
I
'erru<r',
. . .
|
&s
vpds (<TTT)T( T(drjni>T(s
ot>S*
pd^ta-Of (Zarrjrf
is here used in-
stead of a
perfect
in a
present
sense).
252.
This is
especially important
in the matter of
sequence.
See LYS.
12.
3 (249),
HDT.
4, 97 (249),
and HOM. II.
5, 127-8 (248),
where the aorist
equals
the
perfect
and
naturally
takes the
sequence
of the
principal
tenses.
1
2
53-
AORIST TRANSLATED BY THE PLUPERFECT. We often
translate the aorist
by
a
pluperfect
for the sake of clearness.
rots ISi'oiq
\p-r}<rf<r9a.i <|>TJ,
&. 6
TrarTjp
avrw
cSwKCV, XKN. Hell. I.
5, 3;
He
said that he would use his inun
means,
which his
father
had
given
him.
XEN. Hell. I,
5, 3 (see above). 7,
2,
19:
las <5<
Tip
VVKTO
ijypvTrvija-av,
(Kadtv8ov
ptxpi noppiii Ttjs i')p.(pas,
*-ls
they
had been awake all
night
, they
slept
until
far
into the
day.
THUG.
7.
I.
3-
TUS
yap
vavs <lv(i\KV(T(iv tv
'\p.fpa,
The
ships they
had
beached in Himera.
Hl)T.
4, 146
: al 8( eVfiVf
ttrij\0av
t
TToitovcri rouiSf.
147
: fttwov
itouvfjifvos
Spxrdai
VTT' a\\u>i> (mire
fyfvcraro iip\']s-
For other
examples,
see
Temporal
Sentences.
254.
For the difference of the aorist and the
pluperfect, compare
HDT.
3, 25: TTp\V
8f
TTJS
oSoO TO
TTf'/iTTTOl/ fjif pOS
fi I 6 X
r;
\ U ( V O. I
Tl)l> (TTp(lTll')V,
aVTlKU
irtivTu nvrovs TII
fi%ov
<TiTia>v
e%6[ifva
err* XfXoiTTf
f,
(itTa
8t ra atria KU\ ra vrro-
vym
( TTf'XiTTf
KaTfo-dio/jifva, Before they
HAD
completed
the
fifth part of
the
journey,
the
provisions
HAD
entirely failed
them,
and
after
their
provisions
their beasts
of
burden FAILED them.
255.
GNOMIC AoRIST. The universal
present may
be
repre-
sented
by
the aorist. The
principle
is that of the
generic
article.
A model individual is made to
represent
a class. This is called
the
gnomic
aorist,
because it is used in
maxims, sentences,
prov-
erbs
(yva>fj,ai},
which
delight
in concrete illustrations. The
gno-
mic aorist
interchanges freely
with the
present,
but does not
thereby
lose its
peculiar
effect.
3
puJfXT]
. . .
(XTO (1V 4>pOVt]0-0S
1
<J>
X
TJ
(T
V,
OlVtV 8t
TQVTr)S
TrXtlW TOVS
X
OVTa
*
ffiXat|rc,
Isoc.
[
I
].
6
;
Strength
with
judgment
docs
good,
without it tioes
greater
harm to those lliat
possess
it.
DEM. 2,
y
; OT/
îv yitp
i>n' tvvoias ru
irjitiyfjuirn <nTTi/,
. . .
ITVUTTOVHV
. . .
'
A.
J.
1'. iv
(1683), 4'jy,
note.
'
;
Sec note on I'IM>. I'.
6, 15.
no
GREEK SYNTAX
tde\ov(riv uvB
parrot
urav 8'
'
K
ir\fOV(las Kal
Trovijpias
ris
5}(nrfp
ovros
l(yyvo~r],
f] Trpuirrj Trpti(i)acris
Kal
fJUKpov Trraur/ia
TTUVT'
uveâin
<rt v Kal 8ie\v(T(i>. Ibid.
10. 21.
5,
12.
I.SOC. I. 6
(see above).
5, 38: eirrjv
8e KOKCOS
aXXijXous 8iad><Tiv,
ov8fvos
bia\voi>Tos avrol 8i(O~T
rj
cr a v.
PLATO,
Legg. 720
D : 6 <f
eêvdtpos
(SC.
laTpds)
. . . 8i8da-Kfi TOV dadfvnvvra
fli/rdi/,
Kal ov
irpoTfpov fTrera^t rrplv
tiv
7177 vp.n(io-r/,
The
physician
who is
free
(and
not a
slave)
instructs the
patient himself
and does not
give
a
prescrip-
tion until he in some
way
succeeds in
convincing
liiin.
Phaedo,
73
D : ot
epaiTTat,
IJTiiv i'Swcri
\vpav
. . .
jj
a'XAo rt ois ra iraiSiKa avrtoi/ t'iaide
xprjcrdui,
Tra'crôucrt
rouro
e'yycocrdi/
re
TIJV \vpav
Kal tv
TTJ
Siavota
f\aj3ov
TO ei'Sor rov
TratSdj,
ov
TJV f] \vpa.
HDT.
7.
IO, f
)
t OVTCJ 5e (cat
(TTpaTos
TroXXo? {ITTO
oXi'you $ia(pdtipfTai
Kara
rotni'Se. eirtdv
o~<pi
6 deus
(ftdovrjcras (popov epflaXri *) ^povrfjv,
fti' u>i>
((pdapr)o~(iv
dvagiats
ewTcov
(a good example
of
general principle
and
particular
illus-
tration).
COM. Men.
4. 354' 495
Tl
'x
7
? T*X
VT
!
V
&>pdo)(rfv,
ov
T'X
I/
'/
rv
X
l
l
v'
PlXD. O.
4> 4
fiv<i)V 8' tv
trp(io'o~6vT<i)i>,
fcravav nvrtV
dyyfXjai/
Trort
yXv-
Kfliiv f(T\m.
O.J,y>-l
'. ai 8e
(pptvutv rapaâl 7Tpe TrXayâi/
/cai
aofpnv.
fr.
225
I 7T(!rai' êoy
ay8pi îippa Tre'/x^/;, Trapoy p,e\aivav Kpaftiav
f
<rrv(piXit;f
v . . .
SlMOX. C.
65
t o S' ai) ^tifaror
Ki^f
xnl TUV
(pvyop.nôv.
THEOGN. 66l 6 I /cat eV KdKoi) (o~6\bv
f'yeiro, I
at KaKov
(% dyadov
Kai re
irevi^pos dvr)p ai^fa /idX fTrXovrrjo-e
Ktii os
fj.d\a
TroXXa TrfVarat,
| fairii/T]S
Trdvr' ovv ajXecrt rv/crt
/^t//.
I Kdl
(ra>(pp(i)v ijfAapTf,
Kal
tifppovL
TTO\\UKI 8oa
j
ecTTTfro,
Kal
rip.i)f
Kal KCIKOS uiv
e'Xaêi'.
Soi.ox,
13.
8. 28.
29. 31. 38. 54.
68.
TVRT. 12,
202 : OITOS
dvijp dyados yiyvtrai
fv
TToXf^tto ai^ra
8(
8v(Tp.tvea>v
dv8pu>v f'rpf\^f (j)ti\tiyy<is | Tf)r/^(ias, o~Trov8r/
r
frr^fQf
Ki
i
p.a fid^S-
HKS.
The(Jg. 436
:
napayiyvfTai i]8' oi/iV^crt,
hut
442-3
:
prji8i.(t)t nyprjv Kv8pfj
dfos &)7ra(rf
TroXX/yi/, [ pfla
8'
d(pfi\ero (p<uvt>fj.('i>r)v,
edeXovrrd
yi dvp.(S. 447
:
t% oX/yuj/ ftpuid,
KUK TroXXo)!/
[tftova dr/Kfv. (The
end of the verse is more
than a metrical shift;
it is a
swoop.)
HoM. II.
4' 44-~3 "l
T
oXt'yij p.ev rrputra Kopvo~<TTai, avrap
iTrara
|
ovpavcf
f<TTr')pit;e Kapr)
Kal tnl
\6<>v\
ftaivd.
256.
AORIST OF COMPAKISOX.
Ultimately
akin to the
gnomic
aorist
is the aorist of
comparison
which is often used in
poetry,
the concrete ex-
ample being
more vivid and
striking.
8ei
8r)
iravras, oSo-irep
ol
la/rpoi,
orav
KapKivov
. . .
tSawriv,
d-rr^Kavcrav
TJ
oXtos
dire
KO\|/a
v,
OVTW TOVTO TO
0T)piov vâs c|opi<rai
KTC.,
I )l'.M.
25. 95
'<
-'/-f
physicitKIS,
when
they
see a cancer,
burn it
<>Jf
or cut it
ojf bodily,
so
ought you
all to
landdanui this monster.
SOLON,
13, 18-25
: WOT*
aff/xos ixffiiXus atya
8ic (TKtSavt v
| fjpivus,
os . . .
GNOMIC TENSES in
v Kara
irvpofpopov' \ 8r)uxrnf
KaXii
(pya,
6(>v (8os nlirvv iKavtt,
\ ovpavov, aldpirjv
avris
(6rjK.(v
I8(lv
|
.' . .
| Toiavrt) Zrjvos
TrAfrat Tttris.
HOM. Od.
4, 335~4
O: *>f &' omtr' (v
vXo'x&> (\a(pos Kpartpolo
X/ovror
|
vt-
tfjitjcrcura vfrjyfvias yn\aOr)vovs \ Kvrjpovs t^tpfrjcrt
Kai
tiyKfii 7roii}fi/ra |
/3o-
6 8' firtira
(j]v tl(rf)\vdtv (\>vf]v, | dfji(f)OTtpoicri
8t rotcriv dftnia
irorp.ov
'
|
0)9 'Q8wrtVS KflVOKTlV dflKfll
ITOT/JiOV (<pr](Tl.
II.
3. -3~-&
'
&* T( ^'&"
/
^'x'*/"/ pryuhto
(
257.
GNOMIC PERFECT AND FUTURE. The so-called
gnomic perfect
and
gnomic
future
correspond
to
English
uses. The
gnomic
future is
based on
expectation,
the
gnomic perfect
on
experience.
Perfect:
iroXXoi . . .
TJSr)
SovXoi . . . <rc<ruica<ri
Sccnr^Tas, PLATO,
Legg. 776
D-E
;
Many
slaves ere now have saved masters.
ANDOC.
[4]. 19'
wrrtr 8e
viTfpopa
ravra,
TTJV fjLeyiorrjv (f)v\aKi)v dvrjprjKt TTJS
irdXecor,
Whoso overlooks
this,
has taken
away
the
greatest safeguard of
the
state.
PLATO,
Legg. 776
D-E
(see above).
HDT. 2,6: 00*01
fiei> yup ytwrtivai
dcri
avdpuTraiv, opyviij(ri p-f^-f rpr^Kacri
TTJV xu>prjv,
ocrot S
rjcraov yecoTTfti/at,
oraSiota'i,
KTf .
AR.
Vesp. 493~5 }" M*" o>v!jrai
TIS
op<pu>s, /xf/x/3pa5a?
Se
(JLTJ 6e\j), \
(vdf'ms
(
"p
r
ix'
TrwXcoi'
TrXi/tr/oi'
raj
/zf/x/3/)iia? |
OVTOS
o'^ravfiv
(
01% avdptoTros
<Vt
rt;pni>-
vi8i. PI.
5^7~9 VKfifrat
. . . Toi/s
pi'jTopns,
ws OTTOTUV
fj.ev \
UXTI
TrtV^rey, ntpi
TOV
8rjfjiov
. . . fieri
St/cmoi,
Tr\ovTt)(ravrfS
8' O.TTOTUIV KOIVU>V
irapa^prjfj.'
a&icoi
yfyivr/vrai.
EUR. fr. 1028: ofrrts Vfos u>v
p.ovcra)v dp.f\el, \
TUV re
mip(\dwr'
aTToXuXc
Xpovov |
Kai TOV
/ne'XXoj/ra TfdvrjKfv.
PlND. O.
I,
54
:
aK(p8eia \(\oy^(v 6i.ip.iva KiiKayopovs.
P.
3- 54
:
Kc'pSft
Kai
<ro(pi<i
8f8fTai.
THEOGN.
109-10- uir\T}<rTov yap fôv(ri
icciKol vuov
fjv
8' tv
SOLON,
13, 27-8:
aiVi 8' ov
\f\rjde 8tap.n(p(S,
oo-rij
aXiTpoj' | 6vp.ov f)(y,
rut 8' fs T(\OS
((<f)dvr).
TVRT. II,
14: Tpfcrvdvratv
8'
di>8pa>v
irdtr' aTroXwX*
dpfrtj.
HOM. II.
5, 531-2: al8oftev<av
8'
dv&pwv
TrXiovts 0*001
f)( 7r<0ai/rat- | <^)u-
ydvrtav
8' OVT'
ftp
K\('OS
opvvrat
oure rif
dXcrj. 15, 139-40: rjfti) ydp
TIS TOV
yt
K.a\
xdpdt dfj.fivti)v | i) TTt(f)aT' TJ
Kdi (TTfira
Trf<pf]<T(Tiu.
258.
Future:
oviSi aXXov ovStvbs
ifivjruxov
KtâXrjs ytv&trai Alyvir-ritav
ouStis,
HOT. 2,
39
No
Egyptian (none
of
the
E.)
tastes
(will taste)
of
the head
of
this or
any
other animal,
112
GREEK SYNTAX
HDT.
I,
173
:
tlpOfttvm)
5e
ere'pov
rbv
Tr\r)(rtov
ris
ttrj,
KaraXe'et ctavrov
fjir/rpoOev.
2,
5
: Karris
KaraTTfiprjrrjpirjv 7rrj\6v
-r( dvoicrtis Kai eV (v8(Ka
upyvifjiri
e treat
(Traveller's Future). 2,
39 (see above). 41
: r>v e<W*a ovre
dvfjp
AlyvTmos
ovre
yvvrj <iv8pa "EXXrjva (f)i\i')cr(i(
av rai
arop-ari,
ov8e
fiaâipjj dv8pos
pTjcrfTai
. . . ov8(
Kptais Kadapov /3oo? 8iar(rp.r]p.(vov 'E\\r)viKfj ^.aâiprj
ai
(fut. parallel
with
opt.
and
V).
SOLON,
13, 55~6:
rd Se
p.6pa-ifj.a
Trdvrws
\
ovrf ris olcwos
pvcrerai
ovd'
Itpd.
259.
EMPIRICAL AORIST. But when the aorist has a
tempo-
ral adverb or a
negative
or a numeral with
it,
it is best referred
to the same class with the
English perfect
of
experience (empiri-
cal aorist).
iro\\aKis
. . . SEO-TTOTCLL
6pYioÊvoi p.ct(0
KO.KO. eiraOov
f| 7roiT]crav,
XEN.
Hell.
5, 3, 7
:
Often
have masters
sufferedfrom anger greater
evils than
they
have
inflicted.
79
T i'?
H
( v
yap dv@pu>7rovs
TroXXoi
ifirj âTTari](ravrfs
Ktu StoXa-
66vTts ov
JJLOVOV
r<av
Trnj)('ivTU)v
Ktv8vvav dirtXvO
rjaav
ii\\a KT(.
PLATO,
Phaedr.
234
13 : rovs
p.ev fpuivras
ol
fyi\oi.
vovderuvcriv . . . rols ftf
p.f] pu>(Tiv
ov8e\s TrcoTrore TOIV oiKfiatv
p.f fJL\lsaro.
XEN. Hell.
5, 3, 7 (see above).
Oec.
5,
18 : Kt
Trpufiara
8' eVi'ore KaXXio-ra
rfdpafj.p.(va
vixros fXdovara KUKtara 7rcoXe(Tff. Cf.
[R. A.]
2,
2O : oims fie
/uij
a>j/ TOII
8i'jp.ov
etXero eV
S^/ôKparou/ifV//
TrdXet otKflv
/xaXXov i)
eV
oXtyapôu/iej/)/,
ddiKflv
Trapf
a < fvdcr mo Kai
f'yvco
on /ere'.
HDT, 2,68:
yûxrauv
8e
p.ovvov 0rjpiu>v
OVK
ffpvcre. 3- 53-
"""XXoi 8e
ij8r)
TU
fiTfrpana 8ir]fj.fl>oi
ra
Trar^cota
a7T'/3Xo
v.
COM. Men.
4, 346, 205
:
?) -yXaxrcra
TroXXous (Is
okfdpov fjy(iyfv.
EUR. fr.
360, 28-9:
TU
fj.T]Tep(av
8f
8uKpv*
oruv
TTf^TTr]
reKva,
|
TroXXovs
(dfj-
\W (If
p.t'i)(T)v opp.(t>p.evovs.
PlXD. O.
I,
31-3
:
X"!'^
^''
"7re
/
) airavra
reuêt
ra
/neiXtâ
dvarois,
|
. . . Kai
UITIOTOV
ep.rj<Taro
TTitrrov
| ('np.(vai
ru TroXXaKiy. N.
II, 39~4'
(v <T
X
f
P
(
l
) ^ ovr'
S)v
^t\aiv(iL Kiipnov
eficoKac
apovpai, 8(i>8ped
r OVK (6(\d irdo~ais triuv
Tr(f>o8ois
|
uvQns ewaiSes
<f>ipdv,
THEOGN.
137-8:
7roXX(ci
yap
8oK((av
6ij(T(iv
KdKuv,
(o~6\oi>
(@r)K(i>-
Kai re
^0(CO)l/
6il<T(lV
(0-6\l'lV,
(0TJK(
KtlKl'lV.
6O~,
'. TToAXo) TOl TT\iovaS
Xt/UOU Kl'lpOS
U>\(T(V
tJ8>). 639-640
: 7roXXa
Trap
8<'>av re /cai (\iri8a
yivtrai
(v
pdv | (py' di>8pwv,
(jOvXlllS
8' t>VK
(TT(y(VT(>
Tf\OS.
HES. O. et D.
240-247
: TroXXiixt . . .
dtrrjvpa,
. . .
(irijyaye
. . .
dnofpdtvv-
6<>v(Ti . . . TiKTuvcriv,
p.ivvdi>vo~i
. . . air toX e o~ ( v . . . aiFoaivvTai,
HOM. II. 2, I17~8:
oi'
617
TToXXdajf Tto\iwi> Kari\v<r(
Ki'prjvn | ;}S'
e'ri Kai
Xvrru.
(This example
is
very
instructive as to the
conception
of the em-
pirical
aorist.)
AOK1ST /.V
QL'ESTIOKS 113
260. AORIST IN GENERAL DESCRIPTIONS. From this
gnomic
use of
the aorist arises its use in
general descriptions,
in which the aorist is de-
signedly employed
to
express
concentrated action.
oi
fitv yap
dOdvaToi
KaXoupcvai (sc. fy-v\ai),
^viit'
&v
irpos aKp<|i yc'vwvrai,
fa-TTiaav, PLATO,
Phaedr.
247
B-C
;
The souls called
immortal,
when
they
get
in
front of
the
top, stop (short).
DEM.
[35]'
l ~-
'
OVTOI
yap
SftvoTaToi
p.(i>
tlffi bavficracrBai
xpi]p.ar'
tv TU>
(fj.7ropi(i>,
(TTtiStiv &(
Xti/ôxTt
. .
., evdvs fTf(\d6ovTo . . . d\\' ami TOV dmftovvai
<ro(ptarfj.aTa tvplo'KOVO'i
. . . Kal flat
irovTjpuruToi di>6pu>ira>i'.
PLATO, Phaedr.
245-56.
Often in this celebrated
description, e.g. 247
B-C
(see above).
HUT.
2,47' V"
Tls
^f(iv(rr/
avTo)i>
(sc.
AjyvTmcoi/) trapitav
vd?,
avToiiri TDKTI
i/zcmotcn
drr' u>v
(fia\l/(
(utvrov
(3as
eVi rov
noraû'iv. 87
: iirtav TOVS
K\v(TTrjpas
irXijcruiTai
TOV ano
K(8pov d\d(parof yivopfVQV,
(v )v
7rA^(Ti'
1
ToC
vfKpov rrjv
KoiXirjv. 3,
82 : (s
(\6fa p.fyd\a d\\i')\oi<Ti
diriKVfovrai,
( u>v (rrdcrKs
tyyivovrat,
fK 5t TWI/ (TTaaiutv
(f>wos
(K 8t TOV
(fiavov
aw
(fir/
ts
novvapx^v.
COM.
Apollodor. 4, 455
f ' y ôv <Jrav TIS
tVn/ c/)i'Xov, |
(<TTiv
6((i>ptli>,
NiKo^cof, TTJV
TOV
(f)i\ov I
tvvoiav (idi'S flcriovra TCI?
dvpas. |
6
dvpupos IXapos
irp(i>Ti>v
(cmi>,
r)
Kvtav
\ (<rt)vf
Ka\ n
potr'jXf)', viravTT)<ras
8f Tit
\ 8i(ppov
fv6i<os
(6r)K(,
KUV
p.r]8f\s Xfyrj \ p.r/$ev.
PlND. O.
2,
63-4:
davuvrw
p.tv
fvddS" OVTLK'
dird\afj.i>oi (fipfvfs \
iroivus
tncrav.
SOLON,
13, 53
'
<"XXoi/
p.dvTii> tdrjKfv <7i/^
iitdtpyog
'A7T(!XXa)i/.
261. AORIST IN PASSIONATE
QUESTIONS.
In
passionate
and
impa-
tient
questions
the aorist is used of
things
to be
despatched
at once.
TI OVIK ttvro
-yc fioi
TOVTO a ire
Kp
i
via; PLATO,
Gorg. 509
E
;
ll'/iy
don t
you
answer me this
I'ery point?
Pl.ATO, Charm.
155
A; XXci TC OVK <
7re'(5et^<i? /ioi
TOV vtaviav Ka\(<ras
Sfvpo
;
Gorg. 509
E
(see above).
So elsewhere.
XEN.
Cyr.
2,
1,4-
<>vv . . . <>v Kal
TIJV Svvafuv (\f^dy p.oi
; Hiero, I,
3*
Tt nw . . .
<>V\i
KCU (TV . . .
VirffJ.VT)(TaS fJ.fi
MDT.
9. 4^
Tt
^')
"v
ff*a)(rd[JLeda}
Ak.
VeSp. 213:
T Ili'K aTTf
KOlplj 6>J fJL(
V IMJOV OtTOV
<TTl\r)V
,' ll'/l\' dOtl t li'g
snatch a little
nap,
a wee wee
nap
?
262. AOKIST WHERE ENGLISH USES I'KKSENT. In
questions,
the
English language may
also u.se the
past
tense, not so
readily
in such ex-
pressions
as
îTTJvfo-a,
Thank" von
(literally
I
praised
r,
^p.4/afirv,
/ l>lame
;
V,
/ am
delighted
(Dramatic Aorist).
1
Notice the tincMb which
heighten*
the effect and
helps
to
prove
the
purpuse-
fulnes-i <>( the auribt.
114
GREEK- SYNTAX
aimXais, e-ye'Xaa-a v|;oXoiconiriais,
AR.
Eq. 696;
I like
your
threats*
I
laugh
at
your fire-eating brags.
AR.
Eq. 696 (see above).
EUR.
Cycl.
266:
ciTrco/iocr',
a> KO\\I<TTOV 2) KtKcXwTrioi/. H. F.
1235:
e
TTI;
-
I/to-
1
'
ft;
8pd(ras
8e cr' OVK
avaivofJ.ni.
Or.
1672:
Kal
\(Krp' {iryve<r'
t TJVIK
av
fiiSo)
rrarfjp.
fr. 282,
13
(
fJif p^dfj.rjv
8e Kal rov
EXXj/i'cov VO/JLOV.
HOM. II.
2,
3-3-
r
'
L i*T ai>(a>
(yevtadt; 14, 95
: vvv 8f crev
atvotrdfirjv
Trciyxv <ppivas,
olov fdTTfS.
263.
AORIST OF THE FUTURE. The aorist
may
be used as a vision of
the future.
ap',
ei
(it BTJ Xcu|/tis, y"
v El."R. Ale.
386
;
I am
undone,
if
thou
shalt leave
me,
wife.
EUR. Ale.
386 (see above).
Med.
78
:
nTrcuXo/ieo-tf' Sp\
tl KCIKOV
npoaoi-
(rofjifv |
vtov TraXatcJ.
HOM. II.
9- 4
I2
~5
ft
'
P-*
v K
'
fi ^^'
[JL(vu>v Tpuicav
iroXiv
dp.(f)Lp.dâ>p.ai, |
<uAf TO
fifv p.oi
voaros,
drcip
K\(OS
({(pdirov
fcrrat
|
et 8t Ktv oucad'
iKu>fj.ai e/j.f)v
(s
irarpiBa
yaiav,
I
wXero
/J.OL
K\(OS etrdXov.
264. IMPERFECT, AORIST,
AND PLUPERFECT SIDE BY SIDE.
How
keenly
the differences of the
imperfect,
aorist,
and
plu-
perfect might
be
felt,
is best shown in those
passages
in which
all three are used side
by
side.
iyii) [lev
dire
8-q [io
vv . . .ere T X
VTI^
Ke i 8' 6
iro.TT]p
iraXai,
ore
OVTOS f
yr\ |i,
DEM.
[46],
21
;/
was abroad and
myfather
had
long
been dead when this
man
got
married.
DEM.
[46],
21
(see above).
[56], 9: eVfifti)
6 2tKfXt*o? KardirXovs
fyivtro
Kal al
Tip.al
rov <TLTOV or' tXarrov
(ftu8iov
KU\
i]
vavs
f]
TOVTU>V
dvfjKro
fis
AlyVTTTOV,
fv6((l)S OVTOS aTTOOTf'XXfl KT(.
LVS. 12,
53 firfibf)
8( (is TOV
Hfipaia ij\6ojj.fv
Kal al
rapaâl yfyfvrfp.(vai
T)<rav
Kal
TTtpl
TU>V
fitXX(iya>i/
ot
Xtiyot eyiyvovro,
7roXXf
(Kurfpot
f\iri8as
('ix~
fjLtv
KT.
13, 5
'
8ip8dpr](Tav
. . .
fyfyevrjTO
. . .
eyiyvovro.
Hl)T. 1
,
80 '. &)?
&O"(f)pavTO rd^fTa
TCOV
K(i[j.i]\u>v
<>i tTTTTOi Kal tI8ov auras,
OTTJO-CI) dvt
(TTpt (pov, 8it<pdapTo
(lav shuttered}
re ra>
Kpo/frco 17
f\nts.
4- '-5
Tapa^dtvrwv
. . .
rapa<T(rofieva>v
. . .
TfTapaypfvovs.
6, 108 : f8f8u>Ktcrav . . . tS<>-
aav . . .
e8i8(t(T<iv,
They
had
given, they gave, they
were
for giving, offered.
7, '93-
' ^*
fidpjSapoi,
u>s CTravtraTo re 6
avfp.os
Kal TO
Kvp.a (arpuro,
. . .
tnXfnv
frapa rf]i> r'/TTdpov,
The barbarians, as (lie wind ceased and the waves
had become calm, went
sailing along
the mainland.
HOM. II.
J, 4^>4^5
'")f "'
M
el/ roiuvra
TTpus uXX^Xouv dyuptvuv.
8vcrfTo 8
T)(\IUS,
TfTfXffTTo 8e
tpyitv AâiSiv.
MODAL FUTURE
115
Future Tense
265.
The future denotes cither continuance or attainment in
the
future,
and is either slitill or id//.
?!,
/ will or shall have, I will or shall
get. apo>,
/ will or shall be
ruler,
I will or shall faroin? ruler.
LVCURG. 8l
(Ilisiur. ap.):
ov
Troiijcro/xat ir(p\
irXfioints TO
(t/v rt)s
(\fndf-
piut,
I will not value
life
more
highly
than
freedom.
LYS. I,
36
: ov8f<? avrutv
a^rcrat,
-Y<> one will touch t/iein.
PLATO,
Apol. 29
1C: OVK tvBvs
ucpâ-co
UVTIIV ovb'
"nrfipi
(u. '///).
THL'C.
I,
22.
4:
apKovvras
t$-(t,
It will
(shall)
suffice.
AR. Ach.
203
:
fyw
5<
<f)evop.ai (will)
yt
rous
'AîifWrir.
EUR. BaCCh.
63
:
<rvfi.p.(Tao-X'l<r<0 ('///)
x<)p)v.
fr.
176
: r/y
yap iifTpmav
<rKurT(Xi>i>
ovrdfav 8opl |
o8vvai<ri Sco ere i
(will
succeed
in, etc.) ;
PlND. O. I,
37
' "
S" dvria
nporfpuiv (pdeyôpai (7iv7/).
HoM. ()d.
I,
88:
avrap tyu>v 'idaKTjvS' f(rf\fi/crop.ai.
II. 1
,
29
'.
Tyi
8'
yw
OLI X u(ro>.
266.
Owing
to this indefiniteness of the future in
regard
to continu-
ance and attainment,
the Greek
language
has a
tendency
to use other
forms of
greater temporal
exactness,
such as the
optative
with <7i- and <"v
with the
subjunctive.
The Greek is
very
rich in
expressions
for the
future.
267.
MODAL NATURE OF THF. FrrrRF..- The future was
originally
a mood,
and this
original
modal force is
regularly
retained in
dependent
clauses,
with the
exception
of the
identifying
relative, where it serves to
describe a definite
person
or
thing.
In the
principal
clauses,
this modal
force is more or less
effaced,
just
as the force of the
English
auxiliaries
will and shall is more or less effaced
according
to the
person employed.
At the same time, it must be remembered that whenever we translate
the Greek future
by
shall m
will, we make an
analysis
for which the Greek
language
is not
responsible.
The
periphrasis
that comes nearest to the
modal future is
/xAA
with the infinitive.
As the modal use of the future in
dependent
clauses is not treated in
the
following
sections,
a few illustrative
examples
are here
given.
iraiSfs
Sc
fioi
ovirw flcriv 01
p.c
Oc
pa-irt
v <ro
v<ri, Lvs.
24,
6;
Ami I /nii'e as
yet
no ehiliiren who shall nurse me (
=
to nurse ///<). ov8i
(sc.
irp<TT(i)
roiovra
Xe'ytiv It,
>v 6
PIOS \i.T)btv
itriSucrfl,
IM >(.:.
4, 189. Scô-ci
8t ica! TWV aXXuv
POCTKT]-
|iaTu>v irafjnroXXwv,
i
TIS avra cScrai
(/s
/,> e<it th,in}, Pl.ATO,
Kpb. 37 j
C'.
Kal
jiT)v avSpfiov -y (sc.
8ti
(Kurepov ttvai), ctirep
tv
p.axiTai
(/v
to l>e a
ôoit
fighter],
lliitl.
375
A.
(Here
ftirep
. . .
|iax*iTai
is
parallel
with âv
8^t)
. ..
just preceding.)
n6
GREEK SYNTAX
On the Gnomic
Future,
see
257-8.
For
examples
of the Future in the
Apodosis
of an Ideal
Condition,
see Ideal Conditional Sentences.
268.
FUTURE ix DELIBERATIVE
QUESTIONS.
The future
indicative,
like the
subjunctive, may
be used in
questions
which
expect
an
imperative
answer.
tiirtofiev rj <riYb>|xv
;
^
TI 8
p
do-o
p.
v
; EUR.
Ion,
758
;
Shall we
speak
out or
hold our
peace
? What shall we do /
DEM.
4> 44
7rot
$*l ifpo(ropfi,iovftfd(a)i
8,
37-
r'
fpovpcv f/
ri
(prjcro-
fitv,
3>
uvBpa 'Adrjvaloi
;
(yea p.(v yap ov% 6p<a.
PLATO,
Protag. 331
A: ri
ovv,
o>
IlpaiTayopa,
UTTO
Kpivovpfda
avrai
;
Ibid. B: ri avrca
aTTOKpivovfjLf
6 a
;
AR. Ach.
312
fir'
eyu>
aov
(pf icroîai;
EUR. Ion,
758 (see
above).
PlND. O.
2,
2 : riva 6tw,
riv
rjpaxi,
rlva 8'
avdpa
K eXa
Sr; tro/if
v
;
(See
B.
L. G. ad
loc.}
HOM. II.
I,
123
'
Trajf
yiip
TOL 8a)crov(Ti
yepas p.fy(i6vp.ot 'Aâiot
;
269.
IMPERATIVE USE OF THE FUTURE. The future is sometimes
used where an
imperative might
be
expected.
It is not a milder or
gentler
imperative.
1
A
prediction may imply
resistless
power
or cold
indifference,
compulsion
or concession.
O.VITOS
Y
v
weri, PLATO,
Gorg. 505
C
;
TJiat is a matter
for you
to deter-
mine.
6 ...
aYve\o9
. . . \6uv ciceiae iSc
Xc'ci,
XEN.
Cyr. 3,
2,
29;
The mes-
senger
will
go
thither and iiold the
following
discourse.
ISAE. 2,
37
:
di>ayvo>(T(T(u.
(The
speaker
before court uses of the clerk
avuyvu>6i, nvaylyvuxTK.*, avayv<a(TtTai, rarely dvayva>Tu>.
3
) 4- 3
: TOVTOV . . .
aXXoy,
tdv TIJ
(3ov\r)Tai, Tip.a>pr)<TTai,
Hint another shall
punish if
he will.
PLATO,
Gorg. 505
C: avros
yvuxrei
(Schol.
: dvrl TOV ei' n
d(\fis,
Ttoif i
fpol yiip
<>v
/ji.(\fi).
Philcb. 12 A ! crv
ftc\
Ylf)(arap^,
avrus
yvaxrfi. Rpb. 43-
C: Kul
ffun (ppda-fts
(so
the best
MS),
And
you
will
report
to inc. Theaet.
143
B: o Trais
iivayvaxTf
rat
(of
a
servant),
but Phaedr. 262 D:
dvuyvodi,
(to
a
friend).
XEN. An. i
,
3, 5
: Km ov-rrorf
tptl
ovbfis,
And no one shall ever
say. Cyr.
3,2,29
(see above). 3-3- 3
'
vptls f'p-f
ov
Trot^trere fjLia-dov ntpuovra tvtpyf-
1
So Aken : "Die
ruliiê liehauptung
kann weit starker sein." See
Hopkins,
A.
J.
P. xiii
(1892), 37.
The N. T. ar <"j
6>//f,
"
Sir than to
t/idt,"
seems to he an
idiomatic
colloquial expression
rather than a Hebraism. The Latin use of the future
as a familiar
imperative,
A.
J.
P. xviii
(1897), 121,
in the same class of
words,
lends
strength
to the
imperative conception,
which is denied
by
some scholars.
2
C. \V. E. Miller. A.
J.
P. xiii
(1892), 408.
FUTURE AS IMPERATIVE
117
Tflv,
dXXa err,
3>
yvvai, f\ov<ra
ravra rii
^prjâra
a
(pipds
tiirtdi, KT(.,
You are not
to make
of
me a
paid travelling philanthropist,
etc.
AR. Nub.
135-
: navTW Se TUVTO
8pti<rets.
EUR. Med.
1320:
XtV tin
ftovXti,
^dpi
8' ov
âvo-fis
noTf.
ION,
Eleg.
2,
7~IO (Bgk.*)
:
mfco^xri', iraifoptv
"iru> . . .
op^fla'dot
. . .
*ip\f
. . . Kfwos . . . Tritrai
(Meincke 7rifYa>).
SOPH. Ph.
843
: raSf
p.ft>
dtos
o^rcrat.
HoM. Od.
I,
123-4: avrap
tTTfira
\
Sfiirvov
iravtrafuvas p-vdrjatai,
vrrtu at
XP"7-
This
"jussive"
use of the future is denied for Homer
by
Paech.
1
In
many
of the
passages
once
cited,
the so-called future has been shown to
be an aorist
imperative
and others have been
explained away.
270. |f
AND THE FUTURE INDICATIVE IN PROHIBITIONS. The use
of the future as an
imperative
with
/iij
is rare and
hardly
sure. In Attic
prose
it rests on
just
two
passages,
both
suspicious,
both
open
to emenda-
tion,
LYS.
29, 13
and DEM.
23,
1
17,
on which see A.
J.
P. xv
(1894),
1
17
f. In
XEN. Hell.
2, 1,22:
irpot'nrtv
u>s
p.ri8(\s Kivi]croiTo,
iy
=
OTTCOJ,
and the oratio
recta was orrcor
/jajBfls Kii/ijcrerm.
In AR. PL
488, /xaXaxoi/
T' e'l'Scoerfre
pr)8(i>
belongs
to the relative
complex
w
viKfjcrtre TTJI/SI'.
In SOPH. Ai.
572-3,
on-wr
precedes.
In HOM. II.
10,
238,
orrao-o-fat is
subjunctive,
and in
11.13,47,
o-awo-ere is
imperative.
The
jussive
future has ov.
On ov
P.TI
with the
Future,
see
Negatives.
271.
ov WITH FUTURE INDICATIVE IN
QUESTIONS
AS IM-
PERATIVE. In
questions,
the future indicative with ov is often
used as an
imperative.
OVK diroKTCvc
IT(C)
. . . TOV
(xiapov
TOVTOV
avflpwirov
;
DlN.
I, 18;
\Vill
you
not kill this
foul
creature ?
DIN.
i,
18
(see
above).
DCM.
4, 44
: OVK
(fj.^rjcrunfd(a)
; 21,
Il6: "OVK (iTTOKTfVfiTf; OVK t'nl
TTJV
oiKiav
ftufticirrdf
;
ov\i
cr vXX
rj^f
<r6f
;"
PLATO, Conv. 212 D:
TralSts,
. . . ov
a-Kf-^fo-df
;
Boys,
ivill
you
not see
who it is ?
AR.
Lys. 459-60: ov\
f\(T\
ov
TraiT)O-(T\
OVK
tifn)(Tf
;
\
ov
XoiSoprycrer',
OVK
avaio~xvvTT)(TT(
;
EUR.
Ion,
162-3:
OVK
ti\\q | (poiviKo<pafj
irofta
KivrjCTfiy;
AESCHYL. P. V.
52
: OVKHW
tirtii)
rwfi*
bTp.u nfpij^tiXflv;
On ov
p.t)
wilh the Future Indicative in
questions,
see
.\Vi,
r
//w.v.
1
Joh.
I'aech,
Ucber den Gebraucli deb Indiculivus Futuri aL Modiib iusîvus bci
Homer, Urcslau, 1865.
Il8 GREEK SYNTAX
272.
PERIPHRASTIC FUTURE WITH
fu'XXw.
In
very
common
use is the
periphrastic
future with
//,eAA&>,
/ am
thinking (com-
pare
the use of
pcnscr
in
Fr.),
/
expect,
I am
about,
I am
(destined")
to. As a verb of
thinking, /ze'XXw
takes the
typical
future,
but
also the
present,
seldom the aorist and then to make a
special
point.
Whatever difference there
may
have
originally
been be-
tween the
present
and the
future,
has been abraded. Some-
times there seems to be a conscious interval with the
future,
but
the distinction vanishes and authors
vary.
The
imperfect
of the
/xeXXw-periphrastic may
be called the
future of the
past,
and it
plays
an
important part
in a
large
class
of sentences.
273. /j.i\\w
ic>ith the Future
Infinitive:
(xcXXtre TTJV \Jnj<J>ov
otae
iv, Axooc. I, 2;
You are about to cast
your
vote.
ISAE.
7. 3
Trai/Tfs
yap
ol n\f
vTTjaftv /LieXXozre
s
Trpovoiav
TroioivTat
crfptav
avrcov.
LYS.
3, 32 (215). 34 (215). 13, 37 (215). 19, 38:
&
Mr; yeWtro,
(I
fit)
TI
fj.
f X X ( i
M
e
7
n
ayaflbv
f cr e a 6 a i
rrj
TroX ei.
AN DOC.
I,
2
(see above).
Ibid. 21 : O'TTOV
[av] f'p.e\\(v
avros
(r<>)6J]<Tf-
crdai
ffie
re OVK d-n-oXelv.
Ax'l'IPHON, 6,
36
:
paSiuis e'/neXXoj/ aTro^xii^fcrOai
KOI
8iKrjv
ov tiaxTfiv.
PLATO,
Apol.
21 B:
/iAXw
. . .
vâs
<hSuetj/. Crat.
418
B
(215).
Phaedr.
228 C
(215).
XEN.
Cyr. 3,
i,
i
(215).
THUC. i,
130,
i
(215). 3.
I!
5- 5 (
2I
5)-
HDT. 2,
43 (215). 7> 8,
)3)
:
p.f\\u>
fvas TOV
'EXArjaTrofroj'
(\av
crrparw
. . . eVi
TI)V
'EXXtiSa.
AR. Thesm. 181 :
fif\\ovcri ^
al
yvvalxfs
airoXftv
rfifiepav.
Eccl.
597
15)-
Soi'H. El.
379-80: /ueXXoveri yap
<r',
fl raJi/Sf
p.1) X;yft$- yt'xav, |
tvravQa
rrffJL^dv
tv6a KTf. O. R.
967 (215).
I IKS.
Theog. 468-9
:
(>
f XXf . . . T(r6ai
(215).
HoM. Od. 6,
135-6:
'o8vtTfvs
Kovpfltrtv
. . .
f/j.fXXfi/ | pi^tadoi yvftvos
iTfp
(<av. ~,
2/0 (215).
11.6,52-3(215). 515-6:
t
pi
\\(i>
| (TTpityea-Q'
(K
xvp
7
!*-
274. fit\\w
U'itli the Present
Infinitive
:
OUTOS,
Tl
5pdcTl9
J
TU> WTlXa)
(J.
X X I S
fX
IV
} AR.
Ach.587J Ifoffcllow)
What arc
you gving
to do? sire
you
going
to
give yourself
a vomit with
the
feather
?
(Here
tlie future and the
periphrasis
are
parallel.)
MEAAQ
119
LYS.
13,
88 :
p.(\\tv \fytiv. 19, 23
:
|u'XXovrn
irXdv,
Oft the
point of
sail-
ing. 24, 15: p.
t \\uv
a\r)0r) \<yfii>.
ANTIPHON, :,
15:
dSiKfio-tfm
?/ifXX
f v. Ibid. 16: ds NCIOI> 7rXIi/
PLATO, Phaedo,
59
A: avn'xa . . .
e/xXX*
r(\tvrai>. Phaedr.
242
B:
(fjLt\\ov
. . . TOV
TTorafjibv biaftaivdi/.
XEN. An.
i, 8,
i
(215).
AR. Ach.
493:
UTTIHTI
/if'XXety
(Is
Xf'yriv
ravavria
(the
future is not
favored
by
the iambic
metre).
Eq.
267 (215).
EUR. fr.
459'- *ip8rj
Totavrti
xpi'j
riva KraaOai
PpoT&v, | (<p*
OUTI
pi\\(i pfj-
iroff
1
IKTTfpOV
(TTfVtlV.
SOPH. Tr.
75^~7
:
/WAAovri
8' UVTM . . .
Ttv^tiv (rfpayas | K')pv
. . .
tKfr(o).
PlXD. O. 8,
63-4: tivSpa
. . .
p.i\\ovTa
noddvorurav 8uav
(pfpfii' (in
prose
TOV . . .
oifrovra).
HOM. Od.
9, 475-6 (215).
II.
IO,
454-5
o
fJLtv fjiiv ep.f\\f
. . . XicrtTfadat.
275. /it'XXw
with the Present and the Future
Infinitive:
DEM.
21,
55 fOT(<pava>[i,(6a
t
6p.oi<as
o T(
p.i\\<i)it
vmav Acai 6 iriiirratv vcrrn-
TOS
y(vi]<Tr6ai.
PLATO,
Conv.
198
B : TTW? . . . oif
p.(\\a> airoptlv
. . .
p.t\\b)i>
\( dir
;
Politic.
295
C:
iarpbv p.e\\ovTa
. . . drr o S
rj p.
f ~i v
(on
the
point of going
abroad}
KCII airtcrftrOai ru>v
dtpairevofjiivtiv <rvxvov
. . .
\puvov
{and
expecting
to be absent
from
his
patients
a
long
time\
276. fi^Xw
with the Aorist
Infinitive:
TOVTO TOLVVV . . .
T)p.LV 1TO11]TCOV,
ci
(J.T) p.tX\OfJlV
fTTl TO) TtXd
TOV
Xo-yov, PLATO,
Politic. 268 I)
;
This is what we must
do,
if
ive are not to
bring
dishonor on our discussion at the
(very)
last.
ANTIPHON, I,
14:
eVl
Tropvdov f^fXXt Karaa-rfjaat (once
out of 2O
times).
PLATO, Politic. 268 D
(see above).
Ibid.
291
C:
\ii\\o ^tv
I8flv
(vapyS)s
TO
{rjTovpfvov.
EUR.
Ion,
760:
fipi'ia-tTai
TOI Kfi Qavtlv
^t'XXco fitirXr; (282).
Or.
292-3:
ft
P.I/T
fKfti/os
avaXaftdv tp.(\\f (pws, | t'ycl)
6' 6
r\t)fjii>
Toiu8 (
(JLTrXrjcrnv
KOKU
(aorist
and future side
by
side).
AESCHYL. P.
.625
:
Cntp /iXXo.
naQdv.
FIND. O.
7,
6 1 :
^\\
(V
Biptv (215). 8,
32
:
piXXuin-ts
. . .
Ttv&u.
P.
9,
52-3
'
/u'XXetj-
. . . fVfiKui.
HES.
TllCOg. 478
:
r^fXX*
TtKta-dni,
but ibid.
468-9
:
f/ifXXf
. . . r'fo-<Jm.
HOM. II.
23, 773: ffi(\\oi> tiraiguadai. (So
La
Kochu with the better
MSS. Cauer reads
tirattcr6ai.)
120 GREEK SYNTAX
277. fic'XXw,
I POSTPONE.
/zeAAoo,
I
postpone,
takes
regularly
the
present
infinitive
(resistance
to
pressure), rarely
the aorist
infinitive.
Present
Infinitive
:
en
p.'XXo|iev apvvco-Oai,
THUC. 6, lo,
5;
We are still
delaying
to
punish.
THUC. I, 86,
2 : rovs
^v/j./j.axovs
. . . ov
Trepwô/jifda d8iKovp.ei>ovs
ov8e
fj.t\~
Tifjiatpelv.
i,
124,
i
(278).
6, io,
5 (see above).
EUR. Phoen.
299 (see 278).
SOPH. O. C.
1627-8
: TI
fj.\Xo/jLfv | xcopeii/, Why delay
-we to
go?
278.
Aorist
Infinitive:
JAY) [ieXXere
IIoTCiSaidTais TC iroictcrdai
Tip.a>piav
. . . icai TWV aXXcov
fie-
TTJV eXevOcpiav (present
and
aorist),
THUC. i,
124,
i.
THUC. i,
124,
i
(see above).
EUR. Phoen.
299-300:
ri
fj.f\\(is vTrwpoâ /xAa^pa Trtpav, | Biytlv
T
toXfVaiy TfKvw
(present
and
aorist); [Rhes.] 673-4:
ri
|ie'XXfre
|
O-KIJITTOV
'iriovros TroXf
fjiiatv
troxrai
j3iov
;
(So
the
MSS,
but Nauck follows
Elmsley
in
reading
o-(uû/.)
Future Perfect Tense
279.
The future
perfect
is the
perfect
transferred to the
future.
280. FUTURE PERFECT ACTIVE.- The future
perfect
active
is found
chiefly
in the
periphrastic
form,
where it has the full
perfect
force. The
simple
form is found
only
in a few verbs in
which the
perfect
is used as a
present:
T0vi]|a>,
/ sJiall be
dead;
ecrni<>
7 sJiall stand.
av TO.VT'
elSiLfiev,
KOI ra St'ovr'
Ia<5|ie6' eyvcoKores
KOI
Xoyov p.arai(i>v ainjX-
Xa-y|J-tvoL,
DEM.
4, 50.
TTUS oJv
evopKa
a. VTO
p.
a)
(JLO
K
d>s <TTai
4>a.(TK(i>v
v clSevai
j
AXTIPHON, I, 8.
Qp'
ovv TOV del
\povov fJ.cp.a6T)Kina
eo-rai
T) 4VXT)
avrov
; PLATO,
Meno,
86 A
(future
ascertainment).
TeGvi^fSj
AR.
Vesp. 654
;
You will be a
dead man.
<rn]|a> irap' avrov,
Ibid.
Lys. 634
;
/ ivill stand
by
his side.
281. FUTURE PERFECT MIDDLE USED PASSIVELY. Of
more
frequent
use is the future
perfect
middle,
which is
chiefly
used
passively.
The dramatists incline to the tense on account
of its
impatience
of
anything except
entire fulfilment. Neither
suddenness nor
certainty
lies in the form.
PUTI'RE PERFECT 121
jiao-riYi<rTai, <rrppX*ltrTai, SiSijo-crai, PLATO.
Rpb. 361
E
;
He shall be
scourged,
tortured,
kept
in
prison ($<$r)o-6rat,
shall be
put
in
prison).
DEM.
14,
2 : nas o
irapvi- (frutfos
X* \V<T(
rat,
.-/// the
present fear
u'ill be
finally dispelled. 19. 74
: TUVTU
ircrrpd^<rdai (sc.
((prj)
Suoif
j) rpiu>v i]p.(plav.
ANTIPHON,
5. 75 t^wr
^' ^v **K*'8ui'*u<7frai.
PLATO,
Rpb. 361
E
(see
above). Theaet. 180 A : KW TOVTOV
C^rf/s X.iyoi/
Xii.ifu, TI
(iprjKfv, (Tf'pat 7T67rXj;ei
Kmi/cof
[t(T<ovoft,aa'fi(iHO.
THUG.
3. 39-
8-
^M''
fit . . . OTTO K( Kli>8vi>(v<rt Ttti TI'I Tf
HDT.
6,
9:
ov8t
<r<pi
ovrt TU
tpa
OVT( rn iSui (
p.irt npi')(T(
rat.
AR.
Eq. 137"'
: o^S*'S' Kara trirovSas
fj.(T(yyj.)u<pi'i(TfTai,
XX' w
(yytypu^ffrai
(ivi/l stay
enrolled). Pax,
246:
u>s (Trt
avriica.
EUR. Bacch.
1313
: vvv 8' ('K
8(Jô)f arifios (K^(î\J]crop.ai. Hippol. 894:
Svotv 8(
/io/paic flarfpa
TTf
7T\i)
frui. Or.
271-2
:
fit /3X r/cre
rai TIS 6fij>v
j3f>o-
TTjffiq X
f
P' I
f '
M') 'â/**têJ people oft/nHrcov f/xa>i/.
SOPH. Ai.
577
: ra S' <"XXa
Tfu^^
ACO/I/'
e/zot T(6ii^/(Tai.
Ibid. 1
140-1
: ME.
eV trot
(f)pu<T(t)
TUV& early
ov^t
darrTtov.
\
TEY. dXX'
avraKoiKTrj
TOVTOV u>s Tt6a-
\jffTCll.
1
AXACR.
77
: f^re
/ioi
XfvKat
/ifXa/i/ots dvafjit p.iovTai rpl^fs.
HOM. 11.
I,
139:
o Se *cf/ Kf
ôXwo-f
rai,
oi/ Kfv
"iKu>p.ai,
and
similarly 5,
421
;
"62
;
and
23, 543.
21,
585
:
fj
T <rt TroXXu rert vtTHI
a\-yf'
eV
(itriy.
282. FUTURE PERFECT IN AN IMPERATIVE SENSE. The future
per-
fect,
like the future,
may
be used in a
quasi-imperative
sense.
TOI 8' aXXa
revxT
K<>iv
fiol TcOdtj/erai,
S()PH. Ai.
577
;
My
other arms
shall in a common tomb with me lie buried
(28
1
).
DlN. I. 10:
(ipi')(TfTai yap
a
yiyvaxrKU),
I must
say
what I think.
DEM.
[44], 4
:
dpija-fTHi y/j,
// shall be said
(t
lie truth must
out).
Isoc.
7, 76: fipi]o-fTtii yap T<i\r)dt's,
and
similarly
12,
225; 15, 177
and
ibid.
243.
ANI>OC. I,
7-'
'JXXa
y<tp TaXrjdt]
t
ipi)
cr f Ta i.
PLAT* >,
Rpb. 457
1^ <tdXXiOTa
yiip ^r)
TOVTU Kin
Xf'-yfTai
Ktn \f\i'fTai ort
TO
fiiv <l}<pi\ifJLOV
ciiX(>i/,
TO fit
J3\a$pbv nifT^pi'if.
EUR. I. T.
1464:
ov KIU
Ttd<i\l/t/
KarOavovva. Ion, ~6o:
(Iprjcrfrai
rot
Ktl Qavtlv
îf'XXa) fitTrX;/.
SOPH. Ai.
577 (see above). 1140-1
(see 281).
283.
FlITfKK I'KRFF.CT USKD AS A FUTUKK. Of
course,
when the
perfect
is
predominantly present,
the- future
perfect
is
a
simple
future and the middle
may
have an active
meaning.
1
Afi'tri ('iinsii cannot be invoked in
any
of the above
examples
from
tragedy.
See A.
J.
1'. xvii
(ibo.u), 518.
122
GREEK SYNTAX
<re 8'
aXXr)
TIS
yvvr]
Ki
KTI^ ererai, EUR. Ale. 181
; But thce some other
woman will
possess.
eo-T>]to irap' avrov, AR.
Lys. 634
;
/ will stand
by
his
side
(280).
EUR. Ale. 181
(see
above).
AR.
Lys. 634 (see above).
HOM. II.
5, 238:
Toi>8f 8'
tyu>v
(iriovra
Sefo/xai
o<r'i
SovpL
22,
390:
aii-up tyw
Kai Kf'tOi
(j)i\ov fj.f jj-vijtro^.' tralpnv.
284.
PERIPHRASTIC FUTURE PERFECT MIDDLE. The
periphrastic
future
perfect may
be middle.
tv u>
(ju'XXei
cKEivog "OXuvOov
KaTao-rp'4>tcr8ai,
<ru
KaTTTpa(i.p.e
vos eerei
0ilPas,
XEN. Hell.
5,
2,
27 ;
IVIiile /ie is
thinking
about
overthrowing Olyn-
thus,
you
"Mill have overthrown Thebes.
AXDOC. I, 7
2
mitras Se
(SC.
vp.ds), vnep
TWV
e^dp&v
oTroX f
Aoy rjfifvos
e
cro/zn
i.
XEN. Hell.
5,
2,
27 (see above).
Periphrastic
Tenses
285.
The Greek
language
has
ample
facilities for a
large
number of
periphrastic
tenses. With its
many participles
and
its various
auxiliaries,
the
possible
combinations are almost in-
exhaustible,
while the
existing
combinations show at once the
resources and the moderation of the
language.
Few
languages
Capable
of
ejieXXe
ou TO
Sevrepov 8i.a4>u-yuv
eo-eaOai
(
H DT.
7- '94)>
3-lld of
cpcXXc
. . . CTo-8ai 8t8a>K(is
(PS.-DEM. 52, 24),
would have sllOWll Such
self-restraint.
286. PKRIPIIKASES WITH THE PERFECT PARTICIPLE.
Most common are the
periphrases
with the
perfect participle,
which has more of an
adjectival
character than the others.
Theoretically
these
periphrases ought
to
emphasize
the main-
tenance of the result.
1
But it must be remembered that
many
middle and
passive
verbs
regularly
use the
periphrasis
in the
third
person plural,
and that the
periphrastic
form is almost the
only
form
employed
in the
subjunctive
and
optative,"
so that
a certain indifference is bred
thereby.
e(f)0appej>oi
elal is the
regular
form,
and not
l^daparai,
which is old-fashioned
(THUG.
1
W.
J.
Alexander,
A.
J.
I', iv
(1883), 307-8.
2
M.
Beyer,
de
perfecti apud
Ilcrudutum usu
syiHactku,
Viatiilaviae,
1868.
PERIPHRASTIC PERFECT
123
3, 13, 3). cKTrefawyax;
eirjv
is the
rule,
not
K7r(f>vyoLijv (SOPH.
O. R.
840).
\e\onre becomes in oratio
obliqua
XeXotTroK
en/-
(XEN.
An.
i, 2,
21).
Still,
much
depends
on the
position
of the
copula,
much on the context and on the character of the verbs.
DEM.
19, 336: TI]V
uXXo>? fvravd'
Va,ut TIJV (ptavijv
ical TT*
(puvacrK r;*a>
t
tcrrai.
[48],
l6:
"fcprj
eti/at
Trup'
<ii>rw uvov
pi] ijv dvrj\a> p(
vov.
ISOC. 12,
233
: (v6i>s . . .
Trpof iprjKws
. . .
i]v
avro'is
t(p'
a
<rvvf\r)\vduTfs
rftrav, iiin'yvoHTTo
fi o
Xdyoy, (TTrjvrj pi
vos $'
rjv
KT(.
(236).
PLATO, CoilV.
191
l:
p.u\\ov TTpus
TUS
yvva'iKus TfTpap.p.(vai
ti<ri.
Euthyd.
280 C: TI'KTUV (I
TrapfcrKtvaa-fjiifos tlr)
. . . v\a
iKai/ti,
TfKTaivotTO
8f
[Miji
t<r6' o TI
o)0fXoir'
uv (i?7o
ri]S KT>j(rf(i)S
;
Lei^g. 814
B '. OVTO>S
aifr^pws
ras
yvva'iKus
(ivai T(
pa fj.fj.fvas. Rpb.
6oi D:
TT/JOS ijv
uf tKacrruv
i/
TTf
iroirjfj.e-
vov
J) iT((pi>Kus. Soph.
218 A: nficri
Kt^nptafitvos (âdj. gratits)
tcrti.
(Compare Gorg. 5-
B : uj/ Tt UVTOIS
')Su
. . .
ry
/cal
Kfâpiyfttvov.)
XEN. Hell. I, I,
I I ;
Truô/zfco?
5 ori at rail/
rieXoTJ'oj/i'r/o'ia)!' ff/ef e^ 'AfivBov
avrjyfjLfvai
flfv fts K.viKOV . . .
?]\d(i>
(Is
SIJCTTO^.
AR. PI.
867-8:
TroXi/
/xaXXoi/
evtovs f(TT\v
eôXwXf
KCO?.
|
KAP. K,
(TTTfpa>fi.tv<a
is al-
most an
adjective
and Ran.
433:
ivu>
yiip ta-p.fi> dpriots iKîyîvu), tcr^fv
belongs
to tW.
SOPH. Ai.
74
: Tt
'
S* fcrrl
xpclas ri/o-S' viv((nravi<Tp.(vov (=
fXXiTTf'y) ;
HOM. Od.
2, 187:
T-O 8f Kin
TTf\((rp.(i>ov
larai,
and so
17, 229;
18,
82;
19,487;
11.1,212;
2,257; 8.401; 23,672.
But Od.
5, 89-90
: TfXfVai
8t
p.( dvp.bs itixayfit, |
ft
$vv(ip.ai
ToVovu
ye
Km d
TfT(\f<rp.ivov
eoriV,
where
TfTfXf
(rp.(i>oi>
=
TfXeo-rdi/
=
ftwarov
y(vi<r6ui (Paraphrast),
and so II.
14, 195-6;
1
8, 426-7.
Od. 8,
454
: T ^f/ Kfl/
TfTfhfarfif'vov f/fi>.
II.
3, 309: TTfirputp-ivitv
((rriv.
5> 873-
af* ô*
ptyiOTa
dtoi
T(T\IJUT(S
flfifV.
287.
The force of the
copula dpi,
however, revives under
slight press-
ure. So under
emphatic position
or correlation.
rjo-av
* T Aivou
p p
o
TJ
6
TJ
K 6 T
s,
Tnuc'.
4,
28,
4; 77/^1'
//</</
actually
come to their
help from
Acnos.
rjv
. . . ovScv
irTrov0ols,
XKN. An. 6, i, 6.
288. PKKFKCT PARTICIPLK \vrrn
ttrjv
av
Especially worthy
of note is the
periphrasis
of the
perfect participle
with tin-
opta-
tive
el'rjv
and av. This
periphrasis gives
the
opinion
of the
speak-
er as to the future ascertainment of a
completed
action,
which
action
may
lie either in the
past
or in the future of the
speaker.
OVK aTOTTOV ... fi.V irt IT O
IT)
KOTS
V(AIS
C
tT)T,
l ... TOUTOV
a4>(lT)Tlf| ;
Dl'M.
l
(
J, 7'
;
\Voithi
you
not
//w<.'
to have done an absurd
tiling, >J you
ict-rc to
124
GREEK SYNTAX
acquit
t'his
fellow (future)/ rt'xvai ocranrep o-iSfjpou
Scovrai . . .
r|4>avi.o-|xcvak
av
elev, PLATO,
Legg. 678
E
;
All the arts that
require
the use
of
iron must
have
disappeared (past).
DEM.
19, 71 (see above).
30,
10: OVK av SIUTOVTO
y
(lev OVK fidvs 8fSo>-
KOTts.
39'
1
S
'
6 ' TIS &iK
1
v
fov\r)s
avT<a
\a%u>v p.r]8(v cp.ol (pair] Trpos
avrov
dvai,
KVpiav
8f
7rotr)crdp.fvos tyyptfyai,
TL
p.d\\ov
av
e'trj
TOVTOV
f] e//
(
yy eypa(pa>
s ;
ISOC.
12,
130:
OVK
e^co
TLVUS iraivovs finuiv aiuvs av
f'irjv elpijKtas rf/s
fKfivtov Siavoias.
LYS. I,
2 : KOI Tavra OVK av
fir) P.OJJOV Trap' ifuv
OVTWS (
y
v w
(Tfj.e
va,
dXX' cv
anaa-jj TT)
'EXXuSi.
31,4: flprjKvs
av
f'iyv, (In
that case) I should
prove
to have
spoken.
PLATO,
Charm.
157
C :
(pp.aiov
. . .
yeyovos
av
f'irj T) TTJS Kf)a\i]s
dcrdivfia
TO)
veavL<TK<a,
d
dvayKaadijO'fTai
Ka\
TIJV
$i.avoiav Sta
TTJV KecâXî/
flfXriatv
ytvivQai.
Legg.
670
E.
678
E.
696
D.
753
E.
782
A. 800 A. 880 E.
892
A.
896
C. Ibid. D.
907
C: KaXcos
rjfiiv elprjfiivov
av
f'iij
TO
irpooifuov,
Our in-
troduction must have been a
good thing.
Meno,
85
D. Phaedr. 262 D.
263
C.
XEN.
Cyr.
I, 2,
13
: fVeiSai'. . .ra Trevre *cat ("LKCHTIV
(rrj
SiaTfXe'<rco(Tii/,
tlrfcrav
. . . av oiroL TrXeicJi/ rt
yeyovores r)
ra
Trevrrjuovra (TTJ
Vo
yevfas.
EUR.
Hipp. 349'. r)pds
av
fip.(v darepat K(^pr]p.evoi
(306).
289.
PERFECT PARTICIPLE PARALLEL WITH AN
ADJECTIVE.
The
adjectival
character of the
perfect participle
is not
infrequently
shown
by
parallelism
with the
adjective.
ovrtos tarty
OVOT|TOS
icdi TTavTairaoriv
vfxuv
Karoir
e<f>po VTJ Kiis, LVCURG.
68.
LVCURG. 68
(see
above).
LYS.
14,
2 : ov
yap fiiKpa
ra
ap.aprrj^.ara
. . . aXX iw~<a TTfTT
pay f*
va KOI
(Is TCHTOVTO KaKias
afpiy/jieva.
290.
PERFECT PARTICIPLE AS PREDICATE OF THE PARTICIPLE OF
elfiu
Even the
perfect participle,
however, is seldom so
purely adjectival
as to suffer combination with the
participle
of
dpi.
OVIK 1 1 to
06?
6v, EUR. Hec.
358.
AR. Ran.
721
: TOVTOKTW ovcriv
(where
Meineke reads TOVTOHTI
rolcriv)
<w
EUR. Hec.
358 (see above).
291.
PERIPHRASIS .WITH THE PRESENT PARTICIPLE. On the
peri-
phrasis
with the
present participle
see
191.
To the
examples
with the
present auxiliary,
add the
following
with other tenses.
ISAE.
3,65:
d
rfv yvTitria dvyiiryp
ocfiVo) K ara\ e i
nop.evJ).
Ibid.
J2:
d
TfV yvrj(Tiu dvyUTtjp
rw
iifj.cre'pu>
6du> KUT a \ftTT
<>p.t vi].
PEKIP/IRASES WITH PARTICIPLE
125
ISOC.
5.
no:
p,tnv
. . .
npaîv
. . .
>jrrip f)f npofffjKovo-
a
p.tv
KOI
irpf'irov-
ara . .
.,
TOV 8(
Kaipbv f%ov(ra p.a\io~ra o-vp.p.fTpov,
One action,
which was suit-
able and
becoming
and
admirably opportune,
L.YS.
13. 39- fUTaiftfjarovTai
fls TO
8t(rpa>Tijpiov
o
ptv d8(\(pi)V,
o 8f
fitjTtpa,
6
8(
ywaiKa,
6 8'
r;
rty
rfv
oc<irra> OVTOJV IT
po(rt'i
Kov<ra.
ANTIPHON,
2y3- upKovva qv, 5-
'^
*l
v TOVTO
trvfJk<f>fpov,
THUC.
2,67,
i : ov
TJV (there
lay) arpaTtvfJui
T(0v
'
\6i)vaiv iroXtopKovv
(not
periphrastic). 3,
2,
2 : A
pfTairfHTrdp.(voi rjo-av (Cobet:
(UTairtiTffi.fuvoi).
PlND. P.
6,
28-9: fyej/Yo
KOI
irpoTfpov 'AjTiXoôf
ftiaras \ t>6r)p.a
TOVTO
(an upholder of
this
spirit}.
292.
Present
Participleparallel
with an
Adjective:
j^fOv POTATO
i tarG Kal
^Kio~ra
iiri
rots Seivots
6p-yit<>|A*voi,
LYCURG.
27 ;
You will be most
easy-going
and least
resentful of outrages.
LYCURG.
27 (see above).
DEM.
3. 25 <ro><ppoi>( rf(Tav
KOI
(T(pi>f>p
>
(v TO)
rrjs
noXtrfias
rj0(t fit
vovrt s.
[35]' 46 ^8f\vpus
ris effTi Kal
viT(p(id\\
(ov anavTas
uvdpa^novs
TCO
novrjpos
dvai.
LVS.
14.
2: ov
yap fjiiKpa
ra
ap.apTTjp.aTa
ov8f
<rvyyvp.T)s
<iia,
ov8' f\iri8a
TrapfxfTa
a>s KT(.
PLATO,
Ale.
II,
138
D I flo~i ni/ey . . .
ti<J)povfS
T Kai
<pp6vip.oi,
Ka\
p.ai-
vop.(voi fTtpoi.
293.
PERIPHRASES WITH THE AORIST PARTICIPLE.
Periphrases
with the aorist
participle
are rare. In most instances the aorist
may
be
regarded
as the short-hand of the
perfect,
or as a manner of
characterizing
adjective
or
quasi-substantive.
Here and
there, however, there seems to
be an effort to evolve a more exact aoristic future.
TJ<rav
8
rives
Kal
yfvoptvoi
Ten
before.
<j>pajov
is
a<J>i
0os
titj 4>avis,
Hl)T.
3, 27 ;
They
set
forth
lioiu a
god
/tad
actually ap-
peared
to them.
DEM.
[ 52], 9
'' AWCW
rvy\uvfi
&>v Kai tiTrais Kal
K\r)poi>(>fj.oi>
ovdfva tiiKtti
icaTaXtTrcoi/.
1
LYS.
[2], 13:
OVK (18(>T(S aiToiai Tints
uvftpts
fcrovTai
y
t
i'>p.t
vi
(=fTTftbt)
av&pfs yivouiTo).
\-O\,
i : oJ
fj.iv
(some)
yap e7ri/3ouXturniT*
j
ijffav
avrav
(T)<TV
avTwv is
probably belonged
to their number}.
AKTIPHON,
2
y
8 : ouror ai> Kal ov8(lv
(Tfpos
aTToKTfivas ai>Ttn>
(ti).
This
man and no other must fiai'e been Jus murderer,
(o
uiroKTivas would be
more
natural.)
Similarly 3
8
4
and
5.
PLATO,
Legg. 961
H-C : TOIOVTUV T( TTOV
X^dt/ 'ip.iv i/v
tv TOIV
1
Sec A.
J.
1'. xii
(iScji), 79.
126 GREEK SYNTAX
Xoyois
; (Phileb. 64
B :
\ir\ fUJ*{OpfV aXiy$fini'
OVK av TTOTf TOVTO
aXr/dias yiyvot-
TO ovS' av
yevofievov
fir]
is not to be counted. oiS' av
yevop-tvov eirjôvf?
av
('LIJ
el
yf'voiro.
In like manner
analyze Legg. 739 E.)
Politic.
265
D:
ravr' f(TT<a
TavTi] Xf^dfvra. Soph. 217
C:
/LU)
. . .
djrapvrjdfls yevrj.
1
EX. An.
7.
6,
36: î>
fit
Troirja-rjTe
. . . KaraKavi'ivre s
(Dindorf
KciTciKfKO-
f(Tf(T0f. The
reading
KaTdxavovTes is f-avored
by
the coincidence of
action.)
THUC.
4, 54, 3 (see above).
HOT. 2,
10 :
(pya
iiTrofte
iifj.(
voi
p.fydXa
eirri.
3, 27 (see above).
5-
69. f)
v . . . TOV
fn]ôv Trpn
(T 6 i
/j.e
vos TroXXw
KarvTTfpde
TU>V
(ii>TicrTa(ria)Tfu>i>,
It
ii'as true tJiat he had
gained
oi>cr tlie commons
far beyond
his rival.
J,
206 :
T/V yap
Kara. TWVTO
OAv//7rts
TOVTOICTI TOKTL
Trpi)yfj.aa~i
<r
vfj.TTf
crovcra
(
^
crvy-
EUR.
Suppl. 511
:
fnpKt<ras rjf
Zevs 6
Tip.i>>p<w/ji(vos.
SOPH. Ai.
588: fjijj TTpoSavs fjp.as ye vj] (prove
traitor}.
Ant.
1067:
VtKVV
VfKptoV (lp.OLftoi>
dvTlftoVS 6<Tf 1. O. C. 8l6l
f) p.f]V
(TV Kl"lV(V TOv8(
\VTTf]-
6f\s c <r f i. O. R.
89-9'
vre
y
n
p Opncrvs \
OVT ovi>
Trpodfitras ei/xi
TCO
ye
vvv
Xciyw. 970:
OVTU> S' av 0at>a>v
dr]
'
f'p.ov (parallel
\vith the
periphrastic
perfect optative
with
av,
Ouvav
being practically
the
perfect
of
dvija-Ku).
Ph.
772-3: ^17
(Tdunij/ 6'
(ip.a \ Ktip?
. . . KTfivas
yevy [parodied by
COM.
Phryn.
2,
605 (=fr.
20,
Trag.
Gr. Fr. N.
2
)
: u>
<pi~\TaT dvftpui', pi] p' drip-aa-as
ye vij}.
PlND. P.
2,
72
:
yevoi
ofos f<r<r\
p.ad<j>v (but
see B. L. G. ad
loc.).
IIo.M.
11.4.
2IO-I : <iXX ore
817 p
iKavov,
udi av8os Mfvt'Xaos
^Xi;/xfi/o?
rjv
is not an
example. ft\i'ip.(vos
does not
go
with
r^v.
294.
Aouisr PARTICIPLE WITH FORMS OK
<j>aivopai.
--
The aorist
par-
ticiple
with forms of
(paivop.ai
is
especially worthy
of note as a valuable
periphrasis.
aviros
pv
OVT
Xapdiv
ovScv OVT'
Trix'-p'*io"as Xa(3eiv 4>avrjcro(ji.ai,
DF,M.
21,
40.
DF.M. Often of the future ascertainment of a
past
action. So
5,
10:
oii8tv TOVTW OVT' (
airaTi](ras
ovre
(nyi/cras eyw (pavr) (rop.a.1,
oXXa
Trpoti-
TTOJI/
i<p'ii>
KT(. 20, 80. 2i.
39. 40 (see above). 22,
47,
and elsewhere.
1SOC. I
2,
78
: TdVTOV S K(l\\lOV
(TTf)llTtiyrifJ.(l
. . . Ovfiftf
0(1 VI]
<T f T <l t
77pu<lS.
83! (ftavi'ifrtTai Troirjerdpfvos.
(Cf.
4
1 :
(j>avr)cr6p.fda
. . . diroXt XotTrdrey.
138. (fxiveir/v
av . . .
ipr)K<as.
\"/2. 209.)
L^ S.
25.
16: fly T<>V
KaniXoyov
. . . KdTa\fas ovfttvci
<pavr)crop.(ii,
It ivill
appear
t/iat I have
pi>t
>i<; one in t/te
catalogue.
295.
PKRii'iiRAS'i K; AOKIST PAR i ICIPI.F. WITH
ex"-
The
periphras-
tic aorist
participle
with
e'^co emphasixcs
the maintenance of the result
1
A.
J.
I
1
, iv
(iSS3), 306.
EPISTOLARY TEXSES 12
7
and is therefore an
equivalent
of the
perfect,
the double nature of which
is thus
analyzed, ô) representing
one end, the
participle
the other. The
periphrasis
seems to have
originated
in the transitive use of
<^co.
/
have,
hold,
though
others consider
*ô>
to be intransitive and
nearly equal
to
dpi.
It is not
always possible
to feel the
original
force, and in Herodotus
and the
tragic poets fyw
and the
participle
are used
frankly
as
parallels
to
the
perfect.
1
riv
Xoyov
Sc <rou irdXai Cav
fidcras x
w
PLATO,
Phaedr.
257
C;
/ have
long
been in a state
of
wonderment it/>i>ut \oiir
speech.
L)E.\I.
9.
I - *"'
\L*]V
xm
<&epus
. . . (
\f
i
KaraXa/3b>i/.
AESCHIN.
1,15^
iv\
Kf0<iXri<w
"KUVTU TII TituivTti
o~v\\a/3<av
f^fi.
PLATO,
Gorg. 456
A :
o-vXXdjJHvan
. . .
i^t. Legg. 793
B. Phaedr.
257
C
(see above).
Tim.
30
C.
jHUC. I,
3-
'
KopwQiovs
8f
dijiravTfs tTôi/.
1,
3^.
(>
'
'l''.Tri$ufJ.vov
. . .
eXoi/Tf s
ftiq (Covert.
HPT.
1,41
:
(yu>
(Tt . . .
(Kadrjpa
Km OIK/MCTI inroftt
{-apt
vos
f\a>
(in
con-
trast to the
aorist).
6. 12:
m>fy)t
3>u>K<i('i . . .
iiriTpityavrts r/p.i(ts
(IVTHVS
()(Op.fV. 7- 9-
")
:
(X"P-
fV ^ nilTtaV 7T(ll8(lS KtlTlKTT
f>( \l/dfJL(
I'Ol
(Cf.
DEM.
4,
6: TTiivra
KartirrpaTTTdi,
Km
^fi).
EUR. Ion,
735~7
: <*>
ffvytrrtp,
aC
aîu>v
ytvvTjTopwv | t/0i] ^>i/Xaor(Tfts
KOV
KdTaicr
XVVCKT' têts \
TOVS (rovs TTdXntovs
1
ticyuvovs avroâoi/or.
Phoen.
856-7-
S()PH. Ai. 21-2: VVKJOS
yap iipiis
Ti
t
cr^f
jrpityus
liaitoirov
*x
fl
fffpuvaSi
tintp
("i
t >y(ifTTai
ri'iSf
(parallel
with the
perfect).
676.
Ant. 22.
31-2.
180.
192-3.
C). R.
577.
Ph.
942-3-
PlM). N. I,
31
: iiiic f
papal
iro\i>v
ivp.fya.ptf
TrXoCroi/
KarnK^vfy-ais t^dv.
HES. C). et I).
42
:
tepvâvrts y<tp (\OVITI
6f<>\
fiu>v
avopunruitri..
HoM. II. I,
356:
t\iav
ylip
(
'%t
i
yipns
(=
f l\f KUI
f\d).
296.
PERIPHRASTIC PI.RI-T.CT PARTHMPI.E WITH
x
w- The
peri-
phrastic perfect participle
with
f\o>
is also found.
PLATO,
Theaet. 200 A :
eVto-Tr/^r/i/ î oii^crfrai
rt
6*]p(
VKUIS
iîiv.
XEN. An. I,
3, 14
: an/ ... 7roXX('i
xpijpara (X"^
fv
''*"//'
n IIK " T ( *
SoPH. Ph. 600:
ivy' fix"f ']?>') x/"'*""" K/Se/3XjoTes.
Epistolary
Tenses
297.
In U.ltcrs the aorist is sometimes used from the
point
of view of the- receiver.
KptlVTJS,
(i ?8wKa
TT)V ^TTlO-ToXtjV,
tOTl . . . Kttl O"Ol
4>iXoS,
Pl.ATO.
[I'.p.j 1$
>
Cretit-s,
/<> ichoin I
^tr.'f (îv<')
this /<//<> ,
/.v you <//>.>.
1
Set- also I'll Tliiclm:init in
Ahliaiulliiii^cn
\Vilhclin von Christ
darycbracht
von
bcinen ScliUlcni, Miinclu-n.
iS<ji, \>\>. 294-306.
128 GREEK SYNTAX
ISOC.
Ep. 3,
I :
})@ov\i]6r]v
=
fiovXo[j.ai.
Ibid.
4,
I :
-rrpot i\o^.rjv
PLATO,
[Ep.] 15 (see above).
298.
As there are few
genuine
Greek letters of the classical
period,
we
have not the material to determine whether there was ever such an exten-
sive
permutation
of tenses as we find in Cicero's letters. The aorist in the
N. T. is
clearly
due to Roman
influence,
and is not to be cited.
Tenses of the Moods
299.
In the
language
of classic
prose
the indicative alone ex-
presses
the
sphere
of time
directly (183),
the other moods ex-
press
the
sphere
of time
indirectly.
300.
It must be
noticed, however,
that in the earlier
language
the
op-
tative
appears
to have been used as a
potential
of the
past
;
hence its
affinity
with the
past
tenses in oratio
obltqna,
hence,
perhaps,
the occa-
sional use of the
present optative
as a real
imperfect.
Nor,
on the other
hand, are we to overlook the fact that the indicative loses its
sphere
of
time in unreal conditional sentences.
301.
Subjunctive
and
imperative
are both future
by
their
nature. So also is the
optative
outside of oratio
obliqua.
Under
the head of future are included immediate and indefinite
pres-
ent. When we
use, then,
"present,"
"
perfect,"
and "aorist"
of the non-indicative
moods,
we mean
by present
"
continuance,"
by perfect
"
completion,"
and
by
aorist
"
attainment."
302.
In not a few
verbs,
owing
to their
sense,
some of the modal tenses
are not
used,
some are rare. We should not
expect
to find
uTroXXuotro,
and
X"pfin (HoM.
II.
6,
481)
is scarce.
Tenses of the
Imperative
303.
PRESENT
(durative):
yiYvwo-Kc
<ravTov,
AESCHYL. P. V.
309
; Learn, strh>e, to know
thyself.
AORIST
(attainment):
yvu>9i
<ravr(5v, PLATO,
Protag. 343
B
;
"
Come to a
knowledge of t/iyself."
PKKFKrr
(completion)
:
avppuf>6o) KvfJos,
COM. Men.
4.
88
; Let the die l:e cast and
stay
cast.
For additional
examples
see under
Imperative
Mood.
Tenses of the
Subjunctive
304.
PRESENT:
<TKoirw|xc6a,
PLATO,
Protag. 314
B ; Let us consider
(a
course of
study).
JAY)
8iuiKtjp.tv,
I IDT. (S,
109;
Let iis
give up
the
pursuit.
TENSES Of THE MOODS I2Q
AORIST:
<nee\|/<iue8a, PLATO.
Protag. 330
B;
Let us consider
(each
part by
itself).
tir w . . . o-oi TO
airiov; Theaet.
149
B
;
Shall I tell
you
the reason ?
For additional
examples
see
chapters
on the
Subjunctive
and the Im-
perative
Mood.
Tenses of the Pure
Optative
305.
PRESENT :
viKioT]
8* 5 TI irdo-iv
fit'XXei
o-uvoiaeiv,
DIM.
4. 51
; )fav that
prevail
which
shall
advantage
all .'
tpSoi
ns
V
cxacrros
fiSeiTj TexvTjv,
AK.
V'esp. 1431.
AORIST :
vp.eis
8' e'Xoio-6' 8 TI Kai
Tfl
iroXti ical airaai cruvoiaeiv
vfxiv ficXXci,
DEM.
3,
36; Mayyou
choose that which shall
advantage
both the state and all
ofyou
!
PERFECT :
Chiefly
with such
perfects
as are
equivalent
to
presents.
avTiKd
rc6vaiT)
v, Ho.M. II. 1
8,
98
;
May
I be dead
forthwith
f at
yap ijiol
Toioo-Se iroais
KKXTi(ie'vos CITJ,
Od. 6,
244 (periphrastic perfect).
1
For further
examples
see under the
Optative
Mood.
Tenses of the
Optative
with ov
306.
PRESENT
(Future
ascertainment of a
present,
future,
or
past
imperfect action):
<|>avXoi
... av ...
ctev, PLATO, Apol.
28 B-C
;
They
must be
sorry fel-
lows.
Tax*
8t av ical ol
airoS6p.evoi Xtyoiev
{might
have told the
tale)
airiKO-
(icvoi
ts
S-rrdpTT]
v
ius
airaipedciT)(rav
VTTO
Sajiiwv,
H HI. 1
,
70.
AORIST
(Future
ascertainment of an aoristic action,
rarely
of the
past)
:
OVIK av
apvT]9ciT)v,
DKM.
21,
191
;
/ can't
deny
it.
Taxa
8' av TI Kal TOU
6v6fiaros iiravpoiTo,
H DT.
J, 180;
Perhaps
he
may
to some extent have had
his name also to thank
for
that
(as
if
tiravpop.fi>os
av
yivoiro).
PERFECT
(Future
ascertainment of a
completed
action) :
Xf'Xt]6c
a-t . .
.;
...
iris
av . . . Xe
\r\
9o i
(|te);
XEN. Conv.
3.
6
;
Has it es-
capedyour
observation ? How can it have
escaped my
observation /
T)JA*^
ov
cljicv OaTcpu KCXP
T
IH
I<
'
VOI
>
EUR.
Hipp. 349;
//'< must have
felt
tlte worser
half.
See further the
chapter
on the
Optative
with av.
1
The
analysis
which involves the future ascertainment of a
past
action,
while
not
infrequent
in sentences of
opinion (optative
and
i),
is
naturally
rare in sentences
of
wish,
which are not
analytical,
so that for an
example
of this form of
wish,
we
must have recourse to the manufactured sentences of a
grammarian,
tittt
I'tvtKi/eoi
ftov
6
Trail;,
titit
(.tcoaafii
voc t \
;;,
Al'i M.i.nM I s I >YM .
p '^51, 25-(> (llckk.
) ;
Miiy
nty
son have
ciniijufrfd
(action decided,
ascertainment still in
suspense)
; may
he hiivt
tovertd
himsflj
with
glory.
130
GREEK SYNTAX
Tenses of the
Optative
as
Representative
of the Indicative
307.
The
optative
as the
representative
of the indicative in
oratio
obliqna
after a
past
tense
ordinarily represents
the corre-
sponding
tenses of the indicative from the
point
of view of the
speaker.
Present
Optative
(=
Present Indicative):
eXe-yev
on cl . . .
pXajSepa 1-3
AaKtSaiaovi
irirpaxi>9 IT]
(
irirpaxS
BiKaios
iTj (
SiKaios <7Ti)
T|
uoWvai,
XKN. Hell.
5,
2.
32
;
He said that
if
/ie liad
(lias)
done what was
damaging
to
Lacedaemon,
lie deserved
(deserves)
to be
punished.
Lvs.
12,
6:
(\fyov
. . . u>s fl(v rives
rtj
TroXirfia
a.\0ofjifvoi.
PLATO,
Euthyd.
276
L:
antKpivaTo
on
fiavddvoitv
oi
luivQdvovTts
a ov/c
fTT KTTlllVTO.
XKN". Hell.
5.
2,
32 (see above).
HOT.
I,
83
:
r/\0 (i\\tj
dyycXaj,
a>s
jyXcoKoi
TO
roôy
. . . *ni
i'ôiro Kpo'iuos
SoPH. Tr. 161-2 : ttVe
p.fv Xt'ôus
o n
xpei'r? ^.'
fXecrdai
KTTI<TIV.
Ho.M.
Only
after
interrogatives.
Od.
15, 423
:
flpara 8f)
(irfiTa ris
e'irj
Kal TTudev t\0oi.
17, 368.'
308.
Aorist
Optative (=Aorist
Indicative):
aTrq-yY
XA V <Ls
TO ... aorv . . .
eaXioKog
KaraX. tiro
i, LvCURG.
l8;
He re-
ported
that he had
left
the
city captured.
LYCTRG. 18
(see above).
Dr.M.
[34].
I I
i'\fy(v
ort ovre ra
^pijfjiaTn
evdotTO is
rr]v
vavv OVTOS . . .
oijTf T(>
xpv<riov fl\rj(pu>s fit] Trap'
UVTOV f'v
BocrTropo). [5
2
]> '5 (see 3
12
)-
[59]'
^ r
(see 311).
XKN. An.
4, 3.
1 1 :
t\tyov
on
rvy^dvotev tfapvyava trwXXf'yoi/rfs
OK tVl
TrOp,
KllTTfLTU KHTlCiolfV . . .
yt'pOVTfi
T( Kdl
yVVtl'lKCl
KTf . Hell. I,
7- 5 (
SGC
3
12
)'
AR. Aril.
648-9: i]pd)TT](r(i>
. . . TOVTOV TOJ/
7roir/ri)/ Troripovs
finoi KOKO
TToXXd.
Vesp. 283
: Karfiirot.
SOPH. Tr.
431-2
:
TJKova-fv
cb?
Tavrrjs
irodq> [
TrdXts
Sa/xeir;
Tratra.
PiN'D. C). 6,
49: f'ipfTD
TTalfia TUV V.vd8va riKot
(where
see
note).
IIo.M. Od. 1
5, 423 (307).
17, 368 (307).
24, 237
: OK f\0oi is to be con-
sidered
interrogative
(hoiu
he had
come}.
309. /',->/,'<-/ Optative
(= Perfect
Indicative):
i\tyov
on
e-yw
iravra
ttrjv
(
tljxi)
irtir
vafxc
vos,
Lvs. i. 18;
I said that I
had
found
out
everything.
I) KM. I
8,
22 :
(Tt'iXfjui \(ydi>
ajy
iif>' (ya)
. . . K f K coX VK a) 9
tirjv ri/v
TTtiXtv . . .
Tavrrjv
(
=
ri)i> (tpi')i"]v) jroit)(Tao'0at. [341-
' ' :
flXrjfpias fi>i (308).
1
A.
J
I', iv
(1883), 419.
FUTURE OPTATIVE
131
LYS.
i,
1 8
(see above).
PLATO,
I
haedo,
59
El
(irvdofMtda
on TO irXolov (K
Ai}Xov d(f)iyfji(i>ov tlrj.
XEN. Hell,
i, i. 11 :
wBofuvos
&< on m TO>I>
ITfXoiroi'i'^criui' /^f?
. . .
uvr)-
yp.('vat
d(v ds
KV&KOV,
. . .
r)\6(v
(Is
S/joroV.
Hell.
5,
2,
32: nfirpa\^s (ti)
(307).
HDT.
i,
83: TjXvKoi (307).
310.
Future
Optative
(=
Future
Indicative):
cXeyov
on . . . ou
SWIJO-OIVTO
I
= oi
Swrjo-opcOa) (JLTJ
irci6;o~0ai rots
0t]f3aiois,
XEN. I lell. 6, i,
i
;
They
said that
they
would not be able to
refuse
to
obey
the
Thebans.
DEM.
[50], 56: dtrfKplvaro pot
on oi'S'
dxapi]
Savfiiroi.
ISAE.
6,
23
: flSoTfs 8' oe
<n-y(caloi
ort (' (K(ivnv
fJLfv
OVK uv (Ti
yivoiino
Trni-
8ts . .
.,
(f>ai>i](roivTo
8' <"AAa> TIVI
rpun<a,
KIU (K rotrrtov (<TOIVTO (TI
fidfavs
8ia-
<f)Opai,
tTTd&W K~(.
ANTIPHON. i. 11 :
fVf^'ot/m (195).
PLATO,
Euthyd. 283
A: cVecrKuirovv riva TTOT(
Tpunov liôivro
TOV
Xdyou
(cat uiruOfv <"i
[>{;<>
iv TO KT(.
XEX. Flell.
2,
3.
1
7
TroXXoJ
fiÂot tjcrav
. . .
0avp,d(ovrts
ri faoiTo
f)
770X1-
T(ia. Ihtit. :
(Xeytv
o
QrjpafjLtirjs
ort . . . dSiivarov ((TOITO
TIJV oXtyap^tav 8ui[t(-
VflV. 2,
3- 5^
f-TttV O
SllTVfiOS
Jrt
OlfJ.O)<)lTO
(
=
Ot^lCO^f
l). 6, I, I.
Au.
Eq. 776
011
(f>povri<i)v
TUIV i$iu>Twv
ovfttiHis,
(i cro\
âpioifiijv.
AESCHYL. Pers.
356-60:
t\(e TratSt era)
Afpt-y
TiiSf,
I
u>s . . .
"KAX^vf
s ov
ftevoifv,
dXXa . . .
ftiorov
f Ktruxrolaro.
PlND. O.
9, 115-6:
(Kt\(vcr(v
8iaicpivai
. . . wTwa
o-^ryo-oi
TIT
t'jpvw
(ear-
liest
example).
311.
RETENTION OF IMPERFECT AND PLUPERFECT INDICATIVE IN
ORATIO
OBLIQUA.
The
imperfect
and
pluperfect having
no
optative,
the
retention ol the indicative is to be
expected.
^8lTo 6
o-yVis
. . .
Xrytov
STI OVK
jjSci Neatpas avTTjv
ovaav
Ovyarcpa,
aXX*
âwaT^CfiT]
VTTO
Ertâvov,
I) KM.
| 59],
8 1
;
Theogenes begged saying
that lie did
not /:n<nu that she ivas the
daughter of
Xeaera, but that he had been deceived
by Sti'p/tanus.
312.
PRESENT OPTATIVE REPRESENTING IMPERFECT INDICATIVE.
In the absence of an
imperfect optative
the
present optative
is not infre-
quently
found to
represent
an
imperfect
indicative.
SITJYOXJVTO
OTL avroi
(j.ev
tiTi
TOVS
iroXcjiiovs
irXcoitv ( cirXcov), TTJV
5t
avai'pt-
<riv TWV
vava^wv irpoo-ra^ciov
. . .
Or]pa)X(Vci
KT^., XEN. Hell.
1,7, 5
; Their
story
was that
l/iey kept sailing after
the
enemy
and had
assigned
the
picking up
of
the
shipwrecked
to Theramenes etc.
132
GREEK SYNTAX
DEM.
[52], 15' fTo\fj.T)(rav napTvpijcrai
cos 6
p.ev
KaXXtTTTros
1
opKov
reo
narpl
8oir) (=eScoKf),
6 fie
irari]p
OVK fê'Xot
(=oi>K f}d(\(v) op.ii<rm.
LVS. I, 14
:
fpofjifvov
8'
ipoi)
Tt at
dvpai vvKTutp tyofpolfv (cf. IJ
'.
dvap.i-
Hvrja-Kopfvos
. . . 6Yt . . .
x//o<et).
I,
2O :
Karrjyopfi
...$
êra TTJV K(popav
avrfj TTpocrioi.
XEN. An.
4, 3,
1 1 :
riryxni'otfi/
(see 308).
Hell,
i, 7, 5 (see above).
See further on this whole
subject
Oratto
Obliqua
and
Object
Sentences.
Tenses of the Infinitive
INFINITIVE AS A VERBAL NOUN
313.
The infinitive as a verbal noun is used
chiefly
in the
present
and
aorist,
more
rarely
in the
perfect.
The
temporal
relation is that of the kind of time.
INFINITIVE AS A
SUBJECT'
314.
PRESENT:
a. Without the article :
pov irapaiveiv TJ
iraSovra
Kaprepetv,
ElIR. Ale.
1078;
'
T is easier to
preach
than
suffer
and be
strong.
LVS. 8, 2:
avLapbv p,ev
ovv
avayKa^ftrOai. \fytiv TTfpl
TOVTU>V, dSvvarov 8t
AxDOC.
1,8:
KpdricrTov
ovv
fioi
dvai 8oKfl (
dp^fjf v/ias
StSatTKfti/ irdvra
ra
yfi>6fj.(va
KOI
irapaXiire'iv fj.rj?>(i>.
PLATO,
Rpb. 555
C: TT\OVTOV
TIJJ.O.V
Kal
<ra>(ppoa'vi'r)i> (ip.a
IKOV&S KTa<r6ai
. . . ddvvaTov.
THUG. I,
5,
2 :
Kocrfins
Ko\a>s roCro
8pdv.
COM.
Archipp.
2, 727
: <uf
fj8v TIJV
ddXarrav OTTO
rfjs yfjs opav \
2)
piJTtp
f<TTl,
EUR. Ale.
1078 (see above).
AESCHVL. P. V.
751
:
ndo-xtiv
(see 316).
THEOGN.
21 I : otVdf rot irivftv TTQV\VV KCIKOV.
II OM. II.
I, 274:
irfidfo-dai
tipfivov.
2,
453:
TO'HTI 8'
i"(pap TroXf/ior yXu-
Kto)i/
ytvtr' iff
vff<ruai. IO, 1/4-
315.
b. With the article :
Ktucov TO
-rriveiv,
Ai<.
Vesp.
1 2
53;
A bad
thing
this
drinking.
TO
POV-
Xco-Oai
jx'
Kvi5>
EUK. I. A.
330.
ISOC. 2,
2 '. TOVS
p.tv yap
l8iu>T(is (cn\ TroXXa r
TO
pi]
Tpvfbuv
tiXX*
dvuy Ka^t
<rda i
TTfpl
TOV
ftiov
Kad'
(.Kdcrrrfv ftovXtvtcrdai TTJV i]fi(pai>.
1
Ur
quasi-subject.
See
Infinitive.
INFINITIVE AS
SUBJECT
133
PLATO,
Ale. II,
143
E : KCIKOV
!ip',
&>r touctv,
/<rr!i>
TI
TOV
(3f\Ti(rrov tiyvoia
i TO
dyvotiv
TO
ft
f\Turrov.
XKN.
Cyr. 5-
' ' ' TO ... f
pav
fdiXaixriov ((TTiv.
AR.
Vesp. 1253
(see above), fr.
2,
1133:
TO
yap <f)o^('io-6at
TOV Bavarw
EUR. Ale.
693:
T6 of
(f/v fjuKpw,
oAX'
o/*o>s y\vKv.
Bacch.
389-90:
6 &
. . .
ftioros
KOI TO
(ppovclv.
Heracl.
240:
TO
crvyytvcs
Tt KH\ TO
npov<p(
i\etv.
476:
(riyf)
re KOI TO
(Tuxfrpovt'iv.
I. A.
330
(see above).
SOPH. El.
265
: TO
T77TaO-#<H (3l6). 770:
8(IVW TO TIKTflV (tTTlV
(136).
ft.
239'
oXXa TO)
yf)pa <f)i\d | ^ci)
i/ovj
ofjiapTdv
Kal TO
f$ov\tvfiv
a 8(i.
PlND. O.
9. 38
: TO
Kav\d(rdai.
P. 2,
56
: TO trXovrdv. N.
5.
'8 : TO
<riyav.
SlMON. C.
ICO,
I : TO xaXias
flvj/o-Kfiv dptTfjs p.(pos
(<TT\
fiiyicrrov.
316.
AORIST:
a. \Vithoutthearticle:
Kpeicrcrov -yap
el<rdira|
9avciv
| T|
ras a-irdcras
^ficpa; TracryfLV
KaKiL?,
AESCHVL. P. V.
750-1
: 'T'/'j- better once
for
all to die than
suffer
on
former
and
forc^>ermore.
DEM.
3,
18:
fvâaffai p.ti>
. . .
padiov
. .
.,
(\t(rdai 8' . . . ointd'
opaius
(VTropov.
ANDOC.
1,8:
TrapaXinflv
(see 314).
PLATO, Theaet.
187
E :
KpelrTov yiip
irov
crîKpov
ev
f)
TroXv
pr]
tK(n>ws irt-
puvat.
THUG.
I, 22,
I :
âXfTroi' TTfv aKpiftfiav ai/Trjv
TWV
\t^6fVT<av mni"]fi.ov(v-
<rai.
AR.
Vesp. 367
:
viciTpaydv
roivvv
KpaTiarov
eori
fj.oi
TO fttKTvov.
SOPH. El.
264-5
:
(*)
K Twj/Se
p.ot | Xa/3cTv
&
ofjLoioiS
Kal TO
TtjTao-dai
Trt'Xft.
AKSCHVL. P. V.
750-1 (see above).
PlND. P.
4, 272
:
pqftiov /j.(v yap
Tro\iv crfitrat.
BACCH VL.
Ill, 47
: davdv
yXvKiorov.
HOM. Od.
9, 241
:
ttpya\iov,
/SacriXfia, dirjvfKfots dyopevo-ai.
II. 2,
5-6: rj8f
ol HUTU
6vp.bv dpicrTT] (paivtTO /3ouXr; | TTf'/iâi
fir*
ytip.(fivwi
oiiXov
uvdpov.
317.
rb . . .
icaTa-yt Xao-Orj
vat ICTUS oi8v
irpaYfxa,
PLATO,
Euthyph.
3
C;
To
get laughed
at is
per/taps
a matter
of
no
great consequence.
DEM.
I,
23
: 7roXXuKU o<ctl TO
(f)v\u{;(ii TayaOa
TOV
KTr)<ra<r6ai û\fn<l)Tfpov
total.
AxiJOC. 2.
5
:
ptyiiXr)
ot
tfrjirov
KU\ TO t a
papTf'iv 8v<rirpaia
ttTTt.
ANTIPHON,
5, 91
: TO t!6i'a)j <j7roXOcrai
6<Tl<i)Ttpoi>
an
tli)
TOV
pi)
dtKaiwS
aTroXc'crtu.
134
GREEK SYNTAX
PLATO,
Euthyph. 3
C
(see above).
THUG.
3, 58,
2 :
ftpaxv "Y"P
TV T"
Tjp-fTfpa crco/iora ciaff)6e Ipcn.
AH. LVS.
884:
010V TO TfKfllf.
COM.
Antiphan. 3, 150:
TO
Trpmx'
dirodavelv eo-n
(pavfpu foîa.
EUR. fr.
854-
TO
p.fv a(pny
rival 8(ivov.
PlND. O.
8,
60:
uyvwfjLov
de TO
p.rj 7rpop.a
6t i v.
ALCAE.
30:
TO
yap "Apev'i
KaT0uvr)v
KU\OV.
318.
PERFECT:
a. IVithoitt the article :
iro\i . . .
ava-yicT) P
e
(3o
v\e vo-9ai TI
XPT Spav,
PLATO,
Lepf^. 949
E;
A
city
must needs have a settled
policy
as to -n.'/mt is to be done.
DEM.
19, 179- ^Xoxcevat Trpoo-tjKfi.
Ibid, 282: arroXo>XfVa(. 21,
120:
uvrj pTTii<r6ai. 3^' '3-
8f8u>Kfi'aL.
Lv.S.
30, 2/
'. rowrw
-ye Trpoo~ijKfi
Sia
/xeV
aiiTov
Tf&vavai,
Sta 5 rovr
Trpoyd-
vou?
TffTrpacrdai.
PLATO,
Legg. 949
E
(see
above).
Soph.
222 B :
dai^Bai.
HOT.
5>
l8:
VO/JLOS
. . .
fjliiv yi
eori . . .
K.fû>pi(r6ai (tySpas ywai/cooi'.
. XIV,
I : fu
êi
1
flpapdai jrapa 8tu[/j.o(rii> dv\0pu>Trois ilpicrTov.
EOGN. l8l2 :
Tfdvap.fvai, (pi\e Kvpve, Trtvixpa) j3f\Tcpov dvopi, \ f/
<ativ
jâXeTTfl Tfipop.fvov Tftvii].
HOM. Od.
3, 209:
viv ^>e
xP'l TtT\u/j.fv (p.7rr]s
(cf.
Hymn.
Merc.
494-5
:
ovSe Ti o~f
XP'l Kt%O\<oO'0Ul\<
319.
TO
8iKT]9
. . .
a<j>eicr6ai p.YaA.T] Stopeia
. . .
TJV,
DEM.
23, 185
;
To have been
allowed to
gofree ofpunishment
was a
great
boon.
DEM.
23, 185 (see
above).
AESCHIN.
3, 236
: TOV
yap
ravr'
f^fpyacrdfjl'ai
Ka\u>s TO
yeytvr)(r6ai
TOVTMV
aiTiov
ê(â) Karqyopiav f'x
fl-
ISAE.
ii,
18: oi'K
l(Tx
v(Tf T0
irpovtviKtjKfvai.
XKN.
Hiero, 8,
6: OI^TO
yap
TO
T(TtfjLrjo-dai
. . .
tTvvfmKotrp.f'i.
HUT.
5.
6: TO
p.(v
iffTiyQcn
tvytves KtxpiTni,
TO S fiffTiKTOV
aytvvts-
AR. PI.
354-5
T'> ^' a ^ 8f8oiKevat
npos dvopos
ovuev
vyu's
ear
flpya-
trfifvov.
EUR. Med.
122-3:
TO
yap
fldio-0ai
r)v
fir' ICTOKTIV
| KpflffCTOV.
SoPH. Ant.
437~^
T0
M
l/
7'V
'"'T01
'
* K KUKWV
TTffpfvyivai. | lyStoroj/.
INFINITIVE AS AN
OBJECT
320.
PRESENT :
vvv axirov
aSeX<f>iCeiv i.-rr\.\(.ipri<ro\io'iv)
IsoC.
19, 30;
Now
they
will under-
take to
"
brother
"
him.
IXFIXITIl'E AS
OBJECT 135
Isoc.
5. 87
: TroXr
/iru> (see
211).
19, 30
(see above).
PLATO,
dorg. 474
A : OI>K
IJTIKTTH^'IV
t
Ttt\l/r](pi(
tv.
XEN.
Hiero,
3, 3:
TOI*?
noiôvs i/o/ijfou<r*
TroXXai TU>V iro\(a>v
vr]Trnivf\
UTTO-
KTflvdv. Ibid.
4,
1 1 :
Tpi(f)fii>
(see 324).
HOT.
3. 83:
oiVf . . .
"ip\(iv
oi>Tf
<1p)((crQai
c'&'Xci>.
COM. Philem.
4, 56,
68 : mVd> <V
vyitiav
Trpwrov,
fir'
tvirpaiav, | rpirnv
fit
Xatpfiv,
fir
u(f>fi\tiv p.r)8(vt.
AR. fr. 2,
1038
: <1XX' ou
yup ffiaflr
TOVT'
f^.ov ttifiirovros,
<iXX?,
SfpaKocriav TpciTrffuv.
SOPH. LI.
345~6
: XoO
-yt 6iir(p', ?*/ (ppovdv
KUKO>S,
I 5
TWI>
<f>i\tav <f>povoiitra
M fivt'iprji, tx^v-
PlND. ().
3- 3^
fois
"y"P (tftTpairtv Ov\vp.irui>8'
twi'
daijrov dycava vipfLv.
HOM. II. 10, 1 16 : (Tin 5' o(a>
(TT(Tpf\l/(v
TToveftrdai.
321.
b. With Hie article:
TO
fXXTjviteiv irapa
TOVTWV
tyiayf cîaOov, PLATO,
Ale.
I,
1 1 1 A
;
/ learned
speaking
Greek
from
them.
DEM.
[33], 4:
TO ... 7t\tli> KaraXeXvKa
(202). 57,
iS: ro i-tvi*iv avrov
KanjyoprjKacriv.
PLATO, Ale. i,
in A
(see above). Le^g. 847
A: TO
i]i>
unio-da.
Theaet.
185
C : ovcriav
Xf'-yeis
KUI TO
pi)
tlvai.
XEN. R. L. 2,
7
:
t<pfjK(v
avrols TO
p.T]xavd<rdai. TTJV Tpo(pi)i/.
AR.
Pax,
434: "I<P(\(
TO trait iv.
SOPH. O. C.
1125-7
'
r<*
y' (vtTffits | /ioVots Trap' v/ili/ tvpov avdponrtav f'ya> |
(tat TOVTTiflKtS Kll\ TO
p.1) \lf( vSoffTOfJif
IV.
322.
AORIST:
OVK
wKVT)<r TT)V
Sc'oTToivav
-y tj fiai,
DEM.
45, 74 ;
He did not stick at
marry-
ing
his mistress.
DEM.
45, 74 (see above). [50], 57
: ovx
tjfaXf TrapaXaftf'iv TIJV
vavv.
PLATO,
Euthyph. 3
D : ov TTUW
iiri6vfiS> irfipadrjvat.
XEN. Hell. 1,6,
10: OVK
f8vvdfJ.r)i> tpavrov
Trdtrni
(I5
1
)-
COM. Plierecr. 2,
280: <rv 8t
rpurrtfav fitrffxpf,
KH\ icvXtita
Kavrpaytlv.
EUK. Ale.
669: /J.UTTJV tlft'
<>l
yi'puvTfs tv\ovTM
ffavtlv.
PlND. O. 6,
25-6
: Kt'iviii
yiip
(' (IXAav 68ov
&yffioiKv<rai
|
ravrav iiritrrav-
HoM. II. I,
18-9: i^'iv fjLtf
dtiii SO'KV
'O\vfj.nia dw/itir' (points
\ ftirfpcrai
llptUfl.Ulll
TTU\ll>,
(V o' OlKllo' iKfffdul.
323.
rXi](ro(iai
ri>
KarOavciv,
AKSCHYL.
Ag. 1290;
I will endure the
dying of
the death.
136
GREEK SYNTAX
DEM.
l8,93-
T0
Xcppomjotw
KCU
BV^WTIOV
crSxrai ...
17 rrpoaiptcns 17 (p.fj
Kol
f]
TToXtTet'a
Sif7rpuaro.
ISAE.
I,
42
: ovrot
yap
TO di/eXe lv avras
(
=
ray
8ia6r]Kas)
fKeivov
/3ovXo/j.eVov
8tfK<iXuo-ai>.
ANTIPHON,
2
y
6: TO
/iei*
a Aw fat *cai
aTro<pvytlv
. . . eV tcratr fXiricri
6S)fj.(v
auTO) dvai.
PLATO,
Euthyd. 275
C:
dapptl
TO
a7ro*pii>ao-0ut.
THUG.
3. 4. 3
: 6>K r u el^ elirtiv TO Traêif eu
dvTi\i)\l/ovTu.i.
HDT.
5.
IOI : TO Se
pr) Xe^XaTJJo-ai
. . .
TT)J/
TrdXii/
eV^f
TiiSf.
EUR. Ale.
694
: o" 1-*
yovv
avai8S>g
8ifp.dôv
TO
p.r)
davttv.
AESCHVL.
Ag. 1290 (see above).
PlND. O.
2, 107
: TO
XaXuyô-ai
ê'Xcof.
1
324.
PERFECT:
avaYKaovTai crTpd.TV(Aa Tp<j>iv r\ airoXtoXc'vai,
XEN.
Hiero, 4,
II
;
They
are
compelled
to
keep
an
army
or
perish (be ruined}.
DlN.
I,
112 1
/SovXeTat
. . .
crvy
Kf
îicrdai
irdvra ra tv
rfj
TrdXfi StVaia.
DEM.
8,
49-
Kn' Tedvdvai.
^laXXoi/
an
>)
TCIVT'
(IprjKivai (3ov\ol/j.r]v.
ISOC.
5>
2
9 P-fv
vv
^/3ouXo/iir;i/ /JLOL Trpot ipfjcrdai
TOUT' (CTTLV.
PLATO,
Rpb. 351
A B : TroXtv
(paiijs
av adixov dvai Ka\ XXay TrdXets eVt-
%fipe~iv
8ov\ovcr0ai a8/Ka)f (cat KaTaSfSouXoJo-âi. Ibid.
406
D :
aîoi
. . . f'e-
fjiicrai.
TO
vocrrjfia
. . .
rj
Kavcrfi
f) Top.r] xprj&dfifvos aTT^XXn^ât.
XEN. Hell.
5. 4. 7
: ftVoj/
TIÎ/ dvpav
KtK\flcrdai. Hell.
6, 2,
15
:
tKf)pvfv
. . .
TTfTTpaa-dai.
Hiero,
4,
ii
(see above).
COM. Pherecr. 2,
262 :
(3ov\oi[j.r]v yap
K.U.V
aKa\i')(pais
TOV "icrov
(fiavaxr
dai.
AESCHYL.
Sept. 461-2:
Imrovs . . . deXovaas
npos
TruXau
325.
TO
jxv yap
iroXX' airoX wXe K vai Kara TOV
iroXtfJiov rr\s rifierepas ap.e\tas
av
TIS
Ocirj
SiKaiojs,
DEM. i,
10
;
This
(tiling of) having' suffered many
losses dur-
ing
the war
mayjustly
be
charged
to our
negligence.
DEM. i,
10
(see above).
23, 7
'
TOVTO . . .
'Apio-To^por^? fjStKfi,
TO TOIOUTOU,
olov
tyo) <pim
8fifiv TOV
\api8rjfjMv
ovra, TocravT'qv ir(Troir)<Tdai Trpovoiav.
326.
FUTURE. The future infinitive as the
object
of verbs of creation
comes from the
blending
of the
sphere
of
thought
and the
sphere
of will.
Some of the
examples
are much
disputed.
irvp
i
vi]
(re IV SISVOOVVTO i< TO.
|vXiva
7rapa<|>pdY|JiaTa,
THUC.
4, 115,
2
;
I
hey
intended
(thought
that
they
would)
hurl
fire
into the wooden
ramparts.
See further the
Infinitive.
1
See A.
J.
1'. xv
(1894), 509.
INFINITIVE FOR INDICATIVE
137
INFINITIVE AS THE REPRESENTATIVE ov THE INDICATIVE
327.
The infinitive as the
representative
of the indicative
takes all the tenses. See Accusative and
Infinitive.
Present
(
=
Present
Indicative)
:
riv
euTuxovvra
teal
4>pove
iv
vojufcojiev,
COM. Men.
4, 354, 497
;
Him who is
lucky
ive ihink to have sense withal.
<Jn)<riv iuXi]cr|i<v elvai, PLATO,
Prot.
336
D
;
Ht;
says
that he is
forgetful.
Present
(
Imperfect
Indicative)
:
avTiXtYeiv ^>TJS
TOIS
povXo|xevois T|(xas
airoXe'crai, LYS.
12, 26;
You declare
that
you
undertook to
oppose (ajre'Xey*
s)
those who unshed to
destroy
us. airo-
|nfjvdorOw (it) |ieTxiv,
DEM.
19, 117 ;
Let him declare that he had no
part
in it.
Aorist
(=
Aorist
Indicative)
:
!
ov
<f>i)<ru T)(ias 6p9ws ofioXo-yfjo-ai qviKa iLfxaXoYTicraaev, PLATO,
Theaet.
191
A
;
/ ivill not
say
that we were
right
to
acknowledge (it)
when we acknowl-
edged
it.
Perfect
(=
Perfect
Indicative)
:
})Tjo-i
. . .
IYKWJUOV Ye-vpa<j>cvai,
Isoc.
IO, 14 ;
He
says
that he has written
an encomium.
Perfect
(= Pluperfect
Indicative)
:
KO.I 68ov re
[Xe'-yerai]
OVTTW
iroXXTjv SiT|vvcr0ai
avrois Kai TOV
M-fjSov rjicetv
-rra-
Xiv,
XEN.
Cyr.
i, 4,
28
;
// zs said that not much
of
their
journey
had been
accomplishedyet
when the Mede returned.
Future
(=
Future
Indicative)
:
OVK
<j>t] 6|xei<r0ai,
XEN. Hell,
i,
3,
II
;
He said iJiat he would not take
an oath.
Future
Perfect
(=
Future Perfect Indicative) :
v7roXap.pdvo)
. . .
|x<rrt]v
^
p paxj/uSt]
KOTUS
T)fJ.as
ecrecrOai,
DEM.
25,
2;
/
understand that we shall have delivered our screed to no
purpose.
328.
ARTICULAR INFINITIVE AS THE REPRESENTATIVE OF THE IN-
DICATIVE. The infinitive as the
representative
of the indicative
may
take
the article.
Present :
\v
fiiv
oviv
ofioXo-yeiTCu
TO
icpartiv
TUV
KXTjpovofxiwv
TOVS
appcvas,
Dl'.M.
[44!
12: One
thing
then is
agreed
on,
namely,
the males'
holding (that
the males
hold}
the inheritance.
1
On the aorist as a future,
see Accusative <in<(
Infinitive.
138
GREEK SYNTAX
Aorisl;
TO . . . dvo iai
TT)v flvpav oi\ 6(ioXoYi,
DEM.
[42],
8 : The
opening of
the
door
(the
statement that he
opened
the
door)
he does not
agree
to.
Future :
TO 8 sre
diropticreiv,
OVK
otp.ai
(sc. fxavriKu;
o-
elpTjice'vai), PLATO,
Conv.
198
B
;
As to tJie statement that
you
will be at a
loss,
I don't think that
you
have said that in a
spirit ofprophecy.
DEM.
[42],
8 : TO
/xei> aêXeti/
TO
tTrj/j.f'iov o/ioXoytT,
TO S'
avolâi Ti]i> dvpav
oi>x 6/ioXoyeI. [44]-
I2
(see above). 57> 63
'. ex ...
yap
TOV
op<ov fr'i\d\lsav
TO
PLATO,
Conv.
198
B
(see above).
Phaedo,6i D: TTCOS TOCTO
Xe'yei?
. . .
TO
p.f) Qf^LTov
flvai. tavTov
@ide(r6ai ;
Phaedr.
244
A : TO
(the
statement
that)
ftaviav
KCIKOV fivai.
Soph. 231
C: TO ...
p.t} pq8iov
eivat.
HDT.
I,
86 : TO ToD SoXcot'oy ... TO
fj,rjb(va
elvai TU>V U>OVTU>V
o\,3iov.
SOPH. Ant.
264-7
:
^f
JLfv $'
fToifiot
. . . deovs
opKatfiOTflv |
TO
[J.T)Te Spacrai
p.rjTf
TO> vvfi(i>ai
|
TO
Trpayna
j3ov\fvo-avTi.
Tenses of the
Participle
PARTICIPLE AS A VERBAL
ADJECTIVE
329.
The
participle
as a verbal
adjective
is
chiefly
used in
the
present,
aorist,
and
perfect
tenses. The
temporal
relation is
that of the kind of time.
1
The
sphere
of time
depends
on the
context.
PRESENT PARTICIPLE
330.
CONTEMPORANEOUS ACTION. The
present participle
is
generally
used of
contemporaneous
action,
cither total or
partial.
tp.e
. . .
Xf'yeis
TOV veuTaTov
X'Y<V,
PLATO, Parmen.
137
C ;
You mean me
when
you speak of
the
youngest.
So-uXeuovtri
Y H
tao
"
ri
Y'"H
LVOt K*"
o"4
>aT
~
Tofifvoi,
DKM.
9,66; They
lead the lives
of
slaves,
being scourged
and
butchered.
XOYOVS irpoo-êpcov
diruXeo-ev
avT^v,
LYS.
1,8;
(By) making pro-
posals
he ruined her.
331.
Leading
Verb Present:
DKM.
9,
66
(see above).
PLATO, Parmen.
137
C
(see above).
1
This
temporal
element is
deeply
imbedded in the nature of the
participle
and
the use is
universal,
so that it is not
necessary
to draw
examples
from different
ranges
of dabbic Greek.
TENSES OF PARTICIPLE
139
EUR. Andr.
373
:
dvSpo?
8'
Apaprdvovtr' Apapravti ftiov (coincident
action),
A woman
failing of
a husband
fails of life,
332.
Lead
ing
Verb
Imperfect
:
DEM.
54- 9
'
,'}^
f TOVS
dXacrpvovas p.tfjiovp.fi'os
TOVS
vfviKrjKoras (coin-
cident
action).
PLATO, Meno,
90
C:
Tre'unovTfs
rovSe KciX&s &v
fVe'/iTTo/xf
v
(coincident
action).
HDT.
9,
21 : ol
Mfyapte?
irit
f<i/*f
vot
(finding
themselves
pinched} rrf/x-
irov (irl TOVS
o-rpdTijyovs
Ttav
'E\\t]v<oi> Ki'jpvKa.
333.
Leading
Verb Future:
DEM.
14,
12: ovdev ovv d\\'
ij pa\lra>8T)O~ovo-iv
ol
TrpfffjSfis TTtpiiovrfs.
XEN.
Hiero,
11,15; (i>8aifj.ov(av yap
ov
(pdovTjdtja-fi (174)-
HDT.
4, 98
: rai/ra 8e Troifvvrfs
e/xoi p.fyd\a>s âpit'tcrdf (coincident
action).
334.
Leading
Verb Aorist :
LYS. i,
8
(see above).
XEN. Hell.
7- 5- 9- optov
. . , rov . . .
xpavov irpoftaivovra ivop.i(T( irpaicTfov
TI tivai.
HDT.
1,68:
opv(Tfru>v tirtrvôv cropw
e
335.
Leading
Verb
Perfect
:
DEM.
8,
34:
vvv 8e
8r]/jiayu>yoi/vTfS i>fJ.ds
KIII
âpiôp-evoi
Kad'
{nrtpfto-
\TJV,
ovra) Start
di'jKacriv
uxrrt KTf.
336.
Leading
Verb
Pluperfect:
XEN. Hell.
6,
5.
21 '.
STJOVVTI. Triv \<apnv
ovftds
rjdfXrjKfi p.d^((rdai.
AR. Ach. lo:
'K(^TJVTJ TrpoirfooKuiv
rav
\lcr)^v\ov.
337.
PRIOR ACTION. The action of the
present participle
is some-
times
prior
to that of the
leading
verb. An adverb of lime often makes
the relation
plain.
ol
Kvpeioi irpoo-Sev
<rvv
Tjp.iv Tarrofifvoi
vvv
d.(|)o~niicatriv,
Xp.N. An.
3.
2,
17 ;
The
troops of Cyrus,
who were
formerly
marshalled with
us, have now
deserted us.
DEM. 1
8,
6l : KIH
irpuTfpnv
KHKWS TOVS
"E\\i]vas f\ovr(is rr/jor
(avrovs KIU
<rra(Ti(i(TTiK(i)f,
tn
^fipntf ftifdrjKf.
PLATO,
Rpb. 518
I): at ... <7XXni
dpfral KoXovfitvai TfsvX'l*
ntvSvvfvovtriv
. . . OVK fvovcrai
irporfpov vtrrtpov fp.Trotficrdai.
XKN
T
. An.
3.
2, 17 (see above).
Hl)T.
8,
62: rr
rj p.
a i v u> v 8( Ttivru TW
Xriyw
ftifftiitpf
(s
Kvpv^tdftrjv, X'ya)j/
fjLa\\otf f'nf(TTp(ifjifjifi'ii. 9, 27
'
K(t\
ytip
ai>
xprftrTot
Tine fovTfS wiToi vvv uv dfv
AXaVpUTtpOl,
Ktl\ TtlTf (UVTfX
(jjXuvpUt
VVV UV (l(l>
llfJ.dVOt/fS.
14
GREEK SYNTAX
AR. Av.
75
'
irpOTfpov avdpa>iros
TTOT' Stv.
SOPH. Ant.
1192
:
f'yco, <pi\rj
oVo-Troti/a,
Kal
irapatv epa>.
MlMNERM.
3>
TO
irp\v
tu>v
KuXXicrroy, fTrrjv
ircipdfjiftyfTai (apt],
I ouSe
Trarr/p
iraio~\v
rifiios
OVTC
(plXois.
HOM. Od.
13, 4
O1
Kvv^ttXTO)
6V rot otrcre
mipos TTfpi/caXXe'
tovrt.
338. SUBSEQUENT
ACTION. The
present participle may imply
cona-
tive
action,
and thus simulate a future
(see 193).
So
<pepa>v
and
liyutv
are
used almost to the exclusion of oiaatv and coi/.
f]
8e
IldpaXos
els Tas
"AOijvas [aTre'irXevo-e] a-n-aYY
'^^ ov(ra T*
YY
OV(^Ta
>
XEN. Hell.
2, i,
29
;
77ie Paralos sailed
off
to Athens 'with a
report of
(
=
to
report)
what had
happened.
ANDOC.
I,
104-5 TjKovcri
. . . ol
fj,i> flcrofMevoi
. . . ol 8e intone
tpu>fj.t
vol.
XEN. Hell.
2, i,
29 (see above).
AR. Ach.
178
:
e'yw p.(v 8(vpo
croi cnrovtias
(pe pa>v \
(cnvfvftov.
EUR.
Suppl.
I2O: TOVTOVS davovTiis
%\0ov
faiTu>v vroXti/.
PlND. O.
7 !3~4
:
KciTtfiav
ran Ttovriav
\ vp.t>fd)v
TralS'
'A^poSiVas
1
. P.
4,
IOj-6: iK.ofj.av | otKaS',
dpxav dyKOfj.L^cov.
1
HOM. II.
I,
371-2: ^Xê
ô(W eVi
i/âf 'Aâiwi/ âXico^trcoi'coi' | Xvcropevos
re
BvyciTpn rpipav
r
aTrfp(i<ri'
anoiva.
(Here
both resemblance and difference
between
present
and future are manifest.
3
) Compare
II.
i,
431
: IKUVSV
ciycav
with ibid.
44-~3 ^P" M* e7r([J.\l/fv
. . . 7ral8a . . .
aytp-ev.
AoRisr PARTICIPLE
339.
The action of the aorist
participle
is
ordinarily prior,
but it
may
be
coincident,
so
especially
when the
leading
verb is
aorist or future.
dvapivrts
els TO
tnrepuiov eSenrvovfiev,
Lvs. I,
22
;
Going
it
p
to tJie src-
ond
story,
ive
supped.
TO
o-iâ
o-tio-as TOVS
Xo-yovs
tr&lo-ets
tfioi,
EtJR. I.T.
7^5;
Saving thy body
than wilt save
my
words. diruXto-as TOV olvov
\i8a)p,
TkAG. Aristias,
fr.
4
;
You
spoiled
the wine
by adding
water.
340. Leading
Verb Present:
Hl)T. 6,
37
: TUTUS- . . . tKKOTrdo-a
ftXcHTTov
ovSeVa
/jitrlfi (134)-
^.M. Men.
4, 34t
i
dûpurros
OOTIS tv iraduiv
afi.vijfj.ovf
I.
341. Leading
Verb I i
perfect
:
Lvs. I,
22
(see above).
Ibid.
24:
irapaXaftoiv
8' o>r o'u>v Tf
fjv
nXda-rovs
, , .
e^fiSif
ov.
1
See 15. T.. (1
,
Introcl.
Ess.,
cxii.
5
The
examples
cited for Homer do not seem to he
very cogent.
See
Boiling,
The
Participle
in
Hcsiod, Reprint
from Catholic
University Bulletin,
Vol.
Ill,
p. 439.
TENSES OF PARTICIPLE
141
THUC.
6,
69,
It
di>a\af36i>T(
s ra on\a tvdvs
avTcirfja'av (2O6).
EUR. I. T.
27
'.
pfTHpaiti
X
Tj <f>
6 ( I (r'
(Kaivofiijv I<P(I.
342. Leading
I'erb Future .
Prior Action :
DEM.
14. 3'
*' ?
<t>pvyiav
(\flu>v
8ov\fv<T(i;
HDT. 2,
5
KOTfir
KaraTTfiprjTrjpiTiit irrj\t'iv
rt dvoicms KT(.
(258).
343.
Coincident Action :
EUR. I. T.
765 (see 339).
Med.
383:
davovva
6^<ru>
rots
fpois f\0pois
344. Leading
Verb Aorist :
Prior Action :
DEM.
54-
~-
vyifjs
ff\0u>v
(popii8r]v rj\dop
oiKaftf.
LYS.
I, 27
'
irXrjyds
KarfTTffTfi'
fi>6vs,
He vds stabbed and
fell
at once.
PLATO,
Euthyd. 273
^ : f^^v ovv ravra icart
(ppovt) Brjv
t'Tr' uvroiv
345.
Coincident Action :
'
ISOC.
19. 9- &poffv\\os
. . . TOVTOVS
fjn'ivovs
Tralfttis
yvT]<rlnvs
tcarii\nriov . . .
TOV
filOV (Tf\(VTr}(Tfl>.
DEM.
l8,
208 : oi/K fcrnv OTTCOJ
i]p.dpT(r(f)
. . , rov
inrtp TIJS
('nrmTiov t\frt)(-
plas
KCII
crutrrfpuis
KU>$VVOV
dp apt
vol.
ISAE.
7. 33
Tt
'
/3f
ATIO? uv ( TT
pu
f v
i]
TUVTII
j3ov\(V(Ttip.(vos ("nrfp iirolrâ'fv }
PLA'I'O, Fheaet.
185
E: fv
tiroiija'u.s jJ-f p.d\S . . .
(Troi7]criis irpuenraiv.
Ibid.
~]
,
5.48:
K<jAd>r
. . .
firoiijo'as
. . .
(ipâs
T<W
Xoyou,
HDT.
3> 3^' upO^s p.oi
doxc'ei
riivftupos 7roi?/rrt vupuv
t>avru>v
fiuirtXia
f tVi.
5- -4
f v
fifoiijtras diriKofifvos.
AR.
Pax,
630-1
: \i6ov
| ffjiâXovTts (fj.t8ip.vav Kv^fe\tjv
uTrciAf <T<IV.
TKAG.
Aristias, (Sat. Dr.)
fr.
4 (see
339).
CCHYL.
VI,
15"
(TTU$IOI>
Kparrj(raf )
Ke'oj/ fVK\iias. X,
15
'
uvS'jO'ii-
.
6i)Kas.
PlND. I.
5- 5'
ctirtv Tf
^>
<> v
i)
crai j <IT(
paims dv!)p.
Ho.M. II.
1,434-
*o"r<J*' 5'
iarToduKi/
TrcXatrav
TrpoTuvoKriv vfptvTts.
346. Leading
Verb
Perfect
:
DEM.
36,
18: T
ypd/j.â6' r; P-I/TIP rj(}>dviK(v
-n t icrdfla-' I-TTII TOITOV.
347. Leading
Verb
I*lnf>erfecl
:
DEM.
36,
8 : <> \lacriu>t> VfrXf
vTt')Kf
i rui'Ttt 8iadt
fttvoSn
'On the "adverbial"
group
with
fyOdvu,
XuvOdvvj, Ti<f\dfu,
sec
Partiiip!t
and
A.
J.
P. xii
(1891) 76-79.
142
GREEK SYNTAX
PERFECT PARTICIPLE
348.
The
perfect participle expresses completion.
Leading
Verb Present :
DEM.
24,
6 : n'
8r)
TTOT'
f'yu> fj.(Tpia)s
. . . TOV aX\ov
xpovov ftf (3
ayoxrt
Ko.1
ypa(f)als Sr/nocriais
e eru
o/na
i.
349.
Leading
Verb
Imperfect
:
DEM.
14, 36
:
KOIVOV (
\0pov
(Ktlvov
vTTfiXrjfôres asfJ,av6ovv dXA/]Aotr.
23. 127
Ktirw (vdiis im(Krovu>s OIIK.
dcrfpaXts Tjyfir'
an(\6(iv OTTOI
ri'ôt.
350. Leading
Verb Aorist
DEM.
37,
10:
dfîKOfj-riv ar^(8uv
n TTCLVT' UTT oXtoXe KU>S ocr'
f^tov
(t-tn\fvcra.
351.
Leading
Verb
Perfect
:
DEM.
55> -3-
vtv OTroXcoXf/cwf . . .
rr)\iKavTr]i> p.oi dixrjv
352. Leading
Verb Future :
DEM.
28,
16: ra
^prjfj.ara
TTUVT' air* <TT(
pt]K<as
. . (\fflcrdai vvv
v(f)' itfj,S>v
353.
Leading
Verb
Pluperfect
:
DEM. i,
8:
rJKOfj.tv (=plupf.)
Evfiofva-iv
@fpor)6r]KoT(s,
We had re-
turned
from having reinforced
the Euboeans.
PARTICIPLE AS THE REPRESENTATIVE OF THE INDICATIVE
354.
The
participle
as the
representative
of the indicative
takes all the
tenses,
the future as well as the
present,
the
perfect,
and the aorist.
The
participle represents
the indicative
only
after verbs of intellectual
perception
and those that are causative of the same. For actual
percep-
tion,
see
Object
Sentences.
355.
PRESENT PARTICIPLE. The
present participle repre-
sents durative
action,
regularly contemporaneous, occasionally
prior.
Contemporaneous
Action
after
a
Principal
Tense
=
Present
Indicative:
DEM.
29, 25
:
/SovAo/iat
-
e'Ae'yai
. . . avruv
\jstv8ofjLfvov (=
on
-^(v8f-
rat),
/ wish to
prove
him to be a
liar,
that he is a liar.
356. Contemporaneous
Action
after
an Historical Tense =
Imperfect
Indicative :
DEM.
[34]'
1
3 f/o'0'>^
r
]f
nvrov
8taKpov6fj.fv6v fjif (:=
art
fti(Kpav(T(> /it,
or,
by
repraesentatio,
oYi
diuKpuvfrui pt),
I
perceived
that he was
trying
to cheat me,
MOODS
143
357.
Prior Action
=
Imperfect
Indicative :
ol8
Ki]v
TTOICOJ/
(=
ort
tiroitt)
f>(i^6i)<Tfrai.
LVS.
IO,4-
<paivop.ai
ovv
Tpi<rKm8K(TT)s
$>v art o
irarfjp
virb riiiv
TpiaKovra
EN.
Cyr.
I, 2, 2 :
(frvfriv
. . .
TIJS p.op<pr}s
KU\
rijt ^v\f)S roiaiirrjv <^wv
fiia-
fTat. Ibid.
I, 6,
6
(see above).
HDT.
6,
121 t
<f)aii>ovrat fjuaoTvpavvoi
(ovrtf.
358.
AORIST PARTICIPLE =
Aorist Indicative.
tvpTJ<rT*
atiTov
TTJV
. . . iT<5Xiv 8io
AaKcSaifioviwv aodcvrj iroii]cra.vra,
t DEM.
15, 24;
You will
find
that he nuide the
city
weak
by
means
of
the Lacedae-
monians.
359.
PERFECT PARTICIPLE
=
Perfect Indicative.
olSa <re . . .
lyw
KCLI
I8i<irr)v y y
e VT
1 K*
vo v *"* v^v
Tvpavvov ovra, XEN.
Hiero,
1
,
2
;
/ knoiv that
you
have been a
private
citizen and are now an absolute
ruler.
360.
FUTURE PARTICIPLE
=
Future Indicative.
<ro.4>us
. . .
rjSei oXuaoficvos, ANTIPHON,
2 o 8
;
He knew
clearly
that he
would bt convicted.
ANTIPHON,
2 a 8
(see above).
THUG.
3> 67,
I
'
iva
vfifis
. . .
(l^t]T(
St<aio)9 avr)V
KaTayvu>(Ti)fj.fi>ot.
HDT.
5, 4-
'
tv firltrraTO <ar'
dvSpayaditjv
avrut
(Tî](ru>i> rijv @ao'i\t]iT]v.
SOPH. Ai.
1155'
'O"$t
TTT] jjLaVOVfjifVOS.
On the Future
Participle
after Verbs of
Motion, see Index.
MOODS
Indicative Mood
361.
The indicative mood
represents
the
predicate
as a real-
ity.
It is sometime?, called the declarative mood or mood of
direct assertion,
fav-t,
I
say.
362.
USE OK THE INDICATIVE. The use of the Greek indicative is in
the main the same as that of the
English
indicative. It must, however,
be noticed that the
English
indicative and the
English subjunctive (opta-
tive)
coincide to a considerable extent in form, llriirr tin-
apparent
coin-
cidence in
syntax,
where there is real
diversity.
In "/ had
fainted,
unless
144
GREEK SYNTAX
I had
believed,"
Ps.
27, 13,
both
"
I had fainted
"
and
"
I had believed
"
are
subjunctives,
or rather
optatives.
363.
The differences to be
specially
noted are these:
i. EXPRESSION OF
POSSIBILITY, POWER, OBLIGATION,
AND
NECESSITY.
The Greek
language expresses possibility
and
power, obligation
and
necessity,
and abstract relations
generally,
as
facts;
whereas our translation often
implies
the failure to
realize.
<rvveirXei ... TO. ...
avBpQTroSa
a 8ei avcrov
airoXv<rai, ANTIPHON,
5,
2O
;
The slaves whom he was to release were on board with him. ol . . . ev
TCUS
T<TrapaxovTa
vaval
IleXoTrovvô'ioi,
ovs e8e i ev
Ta\ei irapa'yevea'Oai,
...
cvSurpuJ/av,
THUG.
3, 29,
I
;
The
Peloponnesians
in the
forty ships
whose business it was
to
get
(who ought
to Jiave
got)
there
quickly,
loitered on the
way.
TOTC vvaX-
yelv xp'qv
o' oV
oXXv|iT)v e-yoi,
EUR. Ale.
633
;
turn
aequius
dolere
FUERATyizAz
cum me tollerent
(Buchanan).
DlN.
I,
8l : ore
p.fv
e'&ei
^.u^fO~6ai
. . .
<?X
fT
'
a-mutv
oixaSf,
eVftS^
Se
Trpocr-
T]K(V
OlKOl Kll>8vVfVfiV . . .
CO^fr'
(K
TT]S
Tr6\f(l)S
(ITToftpaS.
DEM.
l8,
191
:
fXP*l
v ^fl - 2
9-4
r : TroXv Kii\\iov
rjv
. . . StwKeti/.
[46],
5:
(Sfi.
[47]. ?6:
yfcopyw
Se
Trpos
ra>
'nnrop6p.a>,
uicrrt ov
Troppai
efiei avrov
eXOelv.
L\'S.
12,
32
I
\prfv
8e (Tf . . .
f'lTTfp rjcrBa xprjcrTos
. . . TOIS
/ieXAovow
ufiiKcof
dnodavfIcrOai
[MTjvvTrjv yfVfadai.
AxDOC.
I,
20:
tj ffj.e fj
eKflvov eSft
aTrodavtlv,
aut mihi aut illi morienditm
erat,
PLATO,
Apol. 34
A : KOL uX\ovs TTO\\OVS
eyco f\u> vp.lv
fiTreii>,
ti>v riva
e^prjv
. . .
TTapao'XfO'dai Mf'X^roz/ fjLaprvpa.
HD'l'.
3.
66: ov
yap fjv
ol
dcrcôXe?
. . .
(f)iivai
TOV
Kvpov
viov aTroXcoXe/ctj/ai.
8,
6.
8, 68,
a)
:
am'i\\at;av
OVTUI <as Kfivovs
(TrpeTTf.
AR. Nub.
963
:
Trpairov fifv
eSet Traiftos
<$>u>vi]v ypvai>Tos fj.rj8tv'
axoOcrai.
Ibid.
973
: efiet.
EUR. Ale.
633 (see above).
HOM. II.
I,
353: rip.r]v Trip pot oêXXfi/ 'O\vp.TTios (yyva\iai.
364. eSei, Xp^v, ETC.,
OK THE PRESENT. When
eSet,
expfjv,
and
the like refer to the
present
and not to the
past,
a modal sense
is set
up,
and the
dependent
infinitive becomes unreal.
1
1
MSS and editors often fluctuate between tSfi and
Stl,
\P'<
1
'
an<J
XP'I-
' ' ie
present
indicative
jjives
the
sinijile
statement,
the
imperfect
indicative
surprise
or dis-
appointment.
('f.
ANTIPIION, 5, )i,
\\here the codices liave
\(i<i,
Blass
x/'i*'i
Andoc.
[4],
1
6,
where Blass has tSti for MS fot.
INDICATIVE MOOD
145
Soiov Ivai TOVTO
irparreiv,
LYCURG.
141 ;
//
ought
to be conso-
nant -with
piety
to do this
(but
it is
not).
LYCURG.
141 (see above).
DEM. I
5. 3
2 : '
XP'1
V r
*l
v a
vTt)v *X
(lv otdvoiav
vnas (=
dXX* oiiK
f%fTf) irtpl
TJJS
iv
rfi iroKiTfiq
r<ifo>r,
rjirrfp nfpi TI/S
tv rais
orpaTfiais *\(Tf.
1 HUC.
6,
78, 4
: KII\
fjuiXio-Ta
tiKos
r)v vfnas
. . .
pi] paXuKMS tacrnfp
vvv
vp.pa-
X
(~tv.
HDT.
3.
80: KatToi
uvopa yt rvpavvov ii(f)6ovov
?5f ( dvai,
fômd yt
iravTa ra
dyadti.
TO fit vrrfvairriov TOVTOV ts rovs
TroXtijras
1
7Tf(f)vKf (p0oi>(d yap
KT.
COM.
Hermipp.
2,
399:
rovs
/iV tip'
aXAou?
oiKovptiv XP*I
V-
EUR. Or.
1030: (ijv f'xpt]v
cr\
or' ovutr d.
365.
2. INDICATIVE ix GKXKRIC SENTENCES. In
generic
sentences the Greek has a
tendency
to other modal construc-
tions. In
practical questions, personal argument,
as in
poetry
and
proverbs,
the indicative
may
be used as in
English
and
Latin.
ei TIS elSus .
..irpovSuicev f\ ela.ira.TqLj
OUTOS COT'
vo\os TT] ap^L,
DEM.
23,
97
;
If any
one has
wittingly betrayed
or
wittingly
deceives, he is obnoxious
to Hie curse,
a
H
1
*! Kare'Oov,
JITJ ave'\ti,
PKOV.
;
ll'/mt
you
didn't
deposit, you
mustn't draw. TW . . . a.o-0vox)vTi
TriKpa 4>aivcTai
a ecrOiei KO.I
ccrri,
PLATO,
Theaet. 166 E
;
To the sick tnan what /u- fcits seems
bitter, and is bitter.
PROV.
jjt>
TIS
fp.at p.a,ui> Tavrrfv
Ka\ (crduTd).
(See
also
above.)
DEM.
23,97 (see above).
AESCHIX.
3. 19^
f '
yup
ris V
^r/p-oKpiiria TfTip-rjfjitvos
. . .
roX/â ftorjOdv
rait
irapiivo/j.a ypii(f)ovcri,
Karu\vfi
rt]v
iro\iTf'uiv. Ibid.
198
: OCTTIS . . . alrfi
(fit's).
PLATO,
Theaet. 166 E
(see above), i/o
A: TO SUKOVV fcuo-ra> TOVTO ical
tlvai
<pr]o-L
TTOV oi
SoKct;
Hl)'I".
3, 127
: tv6a . . .
o-(>(ptr)S
of
a,
Pirfs tpyov
ovoiv.
EUR. Tro.
400
:
(fxvyav p.(v
ovv
xp'l iroXfjJLOv
OO-TIS (v
(ppovd.
AE.SCHYL.
Sept. 596:
fatvbs os 6(ovs
aifta..
PlND. N.
3. 4'~-
^ s ^* Sificixr'
f^ti,
. . .
fj.vpiav
. . .
dpfTiiv
drfXt j/i!w
ytvt-
Tdl.
HOM. Od.
14.
I
5^~7
*
\0pos yup //oi
K.O.VOS
o^coy
AiSijo
TT\j\y(Tiv | yiyvfrai,
or
TTtvifl
366.
3.
N()N-USE OK CERTAIN TENSES OK THE INDICATIVE
WITH TEMPORAL PARTICLES. As a
rule,
temporal particles
are
not used with the indicative in future relations. Here the sub-
junctive
with ui> is
regularly employed,
which becomes
optative
in oratio
obliqua.
10
146
GREEK SYNTAX
Temporal particles
with the
present
and
perfect
tenses of the
indicative are
regularly
causal or conditional. See
Temporal
Sentences.
367.
INDICATIVE IN WISHES. The indicative of the
past
tenses is used in
hopeless
wishes. Here some
introductory par-
ticle,
such as
eWe,
el
yap,
is used to show the baselessness of the
wish. Or the form
eoêXov (o><eA,Xoz/),
/
oitgJit,
with the infini-
tive,
is
employed.
Here there is
also,
as a
rule,
an
introductory
particle
: eWe
(aWe),
el
yap,
o>?. The
negative
is
yn?;.
The
imperfect
indicative after
eWe,
el
yap,
denotes a wish for
continuance,
regularly
in
opposition
to the
present,
the aorist a
wish for
attainment,
regularly
in
opposition
to the
past.
When
w(f)e\ov
is
used,
the tenses of the infinitive are em-
ployed
in the same
way,
the
present
infinitive like the
imperfect
indicative,
the aorist infinitive like the aorist indicative.
/3ov\6fj,r)v
av
(icev)
and
->jOe\ov
av
(tcev)
are not
infrequent
forms of
indicating
a
hopeless
wish.
1
dXX'
<54>eX
. . .
KOpos T
V
> XEX. An.
2, 1,4;
Ah !
Cyrus ought
to be alive
=would that
Cyrus
were alive.
LvS.
3-
21 : f
{3ov\6 n^v
8 av . . .
Sijucoi/a Ti]i> avrtjv yvu>p.r/v (/J.CH f%fiv.
PLATO, Crito, 44
D : ft
yap u>(f>f\ov
. . . oloi re ftVat ol TroAXoi. TO.
p.('yiaTa
KaKii
ffpyde<rdai, Rpb. 432
C : d
yap cocêXoi/
(sc. I8elv),
fffirj.
XF.N. An.
2, i, 4 (see above).
Cyr.
4, 6,
3
:
fjâprfv,
us
p;7rorf u</)fXf
v.
HDT.
I,
III :
o0eXoy. 3- 6$'
*tSov
o^nv
ev TO)
VTTva>,
rfjv p.r]8afjiii o<pf\ov
I8di>.
AR. Nub.
24:
fid'
(êKOTTTJV TTpOTfpOV
TOV
O(pd(l\fJ.OV
Xl'Ô). PilX,
1068-9'.
fWf (rov flvai
I a>(pf\fi>, (uXdfo)!/,
oiirtocrl
8fp/j.bs
6 TT\(
vp-tav (mock heroics).
EUR. Ale.
53^-
e '^'
tvpofitv
cr\
"A.8p.rjTf, fiij
\VTTOV
p.
(i>oi>.
Cycl. 1867:
fj.rj8ap.ov ytvos
irore
| (frvvai yvvaiKoiv co</>fX',
fl
p.i] 'pol /JLOVIO.
El. 282: flff
?]v
'OpetTrrjs TrXijfrt'oi/
K\VU>V raSe. Ibid. 1061 : tiff
ti^ts,
a>
T(Kov(Ta,
fifXriovs fyf>i-
j/ar. I. A.
70
:
fj.j')Trnr' co0fXfi/ Xnêii/.
SOPH. El. IO2I-2: f'iff
u>(f)f\fs
roiaSe
TIJV yvwp.rjv Trarpos | 6i>j)(TKOvTi>s
t il'di Trai-
yap
av
Kartipyacru) (fl rjcrda,
hadst tllOH
been}.
PlND. P.
3-
I-
3 f)6e\ov Xfiptavd
<e
$i\vpi8av, |
. . .
|
fiv TUV
un<H\6-
H(VOl>.
HOM. Od.
5. 38~9
: wr
8!) tyu> y' 5<j)\ov
Bavifiv Km
TTOT/XOI/
enicrrrflv
|
fjfj.a.T.
TW,
art KT. I
I,
548
u>s
8!) fir] ti(j)t\ov
VIKUV roia)8' in aid\u>.
1
In
large
stretches of
prose
literature,
there is scant occasion for the
expression
of wish.
SUBJUNCTIVE
MOOD
147
'
3- '73~4
< f
o(pt\tv
PnvaTin
fjini
A8tiv
*cacor, oTnrore
fitvpo \
viii <ro>
-fir('>[*r)v. 4, 3'5~6'
<iXXv
<7XXor
(Xfiv,
(TV 8
KovpoT(poi(ri fjLfTflvai.
6,
345-6:
a>y . . .
o0fX(f)
c. inf.
7, 3QO
:
a>j
irptv co(^>f
XX'
aTroXetrâi. 1
1,
380-1
: <u$-
ufaXov
c. inf.
368.
INDICATIVE ix OTIIKK THAN SIMIM.K SKXTF.XCES.
The
following summary
embraces the chief uses of the indica-
tive as shown in other than
simple
sentences.
I.
Incomplete
Sentences :
Questions.
Indicative
questions expect
or
anticipate
1
indicative answers.
II.
Semi-dependent
Sentences :
1.
Object
Sentences. Sentences introduced
by
em, that,
and
<J>9,
how
that,
often retain the indicative after
past
tenses,
as al-
ways
after
principal
tenses.
2. Sentences
of
Result. Sentences of result with ware
(sel-
dom
o>?)
take the indicative as a statement.
III.
Dependent
Sentences:
1. Causal Sentences. The indicative is the
only
mood used
in causal
sentences,
except
as in oratio
obliqua.
2.
Temporal
Sentences. The indicative in
temporal
clauses
is used
chiefly
of
specific
actions.
3.
Conditional Sentences. The indicative in conditional
clauses is used either as in indicative
questions
or as in
hopeless
wishes.
4.
Relative Sentences
of Design.
In relative sentences of
design
the future indicative is
used,
whereas other
languages
lean towards
optative
or
subjunctive expressions.
On the Indicative with
liv,
see
428-33.
Subjunctive
Mood
369.
The
subjunctive
mood is the mood of
anticipation.
It
anticipates
the realization of the
predicate,
which
anticipation
1
appears chiefly
as an act of the will.
1
Anticipation
and
expectation
arc not to l>e confounded.
Anticipation
treats
the future as if it were
presc-nt. Expectation postpones
the realization. To antici-
pate payment
and to
expect payment
are
by
no means the same
tiling,
even in
popu-
lar
parlance,
and
grammarians
should he at least as exact as the
ungrammatical
herd.
See A.
J.
1'. xv
(189,4), 399
and
523; Just.
Mart.
Apol.
I, 2, 4.
148
GREEK SYNTAX
370.
NAME OF
SUBJUNCTIVE.
The
subjunctive
derives its name
from the notion of the old
grammarians
that it is
always subjoined
(sub-
ordinate).
Such
phrases
as
icapev,
Let us
go,
were
explained by
/3oi>Xei tw/ifi-;
371.
THEORY OF THE
SUBJUNCTIVE.
In certain
spheres
of
early
Greek,
the
subjunctive appears
as a future with the
negative
of denial, ou.
Hence the
theory
that the
subjunctive
was
originally
a
simple
future.
But it is easier to make the futural
subjunctive
a deadened
imperative
than it is to
get
the
imperative
notion out of a
simple
future of
prediction.
The fact that
pr)
is the native
negative
of the
subjunctive (injunctive)
seems decisive.
Compare
the
larger
use of shall in
Early English.
See
Miitzner, II,
p. 87.
372.
IMPERATIVE
SUBJUNCTIVE.
In the standard
language,
the
subjunctive
is used
only
in an
imperative
sense. The tenses
follow the
general
rule
(301).
373.
IMPERATIVE OF THE FIRST PERSON. The
subjunctive
is used as the
imperative
of the first
person, positive
and
nega-
tive. The
negative particle
is
/JLIJ.
Plural number :
o-Koiri|ieea,
PLATO,
Protag. 314
B
(304). <rKxJ/u>H6a,
Ibid.
330
B
(304).
HTJ 8iu>KU)(Av,
HDT.
8,
109;
Let its not
keep up
tlie
chase,
let us
give up
the
pursuit (304).
DEM.
9, Jl\
rour aXXov?
77877 7rapaKaX/iei>,
*cal rots Tavra StS<ioi/rar
tare
P.TTO) fj.(v -npicrfa -rravra^m. 14, 36: pr)8'
aft IK
tap.
ev.
PLATO,
Legg. 683
C '.
yevafte
da . . . ra'is Btavoiais eV TO) rdre
xpovo).
86 1 A ;
f'pwrco/xe
v
i)p.as
avTovs
(IS
1
)-
Protag. 314
B
(quater). 330
B
(see above).
HDT.
8,
109 (see above).
AR.
Vesp. 1516: <pe'pf
wv
fj/jL(ls
avTois
uKiyov vyxa>pr]cru> /jit
v airavrts.
Lys. 1096: 0f'pe
TO fades a
fj. ft
a\ a)
fj.
f d a.
SOPH. Ph. Io6o-I : W
dfJTa
aov
ftel;
-âipt rrfv \r^t.vov
naruiv.
\ rjfif'is
8'
ta>fifv.
ION
(El.), 2, 7 (Bgk.
4
):
Tcivut
jj.t
v,
iraifcatfifv,
i'r&) fitu VVKTOS
doidf).
THEOGN.
II33~4- Kvpi/f, irapov<ri <^)iAot(ri
KCIKOV
Kra7rnOcro/i6i/ dpî'iv, \
r)Ta>p.ft
8' f\K(l
(pdpfJLUKd (pVllfJLfVO).
IO47
: VVV
[J.(l>
TflVOVTfS T(
pTJ-U) fj.f
6a,
K(l\a
XiyovTfs.
TERP. fr.
3: a-irev$u>nfv
Tins
Mvdfjuis
Tfni(T\v Maxrair.
HOM. Od.
I, 76-7
"XX
t'lyfff i'jp.fls
<n8e
TTfpt <Pi)<t a>fj.f
6a TrnvTes
\
VI'HTTW.
II.
i, I4'~4
v*> v &'
"7
f f
pvfrtrofjitv
. . .
dyelpofttv Ofiofitv
. . .
firj (T(>fj.f
v.
374. Singular
number:
The first
person singular
is less common than the
plural,
and is
usually
preceded
by (frtpf,
instead of which Homer uses
tiye.
IMPERATIVE
SUBJUNCTIVE 149
$p'
tSw,
TI
64x1X01;
AR. Nub. 21
;
Let me
see,
what do I owe?
DEM.
iS, 267
:
<p'p
f
fir)
tat TtW ra>v
\r)Tovpyiwv ftaprvptas
. . .
vfj.lv dvayvu.
19, 169: <f>fpt fir)
... ft7ra). alib.
PLATO, Phaedo,
63
B:
fy*p
(
fi>) 7T*pa$io irtdava>T(pov
. . .
-#at.
HOT. 2,
14:
(p'pf
fit vvv KOI avToiai
AtyvTrnoicri
<uj
?^ (ppua-<a.
AR. Ach.
4:
(/>*'//
ifia>
(very
common).
Vesp. 1497: (fx'pt
vw
)
. . . *cXa>. alib.
(Aorist
much more common than
present.)
EUR. H. F.
529-3- fa'p' tKirvdtapai
. . .
\
ri itaivov
rj\()(
. . .
$u>i*uaiv
t ;
SOPH. O. C.
174
: w f~tvoi,
p.i] STJT' dbiKrjdto).
Ph.
1452
:
<f>(p(
vvv
<rr(i\<iv
v KaXftrta, Tr. 802.
HoM. Od.
13. 215
'
oAX"
tiyt fir)
r<
^pr/âr' dpldfirjO'ta
Kcii
ido>/ia(.
II.
I,
26:
pr)
(re,
yt'poi/, KoiXyiriv t'yaj irapa VTJ\JV\ Ki^fi<a.
21,
475- M7
<reu . . . dicoilcr a).
375.
IMPERATIVE
SUBJUNCTIVE
OF SECOND PERSON POSITIVE. The
second
person positive
as an
imperative
occurs
just
once in the
literary
language,
and that in a
disputed passage.
4>p'
W TCKVOV VVV KOl TO
TTJS Vt]OTOV (1
<
T) S,
SOPH. Pll.
3OO.
1
376.
AORIST
SUBJUNCTIVE
ix PKOIIIHITIONS. The sub-
junctive
is used as the
negative imperative
or
prohibitive
of the
second and third
persons
in the aorist.
(x-f) Oavpao-ris,
PLATO.
Rph. 517
C;
Do not woniicr.
p^Stls
. . .
6avjia<r[j,
DEM. 1
8,
199;
Let no one wonder.
ORATORES ATTICI. There are about
133
instances of the second
per-
son and
29
of the third. Sec A.
J.
P. xiii
(1092), 425.
PLATO,
Gorg. 47
C: dXX8pa (i*pyfTioi>. Legg.
868 A :
(frvyuv p.rjKen KnT(\0r). Rpb. 517
C
(see above).
THUC. I.
140, 4: vfj.(i)v
fif
/i'/Sfiy vofiitrj] irtpl (ipuîos
*iv
iroXtp-dv,
d KT(.
3, 4- 7
'
F^
^"
irpoSorat y('i"]<r6f vpotv
avrcav.
II 1)1'.
3. 53 ^"7
8e3s Ttt crttavrov
tiyadti
XXotcrt.
AR. Ach.
496: fj.rj p.m (f>
Q v
fj
(T
TI
T\
avftpts
ol
0(u>p.fi>oi.
Eccl.
588: p.i)
vi-v
irpt'rrt f>oi> fiTjKfis {jpSiv dvTtiiri) p-'j^' viroKpovtrjf.
EUR. Ileracl.
271: p.fj
Trpfiy
6fu>v
Krjpvua roX/zryo-r/y
Btvtlv.
273:
icut crv
ToCfif
pr) diyys,
foal-.
Frequent
in the
tragedians.
THEOGN. IOI :
p.ij8fts
&'
iivdjxantav
n(
i<r>i
KHKUV
tivftpa <f)t\t]crtii.
1
Nauck rends
luifit
with inferior
MSS,
ScyfTert
r' TO
rr}<; ri)av fiaBotf.
The
sim)>le imperative optative (394)
fuitiuit:
\vould also lie
possilile,
lint
qipt
si-cms to re-
quire
an
imperative
or
subjunctive,
and
<j>tpt fJiMy^ may
ha%'c been
generated by
<f>tpt
Udtiitl.
150
GREEK SYNTAX
HlPPOX.
49: priKtTl ypdtyys.
ALGAE.
44 ^'/Sei'
XXo
(pvTeva-rjs irpoTfpov 8fi>8piov d[jnre\a>.
HOM. Od.
3, 55-
I 1
*
251. '5' 263:
erne
fioi flpop.evu> vr/fj.(pTfa jur/8'
fVi-
KfiKrrjs.
22,
2I3~4
:
Me'j/Top, /JLIJ
a-' TTfr(ri
Trapa
ITT e
Tridr/cr
iv 'OSuajfi/s
|
II.
5> 6845' n/xa/u'S7, /i^ Sj/ ^tf eXco/j
AavaoL<rii>
fiicrrjs j
Kfitr&u,
aXX'
tirdpvvov. 9,33- 522. IS- "5-
2
3.407. 24,568. 778-9.
377.
THEORY OF
/^}
WITH THE AORIST
SUBJUNCTIVE
IN PROHIBI-
TIONS. The
shifting
from
imperative
to
subjunctive
in the
prohibitive
is
found in other
languages,
and some scholars have seen a certain
urbanity
in the
change
from the second
person imperative
to the second
person
subjunctive
in the
pungent
aorist form
;
but it is
noteworthy
that a like
limitation is found in
Sanskrit,
in which the
corresponding negative par-
ticle Jiiti is
prevalently
used with a form that answers to the Greek aorist
subjunctive.
1
378.
PRESENT
SUBJUNCTIVE
THIRD PERSON AS NEGATIVE IMPER-
ATIVE. In a few
passages
the
present subjunctive
is found as the
negative
imperative
of the third
person,
when the third
person represents
the first.
P.TI
. . . TIS . . . o
IT]
TO. i
(= p) ol|i0o), PLATO,
Legg.
86 1 E
;
Let no one
think,
let its not think.
PLATO,
Epin. 989
B ;
p.fiov p.ft> yap apfTfjs fiySfls ffp-ds
Trore
ireidrjTrjs
tva-fftelas
flvai TU>
Ovr/TO) yivti. Legg.
816 E
(see above).
379. SUBJUNCTIVE QUESTIONS (DELIBERATIVE SUBJUNC-
TIVE).
The
subjunctive question expects
an
imperative
answer.
The
question
is
chiefly
in the first
person
;
in the
second,
only
when the
speaker puts
himself in the
place
of the
person
ad-
dressed;
in the
third,
chiefly
when it
represents
the first.
380.
First Person :
Here
/ôuXft
often
precedes.
0i\tis,
thus
used,
is
poetical.
Efi. o>
Xaipe<J>u>v, ipov
avrov. XAI. TI
ep|iai;
PLATO,
Gorg. 447 C;
ChacrcpJion.
tisk him. 1 V/ntt shall I ask ?
povXeiToXfuio-w
elirctv oldv ô~ri
TO lirio-Tao-flai
; PLATO,
Theaet.
197
A
;
Do
you
ivz's/i me to undertake to
say
what manner
of thing knowing
is ?
DEM.
3,
22:
"
Tt
/SovAecrdf;
TI
ypii^do;
TI
vpuv vap/o-to/xai
;" 14, 27:
aXXa 6u>
ftov\HT&f butbtKiirriv 17/1/19
( Ifrmrre iv
;
[33], 37-
PLATO, ConV.
213
A: fin
{j^Tois
fl&lu)
ff p.r'j
;
tTvuTriffrflr
f/
off;
Ibid.
1
Sec C. \V. E.
Miller, A.
J.
P. xiii
(1892).
422.
SUBJUXCTITE 151
214
B '. EP. ri
iroia>n(v;
AAK. o TI nv cri>
Kf\tv>/t
. . . eVmrrrf ovv o TI
fttivXfi.
Gorg. 447
C
(see above). Phaedo,
115
C:
Buirr^nfv
8i at riva
TÛTTOV
;
Theaet.
149
R. 161 E.
197
A
(see above).
AR.
Eq. 36:
tfov\fi
TO
npdyp.fi
rolr Btaraicriv
<f)pu<r<a; Vesp. 760-
1 :
BAE.
ffjioi
mBov.
|
<1>IA. TI a-oi
Tri&wpui; Lys. 529-30:
AYS. cricoTra.
|
I1PO.
(rot
y
,
a)
KtiTdfjiiTf,
<rta>7rd>
yti)
;
EUR.
Cycl. 149.
Ion,
758 (268^.
I. T.
1321.
Or. 218:
j3ov\
f i
6iyu>
ffov ; fr.
1036: irt'tTfpa
d(\fif croi
pa\danu ^ffvSij \iyta | ij <rcXi]// d\t)6?)
;
SOPH. Ant.
554.
O. C.
178. 195. 213.
828
(/v.v).
Pli.
761 (/v'.v).
816.
HOM. Od.
15, 59
'
"?/
T>
"/
J>
^y*
1
'
0'^
f
TtKvuv,
tit)
; rin
^taptiff iKtafiai;
II. 1
8,
1 86 : TTCOV T'
<7p'
tco
fjara piaXoii
;
(Covert
8t
Tfv\f"(Ktlvoi.
381.
Second Person :
The second
person
of the deliberative
subjunctive
occurs
only
in
echo-questions,
and is
virtually
indirect.
EII. TI o-ot
iriewfwfl";
I1EI. o TI
TriBTjo-et;
Au. Av.
164;
U'herein shall
we
followyour
advice? U 'herein
you
shall
follow wy
advice?
AR. Av.
164 (see
abovel.
EUR. H. F.
I4
!
7
: fws ovv (r'
(LTrr/s
on
crvvf(rTa\p.ni
KCIKO'IS ;
(Variously
corrected : TTCOT ovv av tmois ; TTU>S OVK ai> twois ; TTWS uvv
e/x'
irras ;)
S(J)PH. Ph.
9/4
: ^"E. r'
$pwp-(Vj iiv8p(s
;
OA. cb KUKUTT'
avbpuiv,
TI
8j>qs;
{Dost
ask)
?L</iat thoit art to ifof
1
382.
Third Person :
The third
person
of the deliberative
subjunctive
is used
more
commonly
when the third
person represents
the
first,
or
when an action of the first
person
is involved.
6 TOIOVTOS
. .
flT)
8 U) . . .
8lKT)V;
(=
flTJ Xdf3b>|JLCV TTapO.
TOV TOIOVTOV
SlKTJV
;)
DEM.
21,
35;
Shall not such an one
get
his due?
(
=
S/ia/I ice not
punish
him
?)
DlN.
1,8:
Trot vvv f\6u>v 6
ftrjfjios
... f
vpij Ti]v (\\i^fiav
;
DEM. 1
8, 124'
irortpov
(T( TIS
\l<rîi'r) Tijt
7T(iXftoy
f%dpbv f/ fpbi>
iwai
fit/;
(
=
Tr<>Ttf)ov
. . . â>
,-)
20,
117.
21,
35 (see above).
22,
64. 29. 37:
ri aw
Troif)(Tu><riv
ol
pdpTVpfs
;
PLATO, Phileb.
15
D: irt>6fv ovv ris
Tuvrrfs api-ijrai TroXXfJv (ncrrjs
KOI
iravroias
TT(J)\
ru
d[ji(j)tcrftT)ToviJ.(va /i<i\^r
;
(=ir(>0(v (if>û>fji(0ti ;)
AK. PI.
438
:
iiva^
"\iro\\ov Km
Otoi,
mn rtr
(frvyj);
Sol'H. Ai.
403-4:
TTII'I TIS iwv
(j>vyu
;
\
ir<n
^Xwi pti-w
; C). C. I
70
I : OI.
dvyaTff),
TTol ris
<j)povTi8os
(Xdi/
;
|
AN. CD
Trurff),
atfTols urn
ftp!) p.(\crnv.
GN.
77--
r' o' f
/"*' Xf"J
<ri
?
Ta *
(^-
Muviriav
6(puir<av &foyvtt^z(y<a)
1
More dramatic than as an indicative.
Odysseus
overhears
Ncoptolcuios.
152
GREEK SYNTAX
HOM. Od.
5. 465
w
M
ot
*y
fi If0610
1
ri vv
p.OL p.r)Ki(TTa
yf pupal
;)
II. I,
150:
TTOK Ti'y rot
Trp6<pp<av
fTTtcnv
TTfidrjrai
J
AâiS>v; (=TrS>
a
;)
383.
SUBSTITUTES FOR THE DELIBERATIVE
SUBJUNCTIVE.
Instead
of the
subjunctive,
we find the future also
(268),
or
8d,
xp*)
with the infini-
tive,
or the verbal in -riov.
ri
StJTd
8i
o-Koireiv;
SOPH. Ph.
428 (cf.
O. R.
364). aye $r\,
ri
\pj]
8pav;
AR. Av.
809 (cf.
VV. 8l2.
814. 817). aye 8rj,
ri vuv VTV0v!
iroiTjTeov;
AR. Pax
922 (cf.
Av.
1640).
384.
TI ira9w
; Notice the
frequent
use of
'
TTO'&O
,
What am I to
submit to in order to a certain end? What is to become
of
me? is one
side,
What am I to do? is another.
TO
fie'XXov,
el
xp*l> irurop.ai.
TI
-yap
irdOw;
EUR. Phoen.
895;
What is
to come, I'll
bear,
if
need be. What's tJie odds?
(Let
fate do her
worst.)
HOT.
4-
Il8: ri
yap
IT ado)
p.
tv
firj ôuXo/i/fcoj/ vp.((av np.d>pff
iv
;
AR. Av.
143-
TL
y^
l
p
iriidui; (TKaiTTfiv
yap
OVK
eTTt'ora/nat. Lys. 884:
olov
TO TtKf'iv
KarafiaTtov.
ri
yap
iradu>;
954.
Eccl. 860. PI.
603. (Cf.
Nub.
461:
ri
TTfia-ofiai
;
Ibid.
791. Vesp.
IOOO. Eccl.
911.)
EUR. Phoen.
895 (see a^>ove).
SOPH. Tr.
973- TtiriiBtos
ride
prjcro/jiai
;
o"p.oi,
HOMi Od.
5. 465
: w
M
ot
'V**'
T( 7r "^w
>
Tl/ ^^
M
04
p-rjKKTTa ytvrjTai
;
II.
II,
44~5
^
,"
ot e
V^'
T' 7r "$ &)
'
M*7
n
M^"
KaKcij/,
at Kf
0'/3co/iat | 77X17-
tfvv
Tapftr)cras.
385. SUBJUNCTIVE
IN
HALF-QUESTIONS.
In
Plato,
but
rarely
else-
where in
Attic,
we find a number of
hesitating half-questions
with
/z//
or
JIT)
ov and the
present subjunctive.
These seem to
depend
on the state
of
apprehension engendered by
the situation. The effect is that of a
doubtful affirmation,
or
negation,
as the case
may
be. See
p.i]
and
p.f]
<>iV
H.TJ aypoiKOTepov $
ro
aXrÔes el-rreiv, PLATO,
Gorp;. 462
E;
It's rather bad
fori/i,
I
fear,
to
speak
the truth. dXXa
JJIT)
ov TOUT'
-f\ x
aXirbv . . . Cdvarov
K<j>Yi;v, PLATO,
Apol. 39
A;
But that's not the
trouble,
I
apprehend,
the
escaping
death.
DEM.
I,
26 :
p.rj
\tav
TTIK^W
fiTrtlv
rj (but
BhiSS :
p.T)
Xt'ai/
iriiepov
findv;).
PLATO, Apol. 39
A
(see above). Gorg. 462
E
(see above).*
1
A.
I.
P. xvii
(i8(/>), 516-7.
*
According
to
Wchcr,
Entwickelungsgeschichte
fler
Absichtssatze,
p. 192,
there
are in 1'laco
31
instances of this use, which are distributed a< follows:
Apol. r,
Conv.
2, Cratyl.
8,
Crito
3, (jor;^.
i,
Le^g.
i,
Lys. 3,
Mono
3,
I'aruien.
4,
I'haedo
2,
Kiv.
i,
Theaet. I,
'I'lieag.
I. This does not include four,
more or less
disputed,
passages
in which the sentence
may
be
interrogative
: 1'armen.
163
D.
1'haedo,
64
C.
Rpb.
603
C.
Sisyph. 387
D.
(Weber, ibid.)
OPTATIVE MOOD
153
XEN. Mem.
4,
2,
12 :
/zrj
oui/,
V/>r;
o
EvdvRijfjios,
ov
Avcw/zm
(Kiiliner
: i-
a> ra
TJ;J 8tKaio(TvvT)s fpyu t^t]yf)(ra<Tdat
;
II DT.
5. 79
M
/*XAoi îr)
oi> ToCro
?/
TO
XpT)<TTT)pi.oi>.
For the
suppression
of a verb of fear or
apprehension,
see I'erbs
of
Fear.
386.
HOMERIC
SUBJUNCTIVE.
The Homeric
subjunctive
is not so
clearly
defined in its use as the Attic
subjunctive,
and is often indistin-
guishable
from a future. In
fact,
it serves as a
missing
aorist future where
prose
would
employ
the
optative
with av.
oi
y*P
irw
TOIOVS iSov
dvcpas
ov8
iStufxai,
H()M. II.
I, 262;
.\'evcr as
yet
have I seen such
men,
and never sliall see them.
HYMN. HOM. I, I :
p.vi]crop<ii
ovftt
Xddco/xat
'ATroXXcoi/oy tKuroio.
HOM. Od. 6, 2Oi: OVK (ad OVTOS
dvf)p ftiff)os /^poTof,
ov$(
yivijTai.
l6,
437
oi-K fcrd' QITOS
dvt]f)
oi/B' ((rcrfTai ovftf
ytvrjrai.
11. I. 262
(see above). 6,
459:
K
lFi<ai> Kara
baKpv
XioiHrav.
7< 87
ifiii wort TIS (
iTrjycrt
Kal
o\}siywu>v dv0pd)ir<av, 197
'
ov
yap
ris
fit jdif) yf
(Kutv (IfKovTa
8ii]rai.
On av
(K(V)
with the
subjunctive
in
simple
sentences, see
451
6.
387. SURJUNC'TIVK
IN Di-.i'KNDF.N r Ci.A I'sr.s.
-
All the uses of the
subjunctive
in
dependent
clauses
may
be referred
ultimately
to the
imper-
ative sense so
conspicuous
in the
leading
clause, but in
prose
the
[Hire
subjunctive
is confined to the final sentence, which is
necessarily impera-
tive in its nature. In other classes of sentences <1v (!/) with the
subjunc-
tive is the
rule,
though
there are
many exceptions
in the older
language
and in
poetry.
See
456.
Optative
Mood
388.
OPTATIVE IX \Vlsi IKS. In
principal
clauses, the use
of the
optative,
or
wishing,
mood in standard Greek is confined
to the
expression
of wishes the fulfilment of which is still in
suspense.
The
negative
is
/j.//.
Siappa-yciT]?,
Ak. Av.
2; J/<M' von Init'st in /.v<>.'
firj
irovaaio
fiYjSi'-nroT'
iH)tuv, Ak. Pax
31
;
Miiv
you
never
stop eating
,'
389.
PoTKNTlAI, Ol'TATIVF.- The
optative
is the ideal mood of the
Greek
language,
the mood of the
fancy.
The wisli is fathci to the
thought,
and
"fancy"
has a double
signification,
moral as well as intcllcctu.il. Hut
the intellectual
use,
the use in
qualified
assertions or the so-called
poten-
tial
use,
is confined to the
optative
with <Ti-.
except
m
poetry.
The
prose
examples
are
comparatively
few,
and arc either doubtful or occur in fixed
formulae. The
negative
of the
potential optative
is ov.
For
examples,
sec
(Optative
ivith av.
154
GREEK SYNTAX
390.
OPTATIVE IN
QUESTIONS.
As the mood of the
question
is the
mood of the
expected
or
anticipated
answer,
no direct
question
can be
put
in the
pure optative
of
wish,
inasmuch as no
question expects
a wish
for an
answer,
though
it
may get
one. Whenever, then,
the
optative
is
found in a direct
question,
it is a
potential optative,
and, like other
poten-
tial
optative questions, implies
a wish of the
speaker. Corruption
of the
text is often indicated.
^ pd.
vv
(ADI
TI
-7716010; HOM. II.
4, 93
=
7, 48;
Ah, wonldst thou not
yield
to me somewhat f
(
i6e
iriOoio).
See under
Optative
ivith "iv.
391.
TENSES OF THE PURE OPTATIVE. The
pure optative
is used in two
tenses,
present
and aorist. Certain
perfects
and
periphrastic perfects
count as
presents.
See also
305.
Present Tense:
DEM.
I,
28.
4, 51
:
VIKWT)
& 6 n TTCKTIV
/xe'XXft
(rvvnitreiv
(35)-
PLATO,
Legg. 9^3
B:
iropfvoicr&f fl^fp
Kara
(pvffiv
vvv
Tropevfadf rfjv
av6pu>Trlvriv. 941
C :
evTuôt.
HDT.
3, 65
:
-yr/
Tf
napirov (K(j)epoi
KCI\
yvvmKe's
re Km
mnfjivai
T'IKTOKV.
6,
69
: TiKTOiev.
AR.
Eq.
77' (ôLfMrjv.
77-
'
^.Koift^v.
Nub.
5--
ovrat
viKr](rai[i,i
r'
f'yo>
Kai
vop.j.oifi,T]v <ro(pos.
EUR. El.
231
:
(v8aip.ovoir]s. Hipp. Ilpll
Z(v,
fjLrjKer' f'irjv,
fl KaKos
TT(pvK
dvfjp.
fr.
369 (tcr).
SOPH. (). C.
642
: d>
ZfO,
8i8oirjs
rourt TOtovTOUTtv tv.
AESCHYL. Pers. 228: eWeXotVo
8;)
r
xpiv- Sept.
188:
f'^v.
PlND.
O.4,
1 1-2 : 6(os
f{j(ppa)v (irj.
P.
I,
29: fir),
Zfv,
T\V
f"irj
Favbavtiv.
SOLON,
19.
VdiolS . . .
TTf'/iTTOl
. . . UTT(lol.
Ho.M. Od.
13, 44~6 iM
e ' ? ^' H ^$4
ftivovTfs (v(ppaivoiTt yvvalicas
. . . KO.I
fJLT)
Tl WIKUV
HfT(l8l]IJUOl> fit].
II.
2,
259: fJLTjKir'
. . .
(TTfirj.
6,
480: (pepoi
8'
tvnpu ftpmiMVTa.
392.
Aorist Tense :
DKM.
3, 36 (see 35)-
'8,
324: p.f) 8^r',
o> Tri'ivrts
6eoi,
p.rjê\s
ravff
vp&v
fTTivfv<T(i(i>,
}XXa
fjntXtcrrti fj.iv
KU\ TOVTOIS
/ifXr/a)
nvti vovv K<I\
(pptvas evdfirjrf.
LVS.
21,
21 : OVTOl
jJLtV
IWV . . . KOTf LTTOlfV
VfilV
T(I
(T<f)(Tfp'
ClVTUlV
tVlTTJ-
8f
vfiara.
ANTIPHON, I,
13: Sixr)
fie
Kvftfpvrja-dfv.
PLATO,
Legg. 712
B : !> 8i
(SC. dots)
aKovatii T( KUI aKuvcrus tXecos
cv/zfir/ff
Tf
TIU'IV
f X 001.
913
A!
/i^S'
UV
KlVT)(T(t(.
AR.
Eq. 768: airo\oifiT)v
Kal
biairpifrdf irfv KaTaTfj,r)6( irjv
Tf X<7rafij/a.
IMPERATIVE OPTATIVE
155
771: Kanuan)<r6tiriv.
Nub.
520: viKt'jaaifii (see 391). Vesp. 630:
a
ti ere 8(8otica.
EUR. Or.
130:
6(oi <T(
ftnry<rtta*
(blast
you
with their
hate),
>s
p.'
dmaXttras.
SOPH. Ai.
55
&
irai,
ytvoio Trarpbs
(
\irv\f
'(rrt
pot.
AKSCHYL. P. V.
864:
TOtdfi* tV
(\6povs
rovs
fp,nvs
X$ot
Kujrptf.
PlND. P.
9- 89-90: \apirwi'
K(\a8evvav
\ pi] p.f
XI'TTOI
Kadapov (ptyyos.
SOLON,
21
'
prf^t p.oi
"iKXnvcrTos ddvaros
p.n\ni.
HoM. Od.
6,
180: <roi 8( 6(oi To<ra 8o1fv ocra
(f>p((r\ (ff/a-i pfvoivas. 13,
45
: oirdtrtiav.
II.
I,4-
: Tttrtiav Aavaot
6/xa StiKpva
<TOI<TI
f3i\f<T<Tiv.
6,
481
:
âpfirj,
393. Perfect
Tense:
THEOGN.
343~4
:
Tfdvairjv
8',
ft
fjLt'j
TI KaKuiv
<ifjiiravp.a p.(pip.v((t)i> \ (vpoifjirjv.
MlMNERM. 1,2'.
T(6vaii)V
t
ore
fi.oi ^.tjKtTi
rniT'
(Ti
Tr)\(p.tixoio Trari/p
Kf
K\i]/j.tvo
s
tirjv,
A'or
may
I
longer
be called
father of
Teleniachus.
394.
IMPERATIVE OPTATIVE. The
optative
at times comes
very
near the
imperative.
1
cpSoi
TIS
TJV
tKao-ros
elSciTj Te'xvr)v (old saw),
AR.
Vesp. 1431; qnam
quisque
norit artcin,
in hac se
e.verccat, Cic. Tusc.
I, 18,
41.
PLATO,
Lcgcj. 759
^- *'r7
?
^*
/-"}
eXarrov
^//<oj/ra J/Îj'
*
u; -yfyovajs
o
îcXXcoi/
. . .
ayiorei;(7fii>.
9'3
-^
'
M')
Tf O.ITTOITO . . .
pr]?)'
tiu
Kivi]<T(K.
916
E :
pr]8fls
. . .
TTpd^f
it v.
XKN. An.
3i
~>
37
e '
M*
1
'
ovv <"^Xo TIS
fti\Tiov
<'>f>a,
(TXXwj
f^(ru>-
ft fit
pi],
X(ipi<ro(pos fj.tv ijyotTo,
. . .
(TTfxtTriyu firifit\ot(rdT]v
m
omcrfl o
(j>
v\ n K <>'i
p.
f v
d'
f]fj.f'ts (imperative
and
optative parallel).
6, 6. 18 :
a-wfrito-df.
AK.
Vesp. 1431 (see above).
Lys. 839:
aw
tpyw tirj
TOVTUV uirruv KOI
Aj^. 944~5
'
"^^' f ' ioKti <roi
raid', vmii nr
(ip/SuXar |
Xi'ot
rdxof.
Clio.
889
:
8oirj.
BACCHYL. fr.
71 (Keny.): Trp('>cf>piai>
. . .
ôpw }
<ii(i> iiratrTtvois,
m>\<av
d' ...
| k'/('w t}p(j)iTi0fi li(iK\v\if>;/ <TTf(f)ui>nvs (optative
and
imperative parallel).
PIND.
0.9, 40-1
: ta
7ruXf/ioj^
. . .
(fx'putv
8( KTt.
(imperative
and
optative
parallel).
\.
5. 19-20: /juiKpi'i p.m ]
uvruBtv
<i\p.ufl'
virtiarKuirTin nt.
I IKS. (). et 1).
47-'
:
8pa)i>y tîav fjidKfXrjv
Kovnv
t}pvit)<(T(rt
nth !
ij \ tr77<f>p.u
KartiKpinrTtov. 491
:
p-rjoi
ere
\ij0ut. 5^9- *''/ ^'98: '/,iu)t
. . .
yupuiTii.
1
Tliis
imperative
use of tin:
oplativc
offers a solution for a immUr of
passages
where tlie
optative
witli uv
iniylit
be
expecteil.
See H. 1.. (.'>. on
PIM>AK,
O. \.
45,
and P.
10,
21.
156
GREEK SYNTAX
HOM. Od.
I, 402: Krrj/iara
3' avrbs
(%ois
Koi
fid)/ia<rt
crolcnv dvdcrcrois.
4, 193
: iridoio.
735
taXe'trete.
II.
3, 74
: vaioire. I
59~6
: ^
i"7Vr<
Vf(cr6(i)
\ p.r]8(f)
. . . XITTOITO.
47
/^qS'
ert . . . inrocrr
ptfyf
las.
IJ, 34~
I :
to/*e, /^S'
o?
y*
. . . TreXacraiaro.
24, 139^ Ti/S' el'/;. 149-
K
']pv
1"' s ' fToiro
ytpaiTfpos.
395.
OPTATIVE WITH
ei0e,
cl
yap
The
optative may
have, but does
not
require,
tide
(aWt),
d
yap (at ydp),
and the like.
1
e?0(e)
. . .
tKf)dXois TTJV
ev9e<riv, AR.
Eq. 404;
May you give up
the
sop.
ct
Yap -yevoijiTjv,
TKVOV,
avri <rov
vtKpds,
EUR.
Hipp. 1410;
If
I could fall
a
corpse, my
child,
instead
of
thee.
AR.
Eq. 404 (see above).
EUR.
Hipp. 1410 (see above),
fr.
360, 53-4:
d>
Trarpi'r,
tide Travrts 01
vaiovfTi erf
\
OVTCO
îXotev
u>s
tya>.
SOPH. Ph.
J<)l-2
: a> tve
K.t(f)aX\T)v,
f"idt crov
8iafj.TTfpfS \ (rrtpvatv eâir'
aXyrjcris f]8f.
ALCMAN,
29:
Zev
Trarep,
at
yap tp.os
TTOCTIS
fir).
HOM. Od.
4> 697
: 6t>
7P Sr;, /3ao-t'Xfia,
rcJSf TrXeioroi/ KCIKOV
f"irj.
6,
244:
at
yip ffJiol
roiocrSe Troo-ts- Kt
K\T] fj,vos firj. J, 331-2:
Zfv
-trurtp,
aid* oo-a
iTT(
T(\fVTT)<T(ifv
anavra
\
'AX/ctVooj.
II.
13, 825-7
: t
yap
. . .
('ir/v
. . . rfKoi . . .
noifj.rjv.
396.
OPTATIVE WITH el AND ws In
poetry
\ve find a
simple
tl,
the
exclamatory
<us-,
and in one
passage
an unriddled
/3<iXe.
ALCMAN, 26,
2 :
/3dXe fii) /3dXf
K^XOJ eir/i'.
HOM. II.
IO,
III : dXX' e? TIS KOI TovcrSt
p.fToi)(6fj.fiios
Ka\t at KV.
15, 57
I:
e I nva TTOV
Tpcowv e'^dXpfi/o? rii/Spa /SdXoi
crda.
16,
559~^2
: dXX'et
/zij/
dftc4o'-
trai/if
^' eXd^res
1
| rev^fd
r'
utfiouv d(p(\oLfjifdn
Kai TLV'
fraipcov |
OVTOV
ap.vvn-
fj.('vu>v 8ap.acraip.f6a vrjXfi âXw.
l8,
107
: o) s
1
tptf
eV rf ^fajj/ ?/< T"
dvOp<aTr<av
aTToXotro. 22,
286 : u>s
81] p.iv
o-w eVt
XP'
7r""
Kop,i(raio.
397.
PURE OPTATIVE IN RELATIVE SENTENCES. The
pure optative
seems to us
strangest
in relative sentences. Here the
English
idiom re-
quires
the
expression
of the notion of
wish,
if the relative form is to be
retained.
of avrois
TVXI
SOPH. Ph.
275;
IVhich manner
of things
I ivish
Fortune
may
send to
them.
Fortune send them the like! 8
JITJ y^
volTO
AESCHVL.
Sept. 5; May
it not come to
pass,
Heaven
forbid! (a
common
formula).
DIN. i
,
66 : 6
p.fj y
t v o i T o.
DEM. 8,
5'
.
21,
209:
ft
yivoivQ',
o
p.fj
1
Explained by many grammarians
as
elliptical
conditional sentences. See Con-
ditioni.il
Sentences.
BOVAOIMHX AN
157
ytvotr'
ovS' tarai,
OVTOI
Kvpioi TIJS
iroXirdas.
25, 31. 27, 67.
28,
21 : tl <V
VfjLfis
tt\\o TI
yv<j>(T((T0(,
o
p.!) yivoiro. [-I*-*!- 5^*
LVS.
3'. '4-
*''*'
wwf,
o
p.i) yt'i/otro,
Xdôitri ri]v
7ToX(i>.
PLATO,
Legg. 918
D: tird d
TIS,
6
p.i)iroT( yivoiro,
oiib'
torat,
irpoa--
avayK(i<T(i(
KT(.
H DT.
5.
Ill: TO
p.f] yivono.
AK.
Vesp. 535:
it
pi) yivoiTo. Lys. 147.
EUR. Heracl.
512:
a
/iij rOôt
TTOT*.
714:
o
fjn] ytvoiro.
Phoen.
571:
6
/ZIJ TV)(Ol
TTOTf.
SOPH. Ph.
275 (see above).
315-6:
o>
mil,
dtfydicacr',
ol'
'OXv^Triot
^<oi
I
8olf'v TTOT' avrois UVTITTOIV'
fpav
TvaGfiv.
AESCHYI..
Sept. 5 (see above).
426: î^ xpaivoi TV^TJ.
HOM. Od.
4, 699:
o
/iij
T(\t(Tfif
Kpoj/icov.
398. povXoijxTjv
av.
The
optative
is more or less
passionate,
and is little used in the conventional
language
of the orators.
A favorite substitute is
(3ov\oi/j,r)v
dv
(Lat. irliiii)
with the infin-
itive. Cf.
e'/SoiAo/iTjv
av
(Lat. I'dlcni)
367.
.
24.
8:
$ov\oifj.r)i>
8' av
/i
Tf
rv\(iv
)v
/SouXo/iat,
roiroi/ T
Trad f Iv Z)t> ai-tos ('cm.
L\'S.
7.
12 : vvv 8( iravras uv
vîas ftov\oi/j.r)
v
ntpl (p.ov TUVTTJV ri]v yvut^rjv
()((iv.
8,
2.
av . . .
(SC. vp.as) uTt\rj ri]v yvu>p.rjv
iiirtav
PLATO,
Apol. 19
A:
/SouXot^^j/ p.iv
ovv av TOVTO ovT(>)
yfviffdai
. . .
8( UVTU
ôXfTToi'
(ivai.
AESCHYL.
Suppl.
787
'
0f\oi/jn
S' av
ôp{rip.ov @p(>xav rv^t'iv.
BACCHYL. 17. 4'~3
: ^
ydos
(
=
P-TJ I8oip.i).
For TTwr av with the
Optative
in
Wishes, see
Optative
with av.
399.
OPTATIVE IN SEMI-DEPENDENT AND IN DKPKXDENT
CLAUSES. Outside of the Ideal
(Optative]
Condition the main
uses of the
optative
in
semi-dependent (368)
and
dependent
sen-
tences arc these:
I.
Optative after
Historical Tenses :
The
optative
is used to
represent
both the indicative and
the
subjunctive
in oratio
obliqna
after historical tenses.
I.
Optative for
Indicative. When the
optative represents
the indicative,
it takes all the
corresponding
tenses of the in-
dicative. For
examples,
see
307-10
and
312.
158
GREEK SYXTAX
2.
Optative
as
Representative of
t/ic
Subjunctive.
When the
optative represents
the
subjunctive,
it is of course limited to the
subjunctive
tenses
present,
aorist,
and
perfect.
For
examples,
see Oratio
Obliqna.
The
optative
is also said to
represent
the
subjunctive
with
av in oratio
obliqna,
but in the class of sentences in which this
is said to take
place,
av was not
required
in the
early language,
so that there is no violation of the rule.
1
II.
Optative
in
Complementary
Clauses:
The
optative
is used in
complementary
clauses,
often when
we should
expect
a form of the
subjunctive.
For
examples,
see
Relative Sentences.
400.
PARALLELISM OF THE OPTATIVE AND THE INFINITIVE. The
optative may
he called the finite form of the
infinitive,
and it is note-
worthy
that the two run
closely parallel
in
wishes,
in
commands,
in oratio
obliqna,
and in
complementary
clauses.
Imperative
Mood
401.
The
imperative
demands realization. The tone of the
demand
varies,
and
may appear
as an
order,
an
exhortation,
a
permission,
an
entreaty,
an
assumption.
2
The
negative
is
yu?;.
402.
TENSES OF THE IMPERATIVE. The
imperative,
like
the
infinitive,
is used
chiefly
in two
tenses,
the
present
and the
aorist.
3
403.
PRESENT IMPERATIVE:
Isoc. 2. There are
55 present imperatives
of the second
person
out
of a total of
58 imperatives
of the second
person,
exclusive of the bracket-
ed ones.
1
See A.
J.
P. iii
(1882), 441.
2
On the
Imperative
Mood,
see C. \V. E.
Miller,
The Limitation of the
Impera-
tive in the Attic Orators, A.
J.
I', xiii
(1892), 3f)<)-43(>.
3
Out of a total number of
2445 imperatives
in the Attic
Orators,
exclusive of the
letters,
the
fragments,
the laws, the bracketed
portions
of the
text,
all of
Ilyperides,
and the Dernosthenean collection of
frooemia,
there arc
only
seven
or,
counting
nBvt'iTii), eight
real
perfects.
The ratio of
presents
to aorists is that of
55
to
45. (See
/.
c.,
pp. 402
anil
425.)
AOKIS7
'
IMPERA Tll'E
59
LVS. I, 1 8 :
^/fvtri;
fit
ii.T)b(v,
dXXfi nuvra
rXr;$r; X'yf.
PLATO, CritO,
44
R uXA *
8ai/ioi Suxparcr,
eYt KJ v\>v
*p.oi
irtiBov xa\
trtodryrt. Lcgg. 930
D-E : TO
(ytyvofitvov, offspring)
. . .
rf)f yvvaticbt
n't
yvvdlnty
ds
t\\r)i> xpitv
f KTTf
^TTOC
Twy <rvv TO>
miTpi
(father
and
all).
946
E : fi7rXa>r
fTG). Thcaet.
146
B:
/ir) d<^>t'r(ro
roO Hf
<itr;Tov,
XX'
(pu>T<t.
THUG. I,
34, 3
: OTO>.
42,
I : diovTu>.
86,
5
:
\^<(f(r#f. 2, 44, 4
:
177*1-
. . .
Kov<t>it<rt)(. 46,
2 :
7roô)/f
irf.
HDT.
3, 78
: >6f( TO
('00?
*i 6t'
(i/u0oTf'po)i/. 4- 98
'
Xi/f T?
7/iîa
tr cu-
AR. Ach.
400-479: Only
two
presents, (frddpnv (460)
and *XfIf
(479),
against 19
aorists. Ibid.
1005-7
:
uvnfjpuTTf
T',
fônrarf, rpfntr', (/>X-
*ceTf
|
T(i
Xa-ywa Ta^tcor,
TOVJ
(TTp<.ivovs uvfipfre. | <{>ipt
TOVS
uJtXi&xovs
KT(.
1040-1
:
KaTa^fi
o~i
rf]S ôpS;}f
TO
/xt'Xi |
Ty
<Trjjrius
cmidfvf.
1043:
dnTUTf.
1047:
OTrraTf TOUTI Km KaXwf av6ifTf.
1054*. iinoipfp' djrufpfpt
ra
icpta
Ka\
p.T] p.oi
St'Sou.
COM. Cratin.
2,
189:
tiicovf,
a-iya, irpoatxt
TOI/
voir,
SfO/j' oâ.
EUR. Tro.
94^
'
r
n
v 0fbv
KciXa^f
(ail Aioy
Kpficraotv yfvov.
SOPH. Ai.
497
:
j/o/îfe. 510: WKTipe. 520: to-\f. 581: TruAca^f
Guircrov.
AESCHYL. P. V.
309: yiyvwa-Kf
(Tdvrov
(303). 327
: crv 8'
i]<rvxa( p.r]8'
uyav \a^po(TTofj.(
i.
334
: TraTTTaivf 8" avros.
PlND. O.
I,
19- Xa/x/yai/(f).
P.
1,86:
i>a>p.a
StKni'a)
TD/SaXt'a) crrparov d\^(v-
fifi fit
Tjyxj? (iKfj-ovi xu\K(Vf y\u>cr(Tai>.
THEOGN.
31
:
p.f] Trpocrop.i\fi. 3-
:
*X
(0-
33-
T'^f t' fvdic.
34: iff
, . . avftavt.
37
:
o/itXft.
TYRTAE. 11,
2:
6ap(T(lT(f). 3
:
M*?^(*) &f'M
("' l
'
frf
M'/^* 0o/3<I<r^f.
4: (\(Tta.
21 :
p.(t>(T<j). 25:
TivaatTfTia. 26: (cii/fiVw.
27:
fiiSiKT^tfrrfa).
33:
fjia\t(T0a>. 3^
:
/3<iXXfTf
.
HOM. Od. I,
271
: ft 8'
ye
yijj/ vvi(i xul
fp.ii>i> ffiirdfto fj.vd<j)i>. 273-
f(TTtl)l>. 28l :
(p^fO 7T(V(T(>fJ.(VOS. 3
<-)
5 /^f^C
1"^
f/iWfO.
II.
3,
82 :
lcrxf<rd','Apytiot, p.fj /^(iXXeTf, Kofôt 'Aâiwi/.
130
:
for,/
i^.
159:
*V
vûcri
vticrQv*. 162:
tffv.
282:
eê'rci).
4-4'-
:
rimi,
o"ta)77// v"
404.
AORIST IMI'KRATIVK:
DKM. 1,12:
(/j/wfraro).
20:
(\(tr6(().
18,
76
:
foiôi/.
1 1 2 : fo <.
144:
aKou(r(iT(f ).
265: t^fTaiTOv. |5'^]' 7
:
fHoqdrfcrov >lp-if
'
S*tfi
ft i"'
t\tis,
xtit
crvvfint.
uvnfiijdi.
PI.ATO. Phat-do,
117
A: niOnv Km
pli
<7XXa> Trout.
Prolag. 343
15:
yyo>$i
(rfii-riii/
(303).
X I-'.N. (AT.
4, 5.42: (Cf//M'^(iro). 45:
ftmi'f !
ptiTi
KII'I
ijîfiv TriOTfuwo/nfv
iiuii/
*cXJ) fiiai/f i'(
prjKf'i'iu. 47
: ft
/^fV
oui' ("AXoi'v
f"^*
r' orTi<rij I'D'
huirjTt
niVoi't, . . .
eVftVott fiirtriTf f<
ph'Tin fjfuas
fti>
ftnv\oi<T0t napmTTtiTttv p.ii\tcrru ^(i>, '/îf
(iiroty
SOT*
(notice
contract of
present
and
aoristj.
I bo GREEK SYNTAX
THUG.
I,
33,
2:
crKeâadf. 34-
*
'
lâdovTu>v. 36,
I :
yi/coTco. 43,
2 : avra-
TroO'ore.
HDT.
1,89:
vvv u>v
TToirjcrov
o>Sf . . . KUTICTOV . . .
(pv\i'iKovs. 3,69:
eVeaj/
. . .
/juidrjs
avrov
Karvnvrnfj-fvovj u(pacrov
avrov ra corn.
Au. Ach.
34: <"v6paK.as Trpi'co.
l88:
ytvaai
\afiu>v. 402:
fKKitXfcrov.
405:
vTraKovtrov.
^08
:
fKKVK\rj6rrr(i). ^1%
ct
saepe
: 86s.
449:
"nrfhdf.
451
:
yevov. 456: aTroxcopô-oi'.
4^7
: tiKovcrov.
10334: <TTa\ayp.ov flpt'jvrjs
eva
|
. . .
EUR. Tro.
948
:
TTJV
6tbv KoXaV Ka\ AIDS'
Kpficrauiv ytvov.
Ibid.
966
:
ffacri-
,
('l^VVOV
<Tols TfKVOHTt.
SOPH. Ai.
501
: t'Srre.
506:
mêo-at. Ph.
473
: 6ov.
475: rXr^t. 481
:
v,
f/i/3nXoO /^(e). 4^4
: vfv<rov.
4^5
:
Iftitr0ijri.
488
: tKcraxTov.
501
:
crv
(raxrov,
crv
fj.' f\T)<rov.
AESCHYL.
Ag.
1
196
:
eKpaprvpr/trov. Sept.
262:
a-iy^trov,
co
rdXatj/a,
/i))
(friXovs (pofid.
PlND. O.
1,78-80:
TT(8acrov
f'yxs Oivopdov \d\Keov, \ (fie
S' eVt
raûrci-
TCOI/
Tropeufrof apfj.aT<tii> \
els 'AXii/,
/cparfi
8e TrtXatrof.
SAPPHO, I,
25-7
: eX$e
/ioi
cat
j/Oi/,
âXeTrav
Se Xt)croj/
|
ex
p.tpip.vai>,
ocrcra
fit
P.OL
T'Xecrcrai
| 8vfj.os t/^f'ppet,
re'Xeo-ov.
HYMN. HOM.
2,
366
:
eZpijrai
TOI ndvra crv 8f
(pptal crijcri <pv\at;ai.
HOM. Od.
4< 765^6
: TCOJ/ vvv
fj.oi p.i>rj(rai
Kai
fj.oi (piXov
via
crdtacrov,
\ fJ.vrj-
{rrrjpas
S' tiTraXaXAce KOKU>S
VTTfprjvopfovTas.
II.
I, 274
: irLQffrBf.
302
:
Trei/j^crat. 338
: 809.
394
: Xi'o-ai.
407
:
Xa^f.
455~6: T]8'
ert Kal vvv
fjiot
rciS
eTTiKprjrjvov eVXScop, | fj8r)
vvv Aavaolcriv dtiKfa
Xotyoi' aîvvov.
405.
ADDITIONAL REMARKS ON THE USE OF THE PRESENT AND
AORIST TENSES. As a
descriptive
adverb is often associated with the
imperfect
indicative,
so a
descriptive
adverb is often associated with a
present imperative.
So also adverbs
denoting speed.
AR.
Eq. 495
: o-TreCSe
Ta^f'co?.
Ibid.
Vesp.
1 80:
f3<i8i(
Qarrnv.
187
:
v(p(\Kt
Qarrov.
The
present imperative
often
produces
the effect of an action that is
watched. See the
cooking
scene in the Acharnians cited
403,
and
Pax,
842
: XX'
f'ifTiiy'
co?
r<iîo-Ta
followed
by
KaTiiK\v( . . .
6(pâiv(f)
. . .
aTupvv.
So also
960 sqq.
: crftov . . .
Trporeivf
. . .
\tpvlirrov
. . .
pinre,
whereas in a
prayer,
Ibid.
987-98
:
tlnofprivov
. . . \va-ov . . . Travcrov . . .
p.tôv
. . .
Kipticrnv.
1
406.
PERFECT ACTIVE IMPERATIVE. The
perfect
active
imperative
is little
used,
even when the
perfect
is
employed
as a
present, except
icrdt,
ICTTCO, "itTTf,
from 0180. Nor is the
periphrastic
common.
"KOI
arijxos," 4>T|aiv,
"TcOvdrco,"
DEM.
9, 44.
6
Ocwpb;
. . .
-yiyovus
(fully
1
See
Justin Martyr, Apol.
i, 16, 6.
PERFECT IMPERATIVE 161
adjective)
<f<rrw irXtuSvuv ^ruv
fj ircvniicovTa, PLATO,
Legg. 951
C
(but
in the
same breath of the same
subject,
eo-rw
ytY
<VT
)H
L(
'
vo
?> //'/</.
D).
DK.M.
9, 44 (see above).
PLATO,
Legg.
874
C :
v^-rroivt\
TfOvurv
(= passive)
I'-TTO . . . TOV
vfipicrOfv-
TO9
/3/a. 93^
C '"" Ttr
<j>iôviKia xpi0fi
8\s TO TOIOLTOV
Spav,
rtdvuru.
951
C
(see above).
AR. Ach.
133: Kfx^vaTf. Vesp. 198:
evSov
KeKpaxQi rt/s ffvpus
K(K\fi-
<Tfj.fvrjs.
Thesrn.
692
:
KfKfm^fti.
EUR. Ale.
1042-4
:
yvviuKa
8' . . .
|
ti\\ov nv' ...
I (Ttofciv
iivu>xdi
Qftrcra-
Xcov.
[Rhes.] 987: !iv(t>x6(.
SOPH. Ant.
1063:
i(T0i.
1064:
<!\X' tv
yi
rot KaTKrdi.
AESCHYL. Cho.
772: HI/W^Î).
Eum.
598-9:
OP.
Triirm6(n)
. . .
\
xo. -*-
Kpolcri
vvv TTfTTfia-di
^rjTtpa
uravutv.
Ho.M. Od. 2O,
18 : TfT\adi
8ij, Kpaftir)
K(ii
KvvTfpov
a\\o TTOT'
tT\r]s.
II.
23, 158-9:
KOi SflTTVOV
tlVU>x6i |
07rAf(T$l.
407.
PERFECT MIDDLE IMPERATIVE. A similar observation
applies
to the
perfect
middle.
ov, AR.
Pax,
719;
Remember me.
DEM.
19, 171
:
pfp-vâ-df,
and so in
14
other
passages
of the orators.
24, 64
: ir(irav(TO.
AESCHIM.
I,
162 : fora) . . . 6
p.(v p.ia6u>6f\s fj-trpins
KOI rroiutv ra
di/ioXo-yf;-
Isoc.
2,
37
:
nt
XEN.
Cyr. 4.
2, 7
: /<a ' "u
n^'
iv TTKTTII 6fu>v
TrcrrotTjcro
K<I\ ft(i<\v ftt'is.
Hl)T.
5. IO5
Sf'tTTrortt,
p.( five
o ru>i>
'
A0T)vai<i)v. 7- -9
: f
KTIJCTO
. . . aiTot ra
irtp
avros
fKTT]<T(io (249). 7- '4^ (Orac.)
:
TreûXd-y/ifi/ov r/tro |
KIU
K((pu\i)i>
n(-
AR.
Pax, 719
(see above).
HES. O. et
0.797: ir((f)v\ai>
fit
0vno).
HoM. II.
5-
226-8 : XX"
tiy
vvv
^.ticrnyn
Ka\
f)via
. . .
|
fte';<ii,
tyu>
ft* lirrrwv
f7riftf)(rop.(u i"i(ppn /za^co/xat | r;<
cri; T()i/Sf
Sf'ftfô, pfhi'jcruvcnv
fi'
f/xoi
ITTTTIH. 2O,
377-
22,
340.
408.
PKRFECT IMPERATIVE PASSIVE. The
perfect impera-
tive
passive
is not un
frequently
used in
judicial
sentences,
in
harsh
orders,
in
philosophical
definitions,
of
something
that is
to be settled and to
stay
settled,
but in the third
person only.
The second
person
is so rare that it is not safe to
generalize.
Third Person :
avppt<f>6w Kvfios,
CoM. Men.
4,
88
(303).
raura . . . irfiraia-Oui . . .
vi(iiv,
II
1 62 GREEK SYNTAX
PLATO,
Euthyd.
278
C
;
Let this be the end
ofyour fun.
tlpi]a0,
Let it be
said and settled,
is
especially
common.
DEM. Pr. l8:
pi]
Trdvd',
u>s (Kna-ros
e%i yvvprfs v/j.a>v jrtpl
TUV
TTipovrcav,
6pd(H)S fyvu>Ki>ai
TTfjre tcrda).
AESCHIN.
3, 24: pfXP
1-
8tvpo tlpi]crdu> poi.
ISAE.
5,
12 : TocravTU
pni
d
pi]
(T da>.
Isoc.
4, 14
: rnf'TU
poi Trpof ipi'jtT
0a>.
5
1 : TavTa . . .
flprjcr
6 at
pot.
LYS.
24, 4
TotrtivTu
poi eipijCT&Q).
PLATO,
Cratyl. 401
D :
flprjatico,
which occurs
frequently. Euthyd. 278
C
(see
above).
Legg.
662 D: Km
/zot
TU
epTrpocrdfv r)pu>Tr)p,iva
. . .
Tj pu>TTjcrdu>.
Phaedr.
250
C: rnvra
p.ei>
ovi>
p.vi]fj.j)
K(
âpicrd
u>.
F^pb. 483
A; TOUTO . . .
TU>V
(f}L\o<Tofpu>v (pvcrewv TTf'pi.
u>
p.
o X o
y i]
<r 6 u>
i]fj.lv.
Fhcact.
187
B:
aTTOKfKpicrda),
197
D-E :
TToir]cru>p.fi>
. . .
TTfTroLjjcrdo) 8f].
Tim.
89
D :
AfAf'^co.
1
THUG.
1,71.4- P-^XP
1
P-*
v vv ro^Sf
wpi(rda> VfJ-cav 1} j3pa&vTi]S.
HDT.
3,
Si:
AeAe'^^co Kap.ol
ravra.
6,
55-
Tuvra
fiev
vvv
nepl
TOVTWV
(
Ip 1)
(T d U>.
COM. Men.
4,
88
(see above).
HOM. Od.
12,
51
:
TTfipar avT)<pd<a.
11.8,
5-4- p-vdos
8',
us
p.fi>
vvv
vyit]S, (Iprjp.fvos
eorto.
409.
Second Person :
Kara
crâKe'Xiê
Kal ir c TT
p i]
<r o Kal
pda,
COM. Pherecr. 2,
287
: And then in-
dulge
in
fits, highfevers,yells
(of painj.
Isc^c.
Ep. 7. 13
:
f/'P
cocro'
XEX.
Cyr.
4, 5, 33
:
fppwaro.
JM. Pherecr.
2, 287 (see above).
410. aye, 101, <{>e'pc
WITH THF, IMPERATIVE. In exhortations
rryf,
Wl,
<pepe,
and the like
(usually
with
8/}
or
MV)
often
precede
the
imperative.
ayt 81^,
Karciirc
(JLOI
<rv TOV cravrov
Tpoirov,
Ak. Xlll).
4?8.
^01
8ij,
K<i-
Teiirfe), Pax,
405. 4>'p< STJ irpos
0u>v KO.KCIVO
o-Kvj/a<T0,
I )KM. 2 1
,
58.
411. yf, (iyiTt
:
PLATO, Phaedo,
86 E : </AA'
<"-ye, ^/
8'
'Is,
u>
Kf/3^?,
At
-y?.
Phaedr.
237
A :
ayfTf $T],
o> \[(iv(T(ii,
. . .
vp. p.oi \aftr6f
TOV
p.vdov.
Philel).
39
I"! :
ayf 8f),
. . . Kai robe
airoKpivai.
XE\. An. 2, 2, IO :
uyt 8rj,
. . . ( iTre rlvn
yvrnp-r/v eâs.
7
6.
33
uytTt fi'}
irp'is
6tmv Kill rii
tp.ti
(TK(
^ra<T0(
u>s
f\fi. Apol. 14:
ayt ft!)
uKoiKTdTt Km
5AAa. Conv. 2. 21 :
t'iyt 8r}, e'f/);
o
'I'iAiTTTTov,
Kfii
(pal
ti v A
if
tr circo.
Cyr. 7. S,
24:
<1AA'
ayfTf \ap.jlavfTf
TII !nr\a.
'Ak. Arh. ill :
ityt 81}
trv
(j)p(icrov (pol <ra0a> TT/JOS-
rovrovi. Nub.
478.
(410),
et
saepc.
1
A.
J.
!'. x
(1889), 439.
PKOHIB1TIVE
163
SOPH. Ai.
1097: iiy\
fin' TT'
dpx'lf
uvdis. Tr.
1255:
ay (ytcwt'ir',
atp((T0f.
AESCHYL. Clio.
803-4- tiytrf,
rHiv iruXai
irf7rpayp.(i><i)v \
\v<ra(T0'
alfj.a
7TpO<T(ptlTHlS
BiKUlS.
PlND. O.
I, 77~^
o:
"y(
f
) irtBatrov . .
troptixrov
. . . TTI\<I<TOV.
ARCHIL.
4:
dXX'
tiyt,
<ri>v Ka>0u>vi
0ot)s
OM
crt'XûTu cr;oy | (puira
Ktu Kot\wi>
ITU/MIT' u(f)t
f\Kt K(i8i>.
TVRTAE.
15^ uyer\
2>
^ndpras tvdvftpov \ Kwpm irtiTtfiov
irti\iarai>,
\
\aid
fJitV
ITVV
TTpofiuXf
(T0(.
HOM. Od.
3, 17
: <iXX'
iiyf
vi'v ifli'S Kit
^((rroftos (TTTroSii/ioiO.
II.
I,
337
: "XX"
tiye, dioyfvts HaTpuK\tes, t<iy( Kovprjv.
412. Wt,
'ire :
DEM.
36, 5^-
'^'
^')
^/3e
TUS
TffHts 'AwoXXdSwôi/ rfjs
irovrfpias. [40], 19:
101
8r) Xn/iif
. . . TOV . . .
vofjiov.
PLATO,
Gorg. 489
E: XX' i^t fine. Phacdr. 228 E: XX' i0i ftdicvvf.
262 D: t^t
8i'j p.(u avdyvatdi rtjv
roO Avtrtov
Xiiyoii ap^v. Soph. 239
B: Wi
. . .
irfipddrjTt.
Tlieaet.
195
E: idi ovv
fi>/,
crv
diroicpivov.
AR. Nub.
497:
i0t
vw,
KaTii0ov
dolfjiuTiov.
Pax,
405 (410).
PI.
255:
IT'
c'yKWf'lTf,
(TTT(v8f0\
Sdt'pt'.
SOPH. Ai.
988:
IB\
(yntivfi. 1003: W,
(KKU\V\ISW.
(
). R.
46-7: 10',
5>
tlplCTT\ aVOpQutCTOV
TTliXlf
|
'iff,
( V X
ft 1) 01]
0' . lllH>.
Ho.M. Od. 22,
157
: <JXX'
"i0i,
St' EP
fi.au, Ovpijv
(Tr!0fs
AiX(iôio.
11. I,
32
: (!XX'
I0i,
pi] p.' pe0i
e.
1O,
53
: tiAA" Idi
vvv,
\uivra ical 'iSo-
Kii\Tcrov.
413.
^j
:
DEM.
15.
26:
(pt'pf yap irpbs
0r>i> (ncmrdTe.
19. I?4
: (
t
f(
'P
(
^'}
^f-
<racr0(.
251
:
<f'/>f ^77
...
<TKi\l/ti<r0(.
21,
58: <p*p( 5'} Tr/jor
êwi/ KaKeifo <r*c<-
ijra(r0. 25. 73
(/>/.).
Pr.
53, 3
:
(/>f'pf ^17 (rKf-fymrOf.
PLATO,
Cratyl. 385
R :
(pipe ty p.m
rrJSe dni.
AR. Nub. 1088:
<pf'pt ft'} p.ni (pp('i(Ti>i>.
Ran.
1417
:
(p*!**
irvOftrOt
p.ov
Tu8i. Eccl.
7'
(
f
>(
P
f vvv
4
>
l"
l>r " v
M"
(
>
T"'^r>
dptO'Kft cr(f)u>v
;
SOPH. Ant.
534
:
</)*' p
dnt
^ p.<>t.
El.
310. 376
:
</>*'//
* V
^17
ri fifivoi/.
O. R.
390. 536. 1142.
Ph.
433.
Tr.
890.
AESCHYL. P. V.
294-5 <pipf yup trt]fi.aiv
o n
^pf)
crot
cri'prrptuTtTfitr.
414.
NKdA'l'IVK I.Ml'KRATIVF, (Pl<(
>i 1 1 IMTIYK). The
impera-
tive in
prohibitions
takes the
negative /j.>'j.
The tenses
employed
are the
present,
the
aorist,
and the
perfect,
the
perfect chiefly
as
a
present perfect (303).
The first
person
is
represented by
the
subjunctive (373).
In the second
person
aorist. the
subjunctive
164
CREEK SYNTAX
is used
practically
to the exclusion of the
imperative.
In the
third
person
aorist,
the
subjunctive
is
preferred
in standard
prose.
415.
DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PRESENT AND AORIST IN PRO-
HIBITIONS.
in'i
with the
present imperative
has to do with a
course of action and means sometimes
"
keep
from
"
(RESIST !),
sometimes ''cease to"
(DESIST!).
In the one case a
negative
course of action is
prescribed,
in the other the
negative
of a
course of action.
Compare
with this construction the
negative
with the
imperfect (resistance
to
pressure).
fir/
with the aorist
imperative
or
subjunctive gives
a total
prohibition.
H.T)
XcLXei, AR.
Vesp.
1
135. may
mean,
according
to
circumstances,
"stop
talking" (compare
iraverai KO.I
(JLTJ irarepite,
AR.
Vesp. 652
;
Stop
ant/ cease
"fathering
"
me)
or
"
keep
mum."
avTipoXija-ti
KO.I iKe-revo-ei
vjids |ATJ
eXfeire,
LYS.
[6], 55;
He will
beg
and beseech
you.
Don't
pity
/um. Steel
your
hearts
against
him.
(ATJ Oavfido-rjs,
ISOC.
[l], 44;
Don't be astonished
(one
of
three aorists in a host of
presents). 8av(i<ia>, r\v
8'
e-yti,
*<" avros. dXXa
jx-fj
6av|ia{;', <t>Ti, PLATO,
Conv.
205
B
;
I am astonished . . . IV
ell,
suppress your
astonishment. . . .
416.
PRESENT IMPERATIVE IN PROHIBITIONS:
DlN.
I,
109: p;
. . .
ayQf<jQ(t).
113: p.'} dnoSfXf<r6(f)- 3,
I I :
pf]
. . .
fjydcrdf.
I.SAF.
3-79^ fJ-rj ap.vrjfj.ovf
Ire 8,
2O :
p.fj o'ifcrd(f).
LYS.
[6J, 55 (see 415).
12,
91
:
p.rj8'
o'Ua-de.
13, 83
:
p.r'jrf
. . .
7roS'^fo-ê.
19,
lo:
p.f)
. . .
TvpuK(iTuyiyvu><TKfT(.
PLATO,
Conv.
205
B
(see 415). Legg.
871
D :
p)
. . . QcnrrtcrOai.
936
C :
fj.T)8t\s
. . .
yiyv(<r6ia.
Phacdo,
1
17
A :
^17
... TToi.fi.. Theaet.
146
B:
(JXX',
axnrfp tjp^d), p.rj (iff)
it cro roC
OfaiTrjTov,
aXX'
epa>ra.
167
E : noiet
pivToi
ovraxri
fjLrj
ddiKfi fv TU>
fptaruv.
XEN.
Cyr. 3,
I,
35
'
Trpos
TU>V
6(u>i>,
f(f)rj,
Z>
Kvpt, pf)
ovra>
Xe'ye.
THUG. I, 86,
4:
OK
r/p.iis TTpeTTfi ("iovhfvfcrdai d$lKOV[j,tvovs p.rj8ds
fti8a(TKf-
TU>. Ibid.
5'. /iijTe
rovs
'Adrjvaiovs
re
fj.fiovs yiyvc&dai
p-'irt
TOVS
vp.p.(i\t>vs
Hl)T. I,
9: duprrtf, Vvyrj,
KCH
fit] (pofteii. 85: uvflfHDTrf, p.rj
KTf'ivf
Kpm-
(Tctv.
5, 40: /zr/
uvrifiaivf.
8,
140,
a)
:
p.!)
. . .
ft(>v\f(rdf. 9,
III :
yvvaiici f)fj
TavTTj TTJ
vvv (TvvaiKfdS
p.fj
trvvoiitft
. . .
TTJV
8t vvv
fX
fLS
M
T
) X
f
ywtiiKii.
AR. Ach.
1054: fjiij
. . . 8i8ov.
Vesp. 652
: TTUVO-CU KU\
p.^ nuTipi^f (4
r
5)-
1135
:
p7
XaA
AORIST IMPERATIVE
165
COM.
4, 341, 39
: a
p.r) npoo-fjKfi fjLrjT
itKOVf
pt)6' opa. 4,356,578: prjdf-
noTt 8ov\ov
f)8ovfis
(ravTQv iroifi. Crat. 2,
231
:
TTJV x
f
W
a
M
1
) 'irifia\\e,
pf)
K\du)v
Kadi).
EUR.
Ion,
257: IJLTI <pp6vri((). 367: ^17 'e'Xeyxf.
Med.
807: fjir}8(is pt
(pavXrjv Kaa-0fv>) vop.i
e'ro>. Phoen. 18 :
pr) a-irdpt.
SOPH. Ai.
115: <pd8ov pr)8fv. 1.395-6:
H.
pr) p."
fK8i8aa-Kf ...
|
X.
n'XX' ov 8i8d<TKu>.
AESCHYL. Eum.
133: /i^
o-e VIKUTW irovos. P. V.
44: pf)
irovti.
Sept.
262:
eriyijeroj;
2)
rdXaiva,
fj.f) (pi\ovs <^)o/3ft.
PlND. O.
I,
5
:
H
Lr
1
lc f T
(
1
-)
fKowft.
117- fir)K(Tt
nunraiix.
4, 14:
pf)
fJLOTtVf.
XENOPHANES, 6,
4(Bgk.):
iraixrm
/iijSe pdir^(f).
THEOGN.
3'~
2 : faKoio-t 8t
/iir} irpotropiXet I dv8pd(Tiv
aXX' atcl T>V
dyaSutv
X
f
(3
1
)-
578
:
fJLT) pf
SlSaO-K*' oft TOt
T7)\IKOS ft/it fiudflv.
HOM. Od.
I,
315
:
pi)
. . .
KaT*pvK(.
4, 543-4: nrjKfTt
. . .
cXai(). 594: ^
. . .
fpvKt.
7 33 f*fy
vtiKff.
IO,
266 :
fj.T] p.' aye
Kfi<r* aluovra,
8tarpf<p(s,
dXXa XI'TT' avrov.
14. 3^7
:
M
1
?
7
"
6
X
a
P''
fo
M
1
?
1
"
6
$'Xye. 19, 42
:
trt'ya
. . .
ptTjS' (pfdVf.
II.
I.
2IO:
/îi;Se
. . . f\K(o.
3,
82 :
*i(T)(fcr6', 'Apyttot, /x^ ^XXfTf, Kovpot
'AâiSiv.
6
264: /ii? /ioi
oaoi/
(ittpf (as
she had offered to
do)
fj.
irorvia
pffrtp. 23, 735
:
/irjKtY' (pd8f<rdov (149).
AORIST
SUBJUNCTIVE
IN PROHIBITIONS. For the aorist
subjunctive
in
prohibitions,
see
376.
417.
AORIST IMPERATIVE IN PROHIBITIONS:
Third Person :
DEM.
19, 77
:
/*"? f"7
8uT
8iier)v. [42], 31
&
/a^Sn^twr
vvvi
ytve-
(rOto.
[49],
'
fJ.r)8(v\ vp.a>v
K-rricrrov
ytvicrBui.
Pr.
35,
2 : KOI
p.t)8fp.ias
Xot-
bopias
o
fie'XXo) \tyttv ap)(f] ytvta-Oat.
AESCHIN.
I,
19-20: fi^Se (rvi/StKô-ura)
. . .
fu]8( dpaTu>
. . .
fjuj&f KTjpvKtv-
o-arw,
//^Se Trpftr/Sfucrara)
. . .
p.r)8e
. . . enrarco
p.r)8iTroT( (5
instances in the
pro-
visions of a law
quoted by Aeschines). 3,
60: oorty OUTCU 8tuKtiTm
/xtjr'
diro-
yvvrct p,rj8ev f*r)Tf Karayi/corco TTplv
< iw >
aKovtrrj.
ISAE.
9, 35
Ka' f '
X/ytii/ eîou
8vvnrai KX/coi'
âXXtov,
rouro oura> . . .
fir)8(i>
to-^vo-ara).
(The
above are about the
only
occurrences in the Orators.
See A.
J.
P. xiii
(1892), 42 5 f.)
PLATO,
Apol. 17
C: 7rto-Ti;a)
yap
8iicaia flvai a
Xeyto,
KU\
fjitj8(ls vpi>
irpoa8oKT)crdT<t>
uXXcor.
Legg. 924
C: KH\ TOVTO fK\nrfru>
p.i)djrroTt
Kara
XEN.
Ages.
10,
3. Cyneg.
2,
2 : K 73
*"'
p*l&*is y< i'/xwc âjf
TdGra
yofii(r<ira> aXXorpui ()(fiv-
8, 7.
26 : <t rtr ovi/
vfj.<ai>
. . .
opfjM TOVÔV {i>ros
tri
irpoffidtlv
tdtXti,
npuffiru
vrav d"
1 66
GREEK SYNTAX
at,
aiTOvp.ai ifj.as,
2>
Traifif?,
pi)
8 ("is fT
avffpanruii' Toi'fJiov <raj/ia
ifieTco,
^778'
SOPH. Ai. Il8o-I :
^rj8e
<re
\ Kivrjmi-ui
TIS.
1334
:
M
7
?^' "7 $
ia ere
pr/8a-
fjLu>s viKrjcruTU).
O. R.
1449-50: e'/ôC
fie
/nryTror' <iia>$f}ra>
TciSe
|
naTpcpov
nCTTU a)l/TOS-
OiKrjTOV TV%f1l>.
AESCHVL. P. V.
332:
ical VVVCCMTOV
p-f]8e
crot
êX^crftrco. 1002-3:
eicreX-
6(Tco (re
fjLijTroff
u>s
(yu>
. . .
6r/\vvovs yevr)(rop.ai. Sept. 1036: /j.i) 8oKr]aiiTo)
TIVI,
but V.
1040:
nrjfae
TOO
8oj)
Tri'iXiv.
PlND. O.
8,
56: p.T) j3a\(Tu> p.e
Xi^w
rpa^fl (frdovos.
P.
5. 23:
rw erf
fj.fj
X (i 6 i T (a .
HOM. Od.
16,
301
:
pi]
TIS fTTftr'
'OSvcrtjos
(iKovo'iirut fvftov \>I>TOS.
II.
16, 2OO:
MiipixtSoi/es, P.JJ
TLS
[JLUL
uTT(i\u<i)i> \f\ade(r6u>.
418.
Second Person :
ORATORES ATTICI :
Apparently
no
examples.
See A.
J.
P. xiii
(1892),
426.
AR. Thesm.
870: /zi) \}sfv(Toi>,
u>
Zev,
rtjs eiriovcrrjs
f\m8os
(parody
of
SOPH. fr.
453,
cited below).
COM.
Thugenidcs. 4, 593: ^?) VOÎKTOV, according
to Porson's emenda-
tion of Photius and Suidas.
Eupol.
2,
464,
is
doubtful,
and would be dis-
posed
of
by
the
adoption
of
Elmsley's
conjecture.
SOPH. fr.
453: /J.T) if/tva-ov,
&>
Ztv,
p.rj p.' (Xrjs
tivev
Sopo?. apud
Bekk.
Antiatt.
107,30: fir) vofj-itrov civrlTovpr) vojj.lcr>]s. i)o0o/cX^j Ilf;Xei. (This
is
probably
a mistake on the
part
of the author of the
Antiatt.)
HOM. Od.
24, 248
: //XXo 5e TOI
e/jf'w,
<rv fie
^.17 ^>Xov
evdfo
Ovftat.
I1.4,4IO:
TO)
/j.r] pot nartpas
nod'
op.oiij
fvdeo
Tifj.;].
l8,
Ij4
: XX(i <rv
fj.fi> P.TI
7TO) Karafii(reo
[j.u>\ov "Apôs.
419.
PERFECT IMPERATIVE:
THUC.
7. 77> 4
:
fJ-r) KaTanfTrXrjx^f nyav.
AR.
Vesp. 373
:
fJirjSev,
w
TI'IV, fie'fit^t,
/x^SeV. 4'5
:
M
7
) KfKpdyare.
Av.
2O6:
fJi J)
VVV (<TTll6l.
SOPH. Ai.
1182-3: v/jiels
Tf
pr) -yvva'iKfS
UVT
uv^pu>v
Tre'Xay
Trapearar',
aXX
<}fiyfT(().
IIo.M. Od.
3, 313: pi) 8rjda ô/j.u>v
into
Tr]\' dXaX^rro. 4, 825: ^Se
.
fieifitî. 16,
302
:
/xr)r(e)
. . . i'crrco.
l8,
62-3
:
p.?)
. . .
8(1816(1). 22,488-9: /i?;S'
. . .
f(TT(l6(l).
11.4,303-4: p.r)8(
TIS . . .
//f/J.arw. 5,827: /zi^rf
. . . fifi'St^t.
12,272-
3: /ir;
TIS oTTi'rrrrco r e r
p
a
(j)
6 a> TTOTI
yfjay. 14. 34-
'
M
Tf 8fi8idi.
2O,
354-
p.r]K(Ti
. . . ((TTdTf.
^66
:
fit)
Sei'fitre.
420. EQUIVALENTS
OF THE IMPERATIVE.
Equivalents
of the
imper-
ative are :
HErKESENTATJl'ES OF IMPERATIVE
\(>1
1. The
Subjunctive.
So
necessarily
in the first
person,
and
regularly
in the
negatived
second and third
persons
aorist. See
373
and
376.
2. The Future
(familiar)
and the Future Perfect Indicative. See
269
and 282.
3.
OTTO)? with the future
indicative, for which see under twrur.
4. Optative
with fi. See
443.
5.
Infinitive
(chiefly
in
poetry
and
legal language).
See under
Infini-
tive.
6. The
Optative.
See
394.
7. Impatient
or Passionate
Questions.
See
198, 261,
and
269.
8.
8t,
xpr},
<"iov,
8f'ofMai V/JL^V,
with the
infinitive, and similar
expres-
sions, are often found as a more
temperate
or a more convenient
impera-
tive. See A.
J.
P. xiii
(1892), 402 f.,
on avoidance of
imper.
in
proems.
421.
REPRESENTATIVES OF THE IMPERATIVE IN ORATIO
ORLIQUA.
In continuous oratfo
obliqua,
the
imperative may
be
represented by
the
infinitive, but
ordinarily
the
imperative
notion is more
explicitly conveyed
through
the medium of some
periphrastic expression.
See
Object
Sen-
tences. For rare
examples
of the retention of the
imperative,
see
422.
422.
IMPERATIVE IN DEPENDENT AND IN INTERROGATIVE SEN-
TENCES. As the
imperative
is
equivalent
to Set or
xp>'i
with the infinitive,
it is
occasionally
used in
dependent
and
interrogative
sentences. Famil-
iar is the
phrase
olvff 6
dpacTov,
iu . . . f C'CTTU> tea!
ji.il,
TOVTO
vofio6eTT)<rufic9a,
PLATO,
Legg. 935
E
; Let us
regulate by
law to whom this is to be allowed and to ivhom not. ol<r6' ovv 8
Spao-ov;
AR.
Eq. 1158;
Kncnvest thou what thou must do?
(Cf.
v. 1160:
SpdvTOLVTa XP
1
!-) K*) ^{'<TTW 8t) Trapa
ravra
erepa irpoaraTTCiv
; PLATO, Politic.
296
A
;
He is not to be
permitted,
then,
to make other additional
regulations?
DEM.
I,
2O:
\iyov<Ttv
8t Kcii aXXovs TIVIIS XAoi
ntipovs,
)t> t\t(rd' oorts
vpiv 7v/i0f'pet'
$oK(^.
2O,
14.
ouSe
yap
d TTUVV
xptjfTTos
t<rff,
a>f
(fiov y'
tvti(
7crr0, fttXriuv
tort
r^s
iroXtais TO
r)6os. [4-]- 3
1 : "
îjda/xws
vvv\
ytviaQt*
(4I7)-
LVS. fr.
75 3- f^f^l TJKtiv
avrbv tiri
Katpw, \iyu>v
on
p(G"
avrov KU\ TU>V
OIK.(TU>V ITlfTO).
PLATO,
Legg.
800 E: TO 5e TOGOVTOV
fjfiat
avroiis
iiravtpttru
irtt\iv . . . d
trpuirov
(v Tovd'
r}/zli/ upiffitov
Kfiardu. Politic.
296
A
(see
above)
THUG.
4, 92, 7
&>v
XP'I ^Vf)(TdfVTas i7/is
. . .
ufju'xTf xutpfjcrat
roia-Kt Km
Arisen
on hit
fjitv (pl(vrai irpus
THVS
fj.rj ap.vvop.(vovs
iiriuvrtt Krdcrdaii', oit $
ytvvatHv
TTJV
. . . avru>v tl<\
f'Xfvdfpovv fiti^rf
. . .
dvavTayuvHTTai
tin avrlav HVK MIUUTIV.
HOT. I,
89:
KUTKTUV T0)l/
&OpV<f>6ptt)V
t'nl
iri'nT?l<Tl TtjlTl 7Tl'A;;(r <f)V\UKOVt,
01
TO)*' KTt.
AR.
Eq.
1
158 (see above). Pax,
1061 : dXX' olaff o
bpuauv
; Av.
54.
So.
1 68 GREEK SYNTAX
EUR. Hec.
225
: ofcr#' ovv o
8pacrov
; Heracl.
451
: dXX' ola-ff o am
irpaôv.
SOPH. O. C.
73
1 vv
P-'n
7
'
oKVflre
P.IJT' d(f>fJT'
enos KUKOV. O. R.
543
;
olcrd' u>s
TroiTjaov;
The Particle ov
423.
The
particle
av is
largely
used to color the moods of
the Greek
language.
424.
DISTINCTIONS IN THE USE OF ov Two sets of dis-
tinctions are
necessary
as to the use of the
particle
av.
1. i. It
may
be used in the
leading
clause,
chiefly
with the
indicative and the
optative
or their
representatives.
2. It
may
be used in a
dependent
sentence,
chiefly
with the
subjunctive.
II. I. It
may
be used with a definite
reference,
contained in
the same
sentence,
or
implied
in the context.
2. It
may
be used without a definite
reference,
in which case
no definite
ellipsis
is to be
supplied.
425.
SHIFTING FROM DEFINITE TO INDEFINITE. The
shifting
from
definite to indefinite is not
peculiar
to the
particle
av. Other
simple
demonstratives
change
in the same
way. Compare
TOV KO\
TUV,TU
KH\
ni,
and notice
especially
re'cor and fW. re'cas is used more
frequently
without
its correlative ecu? than with it,
so
long being for
a
while, and W is some-
times
employed
after the same fashion.
1
426.
KV
(),
Ka. A similar function is exercised in
epic
and
lyric poe-
try by
nfv
(K(),
and in Doric
by
KH. The two
particles
av and Kfv are some-
times combined as "w /cei>. A common
origin
once
suspected
is now seldom
maintained.- The accented av
may originally
have been more
clearly
demonstrative,
the unaccented x.tv more
surely
indefinite,
but the whole
matter is
obscure,
and a
sharp
discrimination between av and Ktv often
attempted
has never been
successfully
established, av is
everywhere
dis-
tinctly preferred
in
negative
sentences,
enters more
readily
into close com-
binations, and on common
ground gradually
thrusts ;-tv to the wall. So in
Pindar ai/
nearly
balances
KV,
whereas in Homer ntv
greatly preponderates,
Ktv
being
to av in the Iliad as
4
to i.
427.
ETYMOLOGY OF av. The
etymology
of av is still unsettled. With
a definite reference it
may
be translated
then,
in that case, or,
when
oppo-
1
A.
J.
P. iv
(1883), 418
note.
s
Sec A.
J.
1'. iii
(1882), 446
foil.
IXDICATH'E WITH ov
169
sition is
implied,
else.
(Compare
Lat.
tin.)
Without definite
reference,
it
sometimes
gives
a
potential coloring,
and in combination with the sub-
junctive
and the
optative
is little more than a
sharper
future. Kti>
(KQ)
is
also an unsolved riddle.
Indicative with av
428.
The
particle
av
belongs
to that which is other than the
present,
and is found
only
in
past
and future relations.
429.
UNREAL INDICATIVE WITH v
The
past
tenses of the
indicative with av
may
denote
unreality (the
most common
use)
in such a
way
that the
imperfect
denotes
opposition
to a con-
tinued action either in the
present
or in the
past
;
the aorist de-
notes
opposition
to
attainment,
chiefly
in the
past, very rarely
in
the
present;
and the
pluperfect
indicative with av denotes
op-
position
to
completion,
more
frequently
in the
present.
Imperfect
in
opposition
to
present
:
-yw *yap
.
|iev (XT) <pr\v
TCIV . . .
irap avpwirovs
TWV
ev6dSc, rjSiKovv
av
[/
should be in the
wrong (I
am
not)'
OVK
d-yavaKruv
ni
6avaTw, PLATO, Phaedo,
63
B.
Imperfect
in
opposition
to the
past
:
ficveiv -yap c'H
v Tt
f KO.TT]-yopovivTi.
TUIV
aXXuiv,
el 8e TOVT ciroiei
CKCIOTOS,
c VIKCOV
av
\they
would have been victorious
(they
were
not)J,
DLM.
3, 17.
Aorist in
opposition
to the
past
:
ci TO Kai TO
ciroiT)o-v avOpunros,
OXIK av
dirc'Oavcv, DEM. 1
8,
243
;
If
the man
had done so and so,
he would not have died
(he
did
die).
Aorist in
opposition
to
present
:
cl
fuv
ovv
avOpwiros,
i>v 8ti iroXX' aKovaai Kai
KaKa, |
aviTOS
rjv IvSrjXos,
OVK av
avSpos
I
\Lvr\<rf>r\
v
<|>iXov [/
should not mention t/ie name
of
a
friend
(as
I am
doing)],
Ak.
Eq.
1276-7.
I'lupcrfcct
in
opposition
to
present completion
:
cl 5c'
-y< fiT|8ti5
aXXos
t)
Zcvis
CYpa<|>,
KaXux; av croi airc KC'K
p ITO; Pl.ATO,
Gorg. 453
L)
;
But
if
there were no other
painter
than
Zeu.vis,
would
your
reply
hold
good?
I'luperfect
in
opposition
to
past completion
:
cl . . . 6
avT)p
. . . airc'8avcv . . . Siicai^s
. . . av
^TcOri]KCi,
ANTIPHON.
4. /i,
3
;
If
the man had been
killed,
he would have been
justly
killed
(his
death,
would have been
justifiable).
170
GREEK SYNTAX
For further
examples,
see Unreal Conditional Sentences.
For
(Pov\6p.r)v (fj6(\ov)
iiv with infinitive antithetical to the
dependent
verb,
see
367.
430.
INDICATIVE WITH Sv AS POTENTIAL OF THE PAST.
The indicative of the historical tenses with av also serves to
express potentiality,
or
guarded
assertion,
in the
past, chiefly
with the ideal second
person
or
rt<?,
but
by
no means limited to it.
Ellipses
are often
easily supplied,
but are not
necessary.
The translation is freer than in an
elliptical
conditional sentence.
The
protasis
is sometimes contained in a
participle
or otherwise
intimated.
e-yvw
TIS av,
Xr.N.
Cyr. 3, 3, 70;
One would
(could,
might)
have known.
iXi-yovs
av
elScs, Hell.
6, 4, 16;
Few should
you
have seen.
DEM.
18,
225
: a
\t-rfff Trpo^Sei p.rj8f\s p-^r"
av
<0r)dr) TT]p.tpov pr)6r)vai,.
ISOC.
5. 64
: Kairoi ris av
TrpocrfSoKr/arfv
VTT'
uv8pos
OVTU> TaTreivcos
Trpiiâv-
ros
dva(TTpa(pr]crf(Tdat
ra
Trjs
'EXXuSos
Trpayp.ara
;
LVS.
I,
27:
7ra>?
yap
av
(SC.
KaTffpvye);
Ibid.: ovTf
cri8rjpov
. . . ovTf
XXo ov8(i>
(%wv,
a5 rovs tlcrfXdovras av
rjfj.vvaTO.
8, 7
uv . . .
VTTfpfiftfTf.
Ibid. : av . . . vnu>TTTfvov.
PLATO,
Apol.
l8 C : eV
ravrrj rf/ rjXiKiq
... (V
fj
av
piiXicrra
fTTKTTevcraTf.
Hipparch. 229
B: TTUVTUIV av TU>V TraXataJi'
fJKovcras
on raiira
fjuivov
TO.
errj
TV
pawls f'ytvfTO
tv
'Adr'jvais.
XEN. An.
i,
5,8
: GUTTOV
t)
&s TIS uv wfTo.
Cyr. 3, 3, 70 (see above). 4,
5,
6: ToC XotTrov ov8e
ô\i\op.fvos
av
types pa8ia>s
TOV
vvKTcap Tropfvopfvov.
8, I,
33
:
tlftyvtas
8' av fKflovSiva ovre
opyi6p.(vov xpavyfj
ovre
âipovra ifipi<TTiKto
ye'Xwri,
clXXa tSwj' av avrovs
^yry<rco
TU>
oyri ds KtiXXoy
i)v.
Hell.
I,
7. 7
Torf
yap iiTJSf rjv
Kal ras
\dpas
OVK av Kade
pa)v.
6,
4.
l6
(see above).
THUG.
7. 55>
2 OVK av caovro.
AR. Ran. IO22 : 6
6ta(rup.fvos
TTO.S !iv TIS
dvrjp T^pacrdr)
ftd'ios flvai.
EUR. Andr.
1135
: ^fivas 8' av (18(S
irvppi\as.
I. A.
1582: TrX^-y^s
KTV-
TUIV
yap
TTUS TIS
ycrdfT'
av
(ra<p)s.
SOPH. Ai.
43~'
rt/J '**' 7roT <&&' %>8
(irdtvvp.ov | Tovfjiov
vvoi(T(iv
wopa
rots
ffiols
KdKols ;
HOM. C)d.
IO,
84:
fvda K' nvnvns
dvfjp
Soiovs f
|r}pnro
uitrflovs.
11.4,421
: VTTO Kfv
Ta\nrri(ppovd ntp
8(os fl\fv.
16,638-9:
oi/S' av (Ti
(ppdftfjuov irtp dvrfp Sapin)86va
8lnv
| fyvca.
For iiv with the
Optative
as the Potential of the
Past,
see
437
and
439.
431.
INDICATIVE WITH av OF INTERMITTENT ACTION.
The indicative of the historical tenses with av is also used to
INDICATIVE WITH av
171
express
habitual or intermittent action in the
past,
av
being
used
without definite reference
(424, n,
2).
av
jioi
. . .
<J>x
TO
airitlv, PLATO, Conv.
2178;
He would have
a talk with me and then lie was
off.
DEM.
9, 48 (in
oratio
obliqua}.
18,
219
: o
/MI/ ypd(f>uv
OVK &v
tirpiafitv-
<rtv,
6 fit
TTpTJ3(vu>v
oi/K av
y pa^fv.
ISOC.
6,
52
: *i
noXiopKovpfVt)
TIVI TOIV no\fu>v rtav
(rv^p.a\i8(av
(is
/idi/or
\axi-
8aifj.ovi<i)v ftorjdr)(Tfi(v,
iino iruvrcav av
otfioXoyfiro irapu
TOVTOV
ytvtffdai rtjv
awTrjpiav
avrols.
PLATO,
Apol.
22 B:
dirjpuruv
&v avrovs ri
\tyoitv,
1v
a/ia
TI KU\
^nav6a-
voifjn irap
avT&v. Conv.
2176 (see*above).
XEÎ.
An.
I,
9. 19
ft Se Tiva
opmrf
. . .
npocrudovs TTOIOVVTO,
ovSt'va tiv Trunrort
d<f)fi\fTo,
dXX' dfi TrXei'w
TrpocreSi'Sou. Cyr. 7,
I,
IO
(fit's).
II.
14.
Mem.
4,
6,
13
ft 5f rtf
niTtji TTfpi
TOV
uvTiXiyot
. .
.,
fTri
rfjv
vnt'tOtcriv
tiravrjytv
av iravra
TOV
Xoyoi/
5)Se TTWS. alib.
THUC.
7. 7
1
'
3
ft
Mf"
Tlvf s tSotfV
ITT]
rovs
(T<j)T(povs (KiKpaTovvras, av(6ap-
(rrjcrdv
Tt av KTf.
HDT. I,
196:
o(roi 8e TOV
8t]fj.ov
(<TKOV
eViya/zot,
ovrni fit fi$os
fj.iv
oiiStV
f8(ovro
xpr/<TTov,
01 8' av
^pfjfjLard
re KUI
ai(r\iovas irapdcvovs
f
Xd/i/Sai/ov.
Ibid.:
dvicrTT)
av . . . av . . .
tyivfro.
2,
109. 3, 5" l^")-
alib.
AR. Ach.
640.
Nub.
854-5
"^^' o Tt
padotfj.' (KaaroTf, \ (TTf\av6(ivi>^riv
av tvdvs VTTO
n\t'i6ovs
fT<av.
Vesp. 278. 279.
Pax,
70. 213. sacpe.
EUR. Phoen.
401
'
TTOTe
fi.ev
tV
^p fi\
nv
*
(
'
ir< ^K
f*x
ov ""
SOPH. Ph.
290-1
: avrbs av ru\as
\
(l\vo
fj.r)v. 294-5:
rnCr' av
fîpnuv
rdXay
|
ffj.rjâ vu>p.r)v evrairvp
av ov
napijv. 443.'
For the
Imperfect
without <"v of Iterative Action, see
207.
432.
av WITH THK FUTURK INDICATIVE AXD ITS REPRESENTATIVES.
The future indicative with
av,
theoretically
a
legitimate
construction,
has been
kept
out of use
by
the
optative
with av and
by
av with the sub-
junctive,
and was counted a solecism even in
antiquity."
A number of in-
stances occur, however, in MSS and editions, but most of them have been
corrected, or are
easily corrigible.
The same is true of the
representatives
of the indicative the future
optative,
infinitive, and
participle.
Sometimes there is an
anacoluthon,
as in PI.ATO,
Apol. 29
C. Some-
times the future indicative is confounded with the aorist
optative,
as
PLATO,
Euthyd. 275
A :
np<>Tp(\fs(T(
for
Tr/xj-rpf'^mTf,
the future infinitive
with the aorist infinitive,
as
PLATO,
Phaedr.
227
B:
Troo/wxrAii
for
irim'ia-u-
<rdai,
the future
participle
with the aorist
participle,
as PLATO.
Apol. 30
B:
1
See K. C. Seaton,
Class. Rev.
in,
343-5.
5
LUCIAN,
Sol.
Ill, 555
K. 15. 1.. li. on
|Ji
:si IN MAK I .
|, Lip.
.ul
Diogn.
2
4.
172
GREEK SYNTAX
for
irou'](TavTos.
Sometimes uv is for av- or dva- and
belongs
to
the verb, as AESCHIN.
3, 155:
ri TTOT av
fpd;
Cf. FIND. N.
7,68
and A.
J.
P. ill
(1882), 452.
Sometimes there is confusion between
present
and fut-
ure infinitive, as in XEN. An.
2,
3,
18: efii/ for
<?x
flv- Sometimes there is
confusion between av and
Sq,
1
and
easy
corrections are almost
always
at
hand.
2
This
being
the
case,
it is not worth while to
multiply examples,
most of which have
disappeared
from critical texts.
HOM. II.
I,
139:
o 8e Kfv
KeôXwcrerat,
w KCV
iKcapai. 523: e/nol
8c Kf
Tavra
/xeX^creTai, o0pa
TeXecrcra).
3, 138:
rw 8e Ke
viKTjcravri (f)i\r/ KfK\rj<rrj
UKOITIS.
4, 176:
KOI Kt ris a>8'
epe'et. 8,405: aira\6i](Tt(rQov. 419:
id.
14,
268: SOXTW.
15, 215: TT<pi8i](rTai. IJ, 241
:
Kopfft.
22, 67:
tpvovaiv.
Jl
'.
K(i(TOVT(ai.).
433.
NON-USE OF av
WITH PRESENT AND PERFECT INDICATIVE.
The
present
and
perfect
indicative are not used with
<iv,
but
owing
to the
great
variation in the
position
of av
beginners
sometimes make a mistake
in this
regard.
In ANDOC.
I, 117
read
/3ovXoi<r#e
for
/SouXecrê.
In
PLATO,
Legg.
712 E,
read with Schanz
avep^T-qOfis (cf. 793 A).
Optative
with ov
434.
POTENTIAL OPTATIVE. The
optative
with av is the
potential
3
of the Greek
language.
It is used
mainly
in
leading
clauses. It
expresses
the
opinion
of the
speaker
as an
opinion,
and
may
be called the mood of
qualified
assertion. The verifi-
cation of the
opinion
or assertion is
postponed
to another time
OH
435.
TIME AND TENSES OF THE POTENTIAL OPTATIVE.
Both action and ascertainment
may
be
future,
or
only
the ascer-
tainment. The
present
is often used of the future ascertain-
ment of a
present
action,
far more
rarely
of the future ascertain-
ment of a
past
state. The aorist is
very
seldom used of the
1
See
Cobct,
N. L.
501 ; Ulass,
Rh. Mas.
36,
221
;
II.
Richards,
Cl. Rev. vi
(1892), 338.
"
Famous is
PI.ATO,
Rph.
(tie,
I) :
oA^ >i*fi< <j>avai^
ovd' a v
J/K Sivpo,
where
/oi
cannot
stand,
and where >W ai>
i'lKot
would mean he can't /IHT/' i'i>i/ie. Here Ricli-
ards
ap|>lies
his
panacea
$//,
but if ever uv was needed with the future
indicative,
it
is needed here.
''Objections
have been raised to the term
potential,
but
nothing
better lias been
suggested. I'otentiality
has to dn \\ith
character,
not \\ith
|)os-il)ility merely,
and
the estimate of character
goes
back to the
opinion
of the one who makes the esti-
mate.
Compare
A.
J.
P. xix
(i8y8), 231.
OPTATH'E //Y7Y/ AN
173
future ascertainment of a
past
action. The
simple perfect opta-
tive with av is found
chiefly
in those verbs in which the
perfect
is
equivalent
to the
present.
In the
periphrastic perfect opta-
tive with
av,
the
participle
is often treated almost like an
adjec-
tive.
436.
av ivith the Present
Optative
not
of
the Past : used of
what will
be,
or what will
prove
to be.
LYS.
3, 5
: TroXu av
tpyov fir) \iytiv,
If would be a tedious (ask to tell.
PLATO,
Charm. 161 A-B : OVK
apa ffaxftpoavvfj
av
tu)
al8<as.
Gorg. 507
A :
KCU
fjL.t]v
o
ye cr<i)(ppu>v
ra
7rpo<Tt')Kovru npaTToi
av
(44
2
)-
Theact.
145
B: tv av
(\ot.
1
XEN. Mem. I, 2,
II :
o-vup.dxo>v
6 ...
fli(iT0ai
TO\UO>V df'oir' av OVK o\i-
ya>v.
THUG.
I,
38, 4
: fl rols n\(iocriv
dpfo-Kovrt's f(rp.(v,
ToicrS' av
^tvois
OVK
opffias
aTrapf<TKoip.fv, If
we are
acceptable
to the
majority of
our
colonists, there
must be
something
amiss in our
being unacceptable
to these alone.
HDT. 2,6:
ourw av
(irj(rav \lyvirrov
arabiai
ffcaKotrioi
Km
rîcrî'Xioi
TO
irapa
6a\a<TO'av. 22 '. KO>S u>v
8i]Td pi
HI av
(sc.
6
NfiAor)
OTTO
\u\voy,
dtrb ru>v
Btpp-ordrtov peu>v
ts ra
^v^pt'trfpa
; 6,
63
: OVK av
e/ôy
*
irj,
It can't be
ftty (siW).
AR. Av.
127:
Troiav TIV ovv
JJ^KTT'
av OIKO'IT' av TT<J\IV ;
\J2
'. TL av ovv
Troiolfjifv; Lys.
Si : KOV
ravpov uyôts. 97~8
:
\tyoip.'
av
>j8r/. irplv \tytiv
8\
vp.as
roSt
| (TTfpTjcrouai
TI
fiiKpov. Lys.
1 80.
EUR. Ion,
543
: ifo>s av ov"
t"r)v
(Tos ;
SOLON,
36,
1-2 :
crvp.p.apTVpoiT)
ravr' av . . .
p-f)Trip /ifyio-rr; 8aifj.ovu>v
'O\vuiriu>v.
HOM. Od.
4, 78
: TfKva
(pi\\ r/
TIH
Zijvl jlporaiv
OVK av TIS
tpioi.
II.
I, 271-2:
Kfivotai 8' av ov TIS
\
ra>v,
01 vvv
ftporoi
flcriv
iiri\6ovioi,
437.
a>- with the Present
Optative of
the Past :
No
cogent examples
in Attic
prose.
LYS.
7.
1 6 : >(TT( ft Km TIJ
Uf'yi<TTa
(Is (U(
f>)fjuipTtivov,
nvK av ou'iv T(
t)v ftiKtjv
fit irap
1
airiav
\ap.f3dvtiv
tv
yup
av
(I8(ir)v (perf.
=
pres.)
on cV cxctVotc
t)v
Kin
tfjif Tip.(i)pt'i(T(icrdai
KU\ avrois
fJLrjvvtracriv f\tv6(pois yfVfcrffai.
PLATO,
Apol.
28 B-C :
(pav\m yap
av TW
yf
rrw
X<!yo>
t le v
(nnist
have been
or must be
considered)
TU>V
f)p,tdfu>v
owoi V
Tpoia
TtTf\(VTiiKmm>.
1
The- Roman
phrase
si vales bene KST !> modelleH on the (Ircck
>' .',,),
l\ot. Ifyou
arc
7tr//,
it mu*t be all ri
r
/it, according
lu Nunlcn,
Anlikc
1. 238.
174
GREEK SYNTAX
THUG.
I,
9- 4
'
OVK av ovv
vi)(ra>v
a> TU>V
irfpioiK.iba>v,
avTai Sf OVK av TroXXal
fit v
(can't
have been
1
),
^7T(ipu>Trjs
&v
fKpuTti,
d
LITJ
rt KOI vavriKov
el^fv.
HDT.
I,
2:
f'irftrav
8' av OVTOL
KpfJTts. JO',
ruâ
8f av Kal ol
aTroSo/xei/oi
Atyotei/
dniKOLnevoi. es
^nupTr/v
u>s
dnaiptddrjcrav
into
Sapi'coi/ (306). 2,
98: firj
8 a v Kal aXXof TIS
Apâi/dpoy,
ov LiivToi
ye AiyvTrriov
TO ovvoiia.
5> 59-
Ô.
7>
184
'
<TVVf\e^vr)
8e ravra ra
TrXota,
<ay Kat
Trpurtpov flpedrj, rpicrîXia. ^>S/
Sv tiv-
dpes
av elfi> ev OVTOKTI
recrcrepfs fjivpia.8fs
Kal ctKOcri.
J, 214- fldfir]
. . . av.
8,
136.
438.
ar with the Aorist
Optative
not
of
the Past :
DEM.
21,
191 fyo
5'
f(TK((pdai [lev
. . .
(pr]p.i
KOVK av
dpvrjdfiTjv.
PLATO, Meno, 78
E : TTW?
yap
t'ivev TOVTMV
dperf] ye
VOLT' av
;
XE\. Mem.
I, 2, 17
: ICTCOJ ovv f'inoi TIS av
Trpbs
ravra KTf.
THUG. 2,
35,
2:6... t-vv(i8u>s Kal (i'vovs
dKpoarrjs rd^
av TL
fVSffcrre'pa)?
Trpo?
a
(3ov\(Tai
re Kal eV/o-rarat
vopia-fie 8r]\ovcr6ai.
HDT. 2,
41
oi'rf
anyp \lyinrTLos
ovrt
yvvrj av8pa "EXXî/o <pi^.r']cr(if
civ TO>
AR. Av.
173-
ifoiav 8' av
olKLcrai^tv opviQfs
-KH\IV
;
198.
2OI.
37O.
382
:
p.ddoi yap
av TIS Karrb ru>v
t)(6pu>v aofpov. 815
'.
~7rdprrjv yap
av
6fifj.r]v
t'yw TTjfjLjj
TroXfi
; Lvs.
128-9: Trot^crer', f)
ov
Trotr/crf
r'
;
^
TL
p.f\\fT(
;
|
ot>K HI/
TTotrjO-aifj.',
oXX o
TroXepo? epTrf'rco.
EUR. Andr.
84-5
: 6EP. TL
8rJTa (pi'jcrui ^povios
ova-* fK
8a>/j.dTu>v
;
|
AN. TroX-
Xa? ai/
fvpnis Lirfâviis
'
yvi>!) yap
d. I. T.
1007
: OVK av
yfvoliir)i>
o~ov re Kal
LJ.r]Tpbs (povfvs.
.
Sept. 397~8
: KI'HTLLOV iitv
av8pbs
OVTIV' av
Tpfo~aiLi* (yco, |
ouS'
yiyi/erai
ra
cri/p.(ir<j.
PlN'D. O.
2,
17-9'-
TWV Se
TTfTTpayfj.(V(av
. . .
dirolriTov
ov8' av
^poi/o?
. . . 8v-
vaiTo diufv
(pyiav
re'Xoj. 2O : \uda 8f TroTua) o~vv
(v8aifj.ovi ytvoLT'
av.
SAPPHO,
62 : W Ke
6dp.ev
;
Ho.M. Od.
I,
65
: TTtof aj/
7T6tr(a)
. . .
\adoip.r)v; 4> 443
Tt$1
7
f
'
l
P
K
'
(ivaXia)
Trapa Ki'jTfi KOLp.r)d( irj
;
7 S3
'
^ y
i
'P
K * v
V^
lv flfttTO Kal (K davaToio <rau>o~aL.
II. I,
IOO: Tore K(V LLLV
l\ao-o-d/j.fvoL
TTS TTL
doifif
v. 2,
12-3:
vvv
ydp
Kfv
(\oi jTuXiv
evpvdyviav | Tpwcoi'. 29- 9> 77
rtsi ^^ fd8f
yr)
439.
ai' 7wW the Aorist
Optative of
the Past:
DEM.
2O,
143
f '
t
JL(V Toivvv
r/yvorjaf
TavTa
(ytvoiTO ydp
av Kal
roCro),
avri-
KU
8r)\vo-(L (this may
be the
case,
at
any
time,
not
necessarily
of the
past).
LYS. 12,
34:
6(iviidu> 8( TL av TroTf
rron'io-aLS o-vvfmiav,
onoTf dvTfLirdv
<f)dn-Kiov
aTT(KTfLvas
UdXf'uapxov
(Dohree
reads
tiroirjo-as,
but there is no occa-
sion to
change
the
optative,
as the
question may safely
be taken as a
ge-
1
So
Kriiger:
mochten
(gewesen)
s<
-
in. Tlic
example,
however,
is not
cogent.
'
Can't />f considered
many?
\vouM have reference to Homer's
words,
11.
2,
108: TTO\~
\yatv
viiffui(ji
Kai
"Af>yti
TTUVTI dvdaativ.
OPTATIVE WITH AN
175
neric
question).
2O. 2 :
aiptOtis
virb r<av
(pv\tTu>v,
oi
lipurru Siayvo'ifv
civ
(at
any
time)
TTtpl <T(pS)v
avriav oirotoi Tivis il<Tti>.
ANTIPHON, 4 ft 5'
v^s av
"rt/SouXcuorat^n
ai/ra> ti
p.r)
Km
firfft(w\(v0T)v
in' avTov
;
(So
the MSS
;
but Blass :
ntas av
tirfftovkfvcru
TI
OLTW,
o TI
fj.i}
KOI
(ir(3ov\(vdr)v
VJT' avrov
;)
HDT.
2,
1 1 : KOV
ye 8i)
tv TCO
7rpotivai(Tip.u>p.(vu> xpt'ivo) irportpov J) f'p.( yfvicrdai
OVK av
xaxrdftT)
KO\ITOS nal TroXXw
p('u>v
tri TOVTOV
;
J,
l8o: TO> fit
(rrpayid-
<r6fvri
rovr<f
rovvopa TJV
.\(<av
ruâ
8' nv TI KOI TOV
ovi>i'ip.aTos
f Trail
po
IT o
(306).
9. 71
'
tyvtttrav
o't
trapaytvcip-fvot 27rapr;r('aj/ 'A.purr68t)[i.ov p.(i> ftov\t>fi.(vt>t> (pavf-
pias
anodavflv . . .
(pya
dnoFitâfrda /^fyaXii,
IloffftSajtuoi' 8( <>v
/ôi'Xiiîfcoi/
TTO-
6vrj(TK(iv (IvSpa yfvt&dai ayadov
roeroura) TOVTOV tivm
dp.fiv<a.
ciXXu THIITU
piv
Km
<pd6va>
fiv flrroifv.
AR.
Eq. 4!3~4
:
*? IÛTTJV y
av
| 7ro/iny5aXiW (TiTiwp.fvos
TCXTDVTOS
(KTpa-
<f)tirfv (briefer expression
for
perfect (KT(6pap.p.fvos (Irjv).
HYMN. HOM.
4. I3
2
'
^
t
t* v
y
(/l
P
Kf KHK()i Toiovdt T(KOKV
(not
necessarily
of the
past.
The
optative may
be
generic).
HOM. Od.
4, 63-4
: XX'
dv8p)i> yf'vos
f(TT(
8ioTp((p(a>v /SacrtXijui;
|
rrKîrrnv-
\a>v,
(Trfl ov K( Kaicol rotoiVSt TtKote v
(unnecessarily
referred to the
past.
Churls cant be tlie
parents of
sitch
men).
1
3, 86-7
:
;
8t
^sc. vrjvy) fjuiX' dcrfya-
Xt'ajf df(V
tfJ.TT(8oV
Ov8( KfV
lprj | KLpKOS
6
p.apTl)(TflfV.
11.4,223:
ivO' OVK av
fipiovTa
I8ois
'AyafiffJivova
8lov.
5>&5- Tv8ft8r)v
8' OVK av
yvoirfs, iroTtpoio-i fj.(Tfirj.
440.
a i' with the
Perfect Optatire:
XEN. Conv.
3,
6:
\(\rjde
o-t . . .
;
... TT&>? av . . .
\(\i)dm (p.();
Has it
escapedyour
observation? Hcnu can it have
escaped tny
observation
(306).?"
AR.
Lys. 252-3:
(iXXcos
yap
av
\ ap.aôt yvva'tKfS
Kai
fuapal
Kf
K\>/ p.f
6*
(= present)
av.
For
examples
of the
Periphrastic
Perfect
Optative
with
ai>,
see
288,
to
which add the
following examples
:
PLATO, Phaedo,
76
E: ft 8(
fJ-f]
tcni
rnCr, <7XXtof av o
Xoyos
OVTOS
dprj-
fjitvos fir).
Politic.
264
C : (v
p.tv yap Kprjvats TU^'
av itru>t
(tijs t'/
cr
Otjuivos
(the reply
is:
Ttdiapai). Soph.
261 C: v\.-v 8' cnt\ . . . TOVTO o
Xt'yfU'
8unrcrri-
pavTal,
Tit . . .
p.('yi(rT<>v rjfJ.iv Tdây t]pt)p.fvuv
av
fii],
ll't' HlitV look'
l(f)i>ll
the
strongest
redoubt as
having
been A/Xv//.
441.
av WITH 'I HK FlJTL'RK OPTATIVE. The future
optative
with av
is not in use. It could arise
only
from the future indirativi' with m-. and
the future indicative with av had
gone
out. if it had ever come in. before
the future
optative
came in. Still it is found in
many
texts,
and is nut to
be discarded in the later time.
1
1
15, 1.. (i. mi
[Jrsi
IN
MART.], Kp,
ad Dio
I?
6
GREEK SYNTAX
LVCURG.
15 (Bekk., Sell.):
ev
yap
1'crre,
o>
Âdrjvaloi,
ort . . . rovrutv TT\(ICTTOV
ap.e\fiv Sdôtr' av,
et
Tr)i/ Tnip' vp.a>v
OVTOS
8ia(pvyoi Tiu.a>piav.
ISAE.
I,
32 (Bekk.,
Sch.)
: na\
Trôu^Tre/Xr/frei/
ort
S^Xcocrot
TTOT' av TOVTIO
u>s diaKfirai
Trpos
avrov.
LVS.
I,
22
(Sch.):
etSobs 5'
eyob
on
rrjviKavTa d(piy/j.tvos
ovftev av
Kara\rj-
^/otro
OIKQI TO>V
firiTr]8ei(av,
eWXeuoi/ irvvSenrvdv.
PLATO,
Legg. 719
D-E :
eyob
Se,
d
p.fv yvvrj juot 8ia(f)epovcra ftr)
irXovra) xal
QaitTeiv
avTijv
diaKf\fvoiTo fv TU>
7roii']fj.aTi,
rov
iiTTfp/dfjXXoi/rn
av
Tti(f)ov fjraivoirjv,
(f)fi8{a\6s
8' av TIS Kal
TTtvrjs avfjp
TOV
Karaftfa,
p.frpov
8f ovcrias
KfKTT)p.ei>os
Kul
p.e-
rpios
avros (av TOV avrov av eTraivfcroi
(-at
Bekk.
Schanz).
442.
TRANSLATION OF OPTATIVE WITH ov. The
optative
with av varies in tone from
strong
assurance
(inusf)
to faint
pre-
sumption (wight}.
1
May
be is often a convenient
rendering
for
the
positive,
cant for the
negative.
Even shall and ivill some-
times serve to
reproduce
the
impression,
while would and should
give
the
regular
translation in formulated conditional sentences.
So far from
necessarily denoting uncertainty,
it is the combina-
tion most
frequently
used to indicate moral
certainty,
and some-
times serves as a climax to the indicative.
Especially
common
is the aorist
optative
with av to
express
total
negation,
which
cannot be
brought
out so well
by
the future indicative.
2
<{>auXoi
. . o av rui
Y
o"<3
\6yia ilv, PLATO,
Apol.
28 B-C
;
They
must have
been
(must
be
considered}
sorryfellows according
to
your
account
(437)- <"P
a
av
irj
. . . ira\iv <re
(JuXetv |ie,
Xr.M.
Cyr.
I,
4,
28
;
// must be time
for you
to
kiss me
again.
ox/Sev av KOKOV
e"ir\ (sr.
6"Epws),
Pi.A'l'O, Phaedr.
242
K
; Eros
cant be
anything
bad.
oi
-yap
av
aireXOoip.',
aXXa
KOXJ/W -rrjv 0vpav,
Ak. Ach.
403
; No,
I'm not
going off,
but 1 will knock at the door.
ISOC.
8,
39: al<T\vv6firiv
av
(should\
ft
fyavfiijv
KT(.
II,
2O : et . . .
/it/iq-
(raip.fd(i
. . .,
ddvs uv aTroXoi
[j.f
0a
(sliould).
L\'S.
[20], 15:
Trios
1
av (tvv OIIK av 8fiva Truer
ôifjit
v
(inusf);
PLATO,
Apol.
28 B-C:
(pavXoi
. . . av TO>
ye
o-w
Xiiyw
(Tfv
(mitsf,
see
above).
Charm. 161 A-B: <>VK
apa cruxppoo'vvT)
av
dr]
alficas
(can, 43^). Gorg.
469
Ct (I 8'
dvayKOiov
("ir/
aftiKftv
"/
aftiKdadui,
f\oifj.rjv
av
â\\ov
aftiKfurQai.
>j
dftiKf'tv
(sliould}. 57
^ : K "'
M
v "
J
f
frdxfiptav
ra
7rpo<TT)KOVTa Trptirrot
av
(must)
Kul
TTcpl
0>vs Kul
ntpl avdfHanovs
<iv
yap
av
(TdXppovol
(can)
TU
p.t] irpoffyKOvra
rrpuTTcav. \\vuyxr)
TUVT fivm OUTMS. Phaedo,
76
E
(must, 440).
Phaedr.
242
E : oifttv av KdK(>v
drj (sc.
o
*Epws)
(can,
see
above).
PHILOLAUS
apud
STUB. Eel.
1,454-6: dvuyKa
TU oi/ra
fifj.fv
TTuvra
i)
nt-
1
A.
J.
I', xiv
(1893), 499,
xix
(1898), 231.
*
JUSTIN
MARTYR,
Apol. 1,4, 10,
IMPERATIVE OPTATIVE WITH AN
177
paivovrn rj uirtipa, f/ Tffpaivovru
rt xa\
anftpa, finupa
8i
pt'ivov
ov <a
tirj. (Here
avdyxa tipfv,
it must
be,
is
opposed
to en" KU
;,
// cannot
l>c.)
XEN. Conv. 6,
2 :
p.(Tuv
THV
i<pas X'y<(>
uv8' av
Tpiya pi)
UTI
Xoyoi>
av rts
irapfiptif
(COlilti).
C\T. I, 2, II :
0rjpa)VT(S
. . . oi'K uv
ilpitrr r/ere
mv
(TV///).
1,4,
28
(must,
see
above). 2, 2,
15
: Vc
yt
o-ou
TTI'/J olfuu. pdov
av TIS
f\Tpi-
^fdfv r) yi\u)Ta t^nytiyoiro
(coulii
or
might).
HOT.
3- 119^ dvi]p fJif'v p.ot
ti> (TXAos
yfvoiro (may),
ti
Satpuv
f'diXoi . . .
irnrpos
8e it
fjLtjrpos
OVKCTI
|i
t'/iof
*(ij (can, 43^)- 7-
162: OK av
fydi'ivoirt Trjv Tii-^(<ni]v
. . .
<j7r<jXXao-o-<i/ifi/oi
(can).
AR. Ach.
403 (see above).
1055
: mV uv
ty^t'otî ^tXidn/ Kptixpfov
(would).
Nub.
119:
o^
-
Trt
0oip.t]v,
I couldn't do it.
EUR. H. F.
97
: t\0oi T' tr' i/ Trair
ovpits (may).
Ion,
543:
TTCOJ uv ouv
drfv
o-iJs
(can, 43^); 13^^
: T"
V
(
V irewpw/wV oC^
VTT(
pftairjv
TTOT' uv
(could).
16212 : *jf rt'Xof
yap
01
p.tv
f<rd\ol
rvyâvovcriv
ai'<oi/,
|
ot ACUKO'I
8',
a)(rirfp npv-
KCMT',
OVTTOT' tv
trpu^ftav
av
(s/ta/I).
fr. 206: a> Trat
ytvoivr'
uv tv
\(\(y/j.t'i>oi
Xoyot | \lsfv8(~is,
firu>v 8( KU\\TIV
viKt^tv
uv
\ T(i\rjd(s (may).
SOPH. Ai. 88 :
utvoifj.'
uv,
I must
stay, Jebb.
186 :
rjicoi yap
av 6da VI'HTOS
(must, Jebb).
Ph. 2O-I :
rd^'
av
|
I8ois TTOTUV
Kprjvalov
(wilt,
Jebb).
41-2:
7ra>r
yap
av . . .
rrpovfta ITJ (could, Jebb)
;
103:
OVK uv
\dftots,
Thou canst
not
take,
Jebb.
AESCHYL. P. V.
758: 17
Sot' av
olpai Tt'jvS'
ISova-a
<rvp<j)opuv
(li'Oulti).
Sept.
375" Xf'yoi/i'
av d&tas (V TO. TU>V fvavriatv
(Will). 397- Kafffiov p.iv dvfipos
OVTIV' av
Tpf<raifi.' tyco
(will).
PlND. O.
2,
20: Xdâ 8t
JTOT/J.CI)
cri/v
(vBalfjLOvt ytvoir'
av
(cannot
fail
to
come). 13, 103:
TO. T'
f'va-op-fva
TOT'
(when
the time conies) av
(paitjv aafpis
(will).
P.
IO,
62 :
rv^coi'
Kf v
apna\tav ar^fdoi (ppovriSa
TUV
trap
TroSor
(might).
N.
IO, 87
I
^/iicru p.('v
K TTviois
yaias inr(V(pd(v
(<J>v
(may).
HUM. Od.
19, 598:
fvda Kf
\eaifJiT)v
(u'lll).
H.6,452-3:
O? K(V 1T(I\((S Tf KU\ ftrffXol
|
(V
KOVlJjfTl
TT ( <T O 1 1 V
(iVl'll). J.
41-2:
ot 8f K'
dyacraufifvoi â\KOKvr]p.i8(s 'Aâtoi |
mtiv
firdpartiav, iro\tfuf(fttv
"Y.KTopt
$ia>
(will).
9, 57"^
:
'/ ^
v Ka' Vf
'
os
fO'trt,
fftos
8( K KUI Trdty
(irjs |
<wX(!-
rarot
ytvtfi<piv (might). 417-8:
K! 8' uv Tiny u\\rticriv
tyu> irapafj.vdrja-aifj.r}v
o'licaft' ananKtiftV
(would). 13, 741
: (v6fv 8' av
p.d\u
iraa-av
fTri<ppa(rcraip.(&ti
faovXrjv (will).
22,
253: (Xoip-i
Kfv
rj
Kfv
aXoirjv,
I will cither
slay
or /><
slain,
E.
Myers.
443.
IMPERATIVE USE OF av WITH OPTATIVE. av with the
optative
is sometimes used to
suggest
a command.
irpodyois
av, PLATO, Phaedr.
229
H;
You
may
lead <>tt. Lead on,
pray.
(Cl. 229
A :
npuayt 8r}.)
PLATO,
Phaedr.
227
C :
Xryotr
av, Say on,
229
B
(see above).
12
178
GREEK SYNTAX
AR.
Eq.
ll6o-I :
8pav
ravra
xpf). \
airirov . . . 6fOir' av.
Vesp. 725-6:
^
7TOU
(TO(f)OS r]V
IXTTIS
t(f)aO~KfV, TTp'lV
OV
d/JL(f)olv flvdov aKOlHTTJS, \
OVK (IV 8lKa(TalS.
EUR.
Ion,
1335-6:
IIY.
Trap' f]fj.)v
8'
ticXa/3'
ovs
f^w \oyovs. \
IQN.
Xt'yotr
av tvvovs 8' ova-'
(pels
oar' av
\fyrjs.
AESCHYL. Eum.
94:
fv8oir' uv
(sarcastic), <af],
KUI Kad(v8ovo-a>v ri
8d;
Il8 :
fivôir'
uv
(sarcastic), avrjp
8'
o'i^frai (pfvy&v Trpdcro). Sept.
261 :
Xt'ycur
av o)S
raîtrro,
Kal
TO^' (icropai.
HOM. II.
2,
250
: rc5 OVK av
flao~i\r]as
ava
crrofj.' fûiv dyoptvois. 9, 1^1
2 '.
(I 8e
K(v"\pyos iKoiflfd' 'AâiiKov, ovdap dpovpr/s,
\
yanfipos
Kfv
fj.ot
eoi.
444.
av WITH THE OPTATIVE COMBINED WITH THE INDICATIVE.
The
optative
with uv is often used in combination with the
indicative,
sometimes as a
climax,
giving;
as it
does,
the warmth of
personal
convic-
tion.
DEM.
21,
189^
ovTf
<f)vyoifji'
av OVT'
dpvoi'fiai rovvofj.a
TOVTO.
191
:
(yu>
8'
ccrK((pdtii
. . .
(prj/J-l
KOVK av
dpvr)0eir)v.
ISOC.
15.
260:
tyu>
8' ov8fv av
fi7TOip.i
TOIOVTOV,
XXa rals
dXrjfffiais \prjcro-
fjiai TTtpl
avrwv. 288'
ov%
OTrwy av f
TTtrrXr] ^f lav,
uXXa Kal
o~vy\aipovo~L
ralr
dcrwriat? avruiv.
ANDOC.
1,4-
TToXXSi* uoi
a7rayyf\\6vT(av
art
\iyoifv
01
ej^dpol
cos
tipa yu>
OVT' uv
vnopf l.vaip.1 oixyo-opai
re
(fcfvywv.
PLATO,
Gorg. 481
C:
f]fj.u>v
6
/3to?
dvaTfrpap.p.fvos
av
f'irj
TUIV
dvdpu)TTu>v
Kal Truvra TU evavTia
irpaTTOfj.(v,
cos
eoiKev, f)
a 8fi. Phileb. 16 B: ov
fj.rjv
tort
KaXXuoi; 68os ovS' av
yevoiro.
THUC.
3, 13,
6: oi^Tf
yap dirocrTi]<TfTai
XXo? ra re
ijpeTfpa Trpoo-yfvrjQ-fTat
nddoip.fv
T' av
8fivu~fpa rj
ol
Trplv
dovXevovTfs.
HlJT.
9,
1 1 1 '. ovTf . . . uv rot
8oir]v dvyartpa rrjv fp-'jv yrjfj.ai,
ovrt
(Ktivrj
TrXeOfa
^povov
o-vvoiKifO-as.
AR. Ach.
403
: ov
yap
uv aTTf'X
$01^',
aXXa
KO\Û>
rfjv
dvpav (44
2
)-
EUR. I. A.
310:
ME. OVK av
pf
df
ip.Tjv.
TIP. ov8'
eycoy' afp^fro/jiai.
fr.
276:
yvvalKfS
fo-pfv
ra
fifv
OKVO>
viKu>p.eda, \
ra 8' OVK av
rj^v dpaaos V7Tfp/3d-
Xotrd ns.
HOM. Od.
4, 347-8:
OVK av
e'yco yt
aXXa
Trapt^ finoip.1 TrapuK\t8i>v,
ov8'
fj7rar/;cra).
II. 2,
158-61
: ovroj
8fj
. . .
'Apytiot ffxv^nvrai
fV
fvpta
V(i)Ta
da\do~o~r)s, \
Ka8 8e Kfv
ei>x<a\fiv Upidfj-ta
Kal
Tpaxri
XITTOKV
\ 'Apyetrjv 'H.\fvr)v
;
445.
Tin: OTTATIVE WITH av
IN
QUESTIONS.
The
opta-
tive with av in the
question expects
the
optative
with av in the
answer.
The
speaker virtually
answers
himself,
shows his own
opinion,
or his own desire.
Tpuyois
av
cpcîvOovs
;
AR. Ach. 801
;
Would
you
eat
pease?
irws av
AN WITH OPTATIVE
179
a4>ixoi.
VTO iroTf v9a 8i
; XF.N. Hell. 2,
3. 31
; How could
they
ever
get
to the
right place? (=OVK
av
OKÎKOIVTO
ISAE-3,64:
TJ uv
tifitivov f)
6
irarijp /3ovX i/a-aiTo; (Oufoir <*/.)
PLATO,
Gorg. 475
D-E : 8'aio av oui/ <ri/
p.a\\ov
TO xdiciov icai TO
alcr\iov
avrl TOV
TJTTOV
;
. . . <iXX' OVK av
8fai[jiT)v.
XEN. Conv.
3-6
;
X'X;$<
<r ort *nt oi
p(t\lrit>b(ii
irdvTfs iiriOTavrai ravra TII
tTri)
;
KOI rrias
iiv,
f),
Xf
Xi'jdoi
OKpoafUVOV ye
avrutv
oXiyou
<ii/'
iKiurrrjv t'lpfpHV
;
Cyr. 5.
1.
28 :
av0p<aniv;j
6<
yvwpy
Ttf av
f) (fxvyovTuv
TU>V
no\(p.i<av uiroTptnoi-
TO
f)
o7rX
7rapn8i5oiTa>i>
oi*c *ii/
Xa/tj3uvo<
;
Hell.
2,
3, 31 (see above).
HDT. 2,
57
T<
V
TPOTTW
j; TTfXftay
-yf wdpurrrjit] (fxavf/ (pdiyaiTO
;
AR. Ach.
797
:
tJKtj
8' Hvtv
Tt)s fjujTpos
(<rdioitv uv;
80 1
(see above).
Eq.
88: iro)S 8' av
p.cdvt> ^p^trroi'
TI
ftov\(
IXTOIT'
avrjp
;
91:
oivov
yap
f v
p
o t s "i v
Tl
TTpaKTlKU>T(pOl>
;
773- '3-4-
COM. Cratin. 2,
122: Trwy rtf
nvroj/, TTWS Ttr at-
|
OTTO TOV ITOTOV
iravo-fit,
TOV \iai> ITOTOV
;
EUR. I. T.
505
'
ov8' av TrdXti/
(ppdo~(ias rjns
(o-Tt o~oi
;
5'3
:
'V
"" T*
^tot <ppiio~
ins l)t>
f'yu>
6i\a>
;
PlND. O. 2,
109-10:
Kal Kt'ivos o<ra
xupnar'
uXXois
fdrjKfv, \
ri'y tiv
(ppdo-ai
SvvaiTo;
[ov8fis.~\
HOM. Od.
4> 443
T' r
y*p
f
'
flvaklcp
irapa KrfTtl Koipridf Irj
; 6,
57
: Trnjnra
<f)[\',
OVK &v
Sij /uoi f(poTT\io~o~fias diri]vrjv (
=
t(p6TT\io~ov)
; 7> 22-3:
2) Ttnos
OVK av
p.oi 86p.ov dvfpos rjyr/o-aio
\
'\\KIVUOV
;
446.
irws
av WITH THE OPTATIVE TO EXPRESS A WISH. TTCO? av with
the
optative
is
frequently
found in the dramatic
poets
to
express
a wish.
Compare
ttttnam in Latin.
iriis
av
l\u
KQI <rc
Tis"Epa>s |vvaYttYOi Xaîiv
; AR. Ach.
991
;
HCKU could
an Eros
(would
that an Eros
might}
take and
bring
its
together
? Utinam
me et te
copulet
amor
aliquis
! w
ya.la irarpis,
iris
av
tv6dvoipi <roi; EUR.
[Rh.] 869;
O
fatherland,
would I could die
upon thy
breast.
AR. Ach.
991 (see
above).
Eq. 460:
TTW? av a-'
firaiv(o-aip.tv
ovrus
SxriTfp fjSofj.fo'da
;
Vesp.
166: TTO>? av o~ diroKTe
ivaifjii
; irws ; Siirf
îot <0or.
EUR. Ale.
864:
Trwr av
oXoipav
;
[Rh.] 869(566 above).
Med.
97
: TTWJ
av
6\oip.av
;
SOPH. Ai.
388-91
: Trtoy av . . .
ddvoifjLi
KOVTOS ;
O. C.
I457~8:
nu>s
av,
(I Tit fVTOTTOS, |
TOV TTUVr'
(tplffTOV 8fVpO Qr)O~a
IT
opt)
I ; C). R.
7^5
'
TV* **V
fJ.0-
Xoi
8r)0' T)p."iv
(V
TUftd
TTClXil/
;
PH.
53
1
"
2 '
794~5
'
TWf 'iV (JfT*
(fJLOV I
TOV J(TOV
^pdj/OI/ Tpt<f)OlTf TTjvftf TTJV
VOCTOV
{
HOM. Od.
15, 195-6:
TTWf KfV
p.01 V7TH(T\op.(VOS
Tf\t(THaS
\ fi.vt)ov ffJLOVS
I1.6,28l-2: S>s Kt oi avdi
I ya'ui \dvoi.
On the difference between TTWS av ov and TTWV av
/ir/,
see the
chapter
on
Negatives.
180 GREEK SYNTAX
447.
OPTATIVE WITH ov ix DEPENDENT DISCOURSE. The
optative
with civ is less
frequently
used in
dependent discourse,
chiefly
in
relative,
interrogative,
and conditional sentences. In
these
combinations,
the
optative
with dv is often a
semi-quota*-
tion or reference to a known or
imagined
state of mind.
eicao-ros TI
vfiuv exi irpos
8
P<>vXoiTo
av
|xe irpa>Tov diroXoyctcrOai,
ANDOC.
1,8;
Each
ofyon
/ins some
point
which he would wish me to meet
first
in
my defence.
povXevofxevoi 6ijf3atoi
oirws ov
TTJV ^ycpoviav Xd(3oiev Tqs
'EXXd-
8os,
XEN. Hell.
7, i,
33
;
The Thebans
planning
how
they
could
(saying
: irws
fi.v
XoLpoiiiev ;
how can we
?)
gain
tJic
primacy of
Greece,
el
|xev
ovv
aXXov?
x
T
oioTiaiv ov
8oiT]T
avrovs (so. roils
IITITOVS),
. . . Kivois 8i8oT el
fie'vToi T)|Aas
av
POTJ
Xo icr0e
iropaerTaTas (idXicrra exeiv, T|(IIV
avrovs
Sore,
XKN. Cvr.
4, 5, 47
;
If
you
have others to whom
you
would
give
the
horses,
offer
tJiem to t/iem
;
if,
however,
you
would like most to have us as
your stand-bys, give
them to us.
For other
examples,
see
Relative, Conditional, and
Interrogative
Sen-
tences.
448.
ADHERESCENT
av.
Carefully
to be
distinguished
from these
semi-quotations
are those instances in which the av adheres to the
leading
particle
and
yet
the
subjunctive
is
changed
into the
optative.
This is
really
anacoluthic and does not count.
TOVTOVS
8e
eTijieXeicrOai TTJS irdXews,
e'ws av
(del.
Dobr. ;
av
W.)
ol
vdjioi
reOeiev,
AxDoc.
i,
8 1
;
T/iese were to take
charge of
the citizens until the
laws should be made.
(If
dv
goes
with re9eiev : until stech time as in all like-
lihood the laws would be
made.)
Axnoc.
i,
8 1
(see above).
Ak.
Eq. 1056
: /cat Kf
yvvij (pepoi ii^dos,
fTTfi Kfv
avi-jp avaQfirf.
Examples
will be
given
under the different
categories.
449.
edv, OTOV, ETC.,
WITH THE OPTATIVE. The
particles
which coa-
lesce with
"iv,
such as
e<ii>, Srai>, om'trav, fndftuv,
rarely forget
their
belong-
ings,
and in
good
Greek the
optative
is more than
suspicious.
450.
OMISSION OF dv WITH THE OPTATIVE. THE PUKE OPTATIVE
AS A POTENTIAL. The
pure optative (optative
without
m>)
is sometimes
used in the
early language
as a
potential,
the
negative being
<w. The in-
stances cited, however,
arc not all free from doubt,
and outside of these
early examples
all
pure optatives
used as
potentials
are more or less
open
to
suspicion.
Sometimes av has been
dropped by haplography,
sometimes
there has been a confusion with other words,
an u
(AY)
or a
fi>y
(AH),
some-
times the liv is to be understood from a
preceding passage,
or
anticipated
from a
succeeding passage,
sometimes
euphony may
have
prompted
the
POTENTIAL OPTATII'E PUKE 181
omission,
1
although
the Greeks
generally
are not
very
sensitive to the ca-
cophony
of recurrent
sounds,
7
or the ear
may
have been cheated, some-
times the
syntax
of the editors
may
have been at fault,
and the
optative
being equivalent
to an
imperative may
be considered as an
equivalent
to
the
optative
with av*
Many passages
once
freely
cited have been cor-
rected
by
editors, sometimes
unnecessarily,
and the
tendency
is
decidedly
towards the norm. Similar is the case of the omitted Kfv
(),
and there
are not a few
passages
in which the
presence
of a
yt suggests
a restoration
of the reular modal construction.
DlN.
I,
66 : riaiv
o(p0n\pols
(KUCTTOS
i>/icoj/ ri]v trarptaav
i<rriav oixoS' dirf\Qii>v
I8(lv
TO\fjLi'io-(ifv (TO\P.I']<T(I
Blass,
Bk.
Turr.)
; I,
91
: ti
p.(v
ovv Vi 8d
Ti]v
TroXii/
TIJS Arjuocrdivovs Trovrjpias
Kal
uTv\ias
a.7TO\aveiv . .
.,
(TTtpKTfov fit] [(uv) fir]
BK
;
(irj
del. ! r.
Bait.]
TOIS
(rvp.ftuivov(riv.
2,
3 irotnjpiav yap dpxop.(vr)v p.tv
KwXt<rat
THâ (TUX
av mal- Bk.
Dobr., rec. Turr.
Bl.)
TIS
KoXdfa
3. 19
:
p-fTa
8(
8a>po8oKius
Kai
Trpo&ocrius
KIU TU>V
op.oiuv
TOVTOIS KHKM
(ovSfpC
av Bk. Dobr. Turr.
Bl.)
in'iXis
o-udfirj.
LYCURG.
50-
^<
(uv Bekker)
ai(T)^vvdtif)V
fiTr<av
(rrtcpavov TIJS irarpiSos
fivai ras tKtivatv
û^fis-. 144
: KOI ris
dfa^.i/rja'dfls (uv avdp-vrjadfls Scheibe)
. . .
<r a) (r ( i ( . . .
;
ISAE.
9, 5
'
ov8'
(OVT*
Bekk.) avros
(av
aiiTos Scheibe)
(<ipvos ytvoiTO p.t-
H<ipTvpr)Tai
Tf
Vfuv.
I
I,
38
:
fyo) yup (
f
y<>> yup
''"
Sell.)
o>
uvftpfs
ITUVTUV
o/xoXo-
yi](raifj,i
tivai KaKtiTTBS,
LV'S.
5. 5
ovKtTi
(TKôvTai
o TI
ayaOov
(av
ayadov
Sell.)
tlpyafffitvot
TOVS
8f(T77ors
(Xtvdfpoi yevoivTo. 11,7-
(yo>
ovv 8f
aifj.T)i> (leg. Sf^ni'^r/j/
uv)
iru-
(ras
7ro/3f/3X;/C{Vat t) ToiavTr/v yvaifjLrjv Trtpt
TOV
iraTfpa (\(ti>. 19- 35 o/xoAoy^-
(Tfuiv
(('>p.o\oyi')(T(iav
uv
Sch.).
AXTIPHON, I,
I0: d 8e
uirupvoi yiyvowro
. .
.,
<
17 fta<ravos~>
dvayicdfot
(uvayKii(i
codd.,
dvayKafoi
Bl. ex em.
Steph.
;
leg.
uv
dvayKaôi)
TU
ytyovra
KaTTjyopdv.
1,
~S'-
Kc*i
y
u
p SiKaioTtpov
. . . Kai
npus
Gfiav KUI
irpos dvOpwnwv
yiyvoiTo (yiyvoiro
<.uv>
Blass)
vfjilv. $ ^4
: fKtivov
yup upiarTu (tipi<rr'
uv Hi.
J.
Bl.)
TtvdttlVTO.
PLATO,
Parmen.
145
A B : KOI
dp^^v $rj,
ws toiict,
Km
rt\tvTr)v
KU\
^('(n>v
?X<>i
uv TO (v.
"Eôt
(uv
to be
supplied
from the
preceding).
148
\L : rrw
fiiv 8!)
UTTTOIT' uv TO (v UVTOV re KU\ TO>V <7XXo>i/. ATTTOITO
(/</.).
Phsedo,
87
B C :
(p.<>\ yup
8oK(l
6ftoiats îyr6ai
roCra,
axnrfp
uv TIS . . .
Xryoi
. . .
TfK/^/md/
8t
Trap
f
\OITO
. . . KU\ . . .
dv(p(OT<pr)
...
dnoKpivap.fvov
8t TIVOS ... otoiro.
(One
uv suffices for four
optatives
in a
very long
sentence.)
Rpb. 382
D:
ITllTfpOV
8lU TO
fj.t]
(18(VUI TU TTU\UIU
d<pofJ,OlU>V
UV
TJffv8oiTO
! PfXoiOl/
p.tVT~
UV
fir],
1
See A.
J.
P.
xii, 387.
AESCHYI.. Clio.
595.
SOPH. Ant.
604-5.
TiiKOti
125
: olici
yap
tictitjt: dvSpof
vooi>,
where edl. or
yui>
av t lei i
n <;.
'
l'iM)\K,
1. K. cxiv. Alt. Nub.
776:
oiriuc
djruaTptût^
tit- d vn$ i KUIV cix
Still notice the
rarity
of
compounds
in di'tiv-.
*
li. L. G. on I'l.ND. U.
3,45: (ctivot ili)v.
\\
10,
21-2:
Qtu^ ti; | uiriip.uiv Ktap
1 82 GREEK SYNTAX
((prj. HOITJTTJS p.v fipa êvS^r
tv 6cu> OVK tvi. Ov u,oi SoKfi. 'AXXct 8t8iu>s roti?
('xdpovs TJsfvSoiro
(av
to be
supplied
from
\l/(v8oiro above);
Riv.
135
C:
Kai
yap
(Kel reKTOva
p.(v
av
Trpiaio
TTtvTf
i)
t
/JLVUV aKpov, dpîrtKrova
S ovS' av
p.vpiu>v 8pa^fj.ci}v oXryoi ye pr)v
Kai fv Tratri rots
"EXX^cri
yiyvoiVTO (av
to be
supplied
from
preceding).
XEN. An.
4.
6,
13
:
SoKovptv
8' tiv
p.oi ravrr] irpoanoiovp.fvoi TrporrflaXflv fpr/-
fjiorepca
tiv rco aXXw
opfi xp?)(rdai. p-tvoifv (av
to be
supplied
from
above)
yap
avrov
paXXov ddpooi
ol
TroXe'/^toi. Cyr. 2,4, 17:
Trffj-âtfii
"iv croi IKOVOVS imrtus
Kai
TTÔVS
. . . ovs crv
Xn/3o)j/
(vdvs avion Kai avros 8e . . . TTt
ipw pr^v p.fj Trpotro)
vfj-tov
fivai.
5-
I>
23-
K("
<poj3oifir]v
av avroiis Kin
ai<r^vvoifjLTjv
atroXnraiv ravra
(IKTj
ClTTf^dflv.
AR.
Eq. IO57
: aXX' OVK av
p.a^((Tano ^fcrairo yap,
d
/xaê'cratro.
EUR. Ale.
5
2
'
<OT* ovv on(as
"A\Kr)OTis
fs
yrfpas p.6\oi
;
SOPH. Ant.
604-5
r
f"'*'> ZeO,
Svvacriv TIS
dvftpuiv | vTTfpfiacria Acardcrôt
(450,
footnote
l);
O. C. 1
172
: <a\ ris TTOT'
eVrtV,
w
y' tya> \^fâip,i
rt
;
AESCHVL.
Ag.
620: OVK tad' onois
\iaip.i
ru
\lsfv8tj
KO\U.
1049:
TT(i.6oi
av,
(I neidoi' aTTf
idoirjs
6' lVa>s. Cho.
1/2:
OVK t(TTiv VO~TIS
TT\rjv
fvbs Kfi-
pairo
viv.
595
a^^'
vTrtpToXfjiov avftpos (ppovr;p.a
rls
Xe'yoi (45>
footnote
I) ;
P. V.
2912
1 OVK (CTTIV OTO)
fi.loVfl p.oipaV VflfJiatfJ. 1]
CTOl.
PlND. O.
3, 45
: ov viv 8iu>(o Kfivos
eirjv (450,
footnote
3).
P.
10,
21-2 :
6fbs
fir) I a7ri]p.u>v Ktap
(ibid^).
II,
50:
dfodev
epaifj.av
KaXcav
(fpaifiav
is not
potential).
N.
5,
20: viroo-KaTTToi is not
potential.
THEOGN.
125 (450,
footnote
I). 1187-90:
OVTIS airoiva 8i8ovs duvarov
<pvyoi
(av
to be
supplied
from what
follows)
oS
fBapflav | Sva-rvx^v,
fl
p.f)
fJio'ip'
eVi
T(pp,a ftuXoi. |
ovo~' av
8vo-(j)po(Tvvas | dvrjTus iivtjp Scopou j3ov\i>fj.tvos
Trpofpvyoi.
Ho.M. Od.
3, 231: /jfia
6(i>f
y'
(0e\u>v Kai
TrjXoOev av8pa
(rauxrai.
3
T
9
:
fXTrotro
yt
(K(
Nauck,
Cauer). 7,314:
OIKOV 8e T'
(Se
K cod.
Marcianus,
Cauer)
e-yw
*cat
KTTjp.ara 8oir)v. 14. 1223
^' TiS Kfivov
dv>}p d\a\rjp.(vos
(\6a)v
| dyyfX\d)v
TTfifTfif
yvva'iKii
re Kai
(pi\ov
v'uiv.
11.4,318-9: p.d\a p.(v
TOI
("
libri
plurimi
et
optimi,
Ktv
duo,
yt
unus,"
Cauer) f'ya>v f0f\oip.i
Kai avros
|
&)?
tp.(v. 5- 33
*> v &v
7* (libri
fere
omnes ;
K'
Heync,
Naber, Cauer)
av8pt s
y
(di^tav
Kai
dfjLfivovas, fj( irtp
otSe,
|
ITTTTOVS
8a>pi]<raiT(u). 15,45- "urup
rot Kai Kfiva
<ya> 7rapafj.v0T)<raiu,T]v. 197-8: Qvyaripfcrcnv yap
T( Kai v'idm
/jArfpoj/ ("TJ \
fKTrdy\nis
(7rif(Tmv
('vio~o~f/jifv. If), 3-'
^
(*fv yap
n
KaKu>T(pnv
uXXo
2O,
286: o ov 8uo
y'
(8vo
K'
Cauer)
<u/8pe (pepoitv
(= 5> 33)-
Subjunctive
with av
451.
The
subjunctive
with dv is not
employed
as a form of
independent
statement in Attic
prose.
In
dependent
clauses it
is either a future or
good
for all time.
AX M'lTH
SUBJUNCTIVE
183
452. SUBJUNCTIVE
WITH v OR av AS A FORM OF INDEPENDENT
STATEMENT. The
subjunctive
with MV or <"/ is
occasionally
used in
HOMER as a form of
independent
statement. The
negative
is ov.
lyia
8 icev O.VTCX;
?Xwp,ai,
HoM. II.
i,
1
37
;
/ will take it
myself.
OVK av
TOI
xp^^HT) Kiflapw, 3, 54
;
Of
no avail to thee shall the cithern be.
453-
i.
*("):
a. Present :
HOM. Od.
I,
396:
TU1V KtV Tig To8'
()(T)(TIV,
f1Tf\ Qave StOf 'O8v(T<TfVt.
4,
692
: <7XXoi/ K'
('xdaiprjo-t ftpoT&v,
it\\ov Kf
(piXoirj.
IO,
507
:
TTJV
Si Kf rot
irvoiff
Bopiao <pfpr)criv. 17. 4
I
7~^
: r<
f
<rf
XP') ôp.tvat
KOI \o>'iov
r)i irrp
II.
I,
184
:
tyu)
8( K'
aya> Bpicrfji&a KaXXmupyov.
Cf.
9, 7OI-2
: iXX'
7)
rot
Kt'ivov
niv (d<TO(j.ev, rj
Kfv
IT)<TIV | ^
Kf
P'fvrj. 14, 235
: trfidtv
fyui
&f Kt TOI
(ISfti)
(perf.
=
pres.) \dpiv.
Cf. l8,
307-8:
aXXa
/i<iX' "ivrrpi | <TTt]<rop.ai, ij
Kt
<pfpj)(ri fiiya KpaTos fj
Kf
<pepoip.r]v.
454.
b. Aorist :
PlND. P.
4, 5'~3
' Kfv fovSf o"i>v
Tip.a
0fa)i>
|
vacrnv
Kt\atv(<p(<av
7r(&t(ai>
|
8f(rir6Tai>.
(Only example
in Pindar.
Semi-epic.)
HOM. Od.
4,
80
(possibly
future). 388-9
: TOI/
y
d iron arv Svvmo
Xoî/o-u-
fitvos
\t\aft(<T0ai,
|
o? Ktv TOI
fiTTi)(rii>
oSot/.
391
: Kal di Kf TOI
fiTrtjiri.
Cf.
14. 183-4'-
aXX'
TI
TOI Ktlvov
[j.(i> (ii(TOfj.fi>, tj
Kfv
dXaty, | rj
K(
<j>vyn
Kai Ktv ol
(
W
a
Kpoi/tcov.
II.
I,
137
*' ^f Kf
M
1
)
Scooxrti/,
(yti)
8e Ktv avros
Xcoîat. 3^4
*' ^* Kf
)(rii>,
tyu>
8f Kfv avros
fXeu/^tot. II,43'-3
:
vi'lpupov i)
8oiotcriv (ir(vii
iSflO'iv
. . .
rj
Ktv
//w
vno
Bovpl
Tvjrtls dnu
dvpuif oXicrtrjjs.
16,
129:
8v-
ta
6d(T<rov,
f'yu>
Se Kt Xaoi/
dyt ipu> (may
be a
present).
24, 654-5
:
av f(iirot
'AytifjLffAvovi, Troifitvi
\au>v,
|
Kai Kfv
dvdfiXrjcris
\IKTIOS
vtKpoio
at
(yivoiTo
Cauer c.
paucis
codicibus).
455-
2. &,:
Ho.M.Od.4, 24O(=II, 328. 517.
II.
2,488):
OVK av
tyta pvOfj(rop.ai.
ov8'
ovofju'iva).
6,
221 :
"ivrrjv
8' OVK uv
tyu> yf
X
ot'iro-o/jin
t
(may
be
future).
II.
I,
205: 175 U7rfpO7rX'i/<rt TU^'
fiv nore
6v^>v oXf'tro"//. 3- 5-J-
^K
*
IV
TOI
xpaifTfjLij Kidapif. 11,387:
OVK <iv rot
xpai(T prjo-i. /Jtcij. 22,505:
vlv 8
av TroXXa
rrddji<Ti (pi\ov
HTTO
miTpus dftapTuv.
The aorist is the tense used in all the above
examples,
and all
except
two are
negative.
456.
OMISSION OK av IN
SUBJUNCTIVE
DEPENDENT CLAUSES. Sub-
junctive dependent
clauses,
outside of the
pure
final srntenrr.
regularly
take uv
except
in the older
language.
The omission of <1v is sometimes
184.
GREEK SYNTAX
due to clerical error,
sometimes
perhaps
to a sense of
euphony,
sometimes
to a survival of the older construction. See
Final,
Temporal,
Conditional,
and Relative Sentences.
457.
av WITH OTHER Moons. The
imperative
with Sv does not oc-
cur. When av is used with an
infinitive,
or
participle,
the clause must be
resolved
by
an indicative or an
optative, according
to the context.
oici (TV icdXXiov av
Topyiov
airo K
p
ivacr Oat
(
= KaXXlov av
airotcpivaio
) ;
PLATO,
Gorg. 448
A. oiei
Y*P
olKeio-6' av en
Tt]v8e TTJV
irdXiv
(=<OKIT'
av
en
tj8 -r] TroXis), |
el
JIT) 4>avepus T|[iu>v xnrepeix* TTJV x^Tpav ; AR.
Eq.
1
175-6. opw
. . . Toirov
(su/'jecf)
. . . iroXXwv
jiev
eiraivcov Kai icaXwv
irpa.ca>v yfpovra.,
iroOovvra 8^
TOV diu><5 av
SwrjOeyra (=oms
av
SuvrjOciT)) SiaXex6>~]vai irepi
avraiv, ISOC.
5,
109.
Further
examples
of civ with the Infinitive will be found under
Object
Sentences with t/ie Accusative and
Infinitive,
and additional
examples
of av
with the
Participle
will be
given
under The
Abridged
Sentence.
458.
av WITHOUT A VERB. The verb of av is sometimes to
be
supplied
from the context. So
especially
in the combina-
tions
rd%
av,
MayJiap, Quite
likely
;
TTW?
av;
How could it ?
ras
iricmi'|ias apa SiaXTjirreov
. .
.; rax"
av
(sc. SiaXTjirreov eirj), PLATO,
Politic.
258
B;
The
different
sciences then are to be
distinguished?
In all
likelihood
(=
Of
course),
oi
-y^p
av . . . ev
TOIS oxio-iv
yyiYvoi<r9T]v.
IIws
Yap
av;
Ibid, Pannen.
149
E.
DEM.
21,
199:
TLS
yiip
(crriv ocrris . . . OVK tin . . .
ptrpiov Trapfcr^fv
tavrdv
. . .
;
oiSfis vans OVK iiv
(SC. irapi(T\fv}.
PLATO,
Euthyd.
284
A : TT&JS-
yap
av,
Legg. 629
A :
rax
av 1<ra>s.
658
A :
rdx
""
^9^
^ '*"'*
y"P
'"" ' Parmen.
149
E
(see above).
Phileb.
23
D:
TUX
av. Politic.
258
B
(see
above).
Rpb. 353
C : *ci TTWS
Kv,
369
A :
TU^'
av.
Soph. 237
C : Trwy
yap
av
;
255
C :
r^'
av.
257
D
(id.),
Theaet. 186 D :
Kal 7ro>y av
;
KN. An. I,
3,
6 : uts
e/zoO
ovv IUVTOS
UTfrj
av KO\
vp.fls (SC. irjTf)
OVTUI
rr)i/ yva>-
AR.
Eq. 1251-2:
ere (^' <"XXo$- TI?
\aflu>v KfKTTjcrfTai, \ K\eTrrrjs p.tv
OVK av
fjia\\ov, firvx'is
'
s
(parody
of EUR. Ale. 181-2,
quoted below).
Vesp. 5
:
oi 8' otKirai
piyKovcriv
XX' OVK a v
TT/JO
TOV
(SC.
fpptyKOv).
Pax,
907
: (iXX' oti<
a v
(SC. TTtipt
8i
^cu),
ft TL
Trpo'iKa Trpocrayayflv
a' tfifi.
EUR. Ale. l8l-2: (Tt b'
a\\rj
TIS
yvvjj K(KTij(T(Tai, \ cruttypw p.fv
OVK av
ûXXoc
(sc.
ovaa
r)
OVK av
fir)),
f
VTVX^S
8' ttrcos-. Med. I I
53-
îôvs'vofiifovar*
OVCTTTfp
(IV
(SC. VOp.ifrl')
TTOfTtS <T(6(V.
SOPH.
LI.
364-5
:
TTJS <T')S
8' OVK
</>i TIUIJS rvxftf. \
ovb' av crv
((ptprjs),
1
o~(tt~
1
Jebb gives
a choice between
t'p'/^/c
and
iipa^.
POSITION OF AN
(KEN) 185
(j)(>u>v y
ov&a. Ph.
II4~5
: Ê. OVK
Tip'
6
Tripcruv,
o>9
e'<pci<ri{eT*, tip e'yw; \
OA.
OUT' av (TV
(SC. eu;9)
Ktivotv
x<op9
OUT' (Kflva <rov. Tr.
461-3
: KoCno> nt avruv (K
y ffjiov Xoyov
KUKOV
| rjviyKar'
ouS' uvtifios
ijSe
r' ouS' uv
(SC.
fviyKacr')
ti
\ Kiipr*
ivraKtiTj
TW
(pi\t~iv.
Some of these
ellipses
have become mere
formulae,
such as ws <"v and
Ktiv,
for which see Conditional and Concessive Sentences.
459.
POSITION OF Sv AND
*t(v)
av and
KC(V)
are both
post-
positive.
Both are
apt
to combine with some
leading
modifier,
conjunction, relative, adverb,
only
certain
monosyllabic particles,
such as
(j.ev,
&e,
yap,
T,
being
allowed to intervene, av some-
times
goes
so far as to coalesce sooner or later. So \ve find el
av
(TJV,
edv,
dv\
ei
Ke(v),
or' av
(later
orav],
ore
K(V], Trplv
av, b$ av,
09
Ke(v), Td%
av,
OVK
av,
oij
fce(v).
This
tendency
to combine with
some
leading
word sometimes removes both av and
ice(v)
to a
considerable distance from the verb to which
they properly
be-
lon.
460.
uv
[(")]
a
f
ter te
irws
ya.p
avtv TOVTWV
apt-rf) -yc'voir*
av; PLATO, Meno,
78
E;
\Vlty,
can there be virtue without those ?
(438).
DKM.
3, 17
: el 8e TOUT' firotfi
exaorof,
fviKtav "iv
(4
2
9)-
2O
-
'43
:
yivoiro
yap
av Kai TOVTO
(439)-
-'
'89:
ovTf
(f)vyoi/j.'
av our'
apvovpat rofivopa
rodro
(444)-
LV'S.
2O, 2:
alptdtls
VTTO TU>V
(f)V\fTO>V,
Ol
("iplfTTU SiayVOlfV
UV
TTf/Jl (T<f)W>
avT(i>v oTroIoi nvfS dcriv
(439)-
PLATO,
Apol.
22 B
(431). Gorg. 469
C
(442). 507
A : *m
^v
o
ye
<r<a-
(fipv
ra
Trpoa-r'jKoi'Ta irpurroi
av KUI
ntpl
dfoits Ka\
rrtpi tlvdpiairtws
(44
2
)- Meno,
78
E
(see above). Phaedo,
63
B
(429).
XEN.
Cyr. 3,3, 70 (430).
8. i,
33 (430).
Mem. i. 2,
1 1 :
friyi/jx
a) " 6 . . .
f3uirdai ToX/icii'
^t'otr' av OVK
u\iyu>v
(43^)-
I, -.
'7
: '""ws ovv ttirot TIS uv
npos
TaOra
(438). 4,
6,
13 (431).
THUG.
3, 13.
6: vrt
yap airo(TTT]crfT(it
i1\\ot ra Tf
I'lptTffM irpotrytvyatTM
irudoifjLfv
r av
fttivoTtpa f/
ol
nptv
8ov\fi>ovTfs
(444^- 7> 7'- 3 (43
1
)-
Hl>T. 2, II :
ya> piv yap t\irofi.ai yt
Kin
pvpiutv
tiros
îixTorjvni
uv.
KUS titv
SiJTa ptrii
uv
(SC.
o NetXoy) (ino
\uivn<: (43^)- 4' (438)- 9^ (437
1 -
Ak. Ach.
797 (445).
-8oi
(44$). Eq-9'
: <nvov
yap tvpott
~<v n
irpuKTiKu-
Tpo^(445),-
Nub.
854-5 (431).
Av.
382(438). Lys. 97-8(436).
Euu. Ion,
1622 : n't KUKin
8',
oxTTTfp irKJn/Ktirr',
oCmrr' tu
npafctinv
"n-
(44
2 '-
1. A.
1582 (430). Phocn.40I
: nort
piv
trr'
?in<ip t\oc,
iV oix
(i\v
"iv
(431).
Soi'H. Ai. I 86 :
rJKtn yap
uv 6tia vocrov
(44
2
)-
1 86
. GREEK SYNTAX
AESCHYL. P. V.
75$
:
rj8oi'
av
o^p-ai T^vB'
I8ovo~a
o-vptyopdv (442). Sept.
375 (442).
PlND. O.
2,
2O: \ti0a 8f Tron/w avv
tvo'aip.ovi yivoir'
av
(43^).
HOM. Od.
I,
228
9
'
Vffj.(O~o~i'i
o~aiTo
K(vdv>)p | aio~êa
TroXX"
opauiv.
II.
22,
253 eXot/it
Acei/
17
Kei/
a\oir)v (44
2
)-
461.
a i'
[(')]
tf/frr Negatives
:
TOS . . . TWV <nrou8aiv
4>iXia<;
ov8' av 6 iras alwv
ta\eivj/eiv,
I.SOC.
[l],
I
;
Not even
eternity itself
can obliterate the
friendships of
men
of
c/iaracter.
DEM. l8,
219'
6
fJifv ypd<pa)v
OVK (iv
(Trpfo-fifvcrtv,
6 8(
Trpfo~jBfvcav
OVK av
(ypafyfv (43
1
)-
22
5
"
M^
rf
TpOffSft p.r]8(is P*JT'
av
<fi]drj rrjfjLfpov prjdtjvai (430).
243:
et TO KOI TO
tTroirfa-fv avSpwrros,
OVK av cnridavtv
(429). 21,
191 (438).
ISOC.
[l],
I
(see above).
15,
260:
eycb
8' ov8(v av
fiTroi/it
TOLOVTOV
(444).
.
I,
4
ws
apa tyu>
OVT av
virofj.flvai[i.i olî]<roiJ.ai
Tf
(ptvycov (444)-
,
5. 15
: e ^
J
U
P Hêis
on ov8f\s av
rjv
croi 6? ...
(/j.ov Kar(fj.aprv-
prjcrtv.
PLATO,
Gorg. 491
E : ov8e\s OO-TIS OVK av
yvoirj,
on ov TOVTO
Xf'yw. 492
B :
t]
TTOJS OVK av a6\iot
ytyovuTS tirjcrav; 57
A : ov
yap
av
(Tco(ppovol
TO.
fj.i) npocr-
rjKovra irpdrr<av
(442).
Phaedr.
242
E
(442).
Phileb. 16 B: o v 8
'
a v
yivoiro
(444)-
PHILOLAUS
apud
STOB. Eel.
1,454-6: "nreipa
8
p.wov
ov KO
("trj (SC.TO.
(OVTO) (442).
XEN. An.
I,
9, 19
: d 8e nva
opcorj
. . .
7rpoo~68ovs
Troiovvra,
ovdeva av 7ro>-
TroTe
d(f)(i\(To,
aXX' del TrXei'a)
Trpoo-eSi'Sou (43
1
)-
Hell.
I, 7, 7 (43).
THUC.
I,
9, 4 (437)- 3- 4
2
-
2 :
8u*<pfpfi
8'
avTa>,
d
J3ov\6p.(vos
TI
alcrxpov
7m-
o~ai (V
p.(v
fiTTflv OVK av
jyyeiroi jrtpi
TOV
/i?)
/caXoO
Svvacrdai,
tv 8e
Sia/3Xa)i>
e*c-
TrXât
ai/ Tovy re
avrtpovvras
KUI TOVS
aKovo-0/j.ivovs. 7, 55,
2
(43)-
HDT.
2,
ii : OVK av
x^'^î
foXTros-
(439). 6,63(436). 7,162(442). 9,111
(444)-
AR. Ach.
403:
ov
yap
av
dneXdoi/j.',
aXXa
o\^-a) TIJV Gvpav (44
2
)-
IO55 (44
2
).
Eq.
1
276-7 (429).
Nub. 1 1
9 (442). Lys.
1
29 (438).
EUR. I. A.
310 (444).
I.T.
1007
: OVK av
y(voip.rjv
ffov re KU\
fir/rpos (povfvs
(438).
fr.
276(444).
SOPH. Ph.
103
: OVK uv
Xd/3otr (44
2
)-
I l8 :
â6u>v yap
OVK av
(ipvoinTjv
TO
8pav.
Ap'SCHYL.
Sept. 397
'. KI'KTUOV
fJifv dv8pns
OVTIV' av
Tp('o-<up.' fyu>
(44
2
)-
PlND. O.
2,
17-9*
T^v ^^
7T(irpayu(V(i)v
. . .
dnoirjTov
ou8' (iv
xpuvos
. . . 8v-
vaiTO
6('p.tv tpycav
Tt'Xoj
(438).
HYMN. HOM.
4. '3
2 (>v
P*
v
y'
l
P
K( KflK ' roioi8 TIKOKV
(439)-
HOM. Od.
4, 64:
OV Kf KdKlli TOIOV<T$ T(KOKV
(439)- 7&
'
TfKVU
(î\',TJ
TOl
Zrjv'i iJpoTJav
OVK av TIS
fpioi
(43^). 240:
OVK av
tyta uvdi/o-ofjiai.
ov8'
dvof
(455)- 347-8 (444).
6,
221
(455). 13. 86-7 (439).
II.
3, 54:
UVK uv rot,
xpaio-p.;/ KiQupis (455)- 4.
22
3
*'/ ^
>
"v* av
ros/nox or AN
(KEN) 187
Star
'\yaptpvova
SIov
(439). 5, 85 (439).
ii.
387 (455). 16,638-9:
ov8' &v
. . .
fyvo}
(430).
462.
c'ii'
[()] after Interrogatives
:
T(S
yo-p
iv
ytvoiro Taurus fiavia |muv;
IsAE.
i. so;
Why,
what
greater
madness can there be than this ?
ISAE. I,
20 (see
above).
3, 64
: ris ftv
tipdvov fj
6
irnrijp fjov\(i><T(iiTo (445)
<'
ISOC.
5.64:
Kairoi TIS av
npo(Tf8i>Krja'(v
vn
dv8poi
ovrta Tnntivws
npdavros
dva<rrpn(}>ii<T((rdai
TU
rf/s
'E\\d8os
npaypaTa (430);
L\"S.
1,45-
T * < lt> ^v
/3ouXd/*ci>O (yv
TOIOVTOV K'IV&VVOV
tKiv&vvtvov,
ft
p.f]
TO
/
TU>I>
dSiKrjudrw ?)i>
{in avrov
r)8utr)fuvos
;
I 2,
34 (439)- [- '5 (44
2
)-
PLATO,
Gorg. 49'
^ I (ird TT^S uv filial
fjLti)i> yivoiro (ivBpwiTos
SovXtvw
XEN. Conv.
3.
6
(306). Cyr. 5.
i.
28
(445).
Hell. 2,
3, 31 (445).
HDT.
7. IO3
: *w? av fivvaiaro
îXiot
. . .
f]
mil
ir(vraKi<Tp.vf}toi
. . .
crrparu
AK. Ach.
991 (446).
Eq.
88
(445)-
Av.
172:
TI tiv wv
n-otoi/zti/ (436);
173
: itoiav 8' av
oiKia-atfjitv opvida
Tro\tv
(43^);
EUR.
Ion,
543 (436).
I. T.
513
:
ap"
<iv ri
p.oi (ppiia-ftas
Lv
tyta
^<X&>
(445);
SOPH. Ai.
430-1
: TIS "iv TTOT
<ftd
y
KTf.
(43o)
; Ph.
41-2 (442).
PlXD. O. 2, Iio: ri'y av
typiitrai
Svvairo
(445)
;
SAPPHO,
62: ri Kf
6dp.(v (438);
HoM. Od.
4. 443
T '
'
y
(
'p
*'
tiva\lip
mi
pa KrjTfi Koi/j.Tjdtlr] (43^)
;
II.
9, 77
: Tl's av riidf
y7)0j]cr(itv
; IO,
303:
TIS niv
poi
Tu8f
(pyov
VTTO-
\i(T(ifv
;
463.
or
[(')] after
a
Participle:
SiaXtxOels
ov
fioi
. . .
<jp\tro
diriuiv, PLATO,
Conv.
217
^
'<
HC li'Otlld
have a talk with me and then he was
ojf (431).
ANTIPHON,
5-62: yvkxrdds
(iv
dnf<TT('p(i /j.tv ('nf Ttjs Trnrpt'Soy, anfcrrfpfi
df avrov
tfptav
KTf.
PLATO,
Conv.
217
B
(see above).
XKN.
Cyr.
4, 5,6
: T0 XotTroO ov8(
j3ov\i>n(vos
nv
tipts paS/o>r
TUJ>
VVKTUI^
iroptvt'>n(vov
(43)-
8,
1
,
33
*^<""' av avrovs
i]yi)<Tu>
TO> *>VTI df K<I\\OS
<,"r;>/ (43)-
IIl)T.
7. 3^
*">
8i(TTTt>Ta,
xprjicras
nv TI atv
ftovXoturjv TV%UI>.
Al<.
Eq. 1352-3'
" T' )V
M'
tr ^(' t/
Xeyaiv |
TUV ras
Tpit'ipas
(sc.
\iyovra) napa-
dpupwv
av
aj^fTo.
Soi'H. Ant.
94 (55).
O. K.
446
: trvBtis T' av tn<K nv
(JXyt'i'iiiv
n\toi>.
PlN I). P. IO,
62 :
Tv\<i)v
K(V
(\pna\fav tr^tdoi (j>pnvTt8n
Tnv
nap
itnftos*
HoM. Ocl.
4, 47
: ISovtra Kt
6vî>v Idvdijs.
464.
'ii'
[(r)]
with
any Leading
J/<^////V/-,
uiulcr which he.id arc
included
copulative
and
disjunctive conjunctions.
1 88 GREEK SYNTAX
TO,
(iev
aXXa
cruoTrai,
ir<5XX' av
e\uv eliretv,
DEM.
3, 27 ;
The rest I
pass
over
in
silence,
although
1 could
say
much.
DEM. I,
I : ami TTO\\O>V av a>
avSpts 'Adrjvaioi xprj^drtov v/j.ds
(Xtcrdai
vopi-
fct),
ft KTf. 2,
I I eVl 7ToXXa>J>
fJLfV
O.V TIS ISftV S)
avSpfS
'
A.dr)valoi
SoKfl
p.01
KTf.
3, 27 (see
above).
18,
153-
f '
P-
fV "^^
M
1
) ptTtyvaMrav
(idiots ol
Qrjftaloi
. .
.,
uxnrfp x
f
<-P-<*ppovs
tiv drrav TOVTO TO
Trpdyp.'
els
TTJV
TTO\IV tlcrfirfO'f.
ISOC. II,
20: fv6vs av
d-rroXoififda (442).
LVS.
3, 5
TroXv uv
tpyov ftr] \tytiv (436). "]
,
l6 : fv
yap
av
fl8fir)v (437)-
ANTIPHON,
4/33:
SiKa/ws 8' av
eVfî/êt (429).
PLATO,
Apol.
28 B-C :
<pnv\oi yap
civ . . . tlfv KTf.
(437).
Charm. 161
A-B : OVK
"ipa (rw(ppo(rvvr)
av
t\rf
atSco?
(43^)- Gorg. 453
D: KaXws av (TOl
dnfKfKpiTo (429); 481
C:
dvaTfTpapfjifvos
av
tirj (between
participle
and
copula,
as
often) (444)- 49
2 E: 01 \i6oi
yap
av ourco
yt
nal o't
vfKpol
fv8ai-
fj.nvi(TTaToi
fltv.
Hipparch. 229
B: TTUVTOIV av . . .
i/Kov(ras (430). Phaedo,
76
E: uXXcos av
(440).
Politic.
264
C:
ra^'
/,
as often
(440).
Theaet.
145
B : ev av
f'xoi
(436).
XEN.
Cyr.
1,4,
28:
a>pa
av
ftrj (442). 2, 2,
15: paov
av
(442). 7,
2,
25:
pi<rr'
j/
/uot
8oKfts etKao-at roOro. Hell.
6,
4,
16:
oXtyous-
av et'Ses
1
(43)-
THUG. I,
38, 4
: f ' ro' r ffXetoaw
aptVHOvrfS ecrp.fi',
roicrS' av
p.6vois
OVK
6pdo)S d-rrapfO-Koip-fv
(43^).
2,
35,
2 :
T(i^'
av
(43^).
6, 2,
4.
HDT.
I,7O (437).
I,
196:
ol S' av . . .
eXdpfiavov (431). 2,6:
o?ra) av
(43^)- 3-
I
'9- d8f\(pf6s
av aXXos ov8fvl
rpoTrco ytvoiTO (442). 9>7'-
"XXa
ravra
/Ltef
(an
(pduv(f
av f'i-rroifv
(439)-
AR.
Eq.4I3- fidrrfv y
av
(439)-
Av.
815: "SndpTTjv yap
uv
dtifirjv (yu>
Tr/pf)
TrdXtt
(436); Lys.
81 :
Kav,
and so often
(436). 252
: XXy
yap
<"v
(440).
Ran. I O22 : nds av TIS
dvf]p TjpdaQrj
8d'ios fivai
(43)-
EUR. Andr.
85:
TroXAas av
tvpois p.r]âvds
(43^)- H35-
8fivds 5' av
(iSes
nvppixns
(43)-
H. F.
97
: r' av
(44
2
)-
S()PH. Ph. 2O:
Tax
av
(44
2
)- 290-1
: aiiTos av TiiXas
| fl\v6p.rjv. 294-5:
Tavr' av . . .
\ fp.r))(avu>p.r]v
ftVa
irvp
av ov
Tvaprjv (43
1
)-
PlND. O.
13, 103
: TUT' tiv
(44
2
)-
N. IO,
87
:
r/uiav p.(v
Kf irvfois
yaias
vnt-
Vfpdfv
taiv
(44
2
)-
SOLON,
36,
1-2 :
o-vpp.apTvpoir)
raOr' av . . .
^}Ti]p fj-fyiaTi]
Saiuovatv
'OXti^t-
TTtCOV
(436).
HOM. Od. I,
396:
TU)V K(V TIS Tl')ft'
(XrjtTlV
(453)- 4- 39'
*al ftf K TOl
(1irr)(j-i (454). 692:
a\\ov /c' . . . (1\\nv K(
(453)' 753- '/ y<'p
Ktv
(43^).
10,
84:
(vda
K(f) (430). 507: TI]V
d( Kf
(453). 14, 183-4:
<iXX'
r;
rot Kt'ivov
p.(V
(d(Tc>fj.(v, rj
Ktv
dXa>i/, | rj
Kf
<pvyi)
Kai Ktv OL
v-n-ffxr^'l X
f
'
l
P
a
Kpoi/ij
(454)- *9
598:
tv6a Kf
(442).
II. I, loo: TOT* Kfv
(438).
I,
137: fyo)
fti Ktv avTos
eXa>fxat
(45
2
)-
and
so elsewhere with
e'yw. 139:
o fit Ktv
(432). 205
:
ni^'
avtvoTt
fivôv o\t(rtrj)
(455)- 271-2
: KtivHicri fi' av ov TIS
\
TU>V,
01 vvv
ftpoToi
tio~iv
firtxoovim, fj.axt~
OITO
(436). 523: tfjioi
&i Kf Tavra
p.f\i'io-fTai (43
2
). 2, 12; vvv
yap
Kfv
POSITION OF AN
(KEN) 189
l6o
-
r 8t Ktv . . . XiVotfi/
(444)- 3- '3^
: TW 8< Kf
vtKTj&avTt. (43
2
)- 4- 1/6:
*ut ice Tit iS'
<Ym (43
2
)- 4-'
: vtro K(V
TaXatrifppova ntp
dios flXfv
(43O). 9.
57- V"
r ^' " f *"' 'r'* ls
'
*lr)t (44
2
)- 4'7
: to* 8' fii> . . .
irapap.v8r)cratpr)v (442).
701-2
:
tj
Ktv . . .
")
Kf
(453)-
1
1.
433
'
>1
**v
(454)- '3- 74'
'
tv6tv o' <7/
(442).
1
8,
308
:
"f
K( . . .
>;
K(
(453)-
--
-53
:
Xo/
*fi>
fj
Kf v
AXoiqv (44
2
)-
55
: v\>v
8' av
(455^- 24. 654-5
: air.'ic' &* ...
|
KOI KCP
(454).
465.
a r
[()]
with Verbs
of Saying
and
Thinking
:
ri
xp
1
*)
TOVS TOIOVTOVS
irpoaSoKav
av irouiv
( îroiovv
av),
cl
(xi]Scis îr]v
. . .
KivSwos ;
DEM.
21,9.
LYCURG.
74:
KOITOI olea-df
"tv,
ft ... TrdvTfs
tfyvyuv,
TOVTWV av TI
ytvt(rdai
TU>V Ka\<i)v
fpy<av.
DEM.
21,9 (
see
above).
PLATO, Pli.iedo,
101 E: <rv
f>\
ftrrrp
d TWV
<pt\o<rd(f)<i)V, oip.ni
av if
f'-yw
Xf'yw
Trotols. Tlieaet.
164
13 :
trvuftaivti <ipa,
ov rty
cm(TTt\p.tav iyivtro,
(TI
p.(fjLvrj-
fitvov
niruv
p.t]
firt<rra(rdai . .
.,
o
rtpus tfyafnev
av tivm fl
yiyvoiro.
Tim. 26
B:
tyw yiip,
a
p-tv x&(S i/xovira,
OVK av 018' tt
dwaipr/v
atravTa tv
pvi'jpij
TTII\IV
ouv t
EN. An. 1
,
3,
6 : a-vv
vp~iv p.iv
av
oipai
tlvai
ripins.
2, I, 12: oTrXa
piv
olofJitda
av KOI
ri] ap(TT) xprjirOai.
2,
5.
l6 :
(ip.a
av
pot
8oK(ls K(ii
(ravTaj
KUKOVOVS flvai.
Cyr. 5. 4-
' - : tl . . .
tiratBonoujtruii.^,
OVK 018' av fl
(KTTJ-
(Tii^rjv
TTdiSd TOIUVTOV
irtpl (p.(.
(The
hyperbaton
of the av is due to the at-
traction of the verb
oi'5(<i).)
THUG. 2,
70, 4
fv6fiiov yap
av
Kptirf)(rai r)y
TrdXftos.
3-4--
- : ( v
f-^v
dirt'iv OVK av
TjytiTai irfpl
TOV
uf]
KU\OV 8vvao~6ai
(461). 7- 4-
- : ^^ T
V
y
7
f
T]fJifp<iy T(WT7)S
Ol'KtTl
OlOfJifVOl
*IV
V(Wp.U\lj(Tai.
AR.
Eq. 407-8:
TOV '}(iv\iov r av
oiofi.cn, yf'povTa irvpoTrtirtjv, | iicrBtvr'
iT)Trai(i)vi(rai
KU\
liaK^t^dKôv
aval.
EUR. Ale.
48: \aftojv
Iff- ov
yap
old' av d
ndo-aipi
<T(. Med.
941
I bvK
o?S' av (I
TTfio-aifjLi, TTfipairdai
8e
XP1-
466.
Rare
position
of
l\r in Rilatirc
Subjunctive
Sentences :
So- a
ti>a IvjATravra irpdo-iii'
av CKa<rrois
^, Tpixfj 8iaipci(r8w, 1'l.ATO,
Legg.
848
A.
ANTIIMION,
5, 38:
Kad' Lv
^vv;i
av
rtj,
but this is
changed by
editors
tO Kitff &>v av etc.
PLATO,
Legg. 739
C : "mov TO 7r<iX(u
\tyop.fvov
av
ylyvrjrat.
848
A
(see
above). 850
A: <j<r<a n\f'ov av
r/. 955
^
onortpa
TO
brj/jiotTiov
iiv
\uf)<T0al
ftov\iTai.
Ak. Ran.
258-60:
XX<j
p-r/v KiKpuôptadii y' |
OTTOCTOI/
17 (piipvy
av
ijpaiv \
Xavftavji.
For
examples
of the normal
position
ol dv in
Temporal, Conditional,
190
GREEK SYNTAX
Concessive,
and Relative
Sentences,
see
Temporal,
Conditional, Concessive,
and Relative Sentences.
467.
REPETITION OF av AND
KC(V).
av is not
unfrequently
repeated
in the same
clause,
sometimes in order to resume a
distant
av,
sometimes for rhetorical
emphasis, especially
with
the
negative
or
equivalent interrogative. KC(V)
is also
repeated,
though rarely,
and both av and
Ke(v)
are
occasionally
found in
the same clause.
irotav TIV' ovv
TJBiorT'
av O!KOIT' av irdXiv
;
AR. Av.
127 ;
What manner
of
city,
then,
should
you
like best to live in
(436).?
LYCURG.
57
: * v TO
'
IS TOTf
Kaipols
nal KOT'
epyacriav
fKTrXftv,
TJVIKCI
ovS' av fls
aa'dai ov8ev ov
f^Tjrtjtrtv,
ISOC.
5. 7
1 : Tl's 8* OVK av TCOV KOI
[tfTpiais Xoyib/ie'vcov
ravTas av (rot
Trapai-
fif
/iaXtora Trpoaipd(r()ai
TCOV
Trpdêcov
:
LYS.
[20],
I
5
: TTCOS av ovv OVK av 8(iva
Traoôi/ifv (442)
;
PLATO,
Apol. 17
D-
wcrTrep
ovv
av,
fl ru> OVTI tvos
fTiiyâvov
u>v,
^vveyi-
TKfTf
8l]7TOV
t'lV
fJLOL. 3!
A '.
V/J.(IS
8' l(T<l)S
TO.%
(IV
a\do}Jif
VOl,
SxTTTtp
Ol VVOTO,-
fs
eyeipofievoi, upovcravTfs
av
/J.t, TradufJLevoi
'Avvrca,
pq8ia>s
av diroKTetvaire.
XEN. ConV. 6,
2
(44
2
)- Cyr.
2,
3,
6 .
yiyvdxrKut
. . . on. t Ziv av
fyu>
raj
e/iaj
an
Trotija'a),
OL>
KpidfLtjv
ovre av
Trpcaros
OVT( av
SfVTfpos,
oiaai 8' ov8' av
oy,
I'o-cos 8' ovS' ov
fivpiotrros. 5>
- 2
3-
Mem.
i,
4, 14.
THUC. I,
36, 3
:
Ppa^vTi'iTcp
8' av
K60aXatw,
rotr re
^v^naa-i.
KOI KO^'
fKacrrov,
rc58' av
^r) rrpofo'dai i]fj.us p.ddoiTf. 76, 4
: "AXoiiy
y"
ai/ oî/
ol6p.fda
ra
qp.(T(pa
XajSopras Sti^tu
av
^taXierra
et rt
fj.(Tpidôp.fv. 4>
'8,
4-
*"'
eXaîffr'
of . . . V rw
evru^fic
av
/i(iXt(TT<t
(caraXôti/ro.
4, 114,4- 5'
IO
5>
2 - 6,
10,4.
II, 2.
HDT.
3. 35
8e(rifora,
ovS' ai/ avrov
eycoye
SOK'CO TOI/ ^toi/ oilra) ai/ KaXwy
îa-
Xfti.
7, 139' optovTfs
av . . .
o/ioXoya;
av
e^pfj<ravTO irpbs Stp^ta.
AR. Ach.
2147
^K HI/ '*J ^f
0avXa>s
av . . .
ff<pvyev
ov8' av
\a(ppu>s
av ancrr\iaTo.
Nub. u8.
840.
Av. 1
27 (see above).
Lys. 252-3 (440).
EUR. Ale.
72
: TroXX" av av
Xt^ns
ovdfv av TrXf'ov
X/3oty.
Andr.
934~5
OVK av (v
y' ffiols ftofjuns \ /SXeTTOutr
av
avyas TnfjC fKapnovr'
av
\(^rj.
Heracl.
721
'.
<j)0tii>oLs
8' av OVK av rotfr8f cruv
KfiVTrruiv
ftf'uas. Ion,
625-6.
Soi'H. (). R.
446 (463)-
fi'.
673
'
TTCOS av OVK av (v 8
IK// Qdvoifi
av ;
PlND. N.
9, 34~5 Xpo/LU^)
Kf v
VTrafTTr/fwv
...
|
(Kplvas
av Ktv8woi>
u^fuis
avras.
I!<)M. Od.
4, 732-4
: '*
T'V *V
t')
Trv6t>p.r)v ravrrjv
68ov
opuaivovra, |
TO) Ke
/LKiX'
n Ktv
(peivf
Ktn
ttr<rvfuvos TTf/j
68010,
| r}'
K
/xf TfBvrjKviav
fin
fj.fydpoi(riv
e\(nr(i>.
5, 361
:
</>//
av
/i('v
Kf v. 6,
259: ("(f)p'
av
/'v K(f). 9, 334.
rovs <"v Kf.
II.
II, 187: o//
av
/if'v
Kfv. 2O2
(/V/.). 13, 127^8:
as OVT' av Kfi'
*Aprjs
ovdowro
fj.fTt\du>v \
ovre K'
'\drjvairj
Xaotrcrdor.
24, 4J7
- trot 8 av tvtu
TTO/ITTOJ
K(l' Kf AfXuroV
A/jyoS IKOlfUIV.
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY
Los
Angeles
This book is DUE on the last date
stamped
below.
QL
RPR
5
1976
i376
CLSi
WO
LD-URI
CL
JUL251977
Form L!)-Sfrii's 1-14
Ml 8
T
331
HPT
/
IQQr
HJN
1
4
19%
1UW161986
f
3
1158
7421
A
001288819 j

Gildersleeve Syntax of Classical Greek

Încărcat de

Informații document

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Gildersleeve Syntax of Classical Greek

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

P.

S-ar putea să vă placă și